Anglia Ruskin University Prospectus 2017-18 PDF

2017/18
Undergraduate Prospectus
Established since 1858 www.anglia.ac.uk/ug

Hello and
welcome
Thank you for taking Our support is focused right from the
start on helping you work towards your
You can take advantage of these
opportunities at one of our four main
an interest in Anglia chosen career. One example is the help and campuses: in Cambridge itself, the historic
support offered to obtain the volunteering seat of learning; or in one of two cathedral
Ruskin University. opportunities and experiences that cities, Chelmsford and Peterborough, or in
I very much hope employers value so much. We also provide our incredible capital, London. All four offer
every student in years two and three the a lively, rewarding setting for student life,
you will join our chance to study our entrepreneurship and provide access to excellent facilities for
progressive, thriving module. We have close partnerships with
local, national and international businesses
study and social activities. We are constantly
striving to improve our campuses, and our
and highly successful and, at the time of writing, 9 out of 10 of developments continue with the needs of
our students leaving us report being in our students and the environment in mind.
academic community. employment, further study or both within Our campuses reflect our environmental
six months of graduating*. values and we encourage ‘green’ thinking,
for example through our encouragement of
Whilst this prospectus will give you much Our international outlook is something the use of public transport.
of the information you need, I encourage else you will notice. Increasing numbers
you to join us at one of our Open Days. of overseas students choose to study We have also set up partnerships with
That is when you will discover at first-hand with us, helping us develop a truly diverse a range of further and higher education
what a friendly place we are, offering plenty community here – so be ready to meet institutions across the South-Eastern
of support and guidance throughout your people from widely differing cultures and region to enable university education to
student experience with us. backgrounds and with very different life be available more locally for those who
experiences from your own! cannot or do not want to travel.
We are proud to be a global university We know that choosing a university is one

working hard to make our visionary goal of the most important decisions you will
of taking university education in make and we hope you enjoy finding out
imaginative new directions a reality. But more about us, and that you will consider
we are also proud of our long history. joining us. We are committed to making
This dates back to 1858, when John your time here happy and fulfilling – and
Ruskin founded the Cambridge School to supporting you in your next steps in
of Art, now part of our Cambridge life. Whatever you read in the press, the
campus. Ruskin had wide-ranging personal and economic case for the
interests, including painting, architecture value of a university education remains
and philosophy; with a creative, compelling. After a university education
enquiring mind, he was not afraid to be you will never be the same again!
unconventional. These are all qualities
we encourage in our students, not only
because they enrich academic life here
but because they are the very skills that
the community values in our graduates.
Professor Iain Martin
Vice Chancellor
*G
raduates working or in further study (Destinations of
Leavers from Higher Education Institutions, 2013/14).
Contents
Undergraduate City life Applying
Study at Anglia Welcome to Cambridge 36 How to apply 255
Ruskin University Cambridge campus 38 International students 257
Why choose Anglia Ruskin 4 Welcome to Chelmsford 42 International applications 258
Books Plus 6 Chelmsford campus 44 Entry requirements 259
What our students say 7 Welcome to London 48 Advanced entry 261
Open Days 8 London campus 49 The student finance system 262
Shaping your future 10 Welcome to Peterborough 50 Undergraduate additional course

costs 2017-18 263
Undergraduate Peterborough campus 51
How to get to our
student life Welcome to our Associate Colleges 52 Cambridge campus 267
How to get to our

Fantastic facilities 14
Our courses Chelmsford campus 269
Future ARU 16
Your guide to our course pages 56 How to get to our
Welcoming overseas students 18 London campus 271
A–Z undergraduate courses 58
Student support 20 How to get to our
Peterborough campus 272
Sport at Anglia Ruskin 22
How to get to
Welcome to your Students’ Union 26 University Centre Harlow 273
Sustainability 27 How to get to

University Centre Peterborough 274
Accommodation 28
How to get to
College of West Anglia 275
New UCAS tariff points for entry 2017 – 18

A Level grade BTEC Extended Diploma
Indexes
A Level grade New Tariff Grade New Tariff Subject index 276
A*A*A* 168 D*D*D* 168
A*A*A 160 D*D*D 160 Index 278
A*AA 152 D*DD 152
Terms and conditions 285
AAA 144 DDD 144
AAB 136 DDM 128
ABB 128 DMM 112
BBB 120 MMM 96
BBC 112 MMP 80
BCC 104
CCC 96
CCD 88
CDD 80
DDD 72
anglia.ac.uk | 01245 686868 | answers@anglia.ac.uk

3
Why 40,000
choose students
Anglia
Ruskin 177 6
countries continents
Since our story began in 1858,

we have grown to become the
ambitious, innovative and global
university we are today. Students
are at the heart of our values; here,
we’ll help you to succeed and
make your ambitions a reality.
You’ll benefit from our incredible facilities, receive £122 million
outstanding support and become part of an
academic community led by award-winning tutors
invested in facilities
– just a few of the reasons why our students are in the last five years.
amongst the most satisfied in the country.
Our Cambridge
Section at a glance campus is under
an hour from
London and
Books Plus
go to page 6
Chelmsford is
just 30 minutes
away from the
What our students say capital by train.
go to page 7
Visit us
A placement year in
go to page 8 business enhances your
graduate employment
Your Future
prospects. Look for this
go to page 10 symbol on the course pages.
44 anglia.ac.uk | 01245 686868 | answers@anglia.ac.uk

Secure your
future: 9 out
of 10 of our
graduates start
their careers
x6 within the first
six months.**
Study in an inspiring place:

Cambridge Our lecturers are rated among
School of Art the most enthusiastic and
An innovative interesting in the country, and
and progressive art our courses among the most
school with a tight- intellectually stimulating.*
knit community of
artists, academics
and over 900
students, built on a
tradition that goes
back to 1858.
Learn using multi-million

pound facilities: From forensic
laboratories to multimedia and
recording studios; art galleries to
four university libraries open to
you 24 hours during term time.
Research recognised rs
24 h
for its great impact:
Our academic excellence has
been recognised by the UK’s
Higher Education Funding bodies, Many of our
with 12 areas classed as generating courses are
‘world-leading’ research***. recognised by
industry. A large
number are
professionally
accredited.
*National Student Survey 2015 **Graduates working or in further study (Destinations *** Research Excellence Framework (REF) 2014
of Leavers from Higher Education Institutions, 2012/13).
anglia.ac.uk
anglia.ac.uk | | 01245
01245686868
686868 | | answers@anglia.ac.uk
answers@anglia.ac.uk
55
Books Plus: Books Plus...
new image to books
more than just
go here
£400 for you
At Anglia Ruskin, What is Books Plus? What can I use my Books Plus
Books Plus helps students with study credit for?
we’re committed related costs, such as books and You can use Books Plus credit at John
to supporting our equipment. Any student can have a Books
Plus card from our on-campus bookshop
Smith’s to buy learning materials like
books, stationery, art supplies and digital
students to succeed John Smith’s. Some students are eligible to equipment. You can also trade in your
in their studies; we’re have a funded card where we load the card
with funds. You can use it to spend in store
credits for clothing vouchers, driving
lesson vouchers, and if you study at our
determined to help on both campuses or online for any books Cambridge campus, vouchers for the
or study materials you might need. You can Professional Music Technology shop.
you realise your full also use it for sport and gym memberships
potential. and with the Students’ Union to join clubs
and societies.
Have a look at the John Smith’s website
to find out what can be purchased under
the scheme.
We know that managing finances With the Books Plus card you can also sell
can play a big part in your your used books back to John Smith’s and Visit johnsmith.co.uk/aru
decision to start a course, so we’ve put that money towards whatever you
developed ‘Books Plus’: a scheme need next. What our students say
“This is an excellent idea and will
which offers our undergraduate Your family, friends or sponsors are able to help many students, especially
students £400 for each year of top up your card through the John Smith’s as text books can be expensive
study to help with study related website, so they can help you with the cost to purchase.”
costs. There’s no need to apply of study.
for the scheme – if you’re eligible, “Being a student from a low income
Am I eligible for Books Plus? family who has never experienced
you’ll receive your Books Plus card You are eligible if you are: brand new text books, it gave me
during Welcome Week.* something to be excited about
• A
Home or EU student studying on when starting university!”
an undergraduate course funded by
the Higher Education Funding Council “I love that you can also use it for
(HEFCE). sport too.”
• P
aying the new higher rate of fees
(non-NHS funded). “It gives me access to a wide range of
reading materials so I can study widely
• S
tudying with Anglia Ruskin University
around my course syllabus.”
on campus at Chelmsford, Cambridge,
or Peterborough Guild House.
“It has helped me to get all the things
• A
part-time student, although this will I needed in order to be a prepared
be pro-rata. student.”
* This funding information is for UK and EU students

starting in September 2015 or January 2016 only.
(Terms and conditions apply).
** Feedback from a 2015 survey of 449 first-year students.

What our
students say
Understanding how
to enhance your
student experience is
very important to us.
By listening to what
students say, we are
able to develop aspects Ashley Rahul
of university life that are BSc (Hons) Business and Finance BEng (Hons) Civil Engineering
a real priority for you. “I value having friendly lecturers “I appreciate my lecturers and the small
who never fail to contribute their classes which have allowed me to get
knowledge to us and they’ve helped under the skin of the subjects I have
As you begin your own student me overcome my fears. We have been taking. I have really loved my
experience, you can be assured access to excellent facilities such as the time at Anglia Ruskin. Everyone is so
that our high-quality teaching Bloomberg Lab and the 24-hour library. supportive and you’ve always got your
and excellent support services Friendly staff from every department Student Union officer and Student
will make your time at Anglia are willing to help you, especially Advice Services to back you up”.
international students like me. I have
Ruskin enjoyable and rewarding. gained a lot of work experience and
also became a student ambassador
You heard it here (from our through the Employment Bureau. ARU
students) first! continues to provide me with support
all the time and that is the reason why I
love ARU as my home”.
Tristan
BSc (Hons) Paramedic Science
“Before coming to study at

Anglia Ruskin I was working in a
hospital but I knew I wanted to do
something more frontline. Studying
James Thea to become a paramedic means
BA (Hons) Creative Music BA (Hons) Early Childhood Studies I get to use the skills that I learnt
Technology when working. The lecturers make
“Something this course has, that it really easy for you to get to grips
“Without Anglia Ruskin I probably many other child-based courses in with your studies here, with their
wouldn’t have a career in music. other universities do not, is the Early academic know-how and really
The University were so great with Childhood Research and Resource practical background – it means
support. My mentor and lecturer Room. This room is set out like a pre- we get the best of both worlds.
was a freelance composer and school, filled with toys, equipment On the practical side, it can feel
sound designer. He gave me some and art supplies, allowing students like you’re being thrown in at
work for a global soft drink brand, to create projects knowing what the deep end, but that’s okay
so I did my first big TV commercial children need and want, so we get because you’ve got support from
for them”. a feel for future prospects. Being a your lecturers and mentors. The
student is about broadening your best thing of all is being out on
horizons, gaining independence and placement. In the classroom you
discovering who you are and who learn about practical skills and then
you want to be”. you put them into practice”.
anglia.ac.uk
01245686868
77
Open Days
Come and visit us!
Our Open Days are easily the best way to
decide if Anglia Ruskin’s for you. Explore
the campus, take a closer look at our
facilities and above all, meet the fantastic
people who study and work here.
You can find out more and book It’s your day and we’ll have
a place on our Cambridge or plenty of people on hand to
Chelmsford Open Days online at show you what your want to
anglia.ac.uk/opendays or by see and answer your questions.
calling us on 01245 686868.
Feel free to write out a list of
There’s a lot to see questions in advance.
From lecture theatres and labs
to our halls of residences and We look forward to meeting
sports facilities, we’ll give you a you soon.
full tour.
88 anglia.ac.uk
01245686868
What do we have
Come to an
planned?
Open Here are some of the things you
can dip into at the Open Day.
Dayanglia.ac.uk/
Welcome talk
We’ll give you a brief overview of Anglia
Ruskin and tell you more about the things
opendays you can see and do.
Meet our academics

Find out about the courses that interest
you and meet the people who teach them
to get a real sense of what we’re offering.
Advice sessions
Want to know more about finance,
applying for a grant or bursary, or career
opportunities? We’ll be giving talks about
these and many other topics as well.
Accommodation tours
Visit our student residences and talk
to our Residential Service team about
our services.
Students’ Union
The Students’ Union is at the heart of
student life. Find out about its many clubs,
societies, events and support services.
Guided campus tours

See all the main landmarks and soak
up the atmosphere as you walk around
the campus.
Meet our students

Talk to our student ambassadors and
find out about studying here – from the
people who know best.
Talk to our staff

All of our teams, from library to student
finance, welfare to admissions will be here
to say hello and answer your questions.
Find out
more…
For the latest word on our
Cambridge and Chelmsford
Open Days and to book your place,
go to anglia.ac.uk/opendays
or call 01245 686868
anglia.ac.uk
01245686868
9
9
Shaping your
future
At Anglia Ruskin we’re focused on you and
your future career. There are lots of opportunities
during your time at ARU to really enhance your job
prospects. As well as recognition of our research
and academic excellence, many of our courses
have links to industry, a work placement element
or a strong vocational focus. We also provide
a wide range of support and advice.
World-leading in the following

twelve major categories:
• Allied Health Professions, Dentistry, Nursing • Geography, Environmental Studies and
and Pharmacy Archaeology
• Architecture, Built Environment and Planning • History
• Art and Design: History, Practice and Theory • Law
• Business and Management Studies • Music, Drama, Dance and Performing Arts
• Communication, Cultural and Media Studies, • Psychology, Psychiatry and Neuroscience
Library and Information Management • Social Work and Social Policy
• English Language and Literature
Earn While
You Learn
Placement opportunities Entrepreneurial focus The Employment Bureau is our

and overseas study Entrepreneurialism is an important part on-campus recruitment agency,
Many of our undergraduate degrees of the University’s philosophy and it
provide the option of a work placement. endeavours to provide as much advice,
and the place to go if you’re
This will give you hands-on, relevant guidance, and support as possible to looking for temporary or part-time
experience of your chosen field as well as students so that they can develop their work to fund your studies or build
the opportunity to put your learning into own enterprises. Whether you want to up your work portfolio.
practice and gain the skills and experience start your own business or harness the
employers value. Some of our degrees principles of an entrepreneur, there’s
have the option to gain international support available.
Typical positions include admin,
experience whether that’s through a work data entry and catering or bar
placement or a study trip. Such experiences We provide practical workshops, seminars work. Plus you could apply to
are highly valued by future employers and and simulation activities that will help you become a student ambassador.
will help distinguish you from other job develop skills that will last you your whole The Employment Bureau will also
applicants. Courses offering placement career. Topics include networking and
opportunities feature this icon at the partnership building, commercialising ideas,
help you find a permanent position
top of the page. management and leadership techniques once you’ve graduated.
and marketing your product or service.
Careers and Employability Advisers
Before you even start your learning Highly rated research Chelmsford office:
journey with Anglia Ruskin we’re here Our academic excellence has been 01245 683606
to help, support and guide you. Our recognised by the UK’s Higher Education
Careers Advisers are available to assist funding bodies, with 12 areas classed as Cambridge office:
you to choose the right course to meet generating world-leading research. 01223 698456
your career ambitions. Take advantage
of their knowledge and support at any In the UK the government commissions Email:
of the regular drop-in sessions or book independent assessment of university employment-bureau@anglia.ac.uk
a one-to-one meeting. When you join research every five years. The results are
us you will also have access to a range used to determine where public funds
of support services from your Faculty should be directed during the following
Employability Adviser. The advisers have period.
industry and sector experience and can
help you prepare for the job market. Involving over 52,000 academics from
They also run a series of workshops 154 universities, the results of the Research
and provide support on writing CVs Excellence Framework (REF) show that
and completing job applications. The we are making a significant impact on
advisers have networks of local, national economics, societies, the environment
and international employers that they and culture in all corners of the globe.
can access for information, possible
work placements and employment Expert reviewers rate each institute’s
opportunities. Many of these employers research activity by subject area, for quality
also attend our careers fairs. and impact. In the REF 2014 Anglia Ruskin
achieved the highest, world-leading ranking
Throughout your time at Anglia Ruskin, in these major categories (see opposite).
and up to two years after you graduate,
you will have our support. We’ll help you to
decide your course options, develop your
career plans and take the next steps into
employment or further study.

11
Undergraduate
student life
At Anglia Ruskin we make sure

you thrive in, and out of the
classroom, so we provide many
facilities to support your studies,
such as our 24-hour libraries,
studios and computer labs.
Academia is just one side to university life. You
can get involved with our Students’ Union,
volunteering, and joining societies and sports
teams. If you need any support related to living
and studying here, our Student Services team
are on-hand for any advice you may need.
We’ll support you finding accommodation and,
whether you live on or off campus, you’ll make
lasting connections and build your confidence.
Section at a glance
Facilities
go to page 14
Student support
go to page 20
Sport and Students’ Union

go to page 22
Accommodation
go to page 28

We make sure you
thrive in, and out
of the classroom.

13
Fantastic facilities Come to an
Open
that work for you Day
anglia.ac.uk/
opendays
General skills labs

This lab replicates a hospital general
ward, complete with state-of-the-art
mannequins, beds, blood pressure
monitors, medicine cabinets, and
moving and handling equipment.
The facilities provide students with a

space to learn all the essential nursing
skills, as ready preparation for their
placements, and their ultimate role as a
qualified nurse. The labs, plus additional
support from a specialised skills tutor,
can also be booked by students, prior to
practical exams.
Bloomberg Financial Markets Lab

Our bespoke financial trading platform on our
Chelmsford campus provides live financial information
about companies trading on global stock exchanges.
Designed to enhance learning, professional development
and employability, students have the opportunity to practice
trading without the financial risk.
This lab replicates the same platform as leading business,

trading, finance and governmental institutions, providing
students with user confidence and experience - a real
advantage on CVs when applying for jobs with real
financial institutions.

Engineering Labs
We’ve invested more than £15 million
into our Marconi Building to give our
students some of the best industry-
standard facilities from engineering to
law, architecture to construction.
For our construction and engineering

students we have laboratories to test
and measure everything from concrete
to soil – from beam deflection to
pipe friction and stress distribution in
addition to the bespoke engineering
labs in the Medbic Building.
Cambridge School of Art

Our Cambridge School of Art has recently undergone a
£35million redevelopment, providing our students with
industry-standard facilities. Our Ruskin Gallery is a professional
and ground-breaking digital art gallery, displaying student
and international exhibitions and our 3D workshops provide
equipment for various textile work. As our student, you’ll also Paramedic Skills Lab
benefit from a high level of support from staff using a variety
of facilities and a range of artistic materials to support project Our purpose-built skills labs enable paramedic students
work. Studios can be booked by students for private use outside to practice their skills in a spacious environment.
of teaching times, and offer state-of-the-art facilities including:
With three dedicated flexible spaces, allowing the rooms
• F
ashion workshops housing a variety of industrial to be joined together or divided, students can be taught
sewing, finishing, embroidery and Seam Sealing machines; skills in large or small groups. The labs offer students
• A fully-equipped, three-camera TV studio easy access to all specialised kit, mannequins, trolleys
olour and black and white photography darkrooms,
• C and simulation equipment.
plus three fully-equipped photographic daylight and
artificial light studios
• A digital photography lab with 20 Apple iMacs
specialist printmaking workshop with etching, screen-
• A
printing, lithography, relief pressing, and letterpress printing
• Several dedicated Mac and PC suites equipped with the
latest software.

15
Future ARU
Campus and course development

We’re an ambitious, innovative university. We
want all our students to have the best possible
academic facilities, experience and to graduate
with a good degree. So we’re continually making
improvements to our campuses and developing
new and existing courses.
Coming soon…
Science Centre
(artist’s impression)
We’re building Development Labs

a brand new for computer sciences.
science centre.
Smart-device
200-seat 300-seat enabled classroom
bioscience lecture theatre. response systems.
laboratory.
Additional qualifications
embedded into the modules.
16
16 anglia.ac.uk
01245686868
Science Centre
Faculty of Science Lord Ashcroft New courses

& Technology International Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences
Science Centre Business School • BA (Hons) Digital Media
We’re building a brand new science

Employing the latest software and Faculty of Health, Social Care
centre which will be a major facility for
technologies in our classrooms provides and Education
computing and technology, psychology,
interactive and engaging learning • BSc (Hons) Child and Adolescent
biomedical science and forensic science.
environments that are student-centred Mental Health
The centre will support changing
and based on real-life business scenarios • BA (Hons) Primary Education Studies
teaching styles, and include a 200-seat
and case studies.
bioscience laboratory, a 300-seat lecture
theatre and even more space for our Lord Ashcroft International
Recent investment and innovations: Business School
postgraduate students. The building will
• Smart-device enabled classroom • BSc (Hons) Events Management
be ready in the 2017/18 academic year.
response systems • BSc (Hons) Sports Management
• Interactive business game simulations
• Social media-supported exercises Faculty of Medical Science
Howes Close, • ‘Team-Based Learning’ (TBL), supported • BSc (Hons) Biomedical Technology
Cambridge by our new technology-enabled
Faculty of Science & Technology
classrooms, to promote collaborative
This is a brand new, improved space for group learning within a motivational • BSc (Hons) Architectural Design
outdoor sport that will benefit both our framework. • MEng (Hons) Civil Engineering
students and local community in years • MEng (Hons) Mechanical Engineering
to come. Commitment to ensuring student • BSc (Hons) Smart Technology
employment success:
Supporting our sports teams: • Investing in professional accreditation University Centre Peterborough
• New, exciting sports building with and recognition schemes that provide • BEng (Hons) Electrical and Electronic
fresh changing rooms and advanced additional qualifications embedded Engineering
facilities, including a warm-up area into the modules and courses and • BSc (Hons) Mechanical Engineering
and an administration desk. certification for our students:
– ACCA Approved Learning Partner
We’re proposing to convert two pitches – Chartered Management Institute
to artificial recycled surfaces with – CIPD Approved Centre
floodlights, using the latest technology
and sustainable products.
Science Centre
anglia.ac.uk
01245686868
17
17
Welcoming overseas
students
Even before you apply for your
course at ARU you’ve a large support
network ready to help you. You
can talk to our International Team
about any aspect of studying and
living here - from course selection
to finding accommodation.
This support continues when you arrive, starting

with our popular International Orientation for new
students and continuing with comprehensive
advice on any aspect of your course or living
in the UK.
We can also help with developing your career

prospects. Many of our courses carry professional
accreditation, and experienced employability
advisers will help you prepare for, and get,
the job you want after your graduation.
Overall, 91.3%
of international
students are
satisfied with their
experience here at
Anglia Ruskin.*
*International Student Barometer, Autumn 2015
18
18 anglia.ac.uk
01245686868
International Orientation English language requirements
For international students and EU students (living If English isn’t your first language you'll
outside the UK), orientation takes place just before need to gain a qualification that shows
teaching begins. you're able to speak, read and also write it
well enough to study here.
This two-day event includes:
For full details – including the range of
English Language qualifications we accept
and the exceptions – please refer to our
English language requirements web page.
Visit anglia.ac.uk/international/elr
English language support

Airport pickup Campus tours
Our Language Services Unit (LSU) offers
a wide range of English programmes
designed to improve your Academic and
General English skills to prepare you
for university study and life in the UK.
We provide a friendly supportive teaching
environment, with highly qualified staff
dedicated to help you pursue your
academic ambitions.
City tours Registration
For more information on the courses we
provide at LSU visit anglia.ac.uk/lsu
Email lsu@anglia.ac.uk

We also provide our own English Language
Proficiency Test (ELPT). This gives you a
great opportunity to show proof of your
English level if needed.
Social events Study advice
For more information about the ELPT and
the programmes we provide, how to apply
and the course fees visit anglia.ac.uk/elpt
Email elpt@anglia.ac.uk
Advice on just about everything

During your studies our International
Student Advice Service team will help
you with any questions or issues you
have, from visas and immigration to
health, travel and working entitlements.
For more details visit anglia.ac.uk/

internationalstudentadvice
Email internationaladvice@anglia.ac.uk
anglia.ac.uk
01245686868
19
19
Student support
Your health, happiness and success

A guide to our student support services
We have a strong support network to help you get
the most from your time here. If you need advice or
help on anything related to living or studying here,
just speak to our Student Services team.
iCentres
On both our Cambridge and
Chelmsford campuses you will find an
iCentre. This is the first place to go to with
any questions you have. Our experienced
staff will help you with anything from
getting a University ID card to submitting
course assignments.
Visit anglia.ac.uk/icentre
Our Student Charter

The Charter details what we expect from
our students and, in turn, what you can
expect from us. It sets out the values that
make Anglia Ruskin a special place to
study and work.
To read or download our Charter visit

anglia.ac.uk/studentcharter
Counselling and Well-being Service

You can speak to our experienced,
qualified counsellors about any issue or Faculty Student Advisors
worry you have, academic or otherwise. If you need help with your module choices
The service is completely confidential. or want friendly and professional guidance
about your studies, speak to your Faculty
As well as offering one-to-one Student Adviser. They’ll help you with
consultations, we run support groups, anything you need around academic life
workshops and self-help resources. and study.
Visit anglia.ac.uk/wellbeing Email studentadvisers@anglia.ac.uk

Email wellbeing@anglia.ac.uk
The Chaplaincy
Personal Tutors Our Chaplaincy team has members
You’ll be assigned a personal tutor soon from different faiths and denominations.
after you arrive. They’re here to help you They’re friendly, practical people you can
with academic matters and personal speak to about any spiritual or personal
issues. Call in any time, whether you just issue – in complete confidence. The
want to catch up or need them to help Chaplaincy also organise social events
you get specialist help. throughout the year and is the perfect
place to meet others who share your faith.
Visit anglia.ac.uk/chaplaincy

Support for disabled students
If you’d like to study with us and have
a disability, learning difficulty (such
as dyslexia or dyspraxia), a medical
requirement, mental health difficulty
or other condition, we’re here to help.
Our Study Support team will coordinate

any specialist support or adjustments
you might need and advise you on your
eligibility for Disabled Students’ Allowances
(DSAs). You’re welcome to contact us
before you apply.
Email studysupport@anglia.ac.uk
Call 01245 686700
International students
Do you have questions about student
visas, health or working entitlements,
opening bank accounts or any other
aspect of living or studying in the UK?
Our international team can help.
They run a popular welcome programme

Health services Learn how to study
for new students and they’ll be pleased to
In Cambridge we have our own medical We run workshops, drop-in sessions and
answer your questions before you apply
centre with a GP branch surgery and a online courses to develop your skills in
and throughout your time here.
campus nurse. In Chelmsford there’s an areas such as essay writing, assignment
on-campus GP surgery. planning and exam techniques.
Visit
anglia.ac.uk/internationalstudentadvice
Personal Development Planning (PDP) There are also one-to-one coaching and
In common with leading employers, we advice sessions available.
Mature students
offer formal personal development planning.
We have people of all ages studying at
Visit the Study Skills Plus website at
ARU, including working professionals and
This is your opportunity to review your anglia.ac.uk/studyskillsplus
career changers.
progress with us and discuss any areas
where you’d like to arrange any help Equality and diversity
If you’re combining your studies with
or additional training you need to get This is at the heart of everything we do.
work, many of our courses are available
back on track. Everyone is welcome and we have clear
part-time and we have distance learning
equal opportunity policies that are widely
options in some subjects.
Developing your personal skills published and strictly enforced.
There are many ways you can gain
We can advise you on many issues, visit
valuable skills and experience that Visit anglia.ac.uk/equalops
anglia.ac.uk/student-life
will help your CV shine, from working
or studying in another country to
volunteering for a community project.
These and many other opportunities

are advertised and supported by teams
throughout Anglia Ruskin.
We also have over 100 student-led societies

and sports clubs where you can collaborate
on projects and develop your skills, whether
as a casual hobbyist or elite competitor.

21
Sport at
Anglia Ruskin
Whether you’re a high performing athlete,
enjoy a friendly kickabout or are a keen
spectator, we’ve plenty to offer you with
our packed sports programme.
Here are some of the highlights, but for the full picture
of the fantastic sports opportunities available visit
anglia.ac.uk/sport
Like us on facebook.com/activeanglia
Follow us on @activeanglia
It’s good for your health, it’s good for

your social life and there’s even academic
research to suggest that playing sport
could increase your career prospects.
Campus sport
You can join one of our many clubs, or
our Campus Sport programme gives you
the opportunity to try a whole range of
activities without having to commit. Here
are a few examples – and we’re adding
more all the time:
Five-a-side football
Walking and running groups
Badminton
Basketball Jam
Zumba
Tennis
Mountain Biking.
We have activities for all levels

of fitness and ability.
22
22 anglia.ac.uk
01245686868
We offer our students
access to some of the
best coaching and
sporting facilities
in the east of England.
23
Come to an
Open
Day anglia.ac.uk/
Sports clubs High Performance Sport
If you’re a little more serious about your Many of our clubs compete at a good opendays
sport you can always join one of the level, but there are four which have
University’s 30+ clubs. They all compete performance squads who compete at
in British Universities competitions and a higher level.
some compete locally as well.
Judo
You’ll get access to good quality coaching We’re one of the top UK Universities for
and facilities and we’ll even give you a free Judo, having previously won the British
Anglia Ruskin hoody so you can wear our Universities and Colleges Sport (BUCS)
colours with pride! Men’s Championships three years running.
Here are some of the sports clubs on offer: At the 2014 Commonwealth Games in
Glasgow, Danny Williams, BSc (Hons)
American Football * Badminton * Basketball Sports Coaching (EJU), won gold in the
* Cricket * Fencing * Football * Futsal * Golf under 73kg category. At the 2015 BUCS
* Hockey * Judo * Netball * Rowing * Rugby Championships the Anglia Ruskin Judo
* Squash * Swimming * Table Tennis Club took home a total of eight medals:
* Tennis * Ultimate Frisbee * Volleyball. 2 Gold, 3 Silver and 3 Bronze.
Cricket
Our partnership with Cambridge University
and the MCC provides students with a
unique opportunity to excel in cricket whilst
studying with us. The MCC Universities Basketball
Cambridge is based at Fenner’s Cricket Since joining England’s National Basketball
Ground which is just a five minute walk League, basketball has become one of our
from our Cambridge campus. We are one fastest and strongest growing sports at
of only six MCC funded centres in the Anglia Ruskin. This unique opportunity to
Country, providing our cricketers with a perform at this level attracts talented players
fantastic opportunity to develop their own to our team. Both our men’s and women’s
skills whilst competing against County team have competed in the England
sides on a regular basis. In recent years the Basketball National League since the start
Cambridge MCCU has hosted first-class of the 2014/15 season, with our women
matches against Northamptonshire CCC, consistently challenging for a spot in the
Leicestershire CCC and Derbyshire CCC. play-offs. In addition, we currently have both
men’s and women’s teams in Cambridge
and a men’s team in Chelmsford who all
play competitive matches at the higher
end of the BUCS pyramid.
Volleyball
Anglia Ruskin has joined forces with
Cambridge Volleyball Club (CVC), to
provide our most gifted volleyball players
with a fantastic opportunity to compete
in England’s National Volleyball League,
with our women’s team recently securing
promotion to the National Volleyball
League 2nd Division. Furthermore, the
Anglia Ruskin Volleyball Club comprises
of both men’s and women’s teams who
compete in the top end of the BUCS
Midlands leagues.

Anglia Ruskin Sports Scholarships
We provide an environment in which
talented student athletes can achieve
academic and sporting success whilst
studying with us by offering students
competing at regional level or above
the opportunity to apply for a Sports
Scholarship worth up to £1,000 a year
for up to three years.
Our facilities Chelmsford
Each sports scholarship is individually The Mildmay Sports Centre has a sports
tailored towards the needs of the athlete Cambridge hall (four badminton courts), fitness gym,
and is delivered as a package of support The Kelsey Kerridge Sports Centre has fitness classes and dance studio. There
that will add value to existing training two full-size sports halls (eight badminton are also outdoor 3G pitches locally for
programmes. courts), indoor climbing wall, three squash training and fixtures.
courts, fitness studio, activity hall, free
Visit anglia.ac.uk/sportscholarship weights, fitness classes and fitness gyms. If you enjoy swimming or athletics you
can have unlimited use of the Chelmsford
We’re currently developing our outdoors City Council facilities close by for just
sports ground, to provide two full-size, £26 per academic year.
floodlit artificial pitches (one 3G), a brand
new pavilion with changing rooms, a Peterborough
warm-up gym and grass pitches for Our students can access five different
football and rugby. sports facilities across the city at a heavily
discounted rate. They offer a range of
There’s a high quality swimming pool a opportunities to use the gym, go for a
short walk from campus which students swim or take part in fitness classes.
can access at a discounted rate.
anglia.ac.uk
01245686868
25
25
Welcome to your
Students’ Union
The SU makes sure students are at the centre of
Anglia Ruskin, helping to create a University where
everyone can achieve success. If you’re an Anglia
Ruskin student studying at any level then you are
automatically a member of the Students’ Union.
Being independent from ARU means you get to decide how the Students’
Union is run and what they do. You will get the chance to vote in elections,
have your voice heard through student councils or participate in
campaigns. These activities all help to shape your Students’ Union.
Representation Developing skills through Students’ Angliastudent.com is your

The Students’ Union’s main focus is Union opportunities place online
representing you. They dedicate almost The Students’ Union has lots of Find clubs, groups and campaigns to
all of their resources to making sure your opportunities available for you to have get involved with. Meet new students,
voice gets heard in the University, that fun, make friends and get experiences feedback to your Representatives, vote in
your rights as a student are upheld and and skills that can really benefit you in the elections. Buy tickets to events and more.
you get the most out of your time here. future. You might be interested in finding Start your student journey now at
a volunteering placement alongside your angliastudent.com
You can become a representative and studies at one of over 200 organisations in
represent your course, your Faculty or the local community or starting your own
a specific area such as sports and make society where you can meet like-minded
the Students’ Union and ARU better for students and network; you may even want
those you represent. to become an elected representative.
Advice Having fun alongside your studies

The Students’ Union run an independent, The Students’ Union host a wide variety
confidential and impartial advice service of events both on and off campus
that can help you throughout your including weekly club nights, cultural
time here. They provide professional celebrations such as Diwali and Chinese
Your
advice on a range of issues including New Year, informal socials hosted by
academic appeals, assessment clubs and societies and large scale events
offences, placements, finance worries, with live bands and great DJs such as the
accommodation, complaints, disability
and more. The Advice Service holds the
Summer Ball. fantastic
nationally recognised ‘Advice Quality
Standard’ accreditation.
All students are welcome to attend the
Students’ Union events on any campus.
discounts
await you
The Students’ Union is
affiliated with the National
Union of Students (NUS)
which means you can
purchase an NUS Extra
card which gets you lots of
discounts in 1000s of shops
and online. The £12 NUS
Extra card can save you
hundreds of pounds a year.

Sustainability Top 5
most recent
awards won:
Here at Anglia Ruskin we are passionate about reen Gown Awards 2015
G
Dr Aled Jones from GSI was highly
sustainability and encourage our staff and commended for the Sustainability
Professional Awards
students to work with communities locally, Green Essex Awards 2015
nationally and internationally to build a Green Essex Awards Finalist
(Greenest Community Project)
sustainable future.
Coolmyplanet.org 2015
Environmental Sustainability
Certificate
Our unique collection of campus-wide, International Community Experience
sustainable activity: As part of Alms House Reimagined, our 2nd Essex County Council 2015
• Campus allotments in Cambridge year Architecture students collaborated with Gold Travel Plan Accreditation
and Chelmsford for students and staff. Legacy East Alms House Partnership to Travel for Cambridgeshire 2015
Produce is given to a local homeless examine issues of sustainable communities Platinum Cambridgeshire and
charity. and the aging population. Peterborough travel plan award
• T
he beehive in Cambridge is on the roof
of the Lord Ashcroft Building and has They were set the challenge of designing
produced 10 jars of honey so far. a prototype Alms House for Essex. The
• W
ormery in Chelmsford takes waste £70,000 budget, per unit was kept in
from the restaurant kitchen to become check by our Final Year Quantity Survey
compost for campus allotments. students, and they presented their work
to Housing LIN.
• T
rialling new initiatives e.g. Green Fund
available for student societies – apply
for up to £500 for the society, upon Our everyday, goes-without-
completion of green criteria. mentioning sustainable practice:
• A
nnual staff ARUgreen competition for • Certified to the international standard
Faculties and departments, to educate of ISO14001.
staff about greener living – at ARU and • L
ocal transport providers offer travel Our Sustainable Sainji project gives
at home. discounts for staff and students, students the opportunity to travel to Sainji
to encourage greener travel. at the foothills of the Himalayas in North
• W
e are working towards the Sustainable
• Fairtrade University since 2009. West India. They work on a variety of
Restaurant Association in our canteens.
projects including improving teaching at
• W
e provide an end of term clear out/ • B
iodiversity action plan to enhance
the school, and running workshops for
recycling for students raising over and increase biodiversity on campus.
women and classes for children about the
£11,000 for the British Heart Foundation. importance of basic hygiene and nutrition.
• W
orking towards our Responsible
Future certification from the NUS Education for Sustainability Visit anglia.ac.uk/sainji
(November 2016). This is co-ordinated by our Global
Sustainability Institute and is responsible for
embedding sustainability into our teaching,
ensuring 100% of our students experience
Lord Ashcroft learning in the area of sustainability.
Building’s beehive
has produced 10 Visit anglia.ac.uk/efs
jars of honey
£500 for student

societies with
Green Fund
Sainji, India

27
Accommodation
Comfortable places to live

Everybody wants a nice place to call home
and it’s doubly important if you’re studying
hard and are maybe away from your family
for the first time.
Located on or close to our

campuses, our student
accommodation puts you
at the heart of University life,
making it easy to make new
friends and find your feet.
Most of our rooms are now en-suite

and many are on recently built
developments, with shared kitchen
facilities and communal space.
We give priority to first-year, full-time

students currently living at least 35
miles from campus in Cambridge. If
you are applying for accommodation in
Chelmsford, a mileage restriction may also
apply, please refer to our website. We have
specially adapted rooms and support
available for people with disabilities and
medical requirements.
Alongside our student ‘halls’ and Village,

we have shared houses for rent in
Cambridge, as well as a helpful team
who will advise you on private rented
accommodation.
Applying for accommodation

Come to an
Open
You can start applying online for our
student accommodation from early in the
New Year. Visit anglia.ac.uk/housing to
find out more or come say hello if you’re
Day
attending an Open Day.
anglia.ac.uk/
opendays
28
28 anglia.ac.uk
01245686868
Accommodation in Cambridge
Student accommodation at CB1 Various facilities include:

CB1 is our exciting new development
with shops, private residences and two
student developments called CB1 and
The Railyard. You’ll find it close to the city
centre, by the railway station and a short
walk from Cambridge Leisure Park (with
its cinema, bars and other attractions).
Peter Taylor House (Managed by ARU) Anastasia House (Managed by ARU)
All rooms in Peter Taylor are en-suite and it’s This contemporary university-owned
The Railyard (Externally Managed)
on campus, so is perfectly located for your apartment block is on East Road, opposite
The Railyard offers high quality en-suite
lectures, the library, shops and the gym. the main campus, so it will only take you
accommodation.
a few minutes to get to lectures and the
• En-suite single study bedrooms. University’s facilities.
• En-suite single study bedrooms.
• Secure entry with 24/7 on-call assistance.
• Smart TV in kitchen/living spaces. • Contemporary kitchen/dining areas.
• Broadband.
• Broadband. • S ingle study bedrooms – choice
• Card-operated launderette on site.
• Common Room. of en-suite or shared bathroom
• Covered bicycle storage. • Broadband.
• Secure bike storage.
• Launderette on site. Swinhoe Hall (Managed by ARU) • Secure bike storage.
Located on campus, close to the library,
CB1 (Externally Managed) shop and gym, Swinhoe has single University houses (Managed by ARU)
These high quality residences offer a study-bedrooms with hand basins and These are generally within one and a half
mix of en-suite study bedrooms and shared kitchen and bathroom facilities. miles of our East Road campus and are
self-contained studio apartments, some close to local shops and leisure facilities.
of which are suitable for couples. • Single study bedrooms.
• Broadband. • S
ingle study bedrooms – some en-suite
• E
n-suite single study bedrooms rooms available.
sharing kitchens/living spaces.
• Card-operated launderette on-site. • A
choice of rents according to room
• S
elf-contained studio apartments size and facilities.
(some suitable for couples). • Secure, covered bicycle storage.
• Broadband.
• Common room.
• Broadband.
• Secure bike storage.
• Launderette on site.

29
Accommodation in Cambridge (continued)
Sedley Court (Externally Managed) Accommodation for health students

Sedley Court offers fresh, en-suite rooms in the Faculty of Health, Social Care
and is about a mile from the campus. It’s & Education
close to the Mill Road area, known for its We can refer students with hospital
restaurants, independently owned shops placements from our Faculty of Health,
and pubs. Social Care & Education for residential
accommodation at hospital sites.
• En-suite single study bedrooms.
• S
ecure entry with 24/7 on-call Visit anglia.ac.uk/nhsaccommodation
assistance.
• Broadband.
• Coin-operated launderette on site.
• Covered bicycle storage.
YMCA (Externally Managed)

The YMCA is just five minutes walk from
campus, and has its own gym on-site.
• S
ingle study bedrooms, with a choice
of en-suite or shared bathrooms.
• Secure entry with staff on-site 24/7.
• Broadband.
• Coin-operated launderette on site.
• Covered bicycle storage.
• Gym and common room.

Accommodation Accommodation
in Chelmsford in Peterborough
Student Village University Court and Crown Mews

On campus and near the city centre, the If your course is in Peterborough, you
Village has 511 rooms of which 498 feature can apply to live in University Court or
en-suite shower rooms, Flats with three, Crown Mews. These flats and houses
five and six bedrooms share kitchens or are privately managed, and available
kitchen diners. exclusively to students at Guild House
and University Centre Peterborough.
Broadband.
Visit tavernershall.co.uk
TV aerial point in all NHS accommodation

bedrooms. Nursing, midwifery and operating
department practice students can also
apply for NHS accommodation on the
24-hour campus security City Hospital site from June 2014.
with CCTV outside
monitoring and 24/7 Find out more on the Hospital
on-call assistance. accommodation in Peterborough at
anglia.ac.uk/nhsaccommodation
Two card-operated Private sector

launderettes on site. You can search for rooms or properties
in the private sector using Studentpad
at angliastudentpad.co.uk and find
Bicycle storage. out more information about private
sector house hunting at
Visit anglia.ac.uk/housing anglia.ac.uk/privatesector
Guild House and University Centre

Peterborough do not have on-campus
accommodation, and you cannot apply
online – but do check out the options
above to see which best suits you.
Visit ucp.ac.uk
anglia.ac.uk
01245686868
31
Accommodation table
Residence name The Railyard CB1 (Externally Peter Taylor Swinhoe Hall Anastasia House
(Externally managed) House (Managed by (Managed by
managed) (Managed by ARU) ARU)
ARU)
Campus Cambridge Cambridge Cambridge Cambridge Cambridge
No. of rooms 244 511 (mix of studios 254 121 68
and cluster flats)
Prices per room (per week). £163.94 £134.47 – £180.11 £141.26 £128.10 – £145.67 £158.90
Subject to change,
estimates only.
Bills included Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Internet included Yes Yes (£50 Yes In some rooms. Majority do.
connection fee)
En-suite facilities Yes Yes Yes 11y 110n 61y 7n
Hand basin in room In en-suite. In en-suite. In en-suite. Yes Yes
Housekeeping No No No No No
Out-of-office-hours staffing Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
No. of students in flat 6 3–10 5–8 5–8 6
Length of occupancy 43 weeks 42 or 50 weeks 40 weeks 3 days 40 weeks 3 days 40 weeks 3 days
Residence name University owned Sedley Court YMCA (Externally Student Village
and managed houses (Externally managed) (Managed by ARU)
managed)
Campus Cambridge Cambridge Cambridge Chelmsford
No. of rooms 269 150 33 510
Prices per room (per £93.38 – £153.51 £137.41 £130.69 – £149.94 Anticipated but will
week). Subject to change, not be set till Dec 2016
estimates only. £117.95 – £125.93 per
week
Bills included Yes Yes Yes Yes
Internet included Yes Yes Yes Up to 35 Mbps
En-suite facilities In some rooms. Yes In some rooms. Majority do.
Hand basin in room No In en-suite. In en-suite. In en-suite or shared
bathroom.
Housekeeping No No No No
Out-of-office-hours staffing On-call staff. Yes Yes Yes
No. of students in flat 2–10 5 4–6 3, 5 or 6
Length of occupancy 40 weeks 3 days 40 weeks 3 days 40 weeks Dependant on course
but will be 40 weeks
and 3 days for an
academic year and
about 51 weeks for a
trimester.

33
City life
With our campuses based in

four of the UK’s most lively cities,
you can be confident that you’ll
be inspired and intellectually
stimulated, whether you choose to
study in Cambridge, Chelmsford,
London or Peterborough.
In Cambridge, where we’ve been established since
1858, you’ll find shops, cinemas, sports facilities and
everything you’d expect from a major student and
tourist destination. Make the most of Chelmsford’s
beautiful countryside including Hylands Park –
home to the world-famous V Festival that draws
international music acts and thousands of visitors
each year. Founded in 2000, ARU London began
offering courses in the business sector; our diverse
capital city is certainly a fantastic place to study
and live, thanks to its endless variety of art, culture,
sports, restaurants and nightlife. In the historic
city of Peterborough you’ll discover its imposing
Norman cathedral, museums, restaurants, theatres
and parkland.
Section at a glance
Cambridge
go to page 36
Chelmsford
go to page 42
London
go to page 48
Peterborough
go to page 50

35
Welcome to Cambridge
Cambridge: a world
famous student city
Cambridge is an intriguing blend of the old and
the new. Steeped in history, it attracts the best
minds from around the world and is a major
centre for discovery in a vast array of fields.
Lose yourself in the famous streets and museums. Explore the

intriguing shops and markets. Take in the dazzling new buildings,
including our own, that make this a 21st century city.
There’s nowhere else quite like it.
Come to an
Open
Day anglia.ac.uk/
opendays

The city Eating out
Cambridge is best known for its historic As you’d expect, there are many bars and
colleges and landmarks and it’s a large, restaurants catering for students and the
thriving city that’s home to many world millions of tourists who visit each year,
leading companies, especially in the with a good choice of cuisine and prices.
science and technology sectors.
From Michelin starred restaurants to
As well as its central city districts it has informal brasseries and cafés, there’s
leafy suburbs, plenty of open spaces and something for every taste and every
very good transport facilities, including a occasion – including English afternoon
large network of cycle paths (and not that tea in the city’s quaint tearooms.
many hills!). Sports and leisure
We shouldn’t forget the pubs. In the city You can take part in a wide range of
Cambridgeshire itself is a beautiful itself and the surrounding countryside there sports in Cambridge, competitively or for
rural county that’s still within striking are some fantastic places to eat and drink. fun. Our own sports programme is a good
distance of London and, with Stansted place to start but for even more choice
International Airport close by, the rest of Nightlife visit cambridge.gov.uk/sport.
the world is in reach. With so many students living here, it’s
probably not surprising that Cambridge If you’d rather stay clear of the gym you
Shopping has an excellent nightlife. can walk or run on the city’s off-road
Cambridge has its full quota of retail paths, tracks and towpaths – or travel
parks, shopping centres and high street There are many bars and clubs to the city on two wheels using the highly
stores, along with many independent explore, especially in Downing Street, developed cycle path network.
stores, from stylish boutiques to vintage Regent Street and Market Square.
book, clothes and record shops. Cambridge is a fine place to watch
A lot of the clubs and bars organise professional sports such as football,
There’s also the cobbled Market Square, student nights or offer student discounts, cricket, rugby and horse racing. You can
where you can browse colourful stalls so you can make your money go further watch our famous rowing teams at work
selling an eclectic product range that while you have a good time. too, training and competing on the Cam.
includes fine cheeses, olives, pies and
other treats. Theatres, cinemas and the arts Museums, galleries and days out
Cambridge is a creative city and there are If you enjoy museums you’ll find a lot
Grand Arcade is the city’s newest a great many venues to explore, whether to do in Cambridge. We have eight –
shopping centre. You’ll find over 60 top you want to perform yourself or watch including the famous Fitzwilliam Museum
brands there, including John Lewis, Apple the professionals at work. of arts and antiquities. Entry to many of
Store, The White Company and River these museums is free.
Island, under one roof. Cambridge Corn Exchange and
Cambridge Junction are on the schedule Take in the city’s independent galleries
for many professional touring companies, too, including Kettle’s Yard and Anglia
bands and artists, from classical to Ruskin University’s gallery with its
contemporary. stunning 3D digital exhibits.
Then there’s the more regionally focused Cambridge University Botanic Garden is a
Cambridge Arts Theatre, as well as our pleasant way to spend a day and, if you’re
own Mumford Theatre, which stages interested in aviation, the Imperial War
student, community and professional Museum’s collection at nearby Duxford
touring productions. includes one of the first Concordes.
If you’re a film enthusiast you should Find out more

definitely be here for September’s For more details about the city, visit
Cambridge Film Festival, organised by visitcambridge.org
the Arts Picturehouse. There are also
two multiplex cinemas.

37
Cambridge
campus
Located in Cambridge city centre,
our campus has fantastic facilities
that make learning and living here a
great experience.
In recent years we’ve invested heavily in new

buildings, including high quality en-suite student
accommodation. Our campus continually evolves,
with new teaching and research centres, reflecting
our growth.
If you want to study in inspiring surroundings and

a world famous city, this is the place to be.
What’s on campus, at-a-glance

Here’s a brief summary of what’s available on-campus, but for the
full picture why not come and join us at one of our Open Days?
Visit anglia.ac.uk/opendays
400-seat Open-access area with Students’ Union

lecture theatre. 250 new computers.
Roof terraces and courtyards for

Extensive library open relaxing between lectures.
Two Employment
24 hours a day during
200-seat Bureau.
semester time.
lecture
theatres.
Large,
266-seat well-equipped gym.
Mumford
Theatre (see p.40). Four catering outlets, Medical Centre.
Student including Costa Coffee and
shop a café/restaurant offering
hot and cold meals.
John Student Harvard-style Campus-

Ruskin Gallery Smith’s Support
(see p.40). Bookshop. Services. lecture theatre. wide Wi-Fi.

39
Laboratories, studios and
other facilities
If you’re studying drama or music, how
about professional studios and a touring
quality theatre? Or if you’re in engineering
or life sciences, how about fully-equipped
labs and workshops? Teacher? Artist?
Sports scholar? Wait until you see what
we have for you!
Our courses focus on employability, so

we’ve equipped our faculties with the kind
of resources you’ll be using in your future
career. It’s all about being ready to hit the
ground running when you graduate.
Here are some examples of what you’ll find:

• University Eye Clinic (open to the public).
• R
ehearsal spaces (for performing-
arts courses).
• F
orensic science laboratories, complete
University Library Mumford Theatre
with a scene-of-crime unit.
Open 24 hours a day during semester Right on-campus, the Mumford Theatre
• S
pacious art studios in the original time, our library has extensive print and hosts a packed calendar of performances
Cambridge School of Art building, digital collections, as well as open access by our students, local groups and touring
built to maximise light. computers, quiet study spaces, group artists. This includes free lunchtime
• A TV studio. study areas and bookable meeting rooms. concerts by internationally known
• M
ultimedia sound and recording musicians from many genres, as well as
studios. Visit anglia.ac.uk/library productions covering dance, comedy,
• A
Human Energetics Sports drama and children’s theatre.
Science Laboratory. Cambridge School of Art
Inspiring creativity since 1858, we are If you’d like to know more about the
• L
anguage Centre and Multimedia
an academic community of art, design Mumford Theatre and its programme
Language Laboratories.
and media professionals focused on visit anglia.ac.uk/mumfordtheatre
• Health and Life Sciences centre. developing the creative practice of our
students through studio, workshop and Ruskin Gallery
classroom based experimentation. With its ground-breaking digital
technology and traditional viewing
Built as the original art school in 1909, spaces, this is a spectacular place to view
the historic Ruskin Building is home to art. We feature the work of our students
some 900 students, and offers bright from Cambridge School of Art, as well
studios along with industry-standard film as national and international touring
and photographic studios, 150-year-old exhibitions.
printing presses and Apple Mac suites.
Our courses are taught by research- The gallery’s open to the public and
active staff, recognised nationally and admission is free, so you can indulge your
internationally as leaders in their fields. passion for art or simply pass a relaxing
hour in the company of some great artists.
Alumni include legendary cartoonist
and graphic artist Ronald Searle (1920- Visit anglia.ac.uk/ruskingallery
2011), Edward Bawden, one of Britain’s
greatest graphic artists, illustrators and
printmaker, 1960s caricaturists Roger
Law and Peter Fluck, of Spitting Image
fame, and Pink Floyd members Syd
Barrett and Dave Gilmour.
Visit anglia.ac.uk/csa

Young Street Cambridge Campus gym
Young Street Cambridge is our Work out on the latest exercise machines,
spectacular new £9 million development: pump up with free weights or join one of
a state-of-the-art clinical teaching facility for our instructor-led exercise classes.
undergraduates and professionals.
Located in the Helmore Building, our
The first phase is complete and houses gym’s open seven days a week for the
our Faculty of Health, Social Care & use of students and staff.
Education, providing teaching space for A little history…
our nursing and health courses. Additionally, we’ve negotiated a special We can trace our origins to 1858, when
student rate with Kelsey Kerridge Sports John Ruskin opened the School of Art in
Phase two’s taking shape to give us two Centre, five minutes from campus. Cambridge in East Road.
additional buildings complete with a 200-
seat lecture theatre, café, seminar rooms, Sports facilities As you’ll see from any visit, we’ve come
office space, the Vision and Eye Research Anglia Ruskin is an ambitious sports a long way in the intervening years and
Unit (VERU) and cycle parking. university with facilities to match. The latest especially recently, thanks to a sustained
is our Howe’s Close outdoor sports ground, multimillion investment in people,
Eye clinic which will provide floodlit grass and artificial buildings and resources.
We’re one of the few UK universities to pitches, a new pavilion and dressing rooms,
have our own eye clinic. This is open and warm-up and training areas.
to the public and supports our eye and
vision-related teaching and research. Many sports are represented here with
some, such as cricket and judo, taking place
Visit anglia.ac.uk/eyeclinic at elite levels. Every level of ability is catered
for and you can try your hand at different
The iCentre sports through our social sport programme
Located on campus, this is the place without having to commit to a club.
to come to hand in your course
assignments, ask about university Visit anglia.ac.uk/sport
services or regulations, pick up your
ID card and much, much more. John Smith’s Bookshop
Located on campus, John Smith’s is
If our experienced staff can’t help more than just a convenient place to
they’ll more than likely know someone buy books or other course materials.
who can. It’s a handy resource open John Smith’s stocks an extensive range
to all our students. of text books and background reading
materials as well as a comprehensive
Visit anglia.ac.uk/icentre range of general and fashion stationery,
electronic products and gifts.
Visit johnsmith.co.uk/aru

41
Welcome to Chelmsford
Chelmsford: a great place to study
Chelmsford’s a thriving city just 30

miles North East of London. It’s a
major centre for science, industry
and technology – and one that
attracts top international employers
as well as entrepreneurs.
People have lived here since

Roman times so there’s a rich
cultural heritage, alongside the
kind of buildings and amenities
you’d expect from a successful,
ambitious 21st century city.
Today the population is 120,000

(and growing) and it’s the only city
in the UK to rank as a World Health
Organisation ‘Safe Community’.
Chelmsford at-a-glance
Vibrant Home of Essex County Cricket Club, The venue for the annual
nightlife with Chelmsford City Football Club and the V Festival held in
clubs, bars, cafés Chelmsford Chieftains Ice Hockey Team. Hylands Park.
and restaurants,
as well as Three theatres, Large shopping
a multi–screen centres The only World
live-music and malls.
cinema, Chelmsford Health Organisation
venues.
Film Club and the ‘Safe Community’
Chelmsford and in the UK.
Essex Museum.
High quality Eight green flag parks
sports and and riverside setting.
London
leisure facilities, less than
including a skate 30 minutes
park, swimming Over 11,000 businesses and
pool and golf 80,000 jobs, making it one of the major away by
courses. employment centres in south-east England. direct train.

Theatres, cinemas and art
There are three theatres in the city. The
Cramphorn and The Civic host live music,
stage productions and world cinema
showings, while The Old Court is home
to Chelmsford Theatre Workshop.
Art groups such as Chelmsford Art

Society and Activate Art have a high
profile and there’s a community Ideas
Hub that will put you on to a huge range Shops and markets Events and festivals
of classes, workshops and events. Chelmsford has the kind of retail parks, Chelmsford’s well-known for the yearly
shopping centres and chain stores you’ll V Festival which takes place each summer,
If you just want to sit back and watch find in any UK city or large town, but the but that’s just the tip of the iceberg.
the latest Hollywood blockbuster, thing that makes it special is its markets.
there’s an 8-screen multiplex offering We’ve also some nicely offbeat goings-
a student discount. They’ve been going on in the city for over on, including The Fling Festival (live
800 years. Tuesday to Saturday, there music, burlesque, cabaret etc) and
Additionally, you’re only 30 minutes by are real bargains to be had at Chelmsford CITYdiversions (street theatre, grannies in
train from London and all it has to offer. Retail Market, on everything from tulips shopping trolleys, animatronic bears).
to toasters. Then on Friday and Saturday
Sport and leisure there’s a tremendous food market in the If you start your course in the autumn
If you enjoy sport, exercise or watching elite High Street. you’ll be in time for the annual Chelmsford
athletes compete, you’re in the right city. Ideas Festival. We’re heavily involved in
Moulsham Mill’s good for independent its week-long programme of workshops,
We’ve teamed up with Riverside Ice craft and arts shops if you’re looking for events, talks and shows.
& Leisure Centre nearby to offer our something unique and hand-made. Or
students use of its swimming pools, gym if you want West End style shopping, This, and the many other things
and ice rink at huge discounts. London’s 30 minutes by train. happening, give the city a real buzz
all-year round.
When it comes to playing sport, there are Bars and clubs
plenty of local clubs and teams alongside Chelmsford holds purple flag status for high Outdoor life
our own, including Chelmsford Canoe quality city centre management and is a Parks, riverside walks, picnic areas, nature
Club – which has its clubhouse on the World Health Organisation ‘Safe Community’. reserves – there are over 7,000 acres of
banks of the Chelmer. This makes our Chelmsford campus the first public green space in the city.
university campus in the UK to be officially
Essex County Cricket team play in endorsed as a safe night out. You could also explore the rural villages
Chelmsford, as do the Chelmsford of Essex and we’re only a short drive from
Chieftains Ice Hockey team and There are over 40 bars and pubs in the the coast, Southend-on-Sea and Clacton-
Chelmsford City FC. city, and plenty of clubs and live music on-Sea are very lively – or try the more
venues to choose from. laid-back Leigh-on-Sea.
Visit anglia.ac.uk/mychelmsford

43
Chelmsford campus
Close to the city centre and in the University

and Innovation quarter, the campus is the
base for many cutting edge courses and
research programmes.
Eye-catching buildings set in landscaped grounds next to

the River Chelmer provide the setting for a friendly, talented
community of students and staff.
Here are some of the key landmarks:
Student Village Postgraduate Medical Institute (PMI) Lord Ashcroft Building

This is on-campus and offers high quality, This is our spectacular new hub for This award-winning building houses one
mainly en-suite accommodation, as well postgraduate clinical research and of the largest business and management
as village amenities such as sports pitches, teaching – and it’s fast becoming known schools in the region.
sports hall and gym, shops, pharmacy, internationally as a centre of excellence.
laundrette and medical centre. Over 100 teaching staff and 6,000 students
Facilities include two large lecture theatres, from 100 countries are attached to the
Visit anglia.ac.uk/housing a simulation suite for training professionals business school, attracted by research
in a variety of patient settings, a Cell and teaching that’s at the cutting edge of
Marconi Building and Molecular Biology (CMB) Research business and management practice.
This £15 million high tech building has Laboratory, and a state-of-the-art Gait
an amphitheatre, 150-seat lecture theatre and Motion Analysis Laboratory. Many organisations, including SMEs,
and mock law court. major companies and universities
About the PMI collaborate with us here in Chelmsford,
To find out more about our science PMI is a partnership that includes all of through joint research projects or as
and technology courses, visit our the NHS acute hospitals, primary care users of our consultancy services. This gives
Faculty page: anglia.ac.uk/fst trusts and mental health trusts in Essex, our students valuable exposure to the real
as well as Essex County Council, Ramsay business world, as well as work experience
and Nuffield Hospitals, The Royal Society and employment opportunities.
for Public Health and the five faculties of
Anglia Ruskin University. The real world of financial trading has entered
the classroom, thanks to our new state-of-
For full details visit anglia.ac.uk/pmi the-art Bloomberg room. The £160,000
Bloomberg Financial Markets Lab has 16
William Harvey Building terminals, four screens showing Bloomberg
This is our highly equipped training centre News, BBC World, CNBC and Sky News, and
for midwifery, mental healthcare and a “ticker” displaying share prices from stock
surgery. Our students learn authentically markets worldwide. Students can use the
through the use of our state-of-the- portfolio manager facility on Bloomberg – the
art facilities that mirror real life clinical world’s leading platform for global business
situations, UK hospital wards and an Early and finance news, data, analytical tools and
Childhood classroom. research – to trade and invest using virtual
money. This enables students to understand
Visit our Faculty page: anglia.ac.uk/fhsce the strategies and techniques employed by
real-life traders and investors as they aim to
maximise portfolio returns.
Visit our Faculty page: anglia.ac.uk/laibs
Find out more about our facilities:

visit anglia.ac.uk/chelmsford

Come to an
Open
Day
anglia.ac.uk/
opendays
anglia.ac.uk
01245686868
45
45
Gym and Sports Hall
Sport’s well-catered for here – whether
you fancy a casual five-a-side game with
your friends or want to get involved
competitively with a university club or team.
You can also keep fit in a well-equipped gym
or join one of our exercise classes.
If you want to try something new you’re

also in the right place, as we run ‘taster’
The MedBIC John Smith’s Bookshop sessions in a variety of sports. You can
Business Innovation Centre, Medical Located on campus, John Smith’s is come along, get some informal coaching
and Advanced Engineering more than just a convenient place to and have a go without the commitment
The MedBIC, our new £6 million business buy books or other course materials. of joining a club.
innovation centre, is a local government John Smith’s stocks an extensive range
collaboration that provides workspaces, of text books and background reading The facilities here include Mildmay Sports
workshops, specialised labs and business materials as well as a comprehensive Hall and Mildmay Fitness Suite, and
support to start-up and early stage range of general and fashion stationery, access to outdoor and artificial pitches.
companies involved in health, medical electronic products and gifts.
technology, advanced engineering and other Visit anglia.ac.uk/sport
related sectors. Having these businesses The iCentre
located on campus provides our students Located on campus, this is the place Leisure activities
with employment, internships and to come to hand in your course There’s plenty to do on-campus when
industry-related research opportunities. assignments, ask about university you’re relaxing, with many activities
services or regulations, pick up your centred around the Students’ Union –
Visit medbic.com ID card and much much more. including clubs and societies, cultural
events, volunteering and gig nights.
Startup Lab at The MedBIC If our experienced staff can’t help they’ll more
Located within The MedBIC, The Startup than likely know someone who can. It’s a Chelmsford is a thriving city with a variety
Lab is a dedicated space where Anglia handy resource open to all our students. of shops, bars and restaurants, as well as
Ruskin students with early stage business theatres, cinemas and a county cricket
ideas and projects can test and develop ground. London’s 30 minutes away
them in a supportive environment among by train.
like-minded peers. Students signing up
to the Lab are allocated a mentor to A little history…
help them develop and fast-track their We can trace our Chelmsford campus’
business idea. roots back to 1893, when adult further-
education classes for 50 students were
University Library held in Crane Court, Chelmsford.
We’ve recently redeveloped the library
on our Chelmsford campus. It houses an In 1904, Lord Rayleigh laid a foundation
impressive range of collections and offers stone in Market Road. This was the first
excellent study facilities, including open- step towards creating purpose-built
access computers, quiet study areas, further-education buildings in Chelmsford.
group study areas and bookable rooms.
In recent years we’ve transformed the
Visit anglia.ac.uk/library campus, investing many millions of
pounds in state-of-the-art buildings
and facilities for our students and staff.
Visit anglia.ac.uk/mychelmsford

47
Welcome to London
London: a leading global city
London probably needs little introduction as a
major international centre for finance, business,
music, theatre, entertainment, sport, culture,
history, fashion (and the list goes on!).
It’s an exciting place to

study and the city’s buoyant
economy provides plenty of
opportunities for part-time jobs,
placements and internships
to supplement your course.
Come and enjoy it all as a

member of the Anglia Ruskin
London community!

London
campus
Location Campus facilities
The campus is situated in the Clerkenwell Our high tech lecture theatres, seminar
district of London, within a few minutes’ rooms, computer labs and study areas
walk of the City (London’s financial Square really bring teaching and learning to life,
Mile), the Inns of Court (legal district) and so you can get the most from your course.
the Thames.
There’s a large library that carries all of
Tourist attractions such as Covent the core texts and online archives for
Garden, Oxford Street, Leicester Square each course, as well as dedicated areas
and the South Bank are a few minutes’ suitable for study groups, quiet study or
bus or tube ride away. Getting around simply catching up on your emails.
London in general is very easy.
If you need to refuel, there is a cafeteria
The Clerkenwell/Farringdon Road area in the building, as well as a popular
includes the historic Smithfield market student common room and a games
and a cosmopolitan community of room with pool and table tennis. WiFi is
businesses, studios, cafés, shops, pubs available throughout the building.
and restaurants has grown around it.
London campus Student welfare and community

Facilities include:
Our central London campus specialises in We have a student support team based
business and finance courses and is close on-campus to help and advise you Large library
to the capital’s financial ‘Square Mile’. confidentially on a range of issues, that carries all
including studying, accommodation, High of the core texts
You will find five floors of state-of-the-
art lecture theatres, seminar rooms,
money, health, welfare and student visas.
tech and online
PC-equipped study areas and space for You can also speak to elected members lecture archives for
spaces.
you to work, relax and socialise. It’s the of the campus Student Council. They’re each course.
ideal place to develop your skills, while there to help you and represent their
experiencing one of the world’s great fellow students’ interests.
capital cities.
Student social life tends to revolve around WiFi
Getting to and from the campus is the cafeteria and common room and throughout.
easy. Underground and National Rail we offer a number of sports, including
(Thameslink) services stop at nearby football, cricket and rounders.
Farringdon Road station and London Seminar rooms,
has excellent bus services. For more sports and social activities you computer labs and
can join Student Central London as an
affiliate member. This will give you access
study areas.
to sports, societies, gyms and numerous
social events.
Games room with
Visit studentcentral.london/about/ pool and table tennis.
membership

49
Welcome to Peterborough
Peterborough: a 21st century city
Peterborough has developed dramatically

over the past 20 years, achieving city status
and establishing itself as a major science and
technology centre.
It has a long history, with a 12th Shopping Sports and Leisure

century Norman cathedral at Peterborough is a vibrant regional Peterborough’s really well served for
shopping destination, with three sports and leisure activities – and there’s
its heart and a rich cultural life, key shopping centres, including the plenty of opportunity for outdoor pursuits
alongside the contemporary Queensgate Centre, with an excellent such as golf, fishing and rowing.
buildings and amenities that range of stores. There are also plenty of
have grown up around it. independently owned stores. If you’d like to watch professional sport,
the city’s home to Peterborough FC, the
You’ll also be able to sample the delights Peterborough Panthers Speedway Team
Peterborough is cycle friendly and of the city’s frequent farmers’ markets and a greyhound racing track.
has fabulous green areas, as well as and craft fairs.
lakes and rivers that provide good Things to do
leisure opportunities. Doubtless this Nightlife and entertainment Peterborough hosts events throughout
is why the city is one of the UK’s Peterborough has a fabulous selection of the year, including the huge East of
pubs, cafés, restaurants, clubs and bars, as England Show, the Peterborough Arts
‘environmental cities’. well as a multiscreen cinema complex and Festival and in August each year, one of
two theatres. There’s also the Peterborough the UK’s largest beer festivals.
Arena which hosts a variety of sports and
entertainment events. The surrounding countryside is beautiful,
with scenic walks and picturesque
Visit www.visitpeterborough.com towns and villages to explore.

Peterborough
campus
Peterborough is home
to our Faculty of Health,
Social Care & Education,
based at Guild House.
The revamped site
is a superb learning
environment benefiting
from new skills labs,
lecture spaces and
breakout areas.
Library
Guild House’s comprehensive library
offers a range of space and facilities
including provision for group work and
discussion, individual silent study, use
of multi-media, networked PCs, wireless
connectivity for laptops and standard IT
applications. Friendly and expert staff are
on hand to provide support at reception
and run a comprehensive programme of
information and study skills training.
Skills lab
The clinical skills lab is designed to mirror
a real-life nursing environment. Student
nurses use the facility to develop their
practical nursing skills, such as moving
and handling, resuscitation, bed making,
aseptic techniques and infection control. Facilities include:
Accommodation
For information on nursing accommodation Cutting-edge skills lab complete Student
available to our students, visit our with state-of-the-art common area
student accommodation website. nursing equipment. including pool
Accommodation is also available at table and café.
the Taverners Hall development. Large Specialist health library
lecture and extensive digital
Visit tavernershall.co.uk
spaces. library providing on
and off-campus access
Students’ to databases, e-journals
Union and and e-books.
Student
Services.
130 Wi-Fi
seat breakout area. throughout.

51
Welcome to our
Associate Colleges
We’ve centres throughout the
east of England
Cambridge and Chelmsford aren’t the only

places you can study for your Anglia Ruskin
degree. We offer a range of courses at other
associated college campuses throughout the
east of England.
At each you’ll find a range of

full-time and part-time options:
Science & Technology
Health
Social Care & Education
Business
Arts
Law & Social Sciences

Our UCAS codes
Graduate and you’ll have earned a • University Centre Harlow
fully accredited or validated Anglia Please use the institution code for
Ruskin degree – having benefited Anglia Ruskin: A60, institution name
from the same high quality teaching ARU. If you are applying to University
and support, within state-of-the-art, Centre Harlow, please use campus
well-equipped surroundings. code ‘O’.
• University Centre Peterborough
Here’s a brief guide to our associated The institution code is P56.
colleges. For more details visit • College of West Anglia
anglia.ac.uk/associatecolleges The institution code is W35.

University Centre University Centre The College of
Peterborough Harlow West Anglia
We created ‘UCP’ in 2008, as a joint Our advanced, £9.3 million Harlow campus You can study degree courses validated by
venture with government agencies and is set in landscaped grounds in the town Anglia Ruskin at the College’s main campus
the area’s employers. It has grown fast and centre, just 30 minutes from London by train. in King’s Lynn and at its other campus in
over 700 people study here. Cambridge (Milton).
The campus is five minutes walk from
UCP is based on the Peterborough Harlow’s main shopping centre, where there King’s Lynn campus
Regional College campus, in a purpose- are a full range of restaurants and bars to The campus is located in and around
built three-storey building. This £10 million chose from. A two minute walk from the one of the town’s landmark buildings:
development houses a 92-seat lecture campus is a large and well equipped Sport an 8-storey centre which has recently
theatre, highly equipped seminar rooms Centre offering every range of sporting undergone a £13 million refurbishment.
and a range state-of-the-art computer activity, including a gym, dance studio and a
rooms. climbing walk. It also has a full-time childcare Higher education students will have
nursery open to the public. access to a brand new state-of-the-art
We’re also partners in a professional grade ‘University Centre’ following a £6.5 million
Media and Journalism Centre based in the Our facilities include current AV-equipped investment. With facilities including
city. This has a TV studio and sophisticated teaching rooms and lecture theatres, 2000m2 of bespoke accommodation
production/broadcast suites. state-of-the-art TV, radio and graphics including 14 digitally-enabled classrooms
studios, and highly equipped science and a 120 seat multi-media lecture theatre.
Over 20 degree courses and engineering laboratories to include a
You can study full or part-time for a Metrology lab and a Grade 2 Category lab Other facilities at the campus include a
degree in fields such as archaeology, for microbiological experiments. Learning Resource Centre and a state-
accounting, business, performing arts, of-the-art engineering technology centre
computing, construction, education, Across all our courses we have well with full CAD/CAM facilities. There’s an
engineering, English literature, journalism, developed links with relevant Industries on-site children’s nursery, a Costa café
media and sociology. and businesses; students benefit from and an award winning hair and beauty
help and support with work experience salon with King’s Lynn town centre within
The list’s growing every year so do check placements. walking distance.
online for the latest information.
Between lectures you can pop into the Cambridge campus (Milton)
Many of our students want to work campus bars and restaurants, shops Located on the outskirts of Cambridge, this
while they’re studying. We do our best to or the hair and beauty salon. There’s also is the home for the veterinary nursing
concentrate full-time courses into three a theatre, which showcases student and animal behaviour degrees which we
days a week and have an employment dance, theatre and music productions. teach jointly with the college.
bureau to help you find work.
While there are no on-site halls, we have Facilities include indoor and outdoor
If you’re in a career already we may be links with Newfoundland University, riding arenas and stables, an equine
able to customise elements of your course Canada who have a campus located in therapy centre, a working farm, a
to make them work-related, although Old Harlow. Our students are welcome to specialist animal and veterinary unit,
we design all our courses with future lodge along side their students for a real and a dog grooming centre.
employability in mind. Halls of Residence feel.
Visit anglia.ac.uk/cwa
Student community Visit anglia.ac.uk/harlow cwa.ac.uk
UCP is more than just a teaching centre; harlow.college.ac.uk
it’s a community. The building houses a
‘one-stop’ student support centre, careers
office, a café and a free cinema. Plus it’s
HQ for our sports clubs, societies and
student social calendar.
If you’re living away from home we’ve

high quality accommodation available
on and off campus. Or if you need to
commute, there are fast road and rail
links to the city from many areas.
For more details about UCP and the

wide range of degree (and top-up or
foundation) courses available visit
anglia.ac.uk/ucp
ucp.ac.uk

53
Our courses
We’re passionate about the

advancement of knowledge and
the education of students. While we
first began offering art courses 159
years ago, today our expertise has
vastly broadened into computing
and technology, engineering, law,
business, economics, life sciences
and more.
With research-active staff across the university,
you’ll now find six high-profile research institutes.
We’re proud to say that our students scored 22
of our courses with 100% satisfaction rate in the
National Student Survey 2015.
Many of our courses give you the option of

beginning in September or January. If you’d like to
fit your studies around a busy schedule, we offer
a range of flexible options, including part-time
courses, distance learning and work-based study.
Section at a glance
Your guide to course pages

go to page 56
A – Z undergraduate courses
go to page 58

Become part of an
academic community
led by inspiring tutors
and lecturers.
55
Your guide to Faculty
our course pages

This is the Faculty to which
your course belongs.
Education Studies BA (Hons)

Chelmsford
Key Facts Part-time available
Faculty of Health, Social Care
& Education
Campus Chelmsford
Award Duration 3 years full-time,
The award you will receive 4 – 6 years part-time
Available Starts September
after successfully completing UCAS Code X302
your course. Tariff Points 80 UCAS tariff points
A What is education? Why do Module guide Entry requirements

people learn differently at Year one core modules 80 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
• Studying Education and Research in 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 5 GCSEs at
B different ages, and what Higher Education 1 grade C or above, including English.
makes them lifelong learners? • Education Studies 1: Families, Schools If English is not your first language
C What affects how education you will be expected to demonstrate a
and Equality
is provided, and how is your • Introduction to Online Learning
certificated level of proficiency of at least
D IELTS 6.0 (academic level) or equivalent
learning impacted by the Spaces and Critical Education
English Language qualification, as
E country you live in? If you are • Understanding Learning recognised by Anglia Ruskin University.
interested in studying education
F itself, this is the course for you. Year two core modules
• Studying Education and Research in
G Education is hugely important to all of Higher Education 2
Duration us. It affects our experiences, ambitions, • Education Studies 2: Studying National
H qualifications and prospects. But it’s and International Education Systems
This refers to the standard designed and delivered differently in • Critical Education and e-Environments 2:
length of the course and time I different places – both nationally and Considering Critical Theory, Curriculum
internationally. Our course explores how and Communities of Practice
for completion.
J and why educational differences occur,
and opens up a range of fascinating Year three core modules
K careers to you. • Undergraduate Major Project: Studying
Education and Research in Higher
L This course will help you to develop as Education 3
an independent, critical problem-solver. • Education Studies 3: Ideology,
M You’ll explore academic theory relating Educational Policy and Cultural Texts
to education, and pedagogy – that is,
• Identities, the Web and Perceptions
N how people are taught. You’ll look at
of Old Age
the underlying values, principles and
O philosophies of educational processes
Assessment
and systems, and examine the complex
Assessment will include essays and
P interplay of factors which shape education
extended prose, presentations, placement
provision.
proposals and reports, portfolios of
Q evidence, reflective journals, patchwork
Many of us continue to learn throughout
texts (short pieces of writing, or ‘patches’,
our lives, so our course looks at
R built up week by week), and your
educational differences at various life
participation in webinars.
stages rather than concentrating on a
S
single phase, such as childhood. It also
Associated careers Student View
considers how people develop identities
T as learners based on their education,
Our degree course will open up a range Alice
of careers for you. It will be especially Education Studies
society and the online environment
U they have access to; digital technology’s
useful if you want a career in youth work,
research, education welfare, management “ Some of the modules are really
ever-increasing role in education; and
V and administration, or policy development interesting to learn and research
what can be learned about education and
in arenas such as local and national about. The lecturers’ enthusiasm
citizenship in this age of social networking.
W government, education institutions or the for what they’re teaching is
not-for-profit sector. infectious and can really get you
Your course tutors will offer support and
X in the mood to want to learn
guidance throughout, and help you to
You could also choose to do postgraduate about it. Education is constantly
think about and plan for your future career.
Y study, such as a PGCE, which would give developing and the course is
you qualified teacher status. designed in a way to make you
Z think about how it’s going affect
you as a potential teacher as well
as the students.”
Online link for course

A link to our online prospectus,
where there is more information.

Campus
Courses are available in
Cambridge, Chelmsford, Harlow,
Cambridge Milton campus, King’s
Lynn campus and Peterborough.
Education, Technology
Chelmsford
and Computing BA (Hons) & Education
Campus Chelmsford
Duration 3 years full-time,
6 years part-time
UCAS Code I100
Tariff Points 80 UCAS tariff points
UCAS code
This is a unique course code
At a time when there’s increasing Module guide Associated careers and is required when applying
A
emphasis on computer science Year one core modules Our course will put you on the path to UCAS.
• Studying Education and Research in to a number of careers. With further
in schools, and huge growth in Higher Education 1 professional training or postgraduate B
digital technology in education, • Computer Science 1: Introduction to study, you could consider teaching, or
the economy and society, our working with and supporting vulnerable C
Computing Fundamentals
course will give you expertise in • Critical Education and e-Environments 1:
children, young people and adults.
D
this important area. It’s excellent Introduction to Online Learning Spaces
Other options include teaching and
preparation if you want to work and Critical Education
learning assistant roles, careers related E
in education or pursue teacher • Understanding Learning to using computers and computational
training. thinking with others, or becoming an F
Year two core modules academic, researcher or scholar.
Computer science has reached the top • Studying Education and Research in G
of the educational agenda. The argument Higher Education 2 Entry requirements
has been made for making computational • Computer Science 2: Computer 80 UCAS Tariff Points from a minimum of H
thinking central to schooling and the Architecture, Networking and Design 2 A Levels (or equivalent) 5 GCSEs at grade Entry requirements
technology is now there to do it, with • Critical Education and eEnvironments 2: C or above, including English and Maths I This details the tariff points
children actively using ICT from a young Considering Critical Theory, Curriculum
age. With our ability to upload educational and Communities of Practice J that are required for your
material to the internet at any point, it’s course. The UCAS tariff is a
vital for the education sector to keep Year three core modules K points system used to report
abreast of technological developments – • Undergraduate Major Project
and potential pitfalls. • Computer Science 3: Advanced L achievements of students in a
Computing Principles numerical format. Other entry
Whether you’re interested or working M
at primary or secondary-school level,
• Critical Education and eEnvironments requirements are also indicated.
3: Identities, the Web and Perceptions
our course is for you. With support N
of Old Age
from our friendly and experienced staff,
you’ll develop an in-depth knowledge of O
Assessment
education, technology and computing that
As well as traditional essays and a Major
you can put to use in your future career. P
Project, you will also demonstrate your use
From programming to safeguarding, you’ll
of ICT through web-based communication
understand the benefits (and issues) that
and the creation of a personalised and Q
result from digital technology being at the
shared online learning space. Other forms
heart of young people’s schooling.
of assessment include a presentation, R
coursework and a written exam.
When you graduate you’ll be able to thrive
S
in a world of continual technological
change, and address an educational need
that’s recognised both nationally and
T
internationally.
U
V
From programming
W
to safeguarding,
you’ll understand X
the benefits (and Find out about how to apply
at anglia.ac.uk/ug/apply Y
issues) that result
from digital technology Like us on facebook
Z
being at the heart of young
people’s schooling. Follow us on @angliaruskin

141

57
Abnormal and Clinical
Cambridge
Key Facts
Psychology BSc (Hons) Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code C842
A Have you ever wondered what Year two core modules Links with industry
makes people think, feel and • Biopsychology and professional recognition
• Contemporary Social Psychology Our course is accredited by the British
B behave the way they do? Are Psychological Society as conferring
you interested in learning about • Issues in the Professional Practice of
eligibility for the Graduate Membership
C Psychology
psychological disorders and of the Society with the Graduate Basis
• Learning, Memory and Perception
their treatment? We’re the only for Chartered Membership, provided
D • Personality, Intelligence and the minimum standard of qualification
university in the UK offering this Psychometrics of second class honours is achieved.
E British Psychological Society This is the first step towards becoming
• Psychopathology
accredited degree. It’s ideal if a chartered psychologist. For more
• Research Techniques for Psychology
F you want to specialise in this information please contact the British
area and set yourself apart from Year three core modules Psychological Society. www.bps.org.uk
G
other psychology graduates. • Clinical Psychology
Associated careers
H • Atypical Development
Our degree will help you understand Psychology graduates are in demand. You
• Language and Thought could become a professional psychologist
people and their unusual behaviours,
I emotions and thoughts. You’ll consider
• Lifespan Development in the academic world, or with further
the possible links between psychological • Neuropsychology study, work in specialised clinical, health,
J disorders and mental, emotional • Psychology Project educational, occupational or forensic
and physical disorders and explore psychology. The skills you’ll learn on
• Psychological Therapies
K how psychology is applied to the our course are also appealing to any
understanding of health, illness and employer looking for graduates that can
Assessment
L healthcare. Developing your scientific, write logical reports, interpret evidence
Assessment will include exams, essays,
analytical and research skills, you’ll learn and have a good understanding of
reports and presentations. You will also
M about treatments in clinical psychology human behaviour.
undertake laboratory reports, preparing
and cognitive neuropsychology. you for your work after graduation. You
N Graduation doesn’t need to be the end of
will write a dissertation in your final year
You’ll use our excellent research facilities, your time with us. If you’d like to continue
to demonstrate your learning and show
O including well-equipped specialist your studies we offer a wide range of full-
us you have developed the knowledge
laboratories for measuring electrical time and part-time postgraduate courses
and skills to complete the course.
P activity in the brain, eye movement, including Masters in Foundations in
psychoneuroimmunology, emotions and Clinical Child Psychology, Applied Positive
Special features
Q communication, psychometrics, human Psychology, Cognitive and Clinical
We’ve invested heavily in our research
behaviour, consumer reactions and Neuroscience and Research Methods
laboratories to give you access to the
R much more. in Psychology.
latest technology.
Entry requirements
S Module guide You could be taught to measure
Year one core modules 120 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
the electrical currents created by
• Fundamentals of Cognitive Psychology of 3 A Levels (or equivalent). Preferred
T activity in the brain in our EEG
subject(s): Psychology and Science.
• Introduction to Abnormal and Health (electroencephalography) Lab,
GCSE(s) required: 3 GCSEs at grade C or
U Psychology measure eye movements in our
above including English and Mathematics.
• Issues in Child Development Eye-Tracking Lab, or analyse samples
V and Social Psychology for immune system indicators in our
Psychoneuroimmunology Lab.
• Key Skills for Psychology
W We’ve also designed and installed a
• Social and Developmental Psychology number of labs to monitor behaviour Developing your scientific,
X • Theoretical Foundations in Psychology and interpersonal interaction. analytical and research
• The Psychology of Everyday Life skills, you’ll learn about
Y treatments in clinical
psychology
Z
and cognitive
neuropsychology.

Accounting and Finance
Chelmsford
Key Facts
Lord Ashcroft International
BSc (Hons) Business School
Campus Chelmsford
Duration 3 years or 4 years with placement
Available Starts September,
January (3 years only)
UCAS Code N421 – 3 years
N423 – 4 years with placement
Tariff Points 96 – 112 UCAS tariff points
Kick-start a rewarding career Module guide Associated careers

A
and gain maximum exemptions Year one core modules You could go on to become a practising
• Academic Skills accountant, or opt for a wide range of
from professional body careers in industry, business and the public B
• Business Analytics
qualifications – including sector. You may find yourself working in
• Economics for Managers C
The Association of Chartered a global corporation, a small to medium-
• Financial and Management Accounting
Certified Accountants (ACCA) sized enterprise (SME) or even for yourself
• Foundations of Finance – it’s not unusual for company CEOs to D
(nine Foundation papers) and
• Introduction to Business Law come from an accounting or finance
CPA Australia (five papers) background. Our graduates have moved E
• Introduction to Organisations and
– with our highly-regarded directly into careers with prestigious
Management
degree course. Big Four auditors, such as Deloitte, and F
Year two core modules PricewaterhouseCoopers (PWC).
Whether you want to move into auditing, • Auditing
G
financial reporting, management accounting Alternatively you may decide to continue
• Business Research Methods
or financial services, this could be the course your education on a postgraduate course, H
for you. You’ll develop subject-specific skills • E
nterprise and Entrepreneurial such as our MSc Accounting or MSc Finance.
alongside important transferable skills like Management I
communication, enterprise, problem solving • Financial Management We work closely with professional bodies
and quantitative/numerical analysis. These • Financial Reporting such as ACCA, Chartered Institute of J
are valuable in any business environment • Performance Management Management Accounting (CIMA), Institute
and in both small and larger organisations. of Chartered Accountants in England and K
• Project Management
Wales (ICAEW), Chartered Financial Analysts
Studying in Chelmsford in our Centre of (CFA) Institute and Chartered Institute of L
Year three core modules
Excellence in Accounting and Finance, you’ll Bankers (CIB). This means that everything
• Advanced Financial Reporting
be part of the Lord Ashcroft International you learn will be highly relevant in today’s M
Business School, well-recognised by • Corporate Finance commercial arena. On graduation, you’ll be
employers and professional bodies as a • Taxation in the United Kingdom able to apply for exemptions from these N
centre for innovative business education • The Professional Accountant professional bodies.
and training. O
• Undergraduate Major Project
Through our Business School Intern
You’ll be taught by inspiring specialists, programme, around 35 students each P
many with professional accountancy Assessment year get a business mentor, work
qualifications themselves who are keen We’ll assess your work in a variety of ways experience, exclusive training and
including exams, coursework, essays and Q
to share their wealth of experience and development, and a reference from
help you gain the skills you need for a activity-based assignments. So expect, our Dean.
for example, problem-solving activities, R
successful career. You’ll also benefit from
regular guest speakers from industry, consultancy projects, presentations, Entry requirements
computer-based exams, a trading S
commerce and accounting firms ready to 96 – 112 UCAS tariff points from a
share their tips of the trade. simulation portfolio and group or minimum of 2 A Levels or equivalent.
individual reports. You’ll also be able to T
3 GCSEs at grade C or above including
Our students and academics come from access support materials through our English and Maths.
all over the world, so you’ll learn to operate ARU Virtual Learning Environment (VLE). U
in a multicultural environment – great
preparation for today’s global marketplace. Links with industry V
and professional recognition
The ACCA grants significant exemptions W
from the professional exams to graduates
of this course so you’ll be getting your X
career off to a flying start. Find out about how to apply
Additionally, the Lord Aschcroft International
Business School works very closely with Like us on facebook
Z
industry to develop placements, internships
Follow us on @angliaruskin
and future career opportunities for you.

59
Accounting and Finance
Peterborough

Location University Centre Peterborough
BSc (Hons) Duration 3 years
UCAS Code NN43
Institution code P56
Please note: when completing your UCAS

application, please use P56 institutional
code, and not the A60 code.
A The BSc degree gives students Module guide Associated careers

nine exemptions from the Year one core modules Our course provides an excellent basis
• Higher Education and Business for students who are looking to pursue
B professional ACCA accounting Essentials a career in accounting and finance. It
qualification and it is an • Economics for Managers can also deliver an excellent foundation
C excellent degree to develop for any number of roles within the
• Foundations of Finance
your accounting career. wider commercial environment. The
D • Introduction to Business law technical skills delivered in this degree
The main aims of this degree are to • Business Analytics are much sought after by industry and
E provide you with a high level of technical • Introduction to Organisations and commerce, and the transferable skills are
ability and knowledge specific to finance Management a valuable asset in almost any business
F and accounting, and to equip you with a environment.
• Financial and Management Accounting
range of skills necessary to succeed in
G the business environment. Links with industry and professional
Year two core modules
recognition
H • Financial Reporting
Core to this degree is the development Our graduates will be awarded a
• Performance Management significant level of exemptions from some
of your understanding of the technical
I language and practices of accounting and • Project Management of the professional accounting bodies.
finance. Additionally, other key areas of • Financial Management The degree has been accredited by the
J focus are information technology and its • Auditing ACCA (the Association of Chartered
application in business, communication Certified Accountants) and successful
• E
nterprise and Entrepreneurial
K skills and analytical skills. Course options graduates can expect substantial
Management
will allow you to focus on specific areas, exemptions from the professional
L giving you the opportunity to explore • Business Research Methods examinations. Further details of
areas of particular interest, or to prepare exemptions currently available may
M for defined professional requirements. Year three core modules be obtained from the ACCA website.
When you graduate you will be able to: • Advanced Financial Reporting
N • Strategic Financial Management Entry Requirements
• E
xplore and evaluate contemporary 80 UCAS tariff points. A Levels required;
• Undergraduate Management Project
O accounting theory. 2 A Levels in related subjects. GCSEs
• Business Financing required; 3 GCSEs at grade C or above
• A
nalyse empirical evidence concerning
• The Professional Accountant in English, Mathematics and Science.
P financial management, risk, and the
operation of global capital markets. • Taxation in the United Kingdom
Q • D
emonstrate a sound understanding of
the broader business environment. Assessment
R Assessment is via a mix of examination,
coursework and essays, plus other
On a more practical level, you will be able to:
S oral and activity-based assignments.
Coursework includes problem-solving
• D
emonstrate significant skills in
T activities, consultancy projects,
preparing financial statements,
presentations and individual and
performing analysis and delivering
U group reports.
financial projections.
• U
se appropriate IT business
V applications to support your financial
analysis techniques and enhance
W reporting.
• Plan and execute research projects.
X
• E
ffectively communicate results at the
Y level appropriate to the audience.

Accounting and Financial
Cambridge
Key Facts
Management (Top-Up) Business School
Campus Cambridge
BSc (Hons) Duration 2 semesters
Available Starts September, January
UCAS Code NN43
Do you have an ABE Advanced Module guide Links with industry

A
Diploma in Finance, an HND, or Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Advanced Financial Reporting We work closely with ACCA and you
a Foundation degree that you can apply for exemptions from their
B
• Career Management and Employability
would like to top-up to a full BSc foundation papers. We also have
• The Professional Accountant C
(Hons)? Our course takes you established links with CIMA, CPA Australia,
• Practising Sustainable Business
straight into Year 3. It will help ICAEW, Chartered Financial Analysts (CFA)
• Monetary Policy Institute, Chartered Institute for Securities D
you decide whether professional
• E
xploring Collaborative Research in the & Investment (CISI), and Chartered
accountancy is for you and Institute of Bankers (CIB). E
Field of Accounting and Finance
improve your employability in
an international market. Assessment Through our Business School Intern F
We’ll assess your work in a variety of programme, around 35 students each year
This course will top-up your existing ways, including exams, coursework, get a business mentor, work experience, G
qualification to a full BSc (Hons) degree essays and activity-based assignments. exclusive training and development, and
in just two semesters, providing you with This will include problem-solving activities, a reference from our Dean. H
the confidence and knowledge you’ll need consultancy projects, presentations,
to advance your career to managerial computer-based exams, a trading Associated careers I
level in business, accounting, finance or simulation portfolio and group or This course provides you with the
related areas. individual reports. You’ll also be able to foundations you need to become a J
access support materials through our practising accountant. It’s also a great
Taught by academics with a wealth of ARU Virtual Learning Environment (VLE). stepping stone to a wider range of K
industry experience, you’ll develop both careers in industry, business and the
subject-specific and technical skills. You’ll Special features public sector. L
also gain a variety of useful transferable The Lord Ashcroft International Business
skills such as communication, knowledge School is one of the largest business Alternatively, you could opt to continue M
of global business, entrepreneurship, schools in the East of England, with your studies. Our postgraduate courses
problem solving and numerical analysis. nearly 100 full-time teaching staff and will enhance your employability or boost N
Regular guest speakers from industry, approximately 6,000 students from more your specialism further. Choices include
commerce and accounting firms will give than 100 countries. our MSc Accounting, MSc Finance or MSc O
you an invaluable insight into the world Management courses.
of business. We also host employer visits Our striking and award-winning business P
and business events to enhance your school building in Chelmsford, as well as Entry requirements
knowledge of the job market and give you new buildings in Cambridge, offer the 96 – 112 UCAS tariff points. Required Q
opportunities to network with employers, most advanced learning technologies. subject(s): 2 A Levels in related subjects.
and explore possible careers. We’re well-recognised for our centres of GCSEs required; 3 GCSEs at grade C or R
excellence by students, employers and above in English, Mathematics and Science.
Our strong links with professional bodies professional bodies alike. S
mean you can be sure everything you
learn will be highly relevant to today’s What makes us stand out is that our
T
commercial arena. courses don’t just give you sound
academic knowledge – they’re at the
U
cutting edge of current business practice
and highly relevant to employers. This
V
is owing to the close links we have
with the business community and the
W
Our graduates have moved partnerships we’ve developed with a
directly into careers with the wide variety of businesses and public
service organisations. X
‘big four’ auditors, including Find out about how to apply
Price Waterhouse We’re interested in people who are
Coopers (PWC), confident, ambitious and ready to take Like us on facebook
Z
Barclays and the challenge of making a difference in
Bank of China. the world of business. If that’s you, we’d Follow us on @angliaruskin
love to hear from you.

61
Acute Care (Top-Up) BSc (Hons)
Peterborough
Cambridge • Chelmsford •

Faculty of Health, Social Care & Education
Campus Cambridge, Chelmsford,
Peterborough
Duration 1 year (full-time),
2–3 years (part-time)
UCAS Code Apply online
Tariff Points See entry requirements below
A Learn more about caring for Module guide Special features

acutely ill adults, and top- Core modules With more than 10,000 students, our
• Research Methodology Faculty is the biggest provider of health,
B up your existing nursing social care and education courses in the
qualification to a BSc (Hons). East of England. We offer a wide range
C You’ll learn about current laws, of internationally recognised degree
Optional modules
procedures and best practice in • Adult Acute Care
programmes, from bachelor’s degrees to
D PhDs, plus many continuing professional
this field while enhancing your • C
are of the Patient Undergoing development courses. They are all
E leadership, decision-making and Anaesthesia taught or supervised by friendly and
teamwork skills. • Cardiac Care experienced staff who are keen to see
F • Cardiac Rehabilitation you succeed.
Caring for acutely ill adults is a demanding
• Critical Care
G and important role, and we’ll help you Our helpful technical and support staff
develop the skills and expertise to practise • C
linical Assessment Skills for Health
will show you how to make the most
H effectively and compassionately. You’ll Professionals
of our advanced learning facilities.
learn how to provide specialist clinical care • Emergency Care These include simulated clinical skills
I while at the same time transforming your • F
oundations in Burns and Plastic laboratories that mirror real-life clinical
existing nursing qualification/s into a BSc Surgery Care situations and mock hospital wards.
J (Hons) degree. • H
igh Dependency Care of the Acutely
Ill Child Associated careers
K Choose to study in Cambridge, This course offers two great ways to
• L
aw and Ethics in Health and Social
Chelmsford or Peterborough, alongside boost your career. Firstly, you’ll turn
Care
L other students with a particular interest in your existing qualification/s into a BSc
this area. It’s a great opportunity to learn • M
anagement of Individuals with Long-
(Hons) degree. Secondly, when you
from each other. Together, you’ll explore Term Medical Conditions
M graduate you’ll have an important nursing
and apply the current policies, laws and • M
anagement of the Person with specialism under your belt.
procedures that affect the care of acutely Diabetes
N
ill adults. You’ll deepen your leadership • Mentorship Preparation Once you’ve got your bachelor’s degree,
skills, improve your decision-making, opportunities to study or research at
O • M
entorship, Work-Based Learning and
and increase your ability to support and higher levels will open up to you. You
Assessment in Health and Social Care
develop others in their work. You’ll also might be interested in our MSc Adult
P • Non-medical Prescribing
develop your ability to work closely with Critical Care Nursing.
professionals from other disciplines. • Pain Management
Q
• Pain Management – Theory Only Entry requirements
When it comes to work placements, you’ll • Principles of Cardiac Care Applicants are required to hold a relevant
R need to be already employed in a suitable
• Principles of Orthopaedic Care professional qualification, such as a DipHE
acute-care environment. Your manager in Nursing or equivalent. If English is not
S should agree to offer supervision and • Principles and Practices of Anaesthesia
your first language you’ll be expected
mentorship so that your practice can be • P
rinciples of Respiratory and Thoracic to demonstrate a certificated level of
T fully assessed. Care proficiency of at least IELTS 6.0 (academic
• Surgical First Assistant level) or equivalent English Language
U
• T
heoretical Perspectives in Adult Acute qualification, as recognised by Anglia
Care Ruskin University.
V
W Assessment
Your practice assessment booklet
X sets out the core skills you should
You’ll explore and apply the gain on this course. Depending on the
module, you’ll demonstrate these skills
Y current policies, laws and in a number of ways, including essays,
procedures that presentations, observed structured
Z
affect the care of clinical exams (OSCEs) and/or exams.
acutely ill adults.

Animal Behaviour BSc (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years or 4 years (placement)
UCAS Code C120 – 3 years,
C121 – 4 years (placement)
Learn how and why animals Our staff are involved in field and captive Placement opportunities
A
behave the way they do on our studies internationally and in the UK, and This course gives you the opportunity to
have research links with organisations take a work placement between years two
Society of Biology-recognised studying British wildlife and at Britain’s and three. You’ll gain experience of seeking
B
course. Take a work placement most respected zoos. and securing a job and working in an
that will open up wide-ranging industry relating to your course. You’ll get C
careers in wildlife, conservation, Module guide practical experience and industry contacts
Year one core modules to benefit your studies and enhance your D
zoo education and beyond. Gain
• Biomeasurement long-term career prospects. Although they
the skills you’ll need to investigate can’t be guaranteed, we can work with you E
• Introduction to Animal Behaviour and
animals and contribute to Welfare to find a placement using our contacts with
important discoveries. This a large number of employers. You’ll have F
• Animal Behaviour in Context
course has been validated to • Core Biology
regular contact with one of our course
tutors and be supported by a supervisor G
include an optional sandwich • Animal Form and Function from your placement company.
placement year in industry. H
Year one optional modules Links with industry
Naked mole rats can run as fast backwards I
• British Wildlife and Conservation and professional recognition
as they can forwards. Male penguins
• Ecology Our course is recognised by the Royal
propose to their partners with the gift of
Society of Biology. J
a stone. Elephants bury their dead. We • Introduction to Marine Biology
understand more than ever before about
Associated careers K
the behaviour of animals – but with so Year two core modules Studying animal behaviour could
much more to learn, could you be the • Biological Bases of Behaviour make the difference between future L
one to discover one of the major scientific • Practical Biology generations seeing live examples of
breakthroughs of the 21st century?
• Evolution of Behaviour a species, or reading about them in a M
• Applied Ethology and Animal Welfare history book.
Our degree is the longest-established
animal behaviour course in the UK, and N
What you’ll learn on this course could take
it’s recognised by the Society of Biology. Year three core modules
you into a career in wildlife conservation or O
• Behavioural Ecology
zoo education. The transferable scientific
By studying animal behaviour, you’ll • Cognition, Evolution and Behaviour skills you’ll develop could also open up P
learn how we can manage and protect
• B
ehaviour and Management of Zoo a career in the field or the laboratory –
species. The development, physiology
Animals perhaps for a government agency or an Q
and evolution of species will form the
• Undergraduate Major Project environmental consultancy.
basis of this course, but it’s not all theory.
It’s a practical subject and we give you R
Graduation doesn’t need to be the end of
plenty of opportunities to learn and Assessment
your time with us. If you’d like to continue
practise both in the lab and the field. In We’ll assess you in a number of ways, with S
your studies we offer a wide range of full-
your second year you’ll take a week-long most modules including a combination of
time and part-time postgraduate courses
field trip to north Devon to experience written assignments and exams. For some T
including Masters in Animal Behaviour
both marine and terrestrial zoology, the modules, you may be asked to present or
Applications for Conservation, Applied
costs of which are included in your course produce a poster, portfolio or workbook. U
Wildlife Conservation.
fees. On our optional field trips (incur
additional costs, see page 263) you might
Entry requirements
V
experience rutting red deer on the island
96 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
of Rum; marine biology in Scotland; world-
of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), including W
class zoos in the Netherlands; wildlife and
a Pass in Biology or Psychology and 3
ecology in Africa; and diving and marine X
GCSEs at grade C or above, including
biology in the Red Sea. These additional
English and Mathematics.
trips are not included in the course fee. Y

63
Animal Behaviour with
Cambridge
Key Facts
Foundation Year BSc (Hons) Campus Cambridge
Duration 4 years
UCAS Code C3O2
A Learn how and why animals Our staff are involved in field and captive Placement opportunities
behave the way they do and gain studies internationally and in the UK, and This course gives you the opportunity to
have research links with organisations take a work placement between years two
B the skills you’ll need to contribute studying British wildlife and at Britain’s and three. You’ll gain experience of seeking
to important discoveries. Our most respected zoos. and securing a job and working in an
C four-year course includes a industry relating to your course. You’ll get
foundation year to enable you Module guide practical experience and industry contacts
D Year one core modules to benefit your studies and enhance your
to develop your scientific skills,
• Biological Principles long-term career prospects.
E before moving onto our BSc
• Foundation Mathematics for Science
(Hons) Animal Behaviour. Although they can’t be guaranteed, we
F • Foundation Biology
can work with you to find a placement,
We understand more than ever before • Chemical Principles 1 using our contacts with a large number
G about the behaviour of animals – but with • Chemical Principles 2 of employers. You’ll have regular contact
so much more to learn, could you be the • Developing Academic Skills 1 with one of our course tutors and be
H one to discover one of the major scientific supported by a supervisor from your
• Developing Academic Skills 2
breakthroughs of the 21st century? placement company. Together they will
I Year two core modules monitor your performance and give
You’ll spend your foundation year covering you feedback.
• Animal Behaviour in Context
J a broad range of subjects including biology,
chemistry and maths, helping you to • Biomeasurement
Associated careers
K prepare for higher-level study. You’ll then • Core Biology Studying animal behaviour could make
move on to the first year of our BSc (Hons) • Introduction to Animal Behaviour and the difference between future generations
L in Animal Behaviour. Welfare seeing live examples of a species, or
• Animal Form and Function reading about them in a history book. It
M Our degree is the longest-established could help you to manage and enhance
animal behaviour course in the UK, and Year three core modules the habitats of zoo animals, or to educate
it’s recognised by the Society of Biology. the public on the importance of animal
N • Biological Bases of Behaviour
Learn how and why animals behave the welfare.
• Evolution of Behaviour
way they do, and how this can impact on
O • Practical Biology
the management and conservation of wild What you’ll learn on this course could take
and domesticated creatures. You’ll develop • Applied Ethology and Animal Welfare you into a career in wildlife conservation or
P
the skills you’ll need to investigate animals zoo education. The transferable scientific
and contribute to important discoveries in Year four core modules skills you’ll develop could also open up
Q the future. • Behavioural Ecology a career in the field or the laboratory –
• Cognition, Evolution and Behaviour perhaps for a government agency or an
R By studying animal behaviour, you’ll learn
• B
ehaviour and Management environmental consultancy.
how we can manage and protect species.
S of Zoo Animals
The development, physiology and evolution Graduation doesn’t need to be the end of
of species will form the basis of this course, • Undergraduate Major Project
T but it’s not all theory. It’s a practical subject your studies we offer a wide range of full-
and we give you plenty of opportunities to Assessment time and part-time postgraduate courses
U learn and practice both in the lab and the We’ll assess you in a number of including Masters in Animal Behaviour:
field. In your second year you’ll take a week- ways, with most modules including a Applications for Conservation, Applied
V long field trip to north Devon to experience combination of written assignments and Wildlife Conservation.
both marine and terrestrial zoology, the exams. For some modules, you may be
W costs of which are included in your course asked to present or produce a poster, Entry requirements
fees. On our optional field trips (incur portfolio or workbook. 48 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
X additional costs, see page 263) you might 1 A Level (or equivalent). 3 GCSEs at grade
experience rutting red deer on the island C or above, including English and Maths.
Y of Rum; marine biology in Scotland; world-
class zoos in the Netherlands; wildlife and
Z ecology in Africa; and diving and marine
biology in the Red Sea. You’ll need to pay
for these trips.

Applied Computer Science
College of West Anglia

Location College of West Anglia,
BSc (Hons) King's Lynn
Duration 3 years full-time
or up to 6 years part-time
UCAS Code G401
Please note: when completing your UCAS Institution code W35
application, please use W35 institutional
Develop the knowledge and skills By the time you graduate you’ll be a highly Assessment
A
you need to create technologies trained computer scientist, with a sound We’ll assess your progress from your
general knowledge of the field, a solid written assignments, presentations,
and applications that will range of specialisms and the skills needed exams, Major Project, class and lab-based B
change the world. Developed to translate user needs and available exercises and group project work.
with leading employers, this technologies into creative solutions. C
course will fully prepare you Special features
If you have a computer science or IT- If you have a computer science or IT- D
for a fast-paced, rewarding
related HND or foundation degree you related HND or foundation degree you
career. Using a combination may be able to begin this course in year may be able to begin this course in year E
of work-based learning and two or three. two or three.
lectures, we’ll help you develop F
a thorough understanding of Module guide Links with industry
Year one core modules and professional recognition G
computing theory, principles
• Fundamentals of Design If you complete the networking modules
and technologies, along with of this course you can apply for Cisco H
• Introduction to Programming
practical training in how to Certified Network Associate status.
• Computer Systems
apply them to many different I
• Operating Systems
fields and needs. Associated careers
• Design for the Internet Our graduates go on to successful J
In year one you’ll cover the careers in many industries and fields
fundamentals of design, programming, Year two core modules including software development, K
computing systems and operating • Software Engineering database administration, networking,
systems, before progressing to more • Network Routing web and support. The qualification L
specialist areas in year two – such as provides an ideal basis for postgraduate
• Database Design and Implementation
software engineering, networking, study or research. M
database design and user experience. • Network Services Engineering
• Interaction and Usability Entry requirements N
Your final year will take you deeper still • Computing Research Methods 80 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of 2
– and there’ll be a research-based Major A Levels (or equivalent Level 3 qualification) O
Project to propose and complete in a Year three core modules or Access to Computing course (30
computer science topic of your choice. • Professional Issues, Computing Level 3 credits at Merit grade). 3 GCSEs at P
and Society grade C or above, including English and
Throughout the course a wide range of Mathematics or Science. Applicants with Q
• Data Structures and Algorithms
optional modules will let you personalise suitable experience will also be considered,
• Undergraduate Major Project and applicants will be interviewed.
your studies in line with your career goals R
– and we’ll provide career guidance, as • Image Processing
well as personal development, ready for S
the professional workplace.
T
We have excellent facilities on-campus,
including a computer science laboratory U
equipped with industry-standard
hardware and software. Course content
V
is constantly developing, in line with the
latest research, technology and industry
W
demands.
X

65
Archaeology and Landscape
Peterborough

History BA (Hons) Duration 3 years
UCAS Code V400

A Here’s the ideal practical and Module guide Peterborough Cathedral is celebrating
academic preparation for Year one core modules its 900th anniversary in 2018 with the
• Principles and Methods of Archaeology “Peterborough 900: Letting it speak for
B a career in archaeological, and Landscape History itself” project. Heritage Lottery Funding
museum or archive worlds. • Themes in Archaeology will allow our students to take part in the
C We run this course in historic archaeology of the Cloister over the next
• Analytical Techniques for
Peterborough and examine Forensic Scientists
three years.
D
British history – as represented • Western Civilisation 1 and 2 Links with industry
E in the archaeological record and • Archaeological Heritage Management and professional recognition
landscape from prehistoric to • Themes in Landscape History We work with a number of regional
F modern times. organisations, including Sedgeford
Year two core modules History, The Archaeological Project and
G You’ll develop a detailed theoretical, • Archaeological Desk-Based Assessment Vivacity, and have access to a number of
academic and practical knowledge of • Ceremonial and Ritual Landscapes valuable sites in the Peterborough area.
H archaeology and landscape history, which
• Prehistory and European Wetlands
you can apply to a range of careers in You’ll be able to gain valuable experience
I archaeology, museums or archives. The • Science in Archaeology of excavations and general heritage
course is exceptionally wide-ranging. • Placement and Portfolio work, on placement and throughout
J You’ll study the development of human • History Today: Methods and Approaches your course.
activity from prehistory to the 21st century,
K examine natural and industrial settings Year three core modules Associated careers
(and everything in between) and explore • Urban and Industrial Landscapes This course is great preparation for
L broader European history, as well as local • Buildings in the Landscape careers in archaeology (excavation,
and national history. surveying), heritage (visitor services,
• Major Project
M collection management, education) and
Alongside this you’ll develop the practical • Ancient Technologies history teaching.
N skills needed by today’s archaeologists
and landscape historians through your Assessment Entry requirements
modules and a third year Major Project for We’ll assess your progress using a mixture 80 UCAS tariff points. A Levels required:
O
you to research, manage and deliver. of exams, assignments, reflective log 3 A Levels in any subject. BTEC/Access
books, essays and practical placements. required: a BTEC National or a full Access
P
The course tutors are active researchers Certificate in a related subject. GCSEs
and you’ll be participating in live projects, Special features required: 3 GCSEs at grade C or above in
Q In 2011, one of the most significant
including the conservation of Bronze Age English, Mathematics and Science.
log boats at Flag Fen and work relating to discoveries of Bronze Age log boats took
R place at Must Farm near Whittlesey. The
Peterborough Cathedral’s 900th anniversary.
boats are now undergoing conservation
S at Flag Fen and our students are actively
As part of your studies you’ll work on-site,
on placement with one of our partners and involved in related projects.
T
complete a Major Project. You’ll also be
able to personalise aspects of your studies
U in line with your interests and career plans.
X You’ll be participating
in live projects,
Y including work
relating to Peterborough
Z Cathedral’s 900th
anniversary.

Architectural Technology
Chelmsford
Key Facts
BSc (Hons) Campus Chelmsford
UCAS Code K237 – 3 years,
K238 – 4 years (placement)
How can a building be Module guide Links with industry

A
engineered for ideal Year one core modules and professional recognition
• History and Theory of Architecture Our course is accredited by the Chartered
performance? Our Chartered (Introduction) Institute of Architectural Technologists, and
B
Institute of Architectural • An Introduction to Technology is designated as a Construction Industries
Technologists (CIAT) accredited Board course in the built environment. C
and Design
course explores the science • L
earning and Practical Skills
Associated careers D
behind architecture. Learn to Development (HE & Work)
As an expert in the technical side of
turn a design concept into a • Site Management and Safety architectural design, you’ll be ready E
completed building and explore • Architecture and Planning Design Studio A to work in traditional architecture and
the principles of business • Architecture and Planning Design Studio B construction roles. This might involve F
management; vital for running managing building projects, making
Year two core modules sure that budgets and deadlines are G
a successful modern practice.
• Architectural CAD met, the correct materials are used,
This course has been validated and regulations are satisfied. H
• Site Studies and Planning
to include an optional sandwich
• Environmental Services and
placement year in industry. Alternatively, you might take up I
Construction Technology
opportunities in manufacturing and
Our course focuses on the link between • Site Studies and Design processing, management, health, or J
building design and production, and • Design Technology I government institutions.
gives you the technical understanding • Design Procedures K
needed to bridge the two. • Modelling Sustainable Architecture Graduation doesn’t need to be the
end of your time with us. If you’d like L
Architectural technology has three Year three core modules to continue your studies, we offer a
major themes: technology, design, and • Project Evaluation and Development wide range of full-time and part-time M
procurement and contracts. Focusing postgraduate courses including MSc
• Architectural Technologies Research
on the relationships between materials, Urban Design and MSc Town Planning. N
Project
function, production and the environment,
our course will help you to think about • Conversion and Adaptation of Buildings Entry requirements O
buildings in terms of ‘buildability’, • Construction Technology and Innovation 88 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
sustainability and performance. You’ll • Technological Building Analysis 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 4 GCSEs at P
learn to appreciate detailed design grade C or above, including English and
• Dissertation / Major Design Project
and production information, including Mathematics. Q
regulatory issues, and how they relate to
Assessment
procurement and contract administration.
Throughout the course, we’ll use a R
You’ll also explore social, legal and
range of assessment methods to help
economic considerations.
measure your progress. These reflect the S
diverse range of skills that a successful
You’ll cover business and management,
architectural technologist needs. Besides T
professional practice and contract
exams, they include presentations,
administration. This will prepare you to
reports, portfolios and logbooks. U
contribute to the running of a successful
practice.
V
Site visits and study trips will develop
your understanding of the sector W
and connect you with industry. You’ll
also learn to use practical and digital X
modelling and testing techniques to turn
designs into reality. At our end-of-year Y
Architecture and Planning Exhibition,
you’ll have the chance to display your Z
work to the public.

67
Architecture BSc (Hons)
Chelmsford
Key Facts
Campus Chelmsford
A Take the first step towards At our end-of-year Architecture and Associated careers
becoming an architect with Planning Exhibition, you’ll have the chance The demand for skilled architecture
to display your work to the public. graduates is expected to grow rapidly
B our Architects Registration over the next ten years.
Board Part 1 prescribed course. Module guide
C Create meaningful, exhilarating Year one core modules Our course prepares you for a career
and comforting spaces where • History and Theory of Architecture in architectural practice. You could also
D (Introduction) choose to work in associated areas such
people can live, work and play.
• T
ransferable Skills for the Built as town planning, surveying, engineering,
E Apply your knowledge and skills property, and building conservation. You’ll
Environment
to real-world scenarios through have gained creative and practical skills,
F • Architecture and Planning Design Studio A
site visits, study trips and in such as computer-aided design, which will
• Architecture and Planning Design Studio B
our architectural studios. This make you stand out from the crowd.
G • Design Explorations
course has been validated to
• A
n Introduction to Technology and Graduation doesn’t need to be the end of
H include an optional sandwich your time with us. If you’d like to continue
Design
placement year in industry. your studies afterwards, we offer a wide
I Year two core modules range of related full-time and part-time
From the design of a family home to an postgraduate courses including MSc
• Environmental Services and
J entire city, architects shape the world in Urban Design and MSc Town Planning.
which we live. Our course delivers the
creative and technical skills you’ll need to • Architectural Design Studies 1
K Entry requirements
help transform our built environment and • Site Studies and Planning 96 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
L succeed in architectural practice. • Design Procedures 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 4 GCSEs
• Site Studies and Design at grade C or above, including English
M We’ll help you to consider the cultural, and Mathematics. To receive an offer
• Architectural Design Studies 2
environmental, technological, social, legal, of a place on this course you must be
economic and regulatory contexts of successful at interview.
N Year three core modules
architecture. You’ll learn about its history,
• Project Evaluation and Development
from ancient Greece to the present day, You’ll need to provide a portfolio of
O • Architectural Design Studies 3
and explore the design of buildings as well your work to show us that you have the
as the technical and management skills • Architectural Design Studies 4 creative abilities needed to become a
P
needed to turn them into reality. You’ll (Dissertation) successful architect. There are no set
consider ‘buildability’, sustainability and • Conversion and Adaptation of Buildings criteria, but you should give consideration
Q how to meet human needs in building
• Professionalism, Values and Ethics to layout and presentation, and include
design. You’ll learn how to produce a wide variety of images to demonstrate
R • Dissertation / Major Design Project
architectural blueprints, and to analyse, your ability to draw, paint, design, model,
research and develop briefs. photograph, sculpt and compose.
S Assessment
Throughout the course, we’ll use a range
Architects have to switch effectively
T of assessment methods to help measure
between being an artist, designer, planner,
your progress. Besides exams, these will
communicator, manager and leader. We’ll
U include design projects, presentations,
make sure you learn to reason logically,
timed assignments and coursework.
communicate clearly and read critically.
V You’ll become a creative problem-solver
Links with industry and professional
who can work independently and as a
recognition
W team member.
Our course has been Prescribed (Part
1) by the Architects Registration Board
X In preparation for a career in professional
(ARB). This means that when you
practice, you’ll cover business and
complete our course you will have fulfilled
Y management as well as inter-relationships
the first part of a three-part process
in the construction industry. You’ll be well
required to become a registered architect
Z prepared to contribute to the running of a
in the United Kingdom.
successful practice.

Audio and Music Technology
Cambridge
Key Facts
BSc (Hons) Campus Cambridge
UCAS Code J992 – 3 years,
J993 – 4 years (placement)
If you love recording, performing, You have the option for a year’s work Assessment
A
writing, or engineering and placement between years two and three, Throughout the course, we’ll use a
offering great experience for your CV plus range of assessment methods to help
experimenting with sound waves, excellent industry contacts. Our course measure your progress and ensure that
B
our course is for you. You’ll get to is accredited by the Joint Audio Media you have the practical skills demanded
grips with the latest hardware and Education Support (JAMES). JAMES’ role by employers. Assessments will include C
software, and graduate with the is to create and maintain links between portfolios of recordings, essays and reports,
education and the media industries. log books, posters and presentations. D
skills employers are looking for. Our
It represents the British Academy of
course is also accredited by JAMES. Songwriters, Composers and Authors Placement opportunities E
This course has been validated (BASCA) and the Interactive Audio Special This course gives you the opportunity to
to include an optional sandwich Interest Group (IASIG). take a work placement between years two F
placement year in industry. and three. You’ll get experience of seeking
Module guide and securing a job and working in an G
Your will study in Compass House, our Year one core modules industry relating to your course. You’ll also
£3,5 million investment in our Cambridge • Acoustics, Sound and Music get the practical experience and industry H
campus along East Road. You’ll have the • Basic Recording and Studio Techniques contacts to benefit your studies and
latest technology at your fingertips and be enhance your long-term career prospects. I
• Computer Modelling
able to collaborate with other students on You’ll have regular contact with one of
• Core Technology our course tutors and be supported by a J
innovative projects to hone your skills.
• Digital Electronics supervisor from your placement company.
Build on your maths, physics, electronics • Mathematics for Technology 1 Together they’ll monitor your performance K
and computing skills as you develop a and give you feedback.
thorough understanding of all aspects of Year two core modules L
sound engineering and music production, • Advanced Acoustics and Links with industry
using our fully soundproofed and Psycho-Acoustics and professional recognition M
acoustically treated rooms. • Advanced Studio Practice We’re accredited by JAMES (Joint
• Audio Electronics Audio Media Education Support). This N
You’ll have the opportunity to study studio programme is also IEng accredited and
• Digital Music Format
and recording techniques; live sound fulfils the educational requirements for O
• Live Recording Practice registration as an Incorporated Engineer.
engineering and recording; creating and
editing sound for video, film and games; P
Year three core modules Associated careers
acoustics and psychoacoustics; signal
• Final Studio Portfolio 1 Our course could lead you into careers
processing; and analogue and digital Q
electronics. • Final Studio Portfolio 2 in studio recording, acoustic consulting,
• Dissertation live sound engineering, audio electronics, R
We’ll encourage you to practice recording loudspeaker design and more. The
and composing music, both in response technology slant means you’ll have
S
to professional briefs and to showcase a range of career paths open to you,
your talents to employers in your final year including the creative industries, marketing,
T
professional portfolio. You’ll learn how to set electronic engineering, and film and media.
up as a freelancer and promote yourself U
using the latest marketing techniques. Entry requirements
of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), Science,
V
You’ll have the chance to get involved in
live productions and receive live sound Technology, Engineering or Mathematics
subjects are preferred and 3 GCSEs at W
engineering training with the Audio Music
Technology (AMT) student society at our grade C or above, including English and
You have the option X
Students’ Union, our Mumford Theatre or Mathematics or Science.
for a year’s work
at one of many live venues in Cambridge.
placement between years Y
two and three, offering great
Z
experience for your CV plus
excellent industry contacts.

69
Banking and Finance BSc (Hons)
Chelmsford
Key Facts
Business School
Campus Chelmsford
A Develop the skills you need Module guide semester spent in Europe, Canada, the USA
to work in the dynamic areas Year one core modules or Malaysia. It will look great on your CV and
• Foundations of Finance help you take advantages of opportunities
B of banking and finance. Learn in the international job market.
• Academic Skills
from inspiring tutors and
C • Economics for Managers
industry professionals. Whether Placement opportunities
• Mathematics for Economists
your ultimate ambitions lie We want to make sure that you’re fully
D • Micro and Macroeconomics prepared for an increasingly competitive
in banking itself or the wider
• Banking in Context job market, so we offer a four-year degree
E commercial world, this degree option which includes a work placement
is an excellent route towards a Year two core modules in the third year. It’s an opportunity to
F rewarding career. • Intermediate Economics apply and enhance your skills while
• International Banking developing new ones. You’ll also build
G Banking and finance are growth sectors for valuable professional networks.
• Bank Risk Management
graduate vacancies. And, with a It’s is a great
H career choice whether you want to go into • Financial Management Links with industry
high street or investment banking, or the • Econometrics and professional recognition
I wider financial and commercial sectors. • Business Research Methods We have strong, established, links with a
• E
nterprise and Entrepreneurial number of professional bodies across the
J Whether you want to go into high street or Management banking and finance sectors, and you’ll
investment banking, or the wider financial come into regular contact with guest
K and commercial sectors, you’ll develop Year three core modules speakers from industry, commerce and
subject-specific skills alongside important • Banking Regulation the City.
L transferable skills like communication,
• Monetary Policy
enterprise, problem-solving, and quantitative Through our Business School Intern
M and numerical analysis. These are valuable in • Corporate Finance programme, around 35 students each
any business environment and in both small • Practising Sustainable Business year get a business mentor, work
N and larger organisations. • Undergraduate Major Project experience, exclusive training and
development, and a reference from
• Derivative Markets
O Studying in Chelmsford, in our Centre of our Dean.
Excellence for Accounting and Finance,
Assessment
P you’ll be taught by inspiring specialists. Associated careers
We’ll assess your work in a number
They’ll be keen to share their wealth of There are exciting career opportunities
of ways including exams, coursework,
Q experience and make sure you gain the across a range of banking and finance
essays and activity-based assignments.
skills you need for a successful career. disciplines, in both the private and public
Your coursework could include problem-
You’ll also benefit from our links with sectors.
R solving activities, consultancy projects,
professional bodies in the banking and
presentations, a computer-based exam,
finance field: we regularly invite industry You may find yourself working in a global
S a portfolio based on Bloomberg trading
experts to share their tips of the trade. corporation, a small to medium enterprise
simulation and group or individual
(SME) or even for yourself. You may wish to
T reports. You’ll also be able to access
Another feature of this course is our move into a role in the financial markets, in
support materials through our ARU
Bloomberg Financial Markets Lab – a areas such as FX management, derivative
U Virtual Learning Environment (VLE).
bespoke financial trading platform providing markets or equity fund management. Or
live financial information about companies you could opt to gain experience in the
V This combination of assessments has
trading on global stock exchanges. banking sector in areas such as credit risk
been carefully designed with your
management, or mergers and acquisitions.
W career progression in mind; it gives you
With students and academics from all over
opportunities to develop and improve on
the world, you’ll learn to operate in a multi- Entry requirements
X the transferable skills employers look for.
cultural environment – highly valuable You’ll need 96 – 112 UCAS tariff points
preparation for today’s global marketplace. from a minimum of two A Levels (or
Y Special features
equivalent). We also look for three GCSEs
You could broaden your horizons by
(or equivalent) at grade C or above,
Z spending time living and studying abroad.
including English and Maths.
This could be a short study visit or a

Banking and Finance (Top-Up)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 1 year
UCAS Code N299
Gain a full honours degree in Module guide Associated careers

A
just one year. Our course is Year one core modules There are exciting career opportunities
• Banking Regulation across a range of banking and finance
perfect if you already have a disciplines, in both the private and
B
• Monetary Policy
relevant degree or equivalent public sectors.
• Corporate Finance C
qualification, and want to
specialise in banking and You may wish to move into a role in the
• Undergraduate Major Project financial markets, in areas such as FX D
finance. You’ll go straight into
management, derivative markets or equity
Year three, enhancing your fund management. Or you could opt to E
Assessment
numerical analysis skills and We’ll assess your work in a number gain experience in the banking sector in
improving your career prospects of ways, including exams, coursework, areas such as credit risk management, F
in an international market. essays and activity-based assignments. or mergers and acquisitions.
Your coursework could include problem- G
Banking and finance are growth sectors for solving activities, consultancy projects, Our graduates have moved directly
graduate vacancies. And, with a It’s is a great presentations, a computer-based exam, into careers with the prestigious H
career choice whether you want to go into a portfolio based on a Bloomberg trading ‘big four’ auditors, including
high street or investment banking, or the simulation and group or individual PricewaterhouseCoopers (PWC), as I
wider financial and commercial sectors. reports. You’ll also be able to access well as Barclays and Bank of China.
support materials through our ARU J
Banking is a dynamic area with many Virtual Learning Environment (VLE). You might choose to enhance your
opportunities for talented graduates. Our education and career prospects further K
course combines modules on economics, This combination of assessments has still by taking a postgraduate degree, such
finance and banking to give you in-depth been carefully designed with your as our MSc Finance or MSc Management. L
knowledge of these subjects – as well as career progression in mind; it gives you
good overall knowledge of the industry. opportunities to develop and improve on Entry requirements M
the transferable skills employers look for. As this course is the equivalent of year
You’ll develop subject-specific skills three (Level 6) of a degree, you will need N
alongside important transferable skills Links with industry to have completed the equivalent of
like communication, enterprise, problem- and professional recognition years one and two of an undergraduate O
solving, and quantitative and numerical We have strong, established links with a degree in a related subject (120 Level 4
analysis. These are valuable in any number of professional bodies across the and 120 Level 5 credits). You’ll also need a P
business environment and in both small banking and finance sectors – including minimum of three GCSEs (or equivalent)
and larger organisations. You’ll gain the ACCA, Chartered Institute of Management at grade C or above, including English Q
confidence and knowledge you need to Accounting (CIMA), Institute of Chartered and Maths.
develop a career at a managerial level in Accountants in England and Wales R
banking, finance or other related areas. (ICAEW), Chartered Financial Analysts
(CFA) Institute and Chartered Institute S
Studying in Chelmsford, in our Centre of of Bankers (CIB). We’ll give you regular
Excellence for Accounting and Finance, access to guest speakers from industry,
T
you’ll be taught by inspiring specialists. commerce and the City.
They’ll be keen to share their wealth of U
experience and make sure you gain the Through our Business School Intern
skills you need for a successful career. programme, around 35 students each year
V
You’ll also benefit from our established get a business mentor, work experience,
links with professional bodies. We regularly exclusive training and development, and
a reference from our Dean.
W
invite experts from the financial sector to
share their tips of the trade with you.
X
Our students and academics come from all
over the world, so you’ll learn to operate in a
Y
multi-cultural environment – highly valuable
preparation for today’s global marketplace. Z

71
Biomedical Science BSc (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code B940
A Our Institute of Biomedical Module guide Links with industry

Science (IBMS) accredited Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Biomeasurement Our course is accredited by the
B course gives you real Institute of Biomedical Science. We’ll
• Core Biology
experience of lab-based provide a valuable introduction to the
C • Introduction to Biochemistry
research. You’ll learn to and Molecular Biology
UK’s professional body for biomedical
diagnose diseases and identify scientists, as well as a chance to link with
D • Foundations of Cell Biology professionals working in the industry.
their treatments, preparing • General Microbiology
E you for a career in a range of Associated careers
• Human Anatomy and Physiology 1
biomedical fields. When you graduate you’ll be in demand
F for a wide range of biomedical roles, from
Biomedical science is fascinating. It’s all forensic investigation and pathology to
G about understanding how the human
• Metabolism and its Control pharmaceutical manufacturing. You might
body works – both when healthy and choose to work for the Medical Research
H when diseased. Our course will teach you • Diagnostic Techniques in Pathology
Council. Or you could use the transferable
the techniques and methodologies used to • Principles of Genetics skills you’ve developed in a range of
I diagnose and monitor diseases, as well as • Principles of Pathology scientific or laboratory-based roles, or in
how to identify treatments. • Physiology of Organ Systems business or further education.
J • Laboratory Techniques for the
You’ll cover key biological concepts down Cambridge has become a world centre
Biomedical Sciences
K to DNA level, and study human anatomy for biomedical research and commercial
and physiology. You’ll explore the way • Preparation for Research
activities. You’ll benefit from our links with
L medical genetics has impacted on our world-renowned institutions based in
lives, and its benefits and risks. Year three core modules
the city such as the Sanger Institute and
• Medical Genetics
M Wellcome Trust.
Biomedical science overlaps with • Clinical Immunology
other disciplines, so we’ll explore how • Human Pathology Graduation doesn’t need to be the end of
N
professionals from different teams work your time with us. If you’d like to continue
• Specialist Topics in Biomedical Science
together. We’ll also look at the wider social, your studies, we offer a wide range of full-
O • Current Advances in Biomedical
economic and ethical implications of time and part-time postgraduate courses,
biomedical science. Science
P including MSc Biomedical Science and
• Undergraduate Research Project MSc Biotechnology.
Spending plenty of time in the lab, you’ll
Q develop research, safety, analytical and Assessment Entry requirements
diagnostic techniques. Through lectures We use a number of ways to track 112 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of 2
R and reading, you’ll originate ideas – then your learning, and to make sure you’re A Levels (or equivalent), including Pass in
test them in experiments and critically developing the knowledge and skills you Biology and 3 GCSEs at grade C or above,
S review the results. We’ll introduce you to the need. These include essays, exams and including English and Mathematics.
statistics and software used in bioscience. practical analysis.
T
Our facilities include real-time thermal
U cycling equipment (for amplifying
and quantifying DNA segments), DNA
V sequencers, and a flow cytometer. We’re
also the first UK university to have an
W intelliPATH immunohistochemistry
When you graduate you’ll be
slide-stainer. We work closely with
X Addenbrooke’s Hospital, so your learning in demand for a wide range
will reflect what’s happening in the world of biomedical roles, from
Y of work. forensic investigation and
pathology to
Z
pharmaceutical
manufacturing.

Bioscience FdSc

King’s Lynn
Institution code W35
Subject to Please note: when completing your UCAS
validation
Our new Bioscience FdSc offers Module guide Associated careers

A
an entry point qualification Year one core modules The broad scientific content of the degree
• Core Biology can lead to numerous careers, laboratory-
for applicants seeking to gain based or otherwise.
B
• Foundations of Cell Biology
employment as a technician
• Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 C
in the fast-growing bioscience Bioscience graduates can be found working
• Biomeasurement
industry sector. in a variety of sectors both related and
D
• General Microbiology unrelated to science, including the food
It aims to enable students to acquire • Introduction to Biochemistry and industry, local and central government,
Molecular Biology environmental health, sports science, the E
and demonstrate core knowledge and
understanding of the scientific basis of • Human Anatomy and Physiology 2 pharmaceutical industry and academia.
contemporary bioscience and to acquire
F
and apply skills such as analysis, synthesis, Year two core modules Entry requirements
evaluation and application which underpin • Interview may be required G
• Work Based Learning 2
the bioscience context. • L
aboratory Techniques for Biomedical • 6
4 UCAS points from a minimum of
2 A Levels or equivalent e.g. BTEC H
Sciences
Students on the programme will learn via Extended Diploma Level 3 (MPP),
• Diagnostic Techniques in Pathology I
practical examples, demonstrations and or successfully completing an Access
active practice in workshop situations, • Principles of Genetics to Science and Nursing course.
classes, laboratory experimentation, work • Preparation for Research J
• S
tudents with suitable experience will
placements and fieldwork. • Principles of Pathology also be considered
K
• A
ll students must have GCSE English
Work placement experiences can either be Assessment and mathematics at grade C or above.
with a student’s existing employer or with an Students are assessed via different forms L
organisation participating in the programme. • IELTS accreditation for entry
of assessment which address the relevant
requirements will be used for students M
learning outcomes with both formative
Other skills such as English, maths and IT whose first language is not English with
(e.g. computer based exercises, non-
are developed throughout the course, for a minimum expectation of Level 6.5. N
assessed presentations, class exercises
example the Biomeasurement module etc.) and summative assessment.
develops maths and IT skills. (e.g. unseen and seen examinations, O
computer-based assessments, essays,
This course follows the core modules of practical/field reports, assessed seminar P
the BSc (Hons) Bioscience degree enabling presentations, review and assessment of
enable FdSc students to progress and scientific papers, laboratory skills, project Q
achieve a full Honours degree if desired. report, work placement report etc.).
R
Whilst employer input is crucial to the
success of work-based learning they are not S
involved directly in the assessment process.
T
X
Find out about how to apply
This Anglia Ruskin course is
taught at College of West Anglia, Like us on facebook
Z
University Centre Harlow and
University Centre Peterborough. Follow us on @angliaruskin

73
Bioscience BSc (Hons)

King’s Lynn
A This new Bioscience Honours Module guide Associated careers

degree offers an entry point Year 1 modules The broad scientific content of the degree
• Core Biology can lead to numerous careers, laboratory-
B qualification for applicants based or otherwise.
• Foundations of Cell Biology
seeking to develop their technical
C • Human Anatomy and Physiology 1
or professional career in the fast- Bioscience graduates can be found working
• Biomeasurement
growing bioscience industry or to in a variety of sectors both related and
D • General Microbiology unrelated to science, including the food
develop a research path leading
• Introduction to Biochemistry and industry, local and central government,
E to higher-level academic study. environmental health, sports science, the
Molecular Biology
• Human Anatomy and Physiology 2 pharmaceutical industry and academia.
F It enables students to acquire and to
demonstrate their core knowledge and
Entry requirements
G understanding of the scientific basis of Year 2 modules
• Interview may be required
modern bioscience and to acquire and • Work Based Learning 2
apply essential skills such as analysis, • 8
0 UCAS points from a minimum of
H • L
aboratory Techniques for Biomedical
synthesis, evaluation and application 2 A Levels or equivalent e.g. BTEC
Sciences
which underpin the bioscience context. Extended Diploma Level 3 (MMP), or
I • Diagnostic Techniques in Pathology successfully completing an Access to
• Principles of Genetics Science and Nursing course with 30
Students on the programme will learn via
J • Preparation for Research Level 3 credits at merit grade.
practical examples, demonstrations and
active practice in workshop situations, • Principles of Pathology • S
tudents with suitable experience will
K also be considered
classes, laboratory experimentation, work
placements and fieldwork. Year 3 modules • A
L
• Undergraduate Project and mathematics at grade C or above.
Work placement experiences can either be • IELTS accreditation for entry
M • Molecular Cell Biology
with a student’s existing employer or with an requirements will be used for students
organisation participating in the programme. • DNA and Gene Manipulation
N whose first language is not English with
• Special Topics in Bioscience
a minimum expectation of Level 6.5.
Other skills such as English, Maths and IT • S
pecial Topics in Cell and Molecular
O are developed throughout the course, for Biology
example the Biomeasurement module • Medical Genetics
P develops maths and IT skills.
• C
urrent Advances in Biomedical
Q Science
The final year of this programme provides
a progression route for FdSc Bioscience
R applicants who subsequently decide to Assessment
pursue the full BSc Honours degree. Students are assessed via different forms
S of assessment which address the relevant
learning outcomes with both formative
T (e.g. computer based exercises, non-
assessed presentations, class exercises
U etc.) and summative assessment.
(e.g. unseen and seen examinations,
V computer-based assessments, essays,
practical/field reports, assessed seminar
W presentations, review and assessment of
scientific papers, laboratory skills, project
report, work placement report etc.).
X
Whilst employer input is crucial to the
Y
This Anglia Ruskin course is taught success of work-based learning they are not
at College of West Anglia, University involved directly in the assessment process.
Z
Centre Peterborough and a top-up
at University Centre Harlow.

Bioscience FdSc
University Centre Peterborough

Duration 2 years
UCAS Code 72C8

Develop the core knowledge Module guide Assessment

A
and technical skills you need Year one core modules We’ll assess your progress using exams
• Foundations of Cell Biology and essay assignments, as well as your
for a successful bioscience- portfolio, practical work and presentations.
B
• Core Biology
related career.
• Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 C
Special features
This course will provide you with a • Human Anatomy and Physiology 2 Complete this course and you can
detailed knowledge and understanding • Introduction to Biochemistry and transfer to year three of our BSc (Hons) D
of key biological processes and Molecular Biology Bioscience course.
principles, together with the technical • Biomeasurement E
and scientific skills you’ll need to acquire, • General Microbiology Associated careers
interpret and analyse data in health or Many of our graduates have built F
• Understanding the Work Sector
laboratory settings. successful careers in the health services
or in laboratory settings such as pathology, G
We’ll introduce you to the specific biomedicine, toxicology, forensics, and
• Preparation for Research H
techniques and applications used in pollution monitoring or control.
a broad range of sectors, including • Principles of Pathology
pathology, biomedicine, toxicology • Work-Based Learning 2 Entry requirements I
and forensics, as well as environmental • L
aboratory Techniques for the 48 UCAS tariff points. Required subjects:
settings such as pollution monitoring Biomedical Sciences 2 A Levels in related subjects (ie biology, J
and control. • Principles of Genetics preferably with chemistry in addition).
GCSE(s) required: 3 GCSEs at grade C or K
• Diagnostic Techniques in Pathology
This will give you a strong set of work- above in English, Mathematics and Science.
based skills, including the ability to • Metabolism and its control L
confidently select and apply various
techniques to specific scientific M
requirements. You’ll also gain a good
understanding of the bioscience sector N
and how it operates.
O
Specifically you’ll be able to:
• Design, plan, safely conduct, record and P
report on investigations using primary
or secondary data. Q
• O
btain, record, collate, evaluate
and analyse data using appropriate R
techniques in the field and/or laboratory,
working individually or in a team. S
• U
nderstand sample selection, along
with how to record and analyse data. T
When you graduate you’ll have a widely U

respected foundation qualification, as
well as the option to add a further year of V
study and top-up to a full degree. If you do
so, you can study a range of specialisms W
including biomedicine, disease control,
zoology and science teaching. X
Y
This Anglia Ruskin course is taught
at University Centre Peterborough,
Z
College of West Anglia and University
Centre Harlow.

75
Bioscience BSc (Hons)

Duration 3 years
UCAS Code C467

A Get ready for a rewarding Module guide Assessment

career in the growing field of Year one core modules We’ll assess your progress using exams
• Foundations of Cell Biology and essay assignments, as well as your
B bioscience – by developing the portfolio, practical work and presentations.
• Core Biology
scientific knowledge and skills
C • Human Anatomy and Physiology 1
top employers want. Associated careers
• Human Anatomy and Physiology 2 Many of our graduates have built
D This three-year course follows the same • Introduction to Biochemistry and successful careers in the health services or
curriculum as the FdSC course, but Molecular Biology in laboratory settings such as pathology,
E adds a third year, during which you’ll • Biomeasurement biomedicine, toxicology, forensics, and
complete a dissertation and can choose • General Microbiology pollution monitoring or control.
F additional, specialist modules such as
• Understanding the work sector
zoology, biomedicine, disease control Entry requirements
G and science teaching. 72 UCAS tariff points. Required subjects:
2 A Levels in related subjects (ie Biology,
• Preparation for Research
H You’ll gain a detailed knowledge and preferably with Chemistry in addition).
understanding of key biological processes • Principles of Pathology GCSE(s) required: 3 GCSEs at grade C or
I and principles, together with the technical • Work-Based Learning 2 above in English, Mathematics and Science.
and scientific skills you’ll need to acquire, • L
aboratory Techniques for the
J interpret and analyse data in health or Biomedical Sciences
laboratory settings. • Principles of Genetics
K
• Diagnostic Techniques in Pathology
We’ll introduce you to the specific
L techniques and applications used in • Metabolism and its control
a broad range of sectors, including
M pathology, biomedicine, toxicology and Year three core modules
forensics, as well as environmental settings • Molecular Cell Biology
N such as pollution monitoring and control. • Undergraduate Project
This will give you a strong set of work- • Special Topics in Bioscience
O based skills, including the ability to
• S
pecial Topics in Cell and Molecular
confidently select and apply various
Biology
P techniques to specific scientific
requirements. You’ll also gain a good • Medical Genetics
understanding of the Bioscience sector • C
urrent Advances in Biomedical
Q
and how it operates. Science
R
Specifically you’ll be able to:
• Design, plan, safely conduct, record and
S
report on investigations using primary
or secondary data.
T
• O
btain, record, collate, evaluate
U and analyse data using appropriate
techniques in the field and/or laboratory,
working individually or in a team.
V
• U
nderstand sample selection, along
W with how to record and analyse data.
Y
This Anglia Ruskin course is also
Z taught at College of West Anglia, with
a top-up at University Centre Harlow.

Bioscience FdSc
Harlow
Location University Centre Harlow
4 years part-time
UCAS Code C770
Develop the scientific knowledge Module guide Associated careers

A
and technical skills you need to Level 4 modules Many of our graduates have built
• Foundations of Cell Biology successful careers in the health services or
build a rewarding career in the in laboratory settings such as pathology,
B
growing bioscience sector. biomedicine, toxicology, forensics, and
• Core Biology C
pharmaceutical related work, animal
Come and benefit from our small-group • Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 research or medical sales or marketing.
teaching approach at UCH. We can help • Biomeasurement D
you to develop a detailed understanding • Introduction to Biochemistry and Entry requirements
of key biological concepts as well as the Molecular Biology 48 UCAS tariff points from a minimum E
technical ability to generate data and of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), this must
produce scientific reports, as required in Module Section: Level 5 modules include grade C in Biology. 3 GCSEs F
health and laboratory settings. • Principles of Genetics grade C or above including GCSE English
• Diagnostic Techniques in Pathology and Mathematics. G
We’ll introduce you to the specific
techniques and applications used in • Principles of Pathology H
a broad range of sectors, including • Preparation for Research
pathology, biomedicine, toxicology and • Work-Based Learning 1 I
forensics, as well as pharmaceutical related • L
aboratory Techniques for the
work or medical sales or marketing. Biomedical Sciences J
Work-based learning is an important part K
Assessment
of our course. During practical sessions
We’ll assess your progress using
you’ll learn how to select and apply L
exams and essay assignments, as well
various techniques to specific scientific
as your portfolio, practical work and
requirements. We’ll also give you a M
presentations.
thorough introduction to the bioscience
sector and how it operates.
N
By the time you graduate you’ll be able
O
to design, plan, safely conduct, record
and report on investigations; collect
P
and analyse data in the lab or field; and
understand how best to select, analyse,
collate and report data.
Q
You’ll also have a widely respected R

qualification, which you can top-up to a
full honours degree with a further year S
of study.
T
Y
This Anglia Ruskin course is
taught at College of West Anglia, Z
University Centre Harlow and
University Centre Peterborough.

77
Bioscience (Top-Up)
University Centre Harlow
Key Facts
BSc (Hons) Duration 1 year
UCAS Code C771
A Build on your foundation degree Module guide Entry requirements

by studying further modules Year one core modules As this course is the equivalent of year
• Molecular Cell Biology 3 (Level 6) or a degree, you will need to
B to enable you to graduate with have completed the equivalent of years
• DNA and Gene manipulation
a full honours degree. Develop one and two of an undergraduate degree
C • Special Topics in Bioscience
the scientific knowledge and in a Bioscience/Biology related subject
• Special topics in Cell and
technical skills you need to (120 Level 4 and 120 Level 5 credits). You'll
D Molecular Biology also need a minimum of 3 GCSEs (or
build a rewarding career in the • Medical genetics equivalent) at grade C or above, including
E growing Bioscience sector. You’ll English and Maths.
• Current advances in Bioscience
develop a detailed understanding
• Undergraduate Research Project
F of key biological processes and
principles, together with the Assessment
G
technical and scientific skills you’ll Assessment is a mixture of case
need to carry out investigations studies, assignments, practical work
H and examination.
and interpret/report results in
I health or laboratory settings. Associated careers
On completion you will join a growing
J On the Bioscience degree programme number of highly desirable graduates in
you will investigate the structure and the bioscience field. Alternatively, you could
K function of living organisms and the consider progression onto a related MSc.
processes that take place to maintain life.
L There is a strong emphasis on practical Successful graduates in this subject
laboratory skills, equipping you with the have built careers in the health services
M knowledge and skills to describe and or in laboratory settings such as
analyse the mechanisms involved. pathology, biomedicine, toxicology,
N forensics, and pharmaceutical related
You’ll be taught by specialist staff with work or medical sales.
O real industry and research experience
through a mixture of lectures, tutorials,
P seminars and practical sessions. Case
studies are frequently used to allow
Q you to apply your knowledge to real
life situations. Along the way you will
build up relevant skills in both Maths
R
and IT which are transferable to many
disciplines outside of science.
S
X You will investigate the

structure and function of
Y living organisms
and the processes
Z
that take place to
maintain life.

Building Surveying BSc (Hons)
Chelmsford
Campus Chelmsford
If you want to build your way You’ll use industry-standard equipment Placement opportunities
A
to success in an exciting, varied to learn how to conduct site surveys This course gives you the opportunity
and property inspections. Our facilities to take a work placement between years
area of construction, our include a materials and testing laboratory, two and three. You’ll get experience of
B
Royal Institution of Chartered an environmental science and design seeking and securing a job and working
Surveyors (RICS) accredited laboratory, and a surveying laboratory. in an industry relating to your course. C
course provides the expert We also have design and AutoCAD You’ll also get the practical experience and
studios. We have close links with several industry contacts to benefit your studies and D
knowledge you need for a
professional institutions. This, plus contact enhance your long-term career prospects.
career in building surveying. with local firms, ensures you’ll stay up E
You’ll learn a range of technical to date with industry practice. You’ll Although they can’t be guaranteed, we
and professional skills, including also benefit from site visits and talks by can work with you to find a placement, F
how to convert and adapt professional experts. The opportunity for using our contacts with a large number of
a work placement will let you apply your employers. You’ll have regular contact with G
buildings, and perform surveys
skills in a real working environment. one of our course tutors and be supported
and valuations. This course has by a supervisor from your placement H
been validated to include an Module guide company. Together they’ll monitor your
optional sandwich placement Year one core modules performance and give you feedback. I
year in industry. • Introduction to Civil Law and Legislation
• L
earning and Practical Skills To find out more about placement J
Building surveyors advise clients about the Development (HE and Work) opportunities, email us at
use and performance of their buildings, • A
n Introduction to Technology and
FST-Placements@anglia.ac.uk. K
including brand-new builds as well as Design
existing, historic or listed structures. Links with industry L
• Construction Economics and professional recognition
Our course will develop your skills in all • Professional Surveying Practice Our course offers a great platform M
aspects of surveying buildings. You’ll cover from which to launch your career. It’s
their design, specification and performance. Year two core modules recognised by the Royal Institution N
You’ll also learn about inspection and • Management Practice of Chartered Surveyors, so when you
analysis, how to recognise and tackle • Planning Procedures and Practice graduate you can do your Assessment O
defects, and how to manage projects. • E
nvironmental Services and of Professional Competence (APC) and
Construction Technology qualify as a chartered surveyor. P
You’ll learn to appreciate, identify • Property and Land Law
and understand technical problems Associated careers Q
• Building Inspection and Analysis Skilled building surveying graduates are
in construction and develop an
understanding of the surveyor’s role within • Valuations 1 in demand, especially when they have R
wider economic, legal, social, political and experience of a variety of construction
environmental frameworks. Learning Year three core modules environments. When you graduate, you’ll
S
to work well independently and as part • Building Surveying Practice 1 have a wide choice of interesting careers,
of a team, and in safe and ethical ways, • Building Surveying Practice 2 advising your clients on the potential and
T
you’ll mix with people from other built- • Conversion and Adaptation of Buildings future use of their buildings.
environment professions and develop a • Project Evaluation and Development U
clear sense of professional responsibility. A surveyor’s work is very varied; a single
• Property Marketing and Management day could include doing an inspection
• Major Project (Surveying) or supervising construction work on-site,
V
writing reports in the office or advising
Assessment clients on business tenancies. W
of assessment methods to help you Entry requirements X
and your tutors measure your progress. 108 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
Besides exams, these may include project of 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 4 GCSEs Y
designs, presentations, role-play, essays, at grade C or above, including English
report writing and group work. and Mathematics. Z

79
Business Administration
Cambridge
Key Facts
(Top-Up) BSc (Hons) Business School
Campus Cambridge
Duration 1 year
UCAS Code N255
A Boost your career prospects Assessment Links with industry

in a variety of industries in We’ll assess your work in a variety of ways and professional recognition
including exams, coursework, essays and Through our Business School Intern
B just one year. If you’ve already activity-based assignments. So expect, programme, around 35 students each year
studied a relevant subject at for example, problem-solving activities, get exclusive training and development,
C higher education level and are consultancy projects, presentations and a business mentor, work experience, and
now looking for an honours group or individual reports. You’ll also be a reference from our Dean.
D able to access support materials through our
degree, our BSc (Hons) Business
ARU Virtual Learning Environment (VLE). We regularly host employer visits and
E Administration (Top-up) could business events, giving you opportunities
be just the course you need. Special features to speak with employers and receive
F The Lord Ashcroft International Business guidance on the career paths open to you.
To be competitive, organisations need School is one of the largest business
G to develop their approach to issues like schools in the East of England, with Associated careers
globalisation, intercultural awareness, nearly 100 full-time teaching staff and Graduating with a degree in Business
H sustainability, technology, politics, social/ approximately 6,000 students from more Administration will provide you with the
demographic change and ethics. To be than 100 countries. foundation and skills to take off in a career
I successful, they need employees with the that can cross any sector or industry.
skills, knowledge and insight to understand Our striking and award-winning business Graduates can be found working in the
J these complex issues. school building in Chelmsford, as well as private, public, or third (voluntary) sector –
new buildings in Cambridge, offer the and in industries as diverse as aerospace
K Building on the skills you’ve developed most advanced learning technologies. and defence, beverages, construction,
during previous study, our top- We’re well-recognised for our centres of health, pharmaceutical, retail, telecoms,
L up programme will increase your excellence by students, employers and travel and leisure.
understanding of the issues facing professional bodies alike.
M international businesses. You’ll be part of Entry requirements
the Lord Ashcroft International Business What makes us stand out is that our Entrants will normally be required to hold
N School, well-recognised by employers courses don’t just give you sound academic 120 Level 4 & 120 Level 5 credits (i.e HND)
and professional bodies as a centre for knowledge – they’re at the cutting edge from a relevant subject, or equivalent.
innovative business education and training. of current business practice and highly This course is available for entry to year
O
You’ll be taught by inspiring specialists relevant to employers. This is owing to 3 only.
who are keen to share their wealth of the close links we have with the business
P
experience and make sure you gain the community and the partnerships we’ve
skills you need for a successful career. And developed with a wide variety of businesses
Q
you’ll benefit from regular guest speakers and public service organisations.
from industry to enhance your knowledge
R of the job market and careers open to you. We’re interested in people who are
confident, ambitious and ready to take the
S Our students and academics come from challenge of making a difference in the
all over the world, so you’ll learn to operate world of business. If that’s you, we’d love
T in a multi-cultural environment – highly to hear from you.
valuable preparation for today’s global
U marketplace. Within our Business School, the
Institute of International Management
V Module guide Practice (IIMP) carry out research in
Year one core modules the fields of enterprise, innovation and
W • Career Management and Employability internationalisation. They’re passionate You’ll benefit from regular
• International Intercultural Management about sharing their knowledge and will
X guest speakers from
• International Supply Chain be working with students on
contemporary research projects. industry to enhance your
Management
Y knowledge of
• S
ustainable Transformation and
Environmental Practice the job market
Z
and careers
open to you.

Business Economics BSc (Hons)
Cambridge
Business School
Campus Cambridge
UCAS Code L100 – 3 years
L103 – 4 years with placement
Tariff points 104 – 120 UCAS tariff points
Explore the fascinating, far- Module guide Placement opportunities

Year one core modules
A
reaching field of economics and We want to make sure that you’re fully
• Academic Skills prepared for an increasingly competitive
the business disciplines that job market, so we offer a four-year degree
B
• Economics for Managers
have evolved from it – including option which includes a work placement
• Introduction to Accounting and Finance C
finance, management and in the third year. It’s an opportunity to
marketing. Find out how we use apply and enhance your skills while
• Macroeconomics 1 developing new ones. You’ll also build D
economics in our everyday lives,
• Microeconomics 1 valuable professional networks.
and gain a range of skills that are E
highly valued by employers. It could be that you have one placement
Year two core modules during year three, or you could have F
Economics relates to every aspect of our two or three, giving you the chance to
lives: government policies; health; labour; experience different organisations and G
and population, to name but a few. It • Econometrics
working practices. Many of our students
affects the decisions we all make on a • Macroeconomics 2 find that their placement company H
daily basis, both at home and at work. • Microeconomics 2 hires them when they graduate. We
• International Trade have a specialist team to help you find I
Training in economics is valued by a placement and support you during
employers because it teaches transferable Year three core modules this year. You might work in the UK or J
skills. On our degree course, you’ll learn the • Applied Economics go abroad: our students have worked
theory and practice you need to become at leading organisations such as K
a professional economist. We’ll help you PricewaterhouseCoopers (PWC), Bosch,
to approach problems logically; become • Undergraduate Major Project
BMW, Airbus, BSkyB and KPMG. This L
familiar with handling and interpreting period of work experience can help set
quantitative data; and develop your ability Assessment
your final year studies in context and may M
to question/critique the quantitative You can expect an interesting mix of
well help with your dissertation topic.
analysis of others. coursework, essays, exams and activity-
All in all, it’s a fantastic way to stay ahead N
based assignments. Your coursework
of the competition.
Our seminars are a lively mix of formats, could include problem-solving activities,
consultancy projects, presentations as well O
involving teamwork, problem solving and Associated careers
presentations. Meanwhile, your coursework as group or individual reports. You’ll also be
Our BSc (Hons) Business Economics P
will help you to develop skills in time able to access support materials supported
gives you the theoretical and practical
management, literature review, critical by materials accessed through our ARU
knowledge you’ll need to work as an Q
evaluation and communication – all very Virtual Learning Environment (VLE).
economist. It also provides a basis for
desirable skills in the workplace. a wide range of careers in industry,
All assessment is designed to allow you R
business and the public sector.
Throughout the course, you’ll benefit to demonstrate what you’ve learned,
from lectures and seminars on careers, and to make sure you’re developing S
On graduation, you could choose to
looking at CV preparation, job-hunting, the knowledge and skills you need to
progress to postgraduate studies in
obtaining work experience and using complete the course. T
economics, or in a variety of business-
social media. We’ll encourage you to and policy-related disciplines.
reflect on your strengths and areas for Special features U
development, and to make plans to You could broaden your horizons
Or, when you graduate, you might choose
strengthen your skills and experience by spending time living and studying
to pursue further study, such as our MSc
V
in preparation for your career. abroad. This could be a short study visit
Management, MSc International Business
or a semester spent in Europe, Canada, W
or our MBA.
the USA or Malaysia. It will look great on
your CV and help you take advantage X
Entry requirements
of opportunities in the international
104 – 120 UCAS tariff points from a
job market. Y
minimum of 3 A Levels (or equivalent)
and 3 GCSEs at grade C or above
including English and Maths. Z

81
Business and Finance (Top-Up)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 1 year
UCAS Code N305
A Do you have an ABE Advanced Module guide What makes us stand out is that our
Diploma in Finance, an HND or Semester 1 core modules courses don’t just give you sound
• Career Management and Employability academic knowledge – they’re at the
B a similar qualification and want cutting edge of current business practice
• Monetary Policy
to top-up to a full BSc (Hons) in and highly relevant to employers.
C • Strategic Management Analysis
just two semesters? Our degree This is owing to the close links we have
course takes you straight into with the business community and the
D partnerships we’ve developed with a
year three. It combines modules Semester 2 core modules wide variety of businesses and public
E in business and finance – a • Business Financing service organisations.
sought-after combination that • Corporate Finance
F will prepare you for a career in • E
xploring Collaborative Research in the We’re interested in people who are
any industry. Field of Accounting and Finance confident, ambitious and ready to take
G the challenge of making a difference in
Employers increasingly look for business Assessment the world of business. If that’s you, we’d
H graduates who can use financial knowledge We’ll assess your progress through a love to hear from you.
to help inform business decisions. Our variety of methods including exams,
I course offers the perfect blend of business coursework, essays and activity-based Links with industry
and financial modules to boost your career assignments. Coursework will include and professional recognition
J opportunities in a wide range of fields. problem-solving activities, consultancy Through our Business School Intern
projects, presentations, a portfolio-based on programme, around 35 students
K You’ll be part of the Lord Ashcroft a Bloomberg trading simulation and group each year get exclusive training and
International Business School, widely or individual reports. You’ll also be able to development, a business mentor,
L recognised by employers and professional access support materials through our ARU work experience, and a reference
bodies as a centre for innovative business Virtual Learning Environment (VLE). from our Dean.
M education and training. Working alongside
students and teachers from around the All assessments are designed with your We have strong links to major awarding
N world means you’ll learn to operate in a career progression in mind, and give you bodies and also host employer visits,
multi-cultural environment – vital in today’s opportunities to develop and improve on speakers and business events; these
O global marketplace. the transferable skills employers look for. enhance your knowledge of the job
market and give you opportunities
P For the financial modules, you’ll study in Special features to network with employers.
our Centre of Excellence in Accounting The Lord Ashcroft International Business
Q and Finance. You’ll be supported by School is one of the largest business Associated careers
academic researchers, professionals schools in the East of England, with By the time you graduate, you’ll
R and our Bloomberg Financial Markets nearly 100 full-time teaching staff and have the confidence and intellectual
Lab – a bespoke financial trading platform approximately 6,000 students from more capabilities needed to develop a career
providing live financial information about than 100 countries. at managerial level in business, finance
S
companies trading on global stock and related areas.
T exchanges. As well as enhancing your Our striking and award-winning business
employability, the Lab will encourage your school building in Chelmsford, as well as Alternatively, you could opt to boost your
interest in the world’s financial markets and new buildings in Cambridge, offer the employability still further with a Masters
U
provide opportunities for interactive staff most advanced learning technologies. course, such as our MSc Accounting or
and student collaborations. There’s also a We’re well-recognised for our centres of MSc Finance.
V
Bloomberg app, so you can access the Lab excellence by students, employers and
while you’re on the move. professional bodies alike. Entry requirements
W This course is available for entry to year
3 only. HND qualifications in a related
X subject and ABE Advanced Diploma in
Finance and similar entry qualifications
Y are accepted.

Business and Human Resource
Cambridge
Management BSc (Hons) Business School
Campus Cambridge
Two competing companies Module guide Links with industry

A
could provide exactly the same Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Academic Skills We have strong links with industry and are
service to precisely the same a trusted partner of the Chartered Institute
B
standard. They’re identical in of Personnel and Development (CIPD).
• Global Business Environment C
every conceivable way, except
• Introduction to Accounting and Finance
one: the people. Businesses can’t We regularly host employer visits and
• Introduction to Organisations and speakers. We also organise business D
exist without their people. Management events designed to enhance your
• Principles of Marketing knowledge of the job market and give E
Study Business and Human Resource
Management with us, and learn to • Business Analytics you opportunities to meet and speak
with employers. F
understand the importance of the
people behind the business and how Year two core modules
• Business Law Through our Business School Intern G
they help the business prosper. We’ll
explore how staff are recruited; what programme, around 35 students each year
• Business Research Methods H
motivates individuals; how effectively get exclusive training and development,
• D
eveloping HR Professional Practice a business mentor, work experience, and
they work together; their ability to and Using Information
cope with change; the importance of a reference from the Dean. I
• H
uman Resources Management in
leadership and much more.
Context Associated careers J
You’ll develop your skills in persuasion • M
anaging Human Resources and People are essential in every industry
and negotiation, by taking part in a Mock Improving Organisational Performance and business sector, and our BSc K
Employment Tribunal in our dedicated • Project Management (Hons) Business and Human Resource
mock court room. You’ll also operate in Management is a basis for a wide range L
• Strategic Management
a multi-cultural environment, learning of careers. You’ll graduate with both the
alongside students and academics from theoretical and practical skills to go into M
around the world. a role in human resources.
N
• Employee Relations You might choose to enhance your
Our experienced teaching team has
developed this course in cooperation • Employment Law education and career prospects further still O
with the Chartered Institute of Personnel • International and Comparative HRM by taking a postgraduate degree, such as
and Development (CIPD), and through our MA Human Resource Management. P
• L
eadership in Contemporary
consultation with businesses. This means Organisations
you have every opportunity to graduate Entry requirements Q
• Reward Management 96 – 112 UCAS tariff points from a
with the human resource management
• Undergraduate Major Project minimum of 3 A Levels (or equivalent)
skills sought by employers. R
and 3 GCSEs grade C or above including
Assessment English and Maths.
On successful completion of the course, S
you’ll receive an Intermediate Diploma You can expect an interesting mix of
in HRM from the Chartered Institute coursework, essays, exams and activity-
T
of Personnel and Development, which based assignments. Your coursework
incorporates Associate CIPD membership. could include problem-solving activities,
U
consultancy projects, presentations and
group or individual reports. You’ll also be
V
able to access support materials through
our Virtual Learning Environment (VLE).
W
All assessment is designed to allow you
to demonstrate what you’ve learned X
from modules, and to make sure you’re at anglia.ac.uk/ug/apply
developing the knowledge and skills you Y
need to complete the course. Like us on facebook
Z

83
Business Information Systems
Chelmsford
Key Facts
UCAS Code G500 – 3 years,
G501 – 4 years
Information drives business, Module guide Placement opportunities

A This course gives you the opportunity
and knowing how to handle that Year one core modules
• Learning and Skills for HE to take a work placement between years
B information is key to success. two and three. You’ll get experience of
• Coding Concepts and Design Principles
Our course takes you from seeking and securing a job and working
C • Design for the Internet
the lecture theatre to the lab in an industry relating to your course.
• Business Technology You’ll also get the practical experience
as you explore the theory,
D • Introduction to People, Organisation and industry contacts to benefit your
design and creation of business and Management studies and enhance your long-term
E information systems. When you career prospects.
graduate you’ll have a choice of Year two core modules
F fascinating career options. • Object and Data Modelling Although they can’t be guaranteed, we
• Data Security can work with you to find a placement,
G Our course explores the nature and value • Enterprise and Entrepreneurial using our contacts with a large number of
of information in a commercial context, Management employers. You’ll have regular contact with
H including how it is gathered, stored and used. one of our course tutors and be supported
• D
esign Methods and Technology
The focus is on analysing business problems by a supervisor from your placement
Project
I and designing systems to solve them. company. Together they’ll monitor your
• e-Business performance and give you feedback.
J Learning theory in the classroom, you’ll • Web Design
also get plenty of practical experience as Associated careers
K you put your skills to creative use. You’ll Year three core modules You could go on to work in web
consider security and data management • Web Application Development development, information security or
L while getting an introduction to modelling • Managing Information IT training. Or you might consider more
and programming. • Data-Driven Application Programming general options in network administration
M or online customer management.
• Information Security
You’ll specify, design and build applications
to meet business requirements, including • Undergraduate Major Project Graduation doesn’t need to be the end of
N
small-scale database systems and web your time with us. If you’d like to continue
apps. And you can also choose to get on- Assessment your studies we offer a wide range of full-
O
the-job experience during a placement year. We’ll use a range of assessment methods time and part-time postgraduate courses.
to help measure your progress. Besides
P
You’ll become a confident communicator, exams, you’ll undertake coursework, lab Entry requirements
able to work well independently and tests, group work, presentations, case 88 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
Q studies and log books.
in a team; develop creative, flexible 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 3 GCSEs at
approaches to problem solving; and the grade C or above.
R
ability to put them into practice. You’ll
learn to do this safely and ethically, aware
S
of the political, social and cultural contexts
in which you’re working.
T
Our computer architecture labs include an
U isolated network, so you can experiment
safely with the configuration of network
V devices. Meanwhile, our software
applications labs offer Apple Mac Pros with
W dual-boot into Windows or Mac OS X. From You’ll specify,
there, you’ll have access to applications
X design and build
including CAD, databases and web
software. We also have a virtual network applications to
Y environment, so you can access our meet business
networking devices whenever you like. requirements, including
Z
small-scale database
systems and web apps.

Business Management
Cambridge
Campus Cambridge
Keep your career options open Module guide Placement opportunities

A
while developing skills that can Year one core modules We want to make sure that you’re fully
be used in almost any industry. job market, so we offer a four-year degree
B
Studying business management option which includes a work placement
• Global Business Environment C
will prepare you for a career in the third year. It’s an opportunity to
• Intro to Accounting and Finance
that can cross any sector – and apply and enhance your skills while
D
• Intro to Organisations and Management developing new ones. You’ll also build
maybe even a role that hasn’t
• Principles of Marketing valuable professional networks.
been invented yet. E
It could be that you have one placement
Employers look for business graduates F
Year two core modules during year three, or you could have
with knowledge and awareness of current
• Business Research Methods two or three, giving you the chance to
issues. This course will teach you about G
experience different organisations and
globalisation, sustainability and social • Enterprise and Entrepreneurial
working practices. Many of our students
change, allowing you to fully understand Management H
find that their placement company
the factors affecting businesses. When you • Managing Human Resources and hires them when they graduate. We
graduate, you’ll have a sound appreciation Improving Organisational Performance I
have a specialist team to help you find
of management practice, including human • Project Management a placement and support you during
resources, marketing, accounting and J
• Responsible Business this year. You might work in the UK or
finance, and information management.
• Strategic Management go abroad: our students have worked
You’ll also have the skills to analyse
at leading organisations such as K
strategic commercial behaviour.
Year three core modules PricewaterhouseCoopers (PWC), Bosch,
• Advanced Strategic Management BMW, Airbus, BSkyB and KPMG. This L
Study with us and you could be part of a
period of work experience can help set
winning team representing Anglia Ruskin. • Business and Employment Law
your final year studies in context and may M
In addition to reaching the finals of the • Career Management and Employability well help with your dissertation topic.
Universities Business Challenge Worldwide
• Undergraduate Major Project N
competition, our teams have won twice
• S
ustainable Transformation and Links with industry
in seven years, something only achieved
Environmental Practice and professional recognition O
by two other UK universities. We’ve also
We regularly host employer visits, guest
reached the UK final of AB InBev’s Best
Assessment speakers and business events. P
Beer competition for three consecutive
years – twice finishing second at the You can expect an interesting mix of
coursework, essays, exams and activity- Through our Business School Intern Q
European final in Belgium.
based assignments. Your coursework programme, around 35 students each year
could include problem-solving activities, get exclusive training and development, a R
Management students at Anglia
consultancy projects, presentations and business mentor, work experience, and a
Ruskin University can now bolster their
group or individual reports. You’ll also be able reference from the Dean. S
advanced management training with CMI
accreditation, thanks to a new partnership to access support materials supported by
materials accessed through our ARU Virtual Associated careers
with the Chartered Management Institute T
Learning Environment (VLE). Throughout our BSc (Hons) Business
(CMI). This means that students on the
Management course, you’ll benefit from
BSc (Hons) Business Management, U
lectures and seminars on career-relevant
BSc (Hons) Business Management and
issues such as CV preparation, job-hunting,
Leadership and the MBA at Anglia Ruskin V
obtaining work experience and using
will achieve a considerable competitive
social media.
advantage that provides an effective W
route for career progression.
Entry requirements
96 – 112 UCAS tariff points from a X
and 3 GCSEs grade C or above including Y
English and Maths.
Z

85
Business Management and
Chelmsford

Finance BSc (Hons) Business School
Campus Chelmsford
A How do capital markets Module guide Placement opportunities

function? What do you need Year one core modules We want to make sure that you’re fully
B to know about them to make job market, so we offer a four-year degree
decisions in the business option which includes a work placement
C • Economics for Managers
world? Study in our Centre of in the third year. It’s an opportunity to
Excellence for Accounting and apply and enhance your skills while
D • Global Business Environment developing new ones. You’ll also build
Finance and get the skills you
• Introduction to Management valuable professional networks.
E need to make the financial case
Accounting
for business projects. It could be that you have one placement
• Principles of Marketing
F during year three, or you could have
At some point, we all need to make two or three, giving you the chance to
G a financial argument for something.
• Business Research Methods experience different organisations and
At home this may be a simple request for working practices. Many of our students
credit, but at work, businesses need people • E
H find that their placement company
who can manage budgets and make Management
hires them when they graduate. We
I informed financial cases for projects. Our • Financial Management have a specialist team to help you find
business management and finance degree • Leadership in Practice a placement and support you during
J will prepare you for a career that can cross • Project Management this year. You might work in the UK or
any sector or industry – both inside and go abroad: our students have worked
• Responsible Business
K outside the office. at leading organisations such as
Year three core modules PricewaterhouseCoopers (PWC), Bosch,
L Studying in Chelmsford, in our Centre of BMW, Airbus, BSkyB and KPMG. This
• Advanced Strategic Management
Excellence in Accounting and Finance, period of work experience can help set
you’ll be part of the Lord Ashcroft • Career Management and Employability
M your final year studies in context and may
International Business School, well- • Corporate Finance well help with your dissertation topic.
recognised by employers and professional • Derivative Markets
N
bodies as a centre for innovative business Associated careers
education and training. Teaching facilities Throughout our BSc (Hons) Business
O
include our Bloomberg Financial Markets Management and Finance course, you’ll
Lab – a bespoke financial trading platform Assessment
P benefit from lectures and seminars
that provides live financial information You’ll be assessed by examination,
on career-relevant issues, such as CV
about companies trading on global coursework, essays and activity-based
Q preparation, job-hunting, obtaining work
stock exchanges. assignments. Your coursework could
experience and using social media.
include problem-solving activities,
R You’ll be taught by inspiring specialists, consultancy projects, presentations,
Studying Business Management and
keen to share their wealth of experience computer-based exams, a portfolio-based
Finance is perfect if you want to become
S and make sure you gain the skills you on Bloomberg trading and group or
an accountant, or go on to further study
need for a successful career. Regular guest individual reports. You’ll also be able to
in financial management. It can also be
T speakers from industry, commerce and access support materials through our
the basis for a wide range of careers in
accounting firms will also share their tips ARU Virtual Learning Environment (VLE).
industry, business and the public sector.
U of the trade.
Special features
Or you might choose to enhance your
V With students and academics from all over You could broaden your horizons by
education and career prospects further
the world, you’ll learn to operate in a multi- spending time living and studying abroad.
still by taking a postgraduate degree, such
W cultural environment – highly valuable This could be a short study visit or a
as our MSc Accounting.
preparation for today’s global marketplace. semester spent in Europe, Canada, the USA
X or Malaysia. It will look great on your CV and
Entry requirements
help you take advantage of opportunities in
Y the international job market.
and 3 GCSEs grade C or above including
Z English and Maths.

Business Management
Chelmsford
and Leadership BSc (Hons) Business School
Campus Chelmsford
As organisations adapt to Module guide Placement opportunities

A
meet the challenges brought Year one core modules We want to make sure that you’re fully
• Higher Education and Business prepared for an increasingly competitive
about by growth, many face a Essentials for Leadership and Finance job market, so we offer a four-year degree B
shortage of skilled and capable • Business Analytics option which includes a work placement
managers. Develop your in the third year. It’s an opportunity to C
business management skills apply and enhance your skills while
• Introduction to Accounting and Finance developing new ones. You’ll also build D
and your understanding of the • Global Business Environment valuable professional networks.
role of leadership in today’s E
organisations – and open up Management It could be that you have one placement
a world of career opportunities. during year three, or you could have two or F
three, giving you the chance to experience
Studying business management will Year two core modules different organisations and working G
prepare you for a career that can cross any • Business Research Methods practices. Many of our students find that
sector or industry. their placement company hires them when H
• E
they graduate. We have a specialist team
Management
From day one, we’ll give you the opportunity to help you find a placement and support I
to become a well-rounded manager. Our • Leadership in Practice you during this year. You might work in
degree course will give you an introduction • Project Management the UK or go abroad: our students have J
to the foundations of business practices, • Responsible Business worked at leading organisations such as
such as marketing, finance, economics • Strategic Management PricewaterhouseCoopers (PWC), Bosch, K
and human resources. You’ll also take core BMW, Airbus, BSkyB and KPMG. This
modules in management and leadership Year three core modules, or year four period of work experience can help set L
theory. There’s also a range of optional with placement your final year studies in context and may
modules that allow you extend your • Advanced Strategic Management well help with your dissertation topic. M
knowledge of economics and sustainability,
or to pick up a foreign language. Associated careers N
• Practising Sustainable Business You’ll be able to apply the skills you’ve
Management students at Anglia Ruskin • L
eadership, Organisational Planning developed on our Business Management O
University can now bolster their advanced and Performance and Leadership degree to varied and
management training with CMI accreditation, • W
ork-based Undergraduate Major interesting roles, from manufacturing to P
thanks to a new partnership with the Project knowledge-based businesses, and from
Chartered Management Institute (CMI). This retail to public sector roles. Q
means that students on the BSc (Hons) Assessment
Business Management, BSc (Hons) Business You can expect an interesting mix of Or you might choose to enhance your
R
Management and Leadership and the MBA coursework, essays, exams and activity- education and career prospects further
at Anglia Ruskin will achieve a considerable based assignments. Your coursework still by taking a postgraduate degree,
S
competitive advantage that provides an could include problem-solving activities, such as our MSc Management or MSc
effective route for career progression. consultancy projects, presentations, and International Business.
T
group or individual reports. You’ll also be
able to access support materials through our Entry requirements
U
ARU Virtual Learning Environment (VLE).
and 3 GCSEs grade C or above V
Special features
You could broaden your horizons by including English and Maths.
W
spending time living and studying abroad.
X
semester spent in Europe, Canada, the USA
or Malaysia. It will look great on your CV and
Y
the international job market.
Z

87
Business and Healthcare
London
Key Facts
ARU London
Management BSc (Hons) Campus London
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code 1N11
Institution code L63
application, please use L63 institutional
A The health and social care sector Module guide Associated careers
is the largest sector in the UK, Year one core modules In today’s tough job market, graduates
• Healthcare Environment need to stand out from the crowd to
B employing over 4 million people. successfully secure that all important
• Business Skills
The industry plays a crucial first full-time job after university. A BSc
C • Service Sector Management
role in supporting the economy Business and Healthcare Management
• Business Finance
by maintaining the physical from ARU London will definitely enhance
D your employability:
and mental health of the wider Year two core modules • At the end of your second year you will
E workforce. It is anticipated that • Driving Improvements in the Workplace undertake a four month paid full-time
around 2 million people will • Managing Human Resources work placement in the sector – by the
F need to be trained and recruited • Principles and Practice of Marketing time you graduate you should be able
before 2022 as a result of the • Work Placement demonstrate work experience in the
G sector and have industry experience on
sector’s growth.*
Year three core modules your CV.
H • Business Strategy • Y
our ARU London lecturers all have
Designed to give students real-world
work experience together with a working • Contemporary Issues in Practice first-hand experience of business and
I knowledge of business theory, this course many continue to work in business.
• Leadership and Change Management
is ideal for students with the ambition to You are therefore assured that the
J manage organisations in this exciting and
• Major Project content of your degree will be directly
evolving industry. relevant to the demanding, constantly
K Assessment evolving world of contemporary
We’ll assess your progress through a business. Furthermore, you will study
This degree course, which offers the
L variety of methods including exams, business from a practical as well as
chance to combine the study of business
coursework, essays and activity-based from an academic perspective.
and healthcare management theory and
M assignments. Coursework will include
practice with paid work experience within • A
RU London lecturers have a wealth of
problem-solving activities, consultancy
the industry, is designed very much with contacts, and you will study alongside
N projects, presentations, a portfolio-based on
your future employability in mind. Explore students from all over the world. All
a Bloomberg trading simulation and group
the application of business theory and great for networking!
O or individual reports. You’ll also be able to
at the same time take advantage of the
access support materials supported by
chance to add a big name in the sector to Entry requirements
P materials accessed through our ARU
your CV. 104 UCAS points from 3 A Levels e.g.
Virtual Learning Environment (VLE).
BCC or a recognised overseas equivalent
Q Once you join ARU London, our careers qualification – see our website for more
All assessments are designed with your
consultants will help you secure a part- detailed information on the range of
career progression in mind, and give you
R time healthcare job and then during your qualifications we consider
second year you will undertake a paid lca.anglia.ac.uk/entry-requirements.
the transferable skills employers look for.
S internship as part of your degree course.
Candidates whose first language is not
T English must have passed IELTS with a
minimum overall score of 6.0 with at least 5.5
U in each sub-test or a recognised equivalent.
V *UKCES: Sector insights, skills and

performance challenges in the health and
W social care sector, May 2015
You are assured
X that the content
of your degree
Y will be directly
relevant to the demanding,
Z
constantly evolving world
of contemporary business.

Business and Hospitality
London
Key Facts
ARU London
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code 1N22
Hospitality is experiencing Module guide At the end of your second year you will
A
significant global growth, Year one core modules undertake a four month paid full-time
• Hospitality Environment work placement in the sector – by the
driving continual demand for time you graduate you should be able
B
• Business Skills
specialist graduates, who both demonstrate work experience in the
• Service Sector Management C
understand the theories of sector to have industry experience on
business and have practical your CV.
D
experience of this fast paced Year two core modules Your ARU London lecturers all have
workplace. Employment in • Driving Improvements in the Workplace first-hand experience of business and E
the UK hospitality industry • Managing Human Resources many continue to work in business. You
continues to experience • Principles and Practice of Marketing are therefore assured that the content of F
significant growth and currently • Work Placement your degree will be directly relevant to the
demanding, constantly evolving world of G
accounts for over 9% of the
Year three core modules contemporary business. Furthermore,
UK’s total employment, as well you will study business from a practical H
• Business Strategy
as contributing 10% of the UK’s as well as from an academic perspective.
• Contemporary Issues in Practice
total GDP.* ARU London lecturers have a wealth of I
• Leadership and Change Management contacts too and you will study alongside
This degree has been designed to prepare • Major Project students from all over the world. All great J
graduates for the hospitality sector. It for networking!
combines both paid work placements with Assessment K
the study of management concepts. This We’ll assess your progress through a Hear what our students have to say
synthesis allows students to develop and variety of methods including exams, During your final year there will be L
apply both their knowledge and expertise coursework, essays and activity-based additional seminars with the specific
within the industry, assignments. Coursework will include objective of enhancing your future M
problem-solving activities, consultancy employment prospects. These will
This degree course, which offers the projects, presentations, a portfolio-based on include CV workshops, interview N
chance to combine the study of business a Bloomberg trading simulation and group techniques, career counselling and
and hospitality theory and practice with or individual reports. You’ll also be able to visits from prospective employers. O
paid work experience within the industry, access support materials supported by
is designed with your future employability materials accessed through our ARU Entry requirements P
in mind. Virtual Learning Environment (VLE). 104 UCAS points from 3 A Levels e.g.
BCC or a recognised overseas equivalent Q
Once you join ARU London, our careers All assessments are designed with your qualification – see our website for more
consultants will help you secure a part- career progression in mind, and give you detailed information on the range of R
time hospitality job and then during your opportunities to develop and improve on qualifications we consider
second year you will undertake a paid the transferable skills employers look for. lca.anglia.ac.uk/entry-requirements.
S
internship as part of your degree course.
Associated careers Candidates whose first language is not
In today’s tough job market, graduates
T
As one of the most important financial English must have passed IELTS with a
and business centres in the world, London need to stand out from the crowd to minimum overall score of 6.0 with at least 5.5
is a hospitality hub, offering some of the successfully secure that all important first U
in each sub-test or a recognised equivalent.
very best examples in terms of service full-time job after university. A BSc (Hons)
and luxury accommodation. This degree Business and Hospitality Management *Oxford Economics for the British
V
course offers the chance to experience degree from ARU London will definitely Hospitality Association, September 2015
some of this first-hand. enhance your employability: You will be W
helped to find an appropriate part-time
ARU London is also a proud member of job in the hospitality industry as soon as X
the British Hospitality Association. you join ARU London.
Y

89
London
Key Facts
ARU London
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code NN16
A The ability to recruit, motivate Module guide Links with industry

and manage employees Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Business Environment We have strong links with industry and are
B effectively is considered one of a trusted partner of the Chartered Institute
• Business Skills
the keys to success in business. of Personnel and Development (CIPD).
C • Economics for Business
Furthermore, ensuring that
employees develop professionally We regularly host employer visits and
D speakers. We also organise business
is essential if they are to fulfil their Year two core modules events designed to enhance your
E potential and so make the most • Legal Aspects of Business knowledge of the job market and give
productive contribution. This • Managing Human Resources you opportunities to meet and speak
F degree focuses on the key role of • Principles and Practice of Marketing with employers.
people in a successful business.
G Year three core modules Associated careers
Designed to give you a thorough • Business Strategy The degree is ideal for students who
H appreciation of all the core business skills • Major Project are interested in a career in managing
and concepts; it will provide you with an corporate human resources, management
I in-depth knowledge and understanding of Assessment and skills training, management
human resource management, including We’ll assess your progress through a recruitment or HRM consultancy.
J how to resource, develop, reward, and variety of methods including exams,
motivate employees to deliver business coursework, essays and activity-based You might choose to enhance your
K goals with maximum effect. assignments. Coursework will include education and career prospects further still
problem-solving activities, consultancy by taking a postgraduate degree, such as
L projects, presentations, a portfolio-based on our MA Human Resource Management.
a Bloomberg trading simulation and group
M or individual reports. You’ll also be able to Entry requirements
access support materials supported by 104 UCAS points from 3 A Levels e.g.
N materials accessed through our ARU Virtual BCC or a recognised overseas equivalent
Learning Environment (VLE). qualification – see our website for more
O detailed information on the range of
All assessments are designed with your qualifications we consider
P career progression in mind, and give you lca.anglia.ac.uk/entry-requirements.
Q the transferable skills employers look for.
X We have strong links with

industry and are a trusted
Y partner of the
Chartered Institute
Z
of Personnel and
Development (CIPD).

Business and Law BSc (Hons)
London
Key Facts
ARU London
Campus London
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code NM11
If you want to develop a career Assessment • O

ur student-friendly timetables will
A
in corporate law and regulation, • Each year consists of two semesters of make it easier for you to secure
12 teaching weeks each followed by a meaningful, part-time work. Part-time
our intellectually stimulating period for revision and assessment. work will give you valuable experience
B
degree course addresses the • Y
ou will have a minimum of 12 hours’ outside of the classroom and will boost
broader aspects of business your credentials with a prospective C
lectures and tutorials a week (‘contact
organisation and management time’ with a lecturer or tutor). graduate employer. We are also
working with a number of employers D
culture, while also providing • T
he core lectures and tutorials are
to be able to offer part-time work in
an insight into corporate and carefully timetabled to take place on
conjunction with our degrees. E
consumer legislation, corporate two or three days of the week.
• D
uring your final year there will be
regulation and other legal • Y
ou will be expected to undertake F
additional seminars with the specific
extensive independent study when you
aspects of business enterprise. are not attending lectures.
objective of enhancing your future
G
You will be equipped with a real • Y
our learning experience will be further
employment prospects. These will
understanding of how legal include CV workshops, interview
enhanced by skills sessions, tutor techniques, career counselling and H
considerations have an impact surgeries and guest lectures which are visits from prospective employers.
on virtually every aspect of organised throughout the year. I
management activity. • E
ach course module is delivered Entry requirements
through a combination of large group 104 UCAS points from 3 A Levels e.g.
J
Module guide lectures – where the main ideas and BCC or a recognised overseas equivalent
Year one core modules concepts are presented – and tutorials qualification – see our website for more K
• Business Environment with smaller groups for an interactive detailed information on the range of
• Business Skills discussion and analysis of the lecture qualifications we consider L
content. lca.anglia.ac.uk/entry-requirements.
• Economics for Business
• S
tudents are mainly assessed through a M
mix of examination and coursework. Candidates whose first language is not
English must have passed IELTS with a N
Associated careers minimum overall score of 6.0 with at least 5.5
• Legal Aspects of Business O
In today’s tough job market, you need to in each sub-test or a recognised equivalent.
• Managing Human Resources stand out from the crowd to successfully
• Law of Contract secure that all important first full-time job P
• Law of Business Organisations after university. We believe your degree
from ARU London will enhance your Q
Year three core modules employability:
• Your ARU London lecturers all have R
• Commercial Law
first-hand experience of business and
• Business Strategy S
some continue to work in business.
• Law of International Trade You are therefore assured that the
• Major Project content of your degree will be directly T
relevant to the demanding, constantly
evolving world of contemporary U
business. Furthermore, you will study
business from a practical as well as V
from an academic perspective.
• A
RU London lecturers have a wealth of W
contacts and you will study alongside
students from all over the world. All X
RU London lecturers have
A great for networking. Find out about how to apply
at anglia.ac.uk/ug/apply
a wealth of contacts Y
and you will study Like us on facebook
Z
alongside students
from all over the world. Follow us on @angliaruskin

91
Business and Marketing
London
Key Facts
ARU London
BSc (Hons) Campus London
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code NN15
A Without marketing, there is no Assessment • O

business. Our course will prepare • Each year consists of two semesters of make it easier for you to secure
B you for a career in marketing period for revision and assessment. work will give you valuable experience
management in sectors such as • Y
C FMCG, financial services, telecoms your credentials with a prospective
lectures and tutorials a week.
and tourism. The syllabus • T
graduate employer. We are also
D working with a number of employers
evaluates the key marketing carefully timetabled to take place on
E skills of forward thinking, two or three days of the week. We
conjunction with our degrees.
communication, and originality, believe this offers you more chance of
finding meaningful, better-paid part- • D
F whilst building core knowledge additional seminars with the specific
time work.
in the areas of branding, brand • Y
ou will be expected to undertake
objective of enhancing your future
G
management, market research extensive independent study when you
employment prospects. These will
methods, consumer behaviour include CV workshops, interview
H are not attending lectures.
techniques, career counselling and
and public relations. • Y
our learning experience will be further visits from prospective employers.
I enhanced by skills sessions, tutor
With the growing importance of the online surgeries and guest lectures which are
campaign, you will also consider the role Entry requirements
J organised throughout the year.
of digital marketing in marketing strategy 104 UCAS points from 3 A Levels e.g.
• E
ach course module is delivered BCC or a recognised overseas equivalent
K and the key metrics for measuring through a combination of large group
effectiveness. With marketing knowledge qualification – see our website for more
lectures – where the main ideas and detailed information on the range of
L and skills grounded in key business concepts are presented – and tutorials
concepts, this degree lays the balanced qualifications we consider
with smaller groups for an interactive lca.anglia.ac.uk/entry-requirements.
M foundations for a successful career. discussion and analysis of the lecture
content. Candidates whose first language is not
Module guide
N • S
tudents are mainly assessed through a English must have passed IELTS with a
mix of examination and coursework. minimum overall score of 6.0 with at least 5.5
• Business Environment
O in each sub-test or a recognised equivalent.
• Business Skills
Associated careers
P • Economics for Business In today’s tough jobs market, you need to
• Business Finance stand out from the crowd to successfully
Q secure that all important first full-time job
Year two core modules after university. We believe your degree
R • Legal Aspects of Business from ARU London will enhance your
• Managing Human Resources employability:
S • Your ARU London lecturers all have
• Principles and Practice of Marketing
first-hand experience of business and
T • Marketing Communications some continue to work in business.
You are therefore assured that the
U Year three core modules content of your degree will be directly
• Consumer Behaviour relevant to the demanding, constantly
V • Business Strategy evolving world of contemporary
• Business to Business Marketing business. Furthermore, you will study
W business from a practical as well as
• Major Project from an academic perspective.
X • A
RU London lecturers have a wealth of uring your final
D
contacts, and you will study alongside year there will be
Y student, from all over the world. All additional seminars with
great for networking! the specific objective of
Z
enhancing your future
employment prospects.

Business and Tourism
London
Key Facts
ARU London
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code NN18
Tourism is one of the world’s Assessment • O

A
fastest growing industries • Each year consists of two semesters of make it easier for you to secure
offering a wide range of potential period for revision and assessment. work will give you valuable experience
B
career opportunities around • Y
the globe – in the UK alone, it your credentials with a prospective C
lectures and tutorials a week.
is the largest industry, the 3rd • T
graduate employer. We are also
working with a number of employers D
largest export earner and worth carefully timetabled to take place on
approximately £115 billion a year. two or three days a week. We believe
conjunction with our degrees. E
this offers our students more chance
This degree has been developed to give of finding meaningful, better-paid part- • D
additional seminars with the specific
F
students the key business skills needed for time work.
a successful career in this sector. There is a objective of enhancing your future
• Y
ou will be expected to undertake G
particular focus on the current challenges employment prospects. These will
extensive independent study when you
facing the tourism industry, these include include CV workshops, interview
are not attending lectures. H
sustainability, ethical tourism, diverse techniques, career counselling and
• Y
our learning experience will be further visits from prospective employers.
competition and crisis management. enhanced by skills sessions, tutor I
Designed to unlock your potential by surgeries and guest lectures which are
enhancing both your commercial awareness Entry requirements
organised throughout the year. J
and specialist subject knowledge. This 104 UCAS points from 3 A Levels e.g.
• E
ach course module is delivered BCC or a recognised overseas equivalent
degree is a perfect entrance into this exciting
through a combination of large group qualification – see our website for more K
important industry.
lectures – where the main ideas and detailed information on the range of
concepts are presented – and tutorials qualifications we consider L
Module guide
with smaller groups for an interactive lca.anglia.ac.uk/entry-requirements.
discussion and analysis of the lecture M
content. Candidates whose first language is not
• Business Skills
• S
tudents are mainly assessed through a English must have passed IELTS with a N
• Economics for Business mix of examination and coursework. minimum overall score of 6.0 with at least 5.5
• Business Finance in each sub-test or a recognised equivalent. O
Associated careers
Year two core modules In today’s tough job market, you need to P
• Legal Aspects of Business stand out from the crowd to successfully
• Introduction to Tourism secure that all important first full-time job Q
• Principles and Practice of Marketing after university. We believe your degree
from ARU London will enhance your R
• Tourism Marketing
employability:
• Your ARU London lecturers all have S
Year three core modules first-hand experience of business and
• International Tourism Management some continue to work in business. T
• Business Strategy You are therefore assured that the
• Sustainable Tourism content of your degree will be directly U
relevant to the demanding, constantly
• Major Project
evolving world of contemporary V
business. Furthermore, you will study
business from a practical as well as W
from an academic perspective.
• A
RU London lecturers have a wealth of X
contacts, and you will study alongside Find out about how to apply
students from all over the world. All at anglia.ac.uk/ug/apply Y
great for networking!
Like us on facebook
Z

93
Business Management

BSc (Hons) King's Lynn
UCAS Code N201
A Learn how to solve business- Our aim is to involve and energise students
Assessment
related issues using your with a desire to become independent
learners who want to know why and how Your work on each module will be assessed
B creativity, enterprise and initiative, some businesses succeed whilst others through exams and/or written assignments.
with our degree course at College fail. At the end of the course our graduates Assignments tend to be a maximum of
C of West Anglia. The 21st century will feel confident in entering into their 3,000 words for 15-credit modules and
6,000 usually split into three 2,000-word
business world is fast moving, respective careers and know that they are
D making a valued contribution to that path. assignments for 30 credit modules. Exams
and always changing. Our course are usually two hours long.
E will help you to develop a wide This course is relevant to management
range of skills and knowledge related careers in a wide range of Associated careers
F that you can put to good use in industries such as banking, tourism, When you graduate from this course you’ll
be primed to pursue a career in a wide
this exciting environment. Our education or more specifically HR,
range of industries, such as specific roles
G marketing, finance and operations.
modules include a focus on global including human resources, marketing,
H business and increasing your own Module guide finance or operations.
employability. During the course Year one core modules
I you’ll explore a number of areas • Economics for Business and Entry requirements
72 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of 2
that are of vital importance to all Management
A Levels or equivalent Level 3, e.g. Extended
J businesses, including marketing, • Introduction to Accounting and Finance
Diploma (MMP) or Access course (30 Level
K finance and accounting, • Introduction to Organisations and 3 credits at merit grade are required). All
employment law, managing Management applicants must have GCSE English and
people and sustainability. There • Personal Development and Careers maths at grade C or above (or equivalent).
L
Mature students without the above
is also a small business module, Year two core modules are considered depending on relevant
M specifically designed with King’s • Effective Team and Performance experience and aptitude. Interview required.
Lynn and West Norfolk in mind. Management
N
• E
The course is designed to encourage you Management
O
to develop your creativity, enterprise and • International Business
initiative in solving business related problems
P
in today's business environment. Year three core modules
Q • Organisational Transformation
Over the course you will be increasingly
• Strategic Management Analysis
exposed to a variety of sources of
R information, case studies and personal • Sustainable Management Futures
experiences taken from the business • Undergraduate Major Project
S world. This will enable you to develop
your analytical, evaluative and problem-
T solving skills.
V
The course is designed to
W
encourage you to develop
X your creativity, enterprise
and initiative in
Y solving business
related problems
Z
in today's business
environment.

Business Management

Available Starts January
UCAS Code N290

Develop the theoretical and Module guide Special features

A
practical skills you need to make Year one core modules You’ll be studying in an internationally
• Economics for Business and renowned business school that has a
your way in the business world. Management very active research and consultancy B
This course will give you a solid • International Business in Focus programme. This will give you valuable
foundation in business and exposure to leading businesses and the C
• Introduction to Accounting and Finance
management theory, as well latest thinking.
• Introduction to People, Organisations D
as the opportunity to develop and Management Links with industry
the practical skills and • Marketing Essentials and professional recognition E
analytical techniques used • Personal Development and Careers Some of our modules will qualify you
in different sectors. for exam exemptions with professional F
Year two core modules bodies. Organisations such as the ACCA
During the course you’ll study and practise • Effective Team and Performance are closely involved with the school and G
key areas of management, including Management leading industry figures advise us on
human resources, marketing, accounting • E
nterprise and Entrepreneurial course content. H
and finance, and information management. Management
Modules on contemporary issues such Associated careers I
• International Business
as globalisation, sustainability and social With its strong core content and flexible
and demographic change will put it all range of options, this course can prepare J
into context – as will content looking at you for a wide range of industries,
• Organisational Transformation
commercial strategy and behaviour. professions and careers. K
You can personalise your studies with • Sustainable Management Futures Entry requirements L
a wide range of specialist modules, so • Undergraduate Major Project 72 UCAS tariff points. Required subject(s):
there’s every opportunity to prepare for a 2 A Levels in related subjects or a BTEC/ M
specific industry sector, job or profession. Access or a BTEC National or a full Access
Assessment
Key figures from international industry and Certificate in a related subject. GCSEs N
We’ll assess your progress through
business advise on course content – so required: 3 GCSEs at grade C or above in
exams, coursework, essays and your
you can be certain you’re gaining the skills English, Mathematics and Science. O
performance in practical assignments.
employers expect.
The coursework element includes P
We use innovative training methods,
problem-solving activities, consultancy
including simulations, workshops and Q
projects, presentations, group work
business games, to make you career-ready.
and reports.
You’ll leave us with a firm grasp of business
R
IT applications, qualitative and quantitative
analysis, project research, planning and
S
management, and the techniques which
successful business people use when
T
leading teams, presenting or networking.
On top of this, you’ll develop an ingrained

U
ability to manage your own future learning
and professional development: a crucial V
quality if you’re to adapt and succeed in the
fast-changing commercial environment. W
X
Like us on facebook
Z

95
Charity and Social Enterprise
Distance Learning
Key Facts Part-time only

Management Cert HE Business School
Campus Distance Learning
Duration 2 years
Available starts September, January
UCAS code Apply online
Tariff points 40 UCAS points
A If you are keen and ambitious to Module guide Entry requirements

thrive in the rapidly evolving third Core modules You need to be currently employed or
• Leadership and Management in the volunteer in a third sector organisation.
B sector, our part-time Certificate of Third Sector You’re expected to have at least 40 points
Higher Education in Charity and • Social Enterprise at A Level (or equivalent) and Maths and
C Social Enterprise Management English GCSEs (or equivalent) at grade C
• F
inancial Management in the Third
can help. Study with us fully Sector
or above.
D
online, or with workshops in • M
arketing For Third Sector As a distance learner, you’ll also need a
E London or Cambridge. Organisations suitable computer with internet connection,
• H
uman Resource Management in the together with sufficient IT competence to
F This dynamic course offers you the chance Third Sector make effective use of word processing,
to cultivate management and leadership
• Social Impact Management internet and email.
G skills pertinent to your existing role.
Associated careers If English is not your first language,

H Developed following comprehensive
The course has been designed for people you will be expected to demonstrate a
consultations with the third sector, this
working within the third sector, including certificated level of proficiency of at least
two-year course is ideal whether you’re an
I paid employees, trustees and board IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
employee, volunteer or trustee of a charity,
social enterprise or co-operative. members, as well as public sector staff in
J services moving towards a mutual or social However, if you don’t meet all of the
enterprise model. You will enhance your entry requirements, don’t worry; we
Develop intellectual, academic and
K contribution to your organisation and your encourage you to apply if you have relevant
interpersonal skills, enabling you to perform
career prospects in the third sector. work experience instead of traditional
more effectively in your organisation.
L qualifications, as each application is
The Cert HE Charity and Social Enterprise considered on an individual basis.
The course will be completed over two
M years’ part-time study online, plus there Management has been designed through
are two optional workshops per semester, extensive consultation with the third sector
N or four per year: and builds upon the research and courses
developed by Third Sector Futures at Anglia
O • S
eptember starters will have four Ruskin University. Practitioners from the
optional workshops in Cambridge. sector will share their experience with you
P and throughout the course there will be
• J anuary starters will have four optional
extensive opportunities to network and
workshops at our ARU London campus.
Q build links with your third sector colleagues.

Children and Young People
Cambridge • Chelmsford
(Top-Up) BSc (Hons) & Education
Campus Cambridge, Chelmsford
and Peterborough
Duration up to 3 years
Application Apply online
Are you already a qualified Module guide Associated careers

A
nurse or midwife? Join our Core modules Completing this course will give you the
• Research Methodology: Design and chance to progress further in your career,
degree course in year three to Process or to pursue postgraduate study such as B
develop your understanding of • Undergraduate Major Project our MSc Children and Young People.
child health, and how you can C
deliver high standards of care to Optional modules
Entry requirements
You are required to hold a relevant D
infants, children, young people • Antenatal and Newborn Screening
professional qualification such as a Dip
and their families. • Newborn Infant Physical Examination HE in Nursing or equivalent. You must E
• H
igh Dependency and Intensive Care of be registered with the NMC as a nurse or
Our course will develop your understanding the Newborn F
midwife and currently working in a clinical
of child health, so that you can work
• H
igh Dependency Care of the Acutely setting with infants children or young
effectively in services for children and G
Ill Child people. Therefore, you must supply your
young people.
• Intensive Care Nursing of the Critically PIN number with your application. We
Ill Child can also consider applicants who hold H
Already a nurse or midwife working with
120 Level 4 credits and be able to prove a
infants, children or young people, you’ll • Mentorship Preparation
further 120 Level 5 credits subject to our I
develop your expertise through a choice of • M
entorship, Work-Based Learning and assessment of their suitability.
optional modules, which include antenatal Assessment in Health and Social Care J
and newborn screening, and intensive care • S
pecial and Transitional Care of the
nursing. As well as this, you’ll be able to Newborn K
sharpen your research skills by completing
our Research Methodology module.
Assessment L
We’ll assess your progress in a number
Our modules are designed to enhance your
knowledge and clinical skills in your specific
of ways, including case studies, M
portfolios, case presentations, and the
area of practice. Take up to three years to
complete our part-time course and by the
development of individual learning plans N
(with support from your mentor).
end of it, you’ll be able to influence practice
for the benefit of children and families in O
your care.
P
W
Our course will develop
your understanding of child X
health, so that you can work
effectively in services Y
for children and
Z
young people.

97
Civil Engineering FdSc
Chelmsford

Campus Chelmsford
Duration 2 years
UCAS Code H2O1
Work towards Engineering Module guide Associated careers

A With your foundation degree you’ll have
Technician status and mix vital Year one core modules
• Geotechnics 1 career opportunities in areas such as
B theory with hands-on learning design and production civil engineering.
• Civil Engineering Works
to prepare you for a successful
C • An Introduction to Technology
career in civil engineering. When and Design
You might find that you enjoy studying
you graduate, you can go straight so much that you’d like to continue
D • Learning and Practical Skills rather than going straight out to work.
into work or do a top-up year to Development (HE and Work) Graduating from this course means you
E achieve an honours degree. would only have to do one more year
Year two core modules with us to achieve a full honours degree.
F Civil engineering means getting out there • Site and Engineering Surveying
and making a difference to the world • Structural Method and Analysis Entry requirements
G around us. Major projects like roads,
• Work Related Learning in the 48 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of 1
buildings, tunnels and flood protection are
Built Environment A Level (or equivalent). 4 GCSEs at grade C
H all designed, constructed and improved by
or above, including English and Maths.
civil engineers.
Assessment
I Throughout the course, we’ll use a range
With us, you’ll explore the concepts, theories
of assessment methods to help measure
and principles of civil engineering, and its
J your progress. Besides exams, you’ll be
underpinning science and mathematics.
assessed on your project work, case
K studies, reports, workplace assessments,
You’ll make full use of our specialist
presentations and role-plays.
workshops and facilities so that you’re
L
confident in conducting experiments and
analysing results to create solutions to
M engineering challenges and problems.
N In preparation for work as a professional,

you’ll learn to work as part of a design
O team – and look at issues relating to
the technology of buildings, surveying,
P the law, human resource management,
health and safety, ethics, and risk. Site
Q visits and guest lecturers will connect
you with industry.
R
Our course leads to engineering technician
S (EngTech) status. It’s accredited by the
Joint Board of Moderators (JBM) acting on
T behalf of ICE, IstructE, IHT and IHIE for the
Engineering Council UK.
U
When you finish you could decide to
V continue your studies and progress to
our BSc (Hons) Civil Engineering course,
W which would lead to incorporated
engineer (IEng) status. With us, you’ll
X explore the
concepts, theories
Y and principles of civil
engineering, and its
Z
underpinning science
and mathematics.

Civil Engineering
Chelmsford
BEng (Hons) Campus Chelmsford
UCAS Code H202 – 3 years,
H203 – 4 years (placement)
Learn to solve some of society’s Our facilities are the perfect places Links with industry
A
most complex problems by to test and research different materials and professional recognition
and designs. You’ll work in specialist labs Our course is accredited by the Joint
applying civil engineering for geotechnics, hydraulics, structures, Board of Moderators (JBM) acting on
B
techniques and technologies. Get engineering materials and concrete behalf of ICE, IstructE, IHT and IHIE for the
hands-on experience on site and testing. You’ll go out on site visits, and hear Engineering Council UK. C
in our labs, and gain the practical guest lecturers from industry. You might
even want to enhance your skills and CV Placement opportunities D
skills employers want. You could
by doing a work placement year. This course gives you the opportunity
even do a work placement year. to take a work placement between years E
Our course leads to IEng status Module guide two and three. You’ll get experience of
and is accredited by the Joint Year one core modules seeking and securing a job and working F
Board of Moderators. • IT, Comms and Research Skills in an industry relating to your course.
• Civil Engineering Construction You’ll also get the practical experience G
Civil engineering changes our world – from and industry contacts to benefit your
• Geotechnics and Engineering Geology
buildings and transport to the environment studies and enhance your long-term H
• Engineering and Building Mechanics career prospects.
and civil protection. It covers everything
from creative concepts to physical • Site Management and Safety I
construction and maintenance. • Land Surveying Although they can’t be guaranteed, we
• Mathematics for Civil Engineers 1 can work with you to find a placement, J
Designing and building structures like using our contacts with a large number of
bridges, roads, airports and flood defences Year two core modules employers. You’ll have regular contact with K
demands a high degree of technical skill. • Concrete Technology one of our course tutors and be supported
Our course will teach you to approach • Site and Engineering Surveying
by a supervisor from your placement L
civil engineering projects competently, company. Together they’ll monitor your
• Mathematics for Civil Engineers 2 performance and give you feedback.
responsibly, ethically and safely. M
• Structural Mechanics and Dynamics
You’ll already have an interest in maths, • Design of Structures 1 Associated careers N
design and construction. You’ll be keen • Fluid Mechanics Civil engineers can specialise in two
to explore your creativity, and aware of areas – design and production. Our course O
• Group Design Project
pressing global issues like overpopulation prepares you for both:
and climate change. While at Anglia • Design civil engineers work mainly in P
Ruskin, you’ll learn about health and offices, looking at the need for projects
• Civil Engineering Contract
safety, sustainable development and and how a particular project can be Q
Administration
environmental issues within the context achieved.
of civil engineering. • Design of Structures 2
• P
roduction civil engineers work and R
• R
esearch Methods and Individual plan on-site, check the quality of work,
Engineers work in professional practice, Project (Civil & Mechanical Engineering) and oversee schedules and budgets. S
advising clients. Therefore, you’ll learn • Environmental Management for
a range of transferable skills, including Civil Engineers Graduation doesn’t need to be the end T
how to manage projects and contracts; • Geotechnical Engineering of your time with us. If you would like to
statistics; management techniques; continue your studies we offer a wide range U
• Design Methods for Sustainable
and principles of IT. You’ll become a of full-time and part-time postgraduate
Buildings
creative problem solver and a confident courses including MSc Civil Engineering. V
communicator, able to work well
Assessment
independently and in a team. Entry requirements
Throughout the course, we’ll use a range W
of assessment methods to measure
of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), including
your progress. Besides exams, you’ll X
Mathematics, and 4 GCSEs at grade C or
demonstrate your learning though
above, including English and Mathematics.
a mix of assignments, group work, Y
presentations, drawings, lab work
and projects. Z

99
Civil Engineering BSc (Hons)
Chelmsford

Campus Chelmsford
Prepare yourself academically, Module guide • Production civil engineers work and
A Year one core modules plan on-site, check the quality of work,
practically and professionally
• Civil Engineering Works and oversee schedules and budgets.
B to work as a civil engineer. With
• Geotechnics 1
visits to construction sites, work If you’d like to continue your studies, we
C • A
n Introduction to Technology and
placements and time in our Design
offer a wide range of full-time and part-
testing labs, you’ll get practical time postgraduate courses including MSc
D • L
earning and Practical Skills Civil Engineering.
skills to offer employers when Development (HE and Work)
E you graduate. Our course leads to Entry requirements
IEng status and is accredited by Year two core modules 80 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
F the Joint Board of Moderators. • Applied Mathematics for Civil Engineers 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 4 GCSEs at
• Concrete Technology grade C or above, including English and
G Civil engineering means getting out there • Structural Method and Analysis Mathematics.
and making a difference to the world • Group Project
H around us. Major projects like roads,
• Hydraulics and Drainage
buildings, tunnels and flood protection are
I all designed, constructed and improved • Site and Engineering Surveying
by civil engineers. • CAD for Civil Engineers
J
Here at Anglia Ruskin, you’ll explore the Year three core modules
K concepts, theories and principles of civil • Civil Engineering Contract
engineering, and its underpinning science Administration
L and mathematics. But you’ll also develop • Structures
your practical skills and your competence • Geotechnics 2
M to work as a professional.
• Major Project (Construction)
You’ll make full use of our specialist testing • Environmental Management for the
N
and research labs. Learn about structural Construction Industry
O forms, loading, structural analysis and the • Individual Project Student View
behaviour of materials. Apply quantitative
Eduarda
P methods and relevant computer software. Assessment
BSc Civil Engineering
Q In preparation for professional practice, of assessment methods to help measure
“When I first arrived in Chelmsford I
you’ll learn to work as part of a design your progress. Besides exams, we’ll assess
was really afraid, not knowing what
team and look at issues relating to the you using a mix of assignments, group
R to expect because of the cultural
law, human resource management, work, presentations, drawings, lab work
differences and the language. It was
health and safety, ethics and risk. Site and projects.
S a great surprise; from the beginning
visits and guest lecturers will connect
I had great support from Anglia
you with industry. Links with industry
T Ruskin in all aspects, the settling,
the classes and also the social
Our BSc (Hons) course focuses on the Our course leads to incorporated engineer
U practical skills of engineering principles, (IEng) status. It’s accredited by the Joint
activities. During the summer I was
on a placement in a construction
standards and codes of practice. Board of Moderators acting on behalf
V site in London, and being a civil
Our BEng (Hons) course offers more of ICE, IstructE, IHT and IHIE for the
engineering student, it is a great
theory and maths. Engineering Council UK.
W experience to see all the techniques
and how the work is done in a
Associated careers
X different country. This year is
Civil engineers tend to specialise in two
definitely enriching me as a student
areas – design and production. This
Y and a person; next year I am going
course will prepare you for both:
back to Brazil to finish university,
• Design civil engineers work mainly
Z and I am sure the professional that
in offices, looking at the need for
I become will be based on lots of
projects and how a particular project
these experiences in England.”
can be achieved.

Coaching for Performance
Distance Learning
Key Facts
in Football BSc (Hons) Campus Distance learning
Duration 3 years
Improve the performance and Module guide Entry requirements

A
success of your football team, Year one core modules Main – UK applicants
• Application of Football Data 72 UCAS points or equivalent (e.g. 2 A
whether you’re a player or a Levels or BTEC National Diploma), all other B
• Technical Principles of Coaching
coach, on our unique degree applicants please contact us to check that
• F
undamentals of Sports Science in C
course. Study in a place and at a Coaching
you meet our entry requirements.
time that suits you. • A
pplied Sports Psychology for the A current contract with at least an D
Football Coach academy club (UK), collegiate club (US), or
Our unique degree course is specifically
designed to fit around the working • Conditioning for Football (residential) equivalent, as either a player or a coach. E
patterns of busy sports professionals.
Whether you’re involved in men’s or Year two core modules Main – US applicants F
women’s football, it will give you skills • Talent Development Pathways in High School Graduation Diploma with
and techniques for coaching success. Football a minimum of Grade B/ CGPA* 3.0 plus G
• Injury Prevention and Rehabilitation one of the following: Scholastic Aptitude
If you’re a player at the moment, our Test (SAT 1) with a minimum score of 550 H
• Interpretation of Sports Science Data for
course will give you the chance to learn a in Maths, Critical Reading and Writing;
Coaching
wide range of transferable, highly practical 2 Advanced Placement Tests (APs) in I
• Contemporary Issues in Football subjects relevant to the study area with
skills and prepare for a career in coaching
in the future. • Football Finance grade 3; ACT (American College Test) J
• Coaching in Football 2 with a composite score of 23 or above.
If you’re already a coach, this qualification • P
erformance Analysis in Football Applicants who do not meet all the K
will build on your existing badges and (residential) above entry requirements, but have the
coaching experience. It will reinforce UEFA “B” License, or an equivalent award, L
the theories and concepts behind the are also encouraged to apply.
practices you’ve developed so far, give • Collecting and Evaluating Sports Science M
breadth to your knowledge and coaching The course is taught in English.
Data for Coaching
techniques, and further enhance your International applicants whose first N
coaching style and career success. • Coach-Based Placement language is not English will need
• Sport Development (option 1) to demonstrate that their English is O
We’ve developed our course with • Youth Coaching in Football (option 2) equivalent to IELTS 6.5 or above.
education professionals in the football • Final Year Project P
community, including associations and
clubs in the Premiership, Championship, Q
Assessment
leagues one and two, and England Women.
Our specialist tutors work with elite clubs R
of assessment methods to help measure
and they’ll share their knowledge and
your progress. Besides exams, we’ll assess
expertise, helping you to achieve your S
you using a mix of assignments, group
aspirations. You’ll learn in an innovative,
work, presentations, drawings, lab work
supportive and challenging environment T
and projects.
with other players and coaches.
Associated careers U
Over the course of three years, we’ll
Successful completion of this course will
study areas such as football finance,
open the doors to a variety of career V
youth coaching, sport development,
opportunities at the end of your playing
sports science and sports psychology.
career, whether you’re staying in football W
In your final year, you’ll be able to carry
or moving elsewhere in the sports world.
out a research project in an area that’s of
X
particular interest to you.
Y

101
Community Specialist

Practitioner (District Nursing) & Education
BSc (Hons) Duration 1 year (full-time),
2 years (part-time)
A District nurses care for people Module guide Special features

in their home and in the Year one core modules We also have strong national and
• Fundamentals of District Nursing international links with industry, the
B community. If you’re already public and voluntary sectors, and other
• L
eadership and Management in the
a qualified nurse, this course Community academic institutions.
C will develop your community • Undergraduate Major Project
nursing skills. You’ll improve your Our helpful technical and support staff
D • C
ommunity Practitioner Nurse will show you how to make the most of
caseload management and your Prescribing our advanced learning facilities. These
E independent working skills, and • Non-medical Prescribing include state-of-the-art simulated clinical
gain a prescribing qualification. skills laboratories that mirror real-life
F Year one optional modules clinical situations.
Caring for people in their own homes • Holistic Assessment Skills for
G is different from caring for them in Community Nurses Associated careers
hospital. District nursing is a specialist • E
ssential Clinical Assessment and When you graduate, you’ll be able to
H role, a key part of which is to lead teams Diagnosis Skills register with the Nursing and Midwifery
that provide support and care in the Council as a Community Specialist
• C
linical Assessment Skills for Health
I community. You’ll be working with Practitioner (District Nursing) with a
Professionals
patients (and their carers) in their own prescribing qualification.
home or in care homes, helping to avoid • P
revention and Management of Leg
J
hospital stays where possible. Ulcers
Employers will be impressed by the
K • Principles of Palliative Care practical experience you gain on this
With an ageing population, specialist • Caring for People with Dementia course. You’ll have 120 days’ practical
L district nurses are vital to the future of • L
aw and Ethics in Health and Social clinical experience under your belt,
the NHS. They must provide community- Care including a five-week consolidated
based care compassionately and practice placement. You’ll also have
M • S
pecialist Clinical Practice in Palliative
effectively to a broad mix of people. Our managed a small caseload under the
Care
degree course will give you the skills supervision of your mentor, a qualified
N • S
ymptom Management in Palliative
you need to take on this rewarding role, district nurse.
including a prescribing qualification. Care
O
• Cancer Treatment Modalities Entry requirements
You’ll also explore how individuals and • M
anagement of the Person with Applicants must hold 240 credits (120 Level
P
their families can care for themselves at Diabetes 4, 120 Level 5 or 6). Applicants have to be
home, thereby enhancing people’s dignity registered on Part 1 of the Nursing and
Q • Research Methodology
and reducing hospital admissions. This in Midwifery Council Register and will normally
turn will develop your case management • Wound Management
have completed a period of experience
R skills, enhance your clinical leadership • M
anagement of Individuals with Long- of sufficient length to have consolidated
and management, and deepen your Term Medical Conditions pre-registration outcomes and to have
S understanding of legal and ethical issues. gained a deeper understanding in relevant
Assessment professional practice.
T Our course is 50% practice and 50% You’ll learn theoretical and practical skills
theory. It features a mix of classroom and and we’ll assess you on both. Essays, Further requirements: satisfactory
U online learning, and 120 placement days. examinations, case studies, poster references, disclosure and barring
You’ll also have a mentor who’ll help you presentations, a competency-based service screening, literacy and numeracy
V to develop a personalised programme of portfolio, and an extended literature screening, satisfactory occupational
learning, hear from external speakers, and review all help to demonstrate you are health screening. The employing
W do your own research. developing the skills you need. organisation is responsible for
undertaking these additional checks.
X

Computer Games Art
Cambridge
Key Facts
Faculty of Arts, Law & Social Sciences
BA (Hons) Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code W281
Develop art skills relevant to the Module guide Associated careers

A
fast-moving computer games Year one core modules The skills and knowledge you’ll learn
• Introduction to Computer Games Arts on our BA (Hons) Computer Games
industry on modules designed Art will help you with your career in the
B
• Concept Art and Drawing for Computer
with the help of key professionals. Games gaming industry and are also in demand
Learn how you can make an across other sectors including film C
• Computer Games Arts
impact in games creation and television production, marketing,
• Digital Compositing advertising, web design, production and D
using visual research, creative
broadcast media.
experimentation and technical Year two core modules E
development, by working with • Character Rigging and Animation The management skills you will acquire
programmers, audio technicians • Computer Games Development can be transferred to project management F
and musicians. • Advanced Computer Games Art roles in many different industries.
• Digital Practice
G
This course will equip you with 3D Our industry partners not only provide
• Debates and Practices H
computer games skills in modelling, expert speakers for the course – they
texturing and animation enabling you also get involved with our annual festival
to create characters, environments and Brains Eden, co-organised by local I
• Major Project
special effects. You’ll learn how to bring gaming network Games Eden. This four-
• Research Project day event includes: J
your creations to life with animation
and interactive games software such as • Specialised Practice in Computer • A 48-hour games Jam, in which teams
Unity 3D. You’ll use the latest software, Games of students and major studio reps K
and receive support from a dedicated compete to create a game.
Computer Graphics Technical Officer. Assessment • A
series of talks that bring together L
You’ll show your progress through a the education and game development
Thanks to our close links with other combination of written and practical work. communities. M
Cambridge School of Art courses, • Exhibitions of student and industry work.
you’ll also get the chance to work with Special features N
Your learning will take place on a • A careers clinic.
illustrators, animators, graphic designers
and film students. dedicated suite of high-end PCs with • A
n awards event for teams taking part O
graphics tablets, all running top of the (games students from Sweden, France,
Our flexible modules will allow you to range 3D modelling, animation and Spain, Holland and Belgium and the UK).
P
specialise in your chosen areas, and get compositing software such as Maya,
a head-start on your career path in the Motion Builder, 3DS Max, After Effects, Entry requirements Q
digital arts. Mudbox, ZBrush, and Unity 3D. 80 – 96 UCAS tariff points from a
minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), R
With help from industry-based lecturers You’ll also have access to our motion including grade C in an Art, Design or
as well as our core teaching staff, you will capture equipment and an arsenal of Media subject. 3 GCSEs at grade C or S
learn about current practices for artists HD cameras and Digital SLRs (for HDRI above, including English. You will also
working in computer games. We have capture). All your work will be supported need to attend an interview and display
by our dedicated Computer Graphics
T
links with many local games companies a portfolio of work for assessment.
including Ninja Theory, Sony Computer Technical Officer.
U
Entertainment Europe, Jagex and Frontier.
Links with industry
and professional recognition V
We’re also partners with the Global
Science & Technology Forum, allowing ARM, Sony Computer Entertainment
Europe, Frontier and Just Flight have W
our students access to cutting-edge
research materials. recently offered internships and work
opportunities to our students. X
Anglia Ruskin University is a member Y

of TIGA, the non-profit trade association
that represents the UK’s gaming industry. Z

103
Computer Gaming Technology
Cambridge
Key Facts
UCAS Code GW46 – 3 years,
GW47 – 4 years (placement)
A We love computer games. You’ll study both the theory and practical Assessment
Talking about them, playing aspects of gaming and get experience You’ll demonstrate your learning through
of the whole development process; from the games you produce, but there will
B them, designing them, building initial concepts to programming, testing also be a mix of exams, personal learning
them. If you do too, come and publication. You’ll spend plenty of plans and projects.
C and study in our Games time in our Games Development Studio,
Development Studio. You’ll learn which simulates a commercial working Special features
D studio and features up-to-date hardware We keep our hardware and software
to design graphics and games
and software. fully up-to-date. We currently have
E using artificial intelligence, 3D GameMaker, 3DGameStudio, Unreal
modelling and animation – and 18% of the UK games industry is based Tournament 3 Editor, Adobe Flash and
F create a portfolio to help launch in Cambridge**, so it’s a great place Action Script, Java and C++, Microsoft
an exciting career. to study, surrounded by studios large XNA Game Studio, Visual C# Express,
G and small. Many famous developers Microsoft Visual Studio, Photoshop,
Your course will have a new home in are based locally, including Sony, GIMP, 3ds Max, Blender, Fusion, Audacity,
H Compass House, the £3.5 million extension Frontier, Jagex, Inertia Game Studios, Second Life and Unity3D.
of our campus along East Road. You’ll have Eidolon Studios and PTM Games. Our
I the latest technology at your fingertips and department is also a member of TIGA, Placement opportunities
be able to collaborate with other students the association for games developers in This course gives you the opportunity to
J on innovative projects to hone your skills. the UK. take a work placement between years
two and three. You’ll get experience of
K Forget the stereotypes – gaming has We host the annual Brains Eden Gaming seeking and securing a job and working
universal appeal. Half of all gamers are Festival, when students from across in an industry relating to your course.
L female, and the average age is 31*. This Britain and Europe compete in teams to You’ll also get the practical experience
means the industry is huge, and a variety build games. and industry contacts to benefit your
M of exciting jobs await you. studies and enhance your long-term
* Theesa.com career prospects.
N From year one, you’ll be creating games. ** ITN News
Everything you design will build into a Associated careers
O valuable portfolio to help you secure Module guide It can take three years to create a
your dream job when you graduate. Year one core modules game, all the way from initial concept
P You’ll even have the chance to undertake • Introduction to Game-Engine to the finished product. One game can
a year’s work placement – offering plenty Technology involve up to 200 professionals working
Q of practical experience and a head start • Introduction to Programming as a team. As a game developer, you
in industry. could design the visual styling as well
• Basic Maths for Technology
R as how it plays. You could be involved
• Introduction to Computer Gaming with animating characters and objects,
• Quality Assurance in Game creating audio, programming, testing
S Development and producing.
T Year two core modules Entry requirements
• Software Engineering 88 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
U
• 3D Modelling and Animation 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 3 GCSEs at
• Games Design and Development grade C or above, including English and
V Mathematics or Science.
• Object-Oriented C++
W
From year one, you’ll be Year three core modules
X creating games. Everything • Professional Issues, Computing
you design will build into a and Society
Y valuable portfolio • Interactive Artificial Intelligence
to help you secure • P
rofessional and Entrepreneurial
Z Portfolio
your dream job
when you graduate. • Undergraduate Major Project

Computer Gaming Technology
Cambridge
Key Facts
with Foundation Year BSc (Hons) Campus Cambridge
Duration 4 years
UCAS Code I610
Design graphics and games 18% of the UK games industry is based Assessment
A
using artificial intelligence, in Cambridge**, so you’ll be surrounded Throughout the course, we’ll use a range
by studios large and small. Many of assessment methods to help measure
3D modelling and animation famous developers are based locally, your progress. You’ll demonstrate your
B
in our Games Development including Sony, Frontier, Jagex, Inertia learning though the games you produce,
Studio – and create a portfolio Game Studios, Eidolon Studios and but there will also be a mix of exams, C
of your work to help launch PTM Games. Our department is also personal learning plans and projects.
a member of TIGA, the association for D
your career. After spending
games developers in the UK. Special features
a foundation year working on Take full advantage of our hardware E
your general computer and We host the annual Brains Eden Gaming and software, including GameMaker,
study skills, you’ll move onto Festival, when students from across 3DGameStudio, Unreal Tournament 3 F
our BSc (Hons) course. Britain and Europe compete in teams to Editor, Adobe Flash and Action Script,
build games. Java and C++, Microsoft XNA Game G
Your course will have a new home Studio, Visual C# Express, Microsoft
in Compass House, the £3.5 million * Theesa.com Visual Studio, Photoshop, GIMP, 3ds Max, H
extension of our campus along East ** ITN News Blender, Fusion, Audacity, Second Life
Road. You’ll have the latest technology at and Unity3D. I
your fingertips and be able to collaborate Module guide
with other students on innovative Year one core modules Associated careers J
projects to hone your skills. • Foundation Gaming Technology It can take three years to create a game, all
• Fundamentals of Computing the way from initial concept to the finished K
Forget the stereotypes – gaming has product, and one game can involve up
• Foundation Audio Technology
universal appeal. Half of all gamers are to 200 professionals working as a team. L
female, and the average age is 31*. This As a game developer, you could design
means the industry is huge, and a variety the visual styling as well as how it plays. M
• Introduction to Game-Engine
of exciting jobs await you. You could be involved with animating
Technology
characters and objects, creating audio, N
• A
nalytical Techniques for Games programming, testing and producing.
If you don’t have the qualifications you
Developers
need for our three-year degree, this is O
exactly the same course but with the • Introduction to Programming You could also go into a career in
addition of a foundation year to get you • Q
uality Assurance in Game marketing, teaching or general technology. P
up to speed. Development
• Introduction to Computer Gaming Entry requirements Q
Everything you design will build into a 48 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
valuable portfolio to show employers Year three core modules 1 A Level (or equivalent) and 3 GCSEs at R
when you graduate. You could even do a • Software Design and Implementation grade C or above, including English and
year’s work placement for extra practical Mathematics.
• 3D Modelling and Animation S
experience and a head start in industry.
• Games Design and Development
• Object Oriented C++
T
Here at Anglia Ruskin, you’ll study
the theory and practical aspects of U
gaming and gain experience in the Year four core modules
whole development process; from • Professional Issues: Video Games and
Society V
initial concepts to programming, testing
and publication. You’ll use our Games • Interactive Artificial Intelligence
W
Development Studio, which simulates a • Final Project
commercial working studio and features
• P
rofessional and Entrepreneurial X
up-to-date hardware and software.
Portfolio
Y

105
Computer Networks BSc (Hons)
Chelmsford
Key Facts
Campus Chelmsford
G422 – 4 years
A Get ready to enter an exciting, Module guide Although they can’t be guaranteed, using
fast-changing world where your Year one core modules our contacts with a large number of
• Learning and Skills for HE employers, we can work with you to find a
B skills will be in high demand. Use placement. You’ll have regular contact with
• Software Principles
our on-campus and virtual lab one of our course tutors and be supported
C • Computer Systems
environments to learn how to by a supervisor from your placement
• Global Business Environment
set up complex networks. Take company. Together they’ll monitor your
D • Introduction to Organisations and performance and give you feedback.
advantage of our relationship Management
E with Cisco Systems and gain the Associated careers
skills necessary for certification. Year two core modules There is strong demand for people
F This course has been validated • Data Security who can install, manage and support
to include an optional sandwich • Entrepreneurship in IT computer networks. You could work as a
G certified networking engineer within an
placement year in industry. • D
organisation, or be self-employed. There
H Project
Learn to design, configure, install, manage are also many career opportunities in
• Network Technologies technical sales and support.
and support networks in organisations
I of all sizes, from the relatively small to the
Year three core modules This course covers all the material you’ll
multinational.
J • Information Security need to apply for Cisco certification at
You will begin by studying computer • Advanced Network Routing both Associate (CCNA) and Professional
K architecture, design principles and • Network Simulation and Modelling levels (CCNP).
programming before exploring the • Advanced Campus Networks
L design and implementation of small- Graduation doesn’t need to be the end of
• Undergraduate Major Project your time with us. If you’d like to continue
scale and enterprise-wide computer
M networks, and learning about converged your studies we offer a wide range of full-
voice/data networks. Assessment time and part-time postgraduate courses
N We’ll assess you throughout the including PG Cert Networking.
There’s plenty of opportunity for practical course so that you can measure your
O work, including modelling networks and progress. Most of this assessment will Entry requirements
using advanced simulation tools to analyse be based on case studies, as well as 80 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
P performance. We’ll also demonstrate the class-based laboratory tests, group work, 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 3 GCSEs at
importance of security in network design presentations and reports. grade C or above, including English and
Q and critically discuss the relevant ethical Mathematics.
and legal issues. Placement opportunities
R This course gives you the opportunity to
Our stand-alone network lets you safely take a work placement between years
two and three. You’ll gain experience of
S experiment with building complex
networks. You’ll learn to install and seeking and securing a job and working in
an industry relating to your course. You’ll
T configure hardware, operating systems
and software. We have Apple Mac Pro get the practical experience and industry
computers with dual boot (Windows/ contacts to benefit your studies and
U
Mac OS X), featuring a wide range of CAD, enhance your long-term career prospects.
V database design and web software. Our
virtual network lab means you can access
W our networking devices from anywhere at
any time.
X

Computer Science BEng (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
G401 – 4 years (placement)
Study in the heart of ‘Silicon Fen’, Module guide Links with industry
A
home to firms like ARM, Sony Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Introduction to Programming Our course has been developed in
and Microsoft. Explore the key B
• Fundamentals of Design partnership with professional bodies, the
theories and technologies of Cambridge Network, and national and
• Computer Systems C
computing. Develop skills in international employers. By choosing
• Operating Systems
designing and building systems particular modules, you can apply for Cisco
• Core Mathematics for Computing Certified Network Associate (CCNA) status D
to the latest specifications. Gain
after you graduate.
the skills employers are looking Year two core modules E
for, and choose from a range of • Database Design and Implementation Associated careers
exciting career options. • Network Routing Computing forms the backbone of almost F
• Software Engineering every organisation. When you graduate
Your course will have a new home from our course, you’ll have skills that are G
• Interaction and Usability
in Compass House, the £3.5 million in demand in a huge range of industries.
extension of our campus along East • Digital Security You could work in telecommunications, H
Road. You’ll have the latest technology at • Computing Research Methodologies aerospace, security, financial services,
your fingertips and be able to collaborate marketing, public service, the creative I
with other students on innovative Year three core modules industries and teaching.
projects to hone your skills. • Professional Issues: Computing J
and Society Graduation doesn’t need to be the end of
Computer scientists don’t use computers • Data Structures and Algorithms your time with us. If you’d like to continue K
like most of us do. Instead, they use them your studies we offer a wide range of full-
• Image Processing
as tools to address important scientific time and part-time postgraduate courses L
questions, and to solve real world- • Final Project
including MSc Computer Science.
problems. Computing can be amazingly M
diverse, including computer design, Assessment
Entry requirements
graphics, artificial intelligence, gaming, Throughout the course we’ll use a range
88 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of N
software engineering, programming and of assessment methods to help measure
2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 3 GCSEs at
applications development. your progress. Besides exams, these will
grade C or above, including English and O
include group work, presentations, case
Mathematics or Science.
You’ll benefit from being based in studies, laboratory tests and projects.
P
Cambridge, home to the largest cluster
of technology firms in Europe. Industry Placement opportunities
This course gives you the opportunity Q
experts are regularly invited to give
guest lectures and seminars. to take a work placement between years
2 and 3. You’ll get experience of seeking R
You’ll spend lots of time in our computing and securing a job and working in an
industry relating to your course. You’ll also S
labs, including a Cisco lab with hands-on
routing and switching equipment and our get the practical experience and industry
virtual Netlab, offering 24/7 remote access contacts to benefit your studies and T
to our Cisco equipment. You’ll have access enhance your long-term career prospects.
to DreamSpark’s professional developer U
and designer tools, plus mobile devices for
testing and developing mobile applications. V

107
Computer Science FdSc

UCAS Code G020
A Get the solid technical and Additionally you’ll be ready for the Links with industry
professional basis you need to professional workplace, with a sound and professional recognition
knowledge of the relevant methods and Work experience is an important aspect
B build a career in the different practices, strong planning, administration of this course and we work closely with
branches of computing, with and problem-solving skills, and the ability local employers, both to create placement
C our two-year foundation degree to work effectively with fellow team opportunities and continually develop the
course. members. course content.
D
The course mixes lectures and seminars Module guide Associated careers
E with work-based learning and alongside Year one core modules Our graduates have gone on to successful
the ‘core’ course modules there are • Computer Systems careers in many areas of computing,
F plenty of options for you to fine-tune • Fundamentals of Design including applications development,
your studies to reflect your interests programming, database development, web
G and career goals. infrastructure and applications, business
• Understanding the Work Sector systems, project management, networking
H In the first year you’ll get a detailed • Work-Based Learning 1 and user support, working in many
introduction to computer systems, different industries, including defence,
I design and programming and will start Year two core modules health, business and telecommunications.
to apply what you learn during your first • Database Design and Implementation
J work placement. Year two then covers • Network Infrastructure/Web Entry requirements
specialisms such as databases, software Programming 48 UCAS tariff points. Required subject(s):
K engineering and networks, and provides • Internet Databases 2 A Levels in related subjects BTEC/
further work experience. Access required; A BTEC National or a
• Network Routing
L full Access Certificate in a related subject.
Whether you see yourself designing GCSEs required: 3 GCSEs at grade C
Assessment or above in English, Mathematics and
M the next big mobile app, managing
We’ll assess your progress using Science.
international business systems or
N building the next generation of
as your presentations, case studies
supercomputers, this course is a solid
and performance in group work, on
O step in the right direction.
placement and in lab-based tasks.
P By the time you graduate, you’ll be a

Special features
confident computer scientist and engineer
Complete this course and you can
Q with a sound understanding of the main
transfer to year three of either our
principles, valuable work experience
BSc (Hons) Computer Science course,
R and the ability to create applications and
taught in Cambridge or Kings Lynn, or
solutions using different technologies.
BSc (Hons) Computing and Information
S Systems, taught in Peterborough.
Z
taught at College of West Anglia.

Computer Science FdSc

King's Lynn
Duration 2 years full-time or up to
4 years part-time
UCAS Code L100
There’s a huge demand for Module guide Associated careers

A
the knowledge and skills this Year one core modules Our graduates have gone on to
• Computer Systems successful careers in many areas
course teaches. Get ready for of computing, including applications B
• Fundamentals of Design
a rewarding career in the areas development, programming, database
• Introduction to Programming C
of computing that interest development, web infrastructure
you the most. You’ll develop and applications, business systems,
• Work-Based Learning 1 project management, networking and D
the theoretical, technical
user support, working in many different
and practical understanding Year two core modules industries, including defence, health, E
you need to catch the eye of • Network Routing business and telecommunications.
employers. There’ll be lectures • Network Computer Systems F
and seminars combined with • Database Design and Implementation Entry requirements
64 UCAS tariff points from A Levels in G
work-based learning and plenty
suitable subjects or equivalent level
of course options to personalise Assessment
3 qualification, e.g. Extended Diploma H
your studies. We’ll assess your progress using
(MMPP) or successful completion of
Access to Computing course. All students I
Year one provides a detailed introduction as your presentations, case studies
must have GCSE English and Maths
to computer systems, design and and performance in group work, on
at grade C or above (or equivalent). J
programming and you’ll apply what you placement and in lab-based tasks.
Applicants with suitable experience will
learn on your first work placement. Year also be considered, and applicants will be K
two covers specialisms such as databases, Special features
required to attend an interview.
software engineering and networks – and Complete this course and you can
transfer to year three of either our L
there’s a further work placement.
BSc (Hons) Computer Science course,
taught in Cambridge, our BSc (Hons) M
Whatever branch of technology you
want to enter, from mobile apps Applied Computer Science taught in
King's Lynn or BSC (Hons) Computing N
to international business systems,
supercomputer research to the web, and Information Systems, taught in
Peterborough. O
this course is a solid step in the right
direction – to a good job or towards
Links with industry P
higher qualifications and research.
By the time you graduate you’ll be a Work experience is an important aspect Q
confident computer scientist and engineer of this course and we work closely with
with a sound understanding of the main local employers, both to create placement R
principles, valuable work experience opportunities and continually develop the
and the ability to create applications and course content. S
solutions using different technologies.
T
Additionally you’ll be ready for the
professional workplace, with a sound U
knowledge of the relevant methods and
practices, strong planning, administration V
and problem-solving skills, and the ability
to work effectively with fellow team W
members.
X
Z
This Anglia Ruskin course is also taught
at University Centre Peterborough.

109
Computing and Information

Systems BSc (Hons) Duration 3 years
UCAS Code GG45

A This course covers all the main Module guide Associated careers
areas of computing and gives Year one core modules Our graduates have gone on to successful
• Fundamentals of design careers in many areas of computing,
B you plenty of opportunity to including applications development,
• Computer Systems
specialise. From web design programming, database development, web
C • Digital Imaging Software
and networking to database infrastructure and applications, business
management, you’ll explore systems, project management, networking
D and user support.
the key concepts, technologies Year two core modules
E and applications in detail, while • Software Engineering They’re also working in many different
developing your practical ability • Database Design and Implementation industries, including defence, health,
F to design, develop and implement • Internet Databases business and telecommunications.
solutions in many fields. • Computer Research Methodologies
G Entry requirements
This will give you the broad grounding Year three core modules 64 UCAS tariff points. Required
H you need to pursue your career and help • Professional Issues: Computing subject(s): 2 A Levels in related subjects;
you choose where to specialise if you are and Society BTEC/Access required; A BTEC National
I undecided when you start the course. or a Merit level Access Certificate in
• Change and Risk Management
a related subject. GCSEs required: 3
J • Undergraduate Major Project GCSEs at grade C or above in English,
There’s plenty of opportunity to zoom
in on specialisms, thanks to the options Mathematics and Science.
K Assessment
available and you’ll pursue a third year
We’ll assess your progress using exams
Major Project in an area of your choice.
L and essay assignments, as well as your
Along the way you will be guided by
presentations, case studies, Major Project
experienced staff who have strong
and performance in group work and
M industry links.
lab-based tasks.
N You’ll learn via lectures, seminars, tutorials
Links with industry
and practical laboratory-based sessions
O – and many modules are supported with
Local employers advise us on course
Virtual Learning Environments, such as
content and the networking modules
P WebCT and Moodle, giving you access
will qualify you to apply for Cisco
to off-site resources.
Certified Network Associate status.
Q
We work closely with local software
R development companies to create
opportunities for our students and the
S networking modules of the course qualify
you to apply for Cisco Certified Network
T Associate status.
U By the time you graduate you’ll have the

knowledge and skills to operate in the
professional workplace, working with
V
colleagues and users to solve problems
using the latest technologies, methods
W
and thinking.
X
You’ll also have a strong basis for research,
whether in an academic setting or with
Y pioneering computer science and IT
companies around the world.
Z

Construction FdSc
Chelmsford
Campus Chelmsford
Duration 2 years
UCAS Code H2OA
Are you looking to further Module guide Associated careers

A
your career in the construction Year one core modules With your foundation degree you’ll have
• Introduction to Civil Law and Legislation career opportunities in construction
industry? Gain an insight into management, building surveying or
B
• The Built Environment Work Sector
building design, production, quantity surveying. You choose the focus
• An Introduction to Technology C
management and the and Design
of your learning during your course, so
technologies involved in the you’ll become skilled in the areas that
• Construction Economics you’re most passionate about. D
construction industry. When you • Learning and Practical Skills
graduate, you can go straight Development (HE and Work) You might find that you enjoy studying E
into work or do a top-up year so much that you’d like to continue rather
to achieve an honours degree. Year two core modules than going straight out to work. Graduating F
• Environmental Services from this course means you would only
Mixing vital theory with hands-on and Construction Technology need to study for one more year at ARU to G
learning, you’ll immerse yourself in the • Construction Resource Management achieve a full honours degree.
world of construction. • Work Related Learning in the
H
Built Environment Entry requirements
Our modules will cover the whole 48 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of I
construction process, including surveying, Assessment 1 A Level (or equivalent). 5 GCSEs at grade
quantity surveying and architectural Besides exams, you’ll be assessed on C or above, including English and Maths. J
technology. After a broad introduction to your project work, case studies, reports,
the construction industry, you’ll get the workplace assessments, presentations K
chance to decide what interests you the and role-plays.
most and then specialise in your chosen L
construction area.
M
You’ll learn to predict and analyse potential
problems in building, and to create N
workable and economic solutions. You’ll
also gain vital skills that will give you the O
confidence to communicate effectively
and be able to present complex concepts P
to clients.
Q
Put your learning to the test on site
visits and with our specialist facilities,
R
including site-standard surveying
equipment and a dedicated computer
S
suite offering the latest in CAD, project
management and financial software.
T
We also have labs for geotechnics,
hydraulics, structures, engineering
materials and concrete-testing.
U
When you finish you could decide to V

continue your studies and progress
to an honours degree in Construction W
Management, Building Surveying or
Quantity Surveying. X

111
Construction Management
Chelmsford

A You’ll be treated like a Module guide Although they can’t be guaranteed, we

professional colleague from Year one core modules can work with you to find a placement,
• Introduction to Civil Law and Legislation using our contacts with a large number of
B day one on our fully accredited employers. You’ll have regular contact with
• An Introduction to Technology
Chartered Institute of Building and Design one of our course tutors and be supported
C (CIOB) course. You’ll get by a supervisor from your placement
• L
constant hands-on experience, Development (HE and Work)
company. Together they’ll monitor your
D performance and give you feedback.
including running a simulated • Site Management and Safety
E building company, creating • The Built-Environment Work Sector To find out more about placement
a proposal for a real site • Construction Economics opportunities, email us at
F development, and producing FST-Placements@anglia.ac.uk
a project management Year two core modules
G • Project Administration Links with industry
presentation for clients.
• Construction Resource Management and professional recognition
H Our course is fully accredited by the
High-quality, iconic buildings are changing • E
nvironmental Services and
the skylines of our cities. This means that Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB).
I
the construction industry is no longer just • Measurement
about technical competence. Managers Associated careers
J must focus increasingly on client needs as
• A
nalysis and Control of Production Construction managers are also known
Costs as site managers or site agents and
well as environmental and social concerns.
K usually supervise and direct construction
Year three core modules projects. Their role is to ensure that
As a manager in the construction industry,
L • The Construction Business projects are completed safely, on time
you’ll see projects through from start to
finish as well as acting as the essential • Major Project (Construction) and within budget.
M link between your client’s ideas and the • Project Management
finished project. The construction industry is very varied.
N Assessment You could take your skills into a wide
On our course, you’ll get to grips Besides exams, you’ll be assessed on range of careers, including construction
O with construction and develop your your project work, case studies, reports, management, project management,
practical skills, to give you solid industry workplace assessments, presentations commercial management or site-based
P experience. Our modules will cover the and role-plays. quantity surveying.
whole construction process, including
Q surveying, quantity surveying and Special features If you’d like to continue your studies
architectural technology. You’ll use our specialist facilities including we offer a wide range of full-time and
R site-standard surveying equipment and part-time postgraduate courses including
You’ll also develop your management a dedicated computer suite offering the MSc Construction Management and
Project Management.
S skills, preparing you to work as a latest in CAD, project management and
professional in industry. This means financial software. There are also labs
Entry requirements
T building your understanding of time for geotechnics, hydraulics, structures,
management, project management, engineering materials and concrete-testing. 96 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
teamwork and independent thinking. 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 4 GCSEs at
U
And you’ll learn how your work is Placement opportunities grade C or above, including English and
affected by the law, budgets, standards, This course gives you the opportunity to Mathematics.
V
health and safety, ethics and more. take a work placement between years
W two and three. You’ll get experience of
seeking and securing a job and working
X in an industry relating to your course.
You’ll also get the practical experience
Y and industry contacts to benefit your
studies and enhance your long-term
career prospects.
Z


(Top-Up) BSc (Hons) Duration 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time
UCAS Code 5K36

The construction industry is Module guide Once you have completed this course, you
A
vital to the UK economy and Year one core modules could go on to a career in the construction
• Introduction to Law industry either in a professional, managerial,
around ten percent of the or technical capacity in construction B
• Project Administration
workforce is employed in this management, quantity surveying, building
• Practice-based Learning C
industry. It includes a wide surveying, estate management. You may
• Project Evaluation and Development
range of opportunities for skilled also apply to join a professional body
• Site engineering surveying membership, such as the Chartered Institute D
people. This makes construction
of Building (CIOB) or the Chartered Institute
management not only a highly of Architectural Technologies (CIAT). E
relevant course of study but also • Construction Technology and
potentially a very rewarding one. Innovation Assessment F
• Dissertation/Major Project Assessment is via a mix of examination,
The course aims to develop your project work, presentations, role play, case G
• Project Management
knowledge of building technology studies, reports and workplace assessment.
principles and your ability to communicate • The Construction Business H
through a range of processes. It will Entry requirements
also enable you to demonstrate your Associated Careers You’ll need to have completed a I
understanding of how managers have The construction industry offers a recognised Higher National Diploma
influenced building processes in a particularly fast-paced environment, one or FdSc in Construction. All applicants J
historical economic context. The course that is continually changing in response must show that they have a good level of
will give you a sense of enquiry and to economic and competitive pressures. spoken or written English, and if English K
reflective self-analysis to serve as a basis Industry professionals need to be able is not your first language you’ll need to
for continued professional development. It to adapt and evolve to keep pace with demonstrate the ability to study in English. L
will enable you to interpret and synthesise changing technologies and methods.
information from a range of sources thus This course will prepare you for the M
demonstrating a capacity for conceptual, construction environment, ensuring
critical and independent thinking, using you have the knowledge and skills to N
appropriate methodology and techniques. succeed within it.
O
The course will give you X

a sense of enquiry and
reflective self-analysis Y
to serve as a basis for
Z
continued professional
development.

113
Counselling (Child and
Renew Counselling • Chelmsford

Location Renew Counselling, Chelmsford
Young People) DipHE Duration 4 years
Become a professional counsellor Module guide Links with industry

A and professional recognition
who specialises in working Core modules
• Basic Counselling Skills for Counselling This course has been designed
B with children and young adults. Children and Young People to meet the British Association of
Studying at Renew Counselling • B
asic Theory for Counselling Children Counselling and Psychotherapy training
C in Chelmsford, you’ll get modern, standards and competences. You will
and Young People
specialist clinical training in be encouraged to join the BACP as a
D • U
nderstanding Children’s Psychosocial
trainee, and on successful completion of
an exciting and authentic Development
the BACP certificate of Proficiency you
E environment. • Counselling Practice (Young Person) will be eligible for full registration with
• P
ersonal Development and Peer Group the BACP.
F Our course will help you develop into Participation
a competent, reflective counsellor who Associated careers
• Counselling Practice (Child)
G can work effectively and ethically with Our course opens up exciting possibilities
children and young people. • H
istorical Perspectives – Counselling
Children and Young People for you to work in mental health and its
H associated fields. You might work as a
Our course structure enables you to • Investigating Your Own Practice
qualified counsellor, therapist, mental
I balance work and family commitments • Counselling Supervision health worker or Child and Adolescent
while training. • C
ontemporary Perspectives and Mental Health Service (CAMHS)
J Psychopathology professional. You could also explore social
Through your studies, you’ll develop work, pastoral care or education.
• Counselling Case Study
understanding in areas including child
K
development, psychopathology, creative Entry requirements
techniques, art materials and play. Assessment
L As well as conventional forms of You will need 3 GCSEs at grade C or
There’s a strong focus on developing above, including English. All candidates
your self-awareness as well as practical assessment, you’ll keep personal journals
M for your tutors to review every week. must include in their written applications,
skills, and so you’ll engage in observed commentaries about relevant experience
groups to develop your understanding. of working with young children and or
N From year three all our students start a Additional Study Information
We will help you organise a suitable young people and their rationale for
placement totalling 150 clinical hours. wanting to undertake the course. An
O counselling placement and provide
weekly supervision whilst you are on Enhanced Disclosure and Barring Service
We have designed this course so that you (DBS) disclosure will also be required. To
P develop British Association for Counselling placement in the years three and four.
receive an offer of a place on this course
& Psychotherapy (BACP) competences, you must be successful at interview.
Q enhancing your employability. You are required to engage in a
number of activities such as peer study
R groups, peer supervision and academic
supervision as part of the course. You
S are also required to engage in personal
therapy.
T
W
You’ll develop
X understanding in
areas including
Y child development,
psychopathology, creative
Z
techniques, art materials
and play.

Counselling and Psychotherapy
Renew Counselling • Chelmsford

Location Renew Counselling, Chelmsford
(Top-Up) BA (Hons) Duration 1 year (full-time)
or 2 years (part-time)
Our exciting course is designed This Level 6 course aims to produce Associated careers
A
for qualified counsellors and reflective practitioners who can This course will help you develop your
understand and demonstrate the career, clinical experience and interests.
psychotherapists to top up their ethical, practical and academic skills and Carrying out research can open up new
B
training to a full BA (Hons) and knowledge required from an effective directions in your career and develop
engage in practical research. counsellor working principally within a skills that are attractive to employers. C
You’ll develop your skills, humanistic or person-centred approach. With our Adult pathway you’ll gain
cutting edge skills and knowledge with D
knowledge, clinical practice and
Module guide digital media in therapy, in addition to
enhance employability with a Core modules developing understanding of working E
choice of two specialist routes: • Person-Centered Theory with issues such as sex, sexuality
Counselling Adults or Counselling and addiction. With our Child and F
• Introduction to Research Methods
Children and Young People. and Design in Counselling and Young Person pathway you’ll develop
Psychotherapy practical skills in working therapeutically G
This is a vibrant course, designed to with creative materials and gain an
challenge you professionally, personally, understanding of issues such that affect H
and academically. The aim of the BA therapeutic work with different age
Optional modules groups. This pathway meets a number I
(Hons) Counselling and Psychotherapy is
• Diversity in Adult Counselling (Optional of BACP Competences for humanistic
to provide a professional post qualification
Route A) counselling with young people (2014) J
progression route from Diploma to a full
BA (Hons) award. In addition this course • D
igital Media in Therapy (Optional which can enable you to develop this
offers a choice of two optional specialist Route B) area as a clinical specialism. K
routes (subject to availability). • C
ounselling Practice – Children and
Young People (Optional Route B) Entry requirements L
Route A. Adult. This route offers you the You must demonstrate current
chance to develop your understanding Assessment professional membership of a relevant M
of therapeutic work with adults with a We use a variety of assessment methods organisation such as the British Association
specific focus on sexual issues in therapy. including presentations, essays, practical for Counselling & Psychotherapy (BACP), N
It also offers an innovative module work, peer assessment and the final UKP or eligible for entry on the BACP
introducing you to the emerging area major research project. You’re expected Counselling register or equivalent. You O
of digital media in therapy. to engage in a variety of development must hold a recognised Diploma in
and learning activities such as peer Counselling or equivalent. P
Route B. Children & Young People. This study groups, research supervision and
route is designed to meet a number of online learning support. You’re expected Q
the British Association for Counselling to be in clinical practice while on the
& Psychotherapy (BACP) Competences course and to be a current member of R
for working with young people (2014). an approved regulatory body such as the
This will help build skills and knowledge BACP or UKCP. S
that enable you to develop a clinical
specialism with children and young Additional Study Information T
people, with a specific focus on working You are generally expected to be in
with creative media. current clinical practice and to be a
U
member of an approved regulatory
You’ll explore person-centred theory body such as the BACP or UKCP. You’re
V
in depth and will develop, present and also encouraged to engage in personal
peer review a seminar paper. You’ll also therapy while on the course.
W
form study and supervision groups to
support your learning. You’ll develop Links with industry
X
your understanding of research in
counselling and psychotherapy, which We have designed this course to meet
a number of BACP competences and Y
will prepare you for the research project
and Dissertation undertaken during the therefore enhance your employability.
last semester.
Z

115
Creative Music Technology
Cambridge
Key Facts
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code WJ39
A Explore the creative application We have close links with industry Special features
of technology in making music leaders from regional to international You will work in our purpose-built music
level, including the Cambridge Junction, centre, which includes an extensive
B and sound art. Using electronic where you can see a variety of music suite of computer music studios with
and digital technologies you’ll performance, sound art and experimental workstation laboratories, digital editing
C focus on musical creation works, and Hazard Chase, an international studios, recording facilities and band
through a range of exciting music management company. rooms, as well as a recital hall, practice
D rooms and lecture rooms. We also
media. Exciting new ideas in
Module guide have the full-size Mumford Theatre
E music and technology will Year one core modules on campus, which regularly hosts
challenge your understanding • Critical Skills professional musicians. Our studios
F of music and performance. • Laptop Musicianship include access to a wide selection of
This course will equip you with • Fundamentals of Computer Music
specialist computer hardware and
G software, along with full internet access,
technical skills, theoretical 1A and 1B
and are supported by an extensive
H knowledge, and an aesthetic • Recording Techniques range of online facilities and resources.
understanding of music • Music Business
I technology that you’ll use You’ll also have access to five grand
to create your own creative Year two core modules pianos, including a new Steinway Model
J • Music in Context 2A and 2B D, and many orchestral instruments, as
technological projects.
• Circuit Bending, Hardware Hacking well as traditional instruments from India,
K You’ll learn the ways in which technology and Performance Technology China, Africa and a Balinese Gamelan.
and music can be combined to explore • Creative Music Computing
L new musical concepts, and develop your Placement opportunities
critical thinking and independence. You’ll Our Enterprise in the Creative Arts module
M become proficient in relevant areas of will give you the opportunity to take up a
• Enterprise in the Creative Arts
music technology, using software, such as work placement in year three. This could
• Intertextuality in Music be in an area such as music education,
N Max/MSP and SuperCollider, and hardware
• Major Project instrumental teaching, artist management,
hacking and sensor technologies.
O marketing, recording and studio work,
Assessment composition and events management.
You’ll study creative music technology in
P You’ll demonstrate your learning mainly
relation to commercial applications, such
through coursework collected into Associated careers
as recording and production, using state-
portfolios, reflecting the practical nature Our BA (Hons) Creative Music
Q of-the-art equipment that is currently used
of the course. These portfolios will include Technology will prepare you for a
in the industry. You can choose to study
musical items, such as compositions and range of careers. Its combination of
R sound design for film soundtracks, but
software development, or technological technological skills and understanding,
will also be encouraged to find your own
artefacts, as well as reflective and critical musical awareness and creativity
S creative path, using a thorough knowledge
writing on these. equips our graduates with the skills and
and understanding of the creative
possibilities of sound and its relation to knowledge needed by sound designers
T Your understanding of musical concepts,
other disciplines. and composers, performers, multimedia
composition and performance will be artists, programmers, and teachers.
U tested through tasks with clear, short-term
You’ll be taught by first-class, research-active
objectives, developed through regular staff You’ll also gain skills that are necessary for
V lecturers who are recognised nationally and
feedback. You will undertake group work, any position requiring quick thinking, self-
internationally, as experts in their field and
individual work, seminar presentations, reliance, imagination, teamwork and the
W who are also professional practitioners.
written essays, critical commentaries and ability to organise both yourself and others.
technical work with electronics.
X Entry requirements
88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
Y of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), including grade
B in Music, Music Technology or a related
Z subject. 3 GCSEs at grade C or above.

Crime and Investigative Studies
Cambridge
Key Facts
UCAS Code F412
From crime scene to courtroom Our lecturers have first-hand experience Associated careers A
to criminal rehabilitation: get of crime scene analysis, policing and You’ll graduate from our course with the
criminal justice. As well as benefiting from skills you need to work in the criminal
exposure to the real world of B
their knowledge, you’ll have guest lectures justice system. Many of our graduates
crime and investigation. Learn from visiting professionals and get an choose careers in law enforcement. This
C
about the impact of crime on understanding of the workplace through might include policing, scene examination,
both victim and offender, and visits to places such as the Crown Court, customs and excise, probation, intelligence,
D
discover how law and justice and other field trips. prisons and security.
work in practice. Module guide The legal and criminology elements of
E
Year one core modules the course open up career possibilities
Are you interested in crime, forensic
• Introduction to Forensic Methodologies in social and youth work, crime analysis, F
science, policing and the law, but unsure
• Perceptions of Crime victim support and legal work.
which subject to study? You’ll cover G
them all on our course. We combine the • U
nited Kingdom Legal Systems and
crime screen examination part of forensic Law for Forensic Scientists H
science with other crime-related subjects, • Physical Criminalistics your studies we offer a wide range of full-
such as policing, criminology, intelligence • Introduction to Police Photography I
time and part-time postgraduate courses.
and the law.
• Identification Techniques
Entry requirements J
This means that, when you graduate,
Year two core modules 96 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
you’ll have a wide range of criminal justice K
• Forensic Management 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 5 GCSEs at
career options to choose from.
• Community Safety grade C or above, including English and
Mathematics. L
We’ll help you to understand the practical • Mass Disasters
aspects of crime and investigation, and • Work-Based Module M
how they affect everyday life. We’ll look at • Police and Forensic Investigations
the impact of crime on victims, offenders
• Project Preparation N
and wider society.
Year three core modules O
Use our superb crime scene laboratories
• Crime Scene Analysis
to learn the skills of a crime scene
examiner. In the classroom, you’ll • Youth Justice P
investigate criminology and how law and • F
orensic Pathology and Sexual Offence
punishment are applied, and explore the Investigation Q
investigative techniques used by police • Impact of Crime
services. You’ll look at different types of R
crime, such as sexual offending, as well as
issues including youth justice and the role S
Assessment
that professionals can play in community
Throughout the course, we’ll use a range T
safety and mass disasters.
of assessment methods to help measure Student View
your progress. Besides practical and U
Learning about the UK legal systems and Mairead
written exams, you’ll be assessed on your
criminal law, you’ll find out how they affect BSc (Hons) Crime and Investigative
reports, essays, work portfolios and role-
the investigation of different crimes and Studies V
play participation.
how to present professional reports of
your investigative findings. “My course is incredibly interesting W
and great fun. There’s a good
balance between practical and X
written assessments. Being taught
and supported by lecturers who Y
have many years’ experience
This Anglia Ruskin course is taught at working in some of the most high Z
Cambridge campus, and at our partner, profile criminal investigations, is
University Centre Peterborough. extremely fascinating and useful.”

117
Crime and Investigative Studies Key Facts

FdSc Duration 2 years
UCAS Code F411

A An integral part of the course is Upon completion of this course, you will Assessment
developing your employability be able to demonstrate knowledge and You will be assessed via a variety of
understanding of: methods designed to embed transferable
B skills; this is achieved by work employability skills into the course. These
placements in the second year • The subject. methods will include:
C and reflecting and refining your • Essays and portfolios of work
• The major aspects of terminology.
skills throughout your study time • T
he major types of forensic science • Practical and written examinations
D
with us. evidence. • Poster presentations
E • T
he principle techniques of forensic • Role playing
This unique course is for students looking investigation and their application to • Student presentations (oral)
for a wide variety of forensic knowledge criminal cases.
F • W
ork produced from and as a
across many fields, enabling them to
work in many areas within the criminal consequence of practical classes
G Module guide
justice system. This course provides
you not just with the theoretical and Associated careers
H practical skills required of a crime-scene
• Introduction to Forensic Methodologies
Upon completion of this course you will be
examiner, but also familiarises you with • Introduction to Police and Photography able to work in a variety of areas within the
I criminological and criminal justice theories. • Identification Techniques criminal justice system. As well as in more
You will also gain an understanding of • Perceptions of Crime obvious roles such as police officers, crime
J the different investigative techniques scene investigators and police community
• Physical Criminalistics
used by police and investigative services. support officers, you could work within the
K • UK Law and Legal Systems intelligence and analytical sector or as a
Upon completion of the course, you will
possess a range of transferable skills and community safety officer, probation officer,
L Year two core modules prison service or youth and anti-social
techniques needed in the criminal justice
• Community Safety behaviour worker.
system, which will place you ideally to gain
M employment in this sector. • Scene and Laboratory Investigation
• Mass Disasters Entry requirements
N You may also be eligible to transfer to • Police and Forensic Investigations 72 UCAS tariff points. A Levels required;
Year 3 of our BSc (Hons) Crime and 2 A Levels not subject specific. BTEC/
• Project Preparation
O Investigative studies degree should you Access required; A BTEC National or a full
successfully complete this course. • Work-based Learning Access Certificate not subject specific.
P GCSEs required; 3 GCSEs at grade C or
The aims of this course are: above in English, Mathematics and Science
Q
• T
o demonstrate an understanding of
R the UK legal systems and criminal law,
and the impact that these have on the
S investigation of different crimes.
• T
o develop your understanding of the
T main theoretical and practical skills of a
forensic practitioner.
U • T
the main criminological and criminal
V justice theories in current use.
• T
W the different investigative techniques
used by police services.
X
• T
o undertake creative, rigorous and
relevant research using appropriate
Y methodologies.
Z • T
o prepare you to present reports in
oral, written and other appropriate
formats.


Key Facts
UCAS Code 5N28

Our students benefit by taking Module guide Associated careers

A
part in visits to local & national Year one core modules Graduates from our course will be able
• Introduction to Forensic Methodologies to gain employment in a variety of
agencies such as the Mortuary, areas within the criminal justice system,
B
• Introduction to Police and Photography
the Sexual Offence Referral including community safety officers,
• Identification Techniques C
Centre and Kenyon Europe. intelligence and analytical posts, youth
• Perceptions of Crime and anti-social behaviour workers, as well
Many people are interested in studying • Physical Criminalistics as the more obvious roles such as police D
crime, forensic science, policing and law, • UK Law and Legal Systems officers, police community support officers,
but have difficulty in choosing which one crime investigators and crime scene E
to study at university. This course allows Year two core modules examiners.
you to study all of these subjects by • Community Safety F
combining the scene examination part of • Scene and Laboratory Investigation Entry requirements
forensic science with other crime-related 96 UCAS tariff points. A Level required; No G
• Mass Disasters
subject areas, such as policing, criminology specific subject(s) needed. BTEC/Access
and intelligence, as well as the necessary • Police and Forensic Investigations required; A BTEC National or a full Access H
legal aspects that are vital. Graduates from • Project Preparation Certificate not subject specific. GCSEs
our course will therefore be able to enter • Work-based Learning required; 5 GCSEs at grade C or above in I
a variety of employment areas within the English, Mathematics and Science.
criminal justice system. Year three core modules J
• Crime Scene Analysis
The specific aims of this course are: • Forensic Anthropology and Pathology K
• Impact of Crime
• T
o demonstrate an understanding of L
the UK legal systems and criminal law • Undergraduate Major Project
and the impact that these have on the • S
pecialised Topics in Investigative M
investigation of different crimes Science
• T
o develop your understanding of the N
main theoretical and practical skills of a Assessment
forensic practitioner You will be assessed via a variety of O
methods designed to embed transferable
• T
employability skills into the course. These P
the main criminological and criminal
methods will include:
justice theories in current use
• T
o demonstrate an understanding of Q
• Written examinations
the different investigative techniques
• Essays and portfolios of work R
used by police services
• W
ork produced from and as a
• T
o undertake creative, rigorous and
relevant research using appropriate
consequence of practical classes S
methodologies. • Student presentations (oral)
• Poster presentations T
• Role playing.
U
Y
at our partner, University Centre
Peterborough, and at the main
Z
campus, Cambridge.

119
Cambridge

with Foundation Year BSc (Hons) Campus Cambridge
Duration 4 years
UCAS Code CL83
A Are you interested in crime, Our lecturers have first-hand experience Assessment
forensic science, policing and the of crime scene analysis, policing and Besides exams, assessment will include
criminal justice. As well as benefiting from reports, essays, work portfolios, practical
B law, but unsure which subject their knowledge, you’ll have guest lectures exercises, and participation in role-plays
to study? Our course includes from visiting professionals and get an and group work.
C a foundation year to build up understanding of the workplace through
your scientific skills and your visits to places such as the Crown Court, Associated careers
D and other field trips. You will graduate from our course with
confidence to succeed.
the skills you need to work in the criminal
E Module guide justice system.
From crime scene to courtroom, you’ll
explore the impact of crime on victims Year one core modules
F • Biological Principles Many of our graduates choose careers
and offenders, and how law and justice
work. We combine the crime scene • Core Skills 1 in law enforcement. This might include
G policing, crime scene examination,
examination part of forensic science • Core Skills 2
with policing, criminology, intelligence customs and excise, probation,
H • Chemical Principles 1 intelligence, prisons and security.
and the law.
• Chemical Principles 2
I Our extended degree adds a foundation • Foundation Biology The legal and criminology elements of
year in the basic sciences, providing the • Foundation Mathematics the course open up career possibilities
J knowledge and skills you’ll need to study in social and youth work, crime analysis,
this subject at degree level. Year two core modules victim support and legal work.
K • Introduction to Forensic Methodologies
Explore the practical aspects of crime and Graduation doesn’t need to be the end of
• Perceptions of Crime
L investigation, and how they affect everyday your time with us. If you’d like to continue
• U
nited Kingdom Legal Systems and your studies we offer a wide range of full-
life. You will consider the impact of crime Law for Forensic Scientists
M on victims, offenders and wider society and time and part-time postgraduate courses.
• Physical Criminalistics
use our superb crime scene laboratories to
N learn the skills of a crime scene examiner. • Introduction to Police Photography Entry requirements
In the classroom, you will investigate • Identification Techniques 48 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
O criminology and how law and punishment 1 A Level (or equivalent) and 3 GCSEs at
are applied and explore the investigative Year three core modules grade C or above, including English and
P techniques used by police services. • Forensic Management Mathematics.
• Community Safety
Q You’ll look at different types of crime,
• Mass Disasters
such as sexual offending, as well as issues
• Work-Based Module
R including youth justice and the role that
professionals can play in community safety • Police and Forensic Investigation
S and mass disasters. • Project Preparation
T Learn about the UK legal systems and Year four core modules
criminal law, and how they affect the • Crime Scene Analysis
U investigation of different crimes, and find • Youth Justice
out how to present professional reports of
• Forensic Pathology and Sexual-Offence
V your investigative findings.
Investigation
• Impact of Crime
W

Criminology BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code L370
Study crime issues both in and Module guide Special features

A
outside the lecture room, and Year one core modules During semester 1 of year 2, you’ll have
• Conflicts and Contradictions in Crime the opportunity to apply to study abroad
improve your understanding at Marshall University, West Virginia, USA. B
• Adventures in Crime News and
of current criminological Criminology
debates. You’ll graduate with Associated careers C
• Political Ideologies and Social
key employment skills in areas Controversies
Our graduates go far in many fulfilling
careers, such as probation officers and D
as diverse as policing, probation, • Skills for Criminal Justice prison-based probation service officers
youth offending and government. • Adventures in Criminal Justice with the National Probation Service; E
This course will take you on a various roles with the police, including
journey through the topical crime Year two core modules crime scene and victim liaison officers; F
issues of the day, the criminal • Trials and Errors prison officers and governors with the
Prison Service; researchers and policy G
justice responses to them, and • Retribution, Restoration, Rehabilitation
analysts with the Home Office; and
their portrayal in the media. • Project Preparation
other employers including the Crown H
• Violent Crime Prosecution Service; the Court Service;
Using real-life case studies, academic youth offending teams/youth work and I
research and interactive learning sessions, Year three core modules Crime Reduction Partnerships.
you’ll gain a deep understanding of • Major Project J
critical criminological debates. You’ll also • Youth Justice Controversies During your degree, you’ll have many
have the opportunity to develop your opportunities to engage with potential K
• Comparative Criminal Justice
own specific research interests in your employers, thanks to our excellent links
final year Dissertation. with agencies such as Cambridgeshire L
Assessment
We use a variety of assessment methods, Police, National Crime Agency and the
Over three years, you’ll study issues such as Probation Service.
allowing you to develop important M
the media, its moral panics and promotion
transferable skills. You’ll show your
of fear; sex, violence and the profiling of Entry requirements
progress through a mixture of case N
such offenders; deviant behaviour; youth 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a
studies, presentations, essays, patchwork
offending; war and terror; and genocide. minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent).
texts (short pieces of writing, or ‘patches’, O
What else interests you? Our modules 3 GCSEs at grade C or above.
built up week by week), portfolios, poster
will give you the chance to explore issues
presentations, data analysis exercises, P
from corporate crime to human rights, and
examinations and group projects, as well
sexual violence to burglary.
as an individual Major Project. Q
But you’ll go beyond the lecture theatre,
too. With opportunities to visit courts
We know how important helpful feedback R
is and embed formative feedback into
and prisons, you’ll examine the trial
our modules so you can make the best S
process and methods of rehabilitation,
progress possible.
punishment and retribution, both historical
and modern. Every year you’ll have the T
opportunity to travel abroad on one of
our field trips and examine crime and U
crime control in different geographical and
cultural contexts. Our previous trips have V
included visits to Amsterdam, Krakow,
Estonia and Spain. W
Working alongside experienced, X

research-active academics, you’ll develop
your research skills, and get used to Y
speaking in public at our conferences
and research seminars. This Anglia Ruskin course is taught at Z
Cambridge campus, and at our partner,

121
Criminology BA (Hons)

Duration 3 years
UCAS Code M900

A What causes crime? How can Module guide Special features

we deter or rehabilitate criminals? Year one core modules You’ll have the opportunity to learn from
• Adventures in Crime News leading academics and professionals
B How does the media depict and Criminology throughout your course. Here are some
crime? How does the criminal • Adventures in Criminal Justice of the features:
C justice system work and how • Basic Criminalistics
should it evolve? These are some • Educational visits to local courts and
D • Conflicts and Contradictions in Crime the Old Bailey.
of the questions you’ll explore • Media and Crime
on this course. Criminology • Job-shadowing a Crown Court Judge
E • Researching Social Issues and other professionals in the criminal
draws on many disciplines justice field.
F including media studies, Year two core modules • Guest lectures from Crown Prosecution
sociology, politics and • Trials and Errors Solicitors and other criminology
G
psychology to help resolve • Retribution, Restoration, Rehabilitation specialists.
H some of society’s most • Violent Crime • Membership of the Criminology Society.
important issues. • Project Preparation • Volunteering opportunities with local
I agencies including Crimestoppers.
By the time you graduate you’ll be able to Year three core modules • Attendance at criminology conferences.
J contribute to the policy debate and find • Major Project
your way around the criminal justice world • Youth Justice Controversies Associated careers
K in a variety of jobs, from probation officer • Comparative Criminal Justice Our graduates go on to successful careers
to journalist. in many fields, including the National
L Assessment Probation Service, the Police, the Prison
Individual modules, practical and We’ll assess your progress in many Service, Youth Justice, the Home Office,
M theoretical, look at topics such as why we different ways, including case studies, scenes of crime work, the court system,
create laws and why people break them; presentations, essays, patchwork texts social policy and academic research.
N strategies and policies for crime prevention (short pieces of writing, or ‘patches’ built
and punishment; the public perception up week-by-week), portfolios, data analysis Entry requirements
O of crime; and the agencies, procedural exercises, exams, group work and your 88 UCAS tariff points. 2 A Levels and
frameworks and practices that exist Major Project. 1 AS Level in related subjects. BTEC/
P throughout the criminal justice system Access required; A BTEC National or
and society at large. 30 credits Merit at Access Certificate
Q in a related subject. GCSEs required; 3
We’ll bring things to life using true GCSEs at grade C or above in English,
case studies, guest lecturers, court Mathematics and Science.
R
visits, conferences, placements and
opportunities to shadow a crown court
S
judge. You’ll gain a comprehensive
introduction to the field, as well as personal
T
and professional skills that
you can use in any career.
U
Additionally you’ll be part of a wider
V community that includes sociologists,
forensic scientists, psychologists and
W media specialists. Many of our staff are
active researchers, contributing to our
X institutes and research groups, so you
can be confident your course contains
Y the latest developments.
Z at our partner, University Centre
campus, Cambridge.

Criminology and Sociology
Cambridge
Key Facts
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code L390
Combine Criminology and Module guide Associated careers

A
Sociology to improve your Year one core modules Our graduates find success in many
• Adventures in Crime News and fulfilling careers, such as probation officers
understanding of some of the Criminology and prison-based probation service
B
most pressing issues today. Study • Adventures in Criminal Justice officers with the National Probation
crime and social issues both in Service; various roles with the police, C
• The Sociological Imagination
and outside the lecture room, and including crime scene and victim liaison
• The Sociology of Globalisation officers; prison officers and governors D
improve your understanding of
with the Prison Service; researchers and
current debates. You’ll graduate Year two core modules policy analysts with the Home Office; and E
with skills for employment in • Trials and Errors other employers including the Crown
areas as diverse as policing, • Social Research Methods Prosecution Service; the Court Service; F
probation, youth offending • Retribution, Restoration, Rehabilitation youth offending teams/youth work and
Crime Reduction Partnerships. G
and government. • Violent Crime
Year three core modules Other graduates now enjoy careers H

This course will take you on a journey
through the topical crime and social • Major Project in journalism and the media, business
issues of the day, the criminal justice administration and management, health I
• Comparative Criminal justice
responses to them and their portrayal management, teaching, social care and
• Race, Racism and Cultural Identity social research. J
in the media. Using real-life case studies,
academic research and interactive Assessment
learning sessions, you’ll gain a deep During your degree, you’ll have many K
We use a variety of assessment methods, opportunities to engage with potential
understanding of critical debates in both allowing you to develop important
subjects. You’ll also have the opportunity employers, thanks to our excellent links L
transferable skills. You’ll show your with agencies such as Cambridgeshire
to develop your own specific research progress through a mixture of case
interests in your final year Dissertation. Police, National Crime Agency and the M
studies, presentations, essays, patchwork Probation Service.
Over three years, you’ll study issues N
built up week-by-week), portfolios, poster Entry requirements
such as the media, its moral panics and presentations, data analysis exercises,
promotion of fear; sex, violence and 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a O
exams and group projects, as well as an minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent)
the profiling of such offenders; deviant individual Major Project.
behaviour; youth offending; war and terror and 3 GCSEs at grade C or above. P
and genocide. Our optional modules will We know how important helpful feedback
also allow you to explore issues from is and embed formative feedback into Q
corporate crime to human rights, and our modules so you can make the best
sexual violence to burglary. progress possible. R
But you’ll go beyond the lecture theatre, Special features S

too. With visits to courts and prisons, you’ll You’ll have the chance to go on field trips
examine the trial process and methods of abroad as well as visiting courts and prisons T
rehabilitation, punishment and retribution, in England. In recent years our students
(historical and modern), deviance, race have travelled to Amsterdam, Estonia, the U
and gender. Auschwitz concentration camp in Poland,
and the Old Bailey in London. V
Working alongside experienced,
research-active academics, you’ll develop W
your research skills, and get used to
speaking in public at our conferences X
and research seminars.
Y

123
Decontamination Sciences
Distance Learning

Faculty of Medical Science
FdSc Campus Distance Learning
Duration 2 years
A If you’re working in a Module guide Links with industry

decontamination environment, Core modules and professional recognition
• Higher Education and the Work We developed this course with the
B our one-of-a-kind foundation Environment Institute of Decontamination Sciences
degree will help you progress • V
aluing People and Fostering Dignity (IDSc) and leading employers.
C to managerial roles and lead It’s equally applicable to NHS or
and Respect
multidisciplinary teams. Study • D
econtamination of Reusable Invasive
independent health settings.
D
by distance learning with full Medical Devices
Associated careers
E support from our experienced • Leadership Practice Our FdSc Decontamination Sciences
tutors, while continuing to work. • W
ater Quality for Decontamination is a practice-based course; it
F Services doesn’t necessarily replace current
As well as honing your management • Research and Critical Thinking decontamination education, but helps you
G skills, our course will give you plenty
• F
undamental Aspects of to progress professionally by gaining an
of chances to explore best practice in academic qualification.
H decontamination environments, so that
you in turn can evaluate and influence Our course is fully accredited by the
Assessment
I practice where you work. Institute of Decontamination Sciences
We will assess your progress from your
poster presentations, written assignments, (IDSc), the professional body for
J Our foundation degree (FdSc) course is the decontamination technicians, and is
patchwork tests (short pieces of writing
only one in the UK that’s been designed suitable for anyone involved in achieving
or ‘patches’ built up week-by-week) and
K and developed in partnership with the best practice in the UK or overseas.
practice-based workbooks.
Institute of Decontamination Sciences
L (IDSc), the medical industry and clinical Entry requirements
Special features
experts. If you wish to, you can choose to 32 UCAS tariff points: 3 GCSEs at grade
Expert academic staff and practitioners
study for a Cert HE at first, then continue C or above, including English and Maths.
M will teach you, using online ‘virtual’
studying to gain the FdSc. Applicants must be actively working
classrooms, vodcasts, podcasts,
N web links and our wider virtual within decontamination services or
Whichever award you choose to study related profession. There is no minimum
learning environment.
for initially, our specialist distance learning amount of experience required, but
O
tutors will guide you through the course, applicants need to be employed within
making sure that you’re learning things the decontamination services. In addition,
P
that are relevant to your career. You can for applicants not currently employed
study online from a place that suits you within decontamination services, then
Q and make use of our facilities, including an a minimum of 6 months experience will
extensive digital library. need to be demonstrated.
R
Once you have completed our FdSc, you
S will have the option to ‘top-up’ to a full BSc
(Hons) Decontamination Sciences.
T
V
Our FdSc course is the only
W
one in the UK designed and
X developed in
partnership with
Y the Institute of
Decontamination
Z
Sciences (IDSc), the medical
industry and clinical experts.

Distance Learning
(Top-Up) BSc (Hons) Campus Distance Learning
Duration 1 year
Top-up your existing qualification Module guide Associated careers

A
in decontamination sciences to a Year one core modules Our course is fully accredited by the
• Research Methodology, Design and Institute of Decontamination Sciences
full BSc (Hons). If you’re working Process (IDSc), the professional body for B
in this field, our course will help • Quality Management Systems decontamination technicians, and is
you progress to managerial roles. suitable for anyone involved in achieving C
• S
trategic Management in Health and
Study by distance learning with Social Care
best practice in the UK or overseas. It will
help you to continue your professional D
full support from our experienced • Undergraduate Major Project development and consider management
tutors, while continuing to work. and leadership roles. E
Assessment
As well as honing your management We will assess you in a number of ways, F
Entry requirements
skills, our course will give you plenty including presentations and written 96 credits through an academic
of chances to explore best practice in assignments. G
qualification e.g. Dip HE, Foundation
decontamination environments, so that
Degree or stand-alone modules.
you in turn can evaluate and influence Special features H
practice where you work. Expert academic staff and practitioners will In all cases applicants must:
teach you, using online ‘virtual’ classrooms, I
You will already have a relevant qualification, vodcasts, podcasts, web links and our • Be in employment within
such as a foundation degree (FdSc), and wider virtual learning environment. decontamination services or J
be interested in progressing to managerial
related areas.
roles and leading multidisciplinary teams. Links with industry
• Give evidence of personal and K
Topping up to a full honours degree can and professional recognition
help you make that career move. educational experience so that they
We developed this course with the
may meet the academic and, where L
Institute of Decontamination Sciences
Our specialist distance learning tutors are appropriate, practice demands of
(IDSc) and leading employers. It’s equally
on hand to guide you through the course, the programme. M
applicable to public or independent
making sure that you are learning things health settings, in the UK or Europe. • Have access to a computer, the internet
that are relevant to your career. You can and have basic IT skills. N
study online from a place that suits you
and make use of our facilities, including an O
extensive digital library.
P
Our course has been designed and
developed in partnership with the Institute Q
of Decontamination Sciences (IDSc), the
medical industry and clinical experts. R

125
Drama BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code W490
A Investigate the world of Module guide Associated careers

contemporary theatre and Year one core modules Our Drama course will prepare you
• Performance Analysis for many different careers, and its
B performance practice. Gain combination of practical skills and
• Performance Contexts
practical experience and academic understanding will make
C • Performance Skills – 1A
theoretical understanding you stand out to employers. Studying
• Digital Performance
through workshops and drama will give you the ideal training
D • Studio Performance for any position that requires creativity,
seminars. You’ll explore many
self-reliance, imagination, teamwork and
E different modes of performance, Year two core modules the ability to organise both yourself and
including text-based and • Twentieth-Century Drama others. You might decide to use your
F devised work, as well as live art • Making Performance talent to help others by going on to take
and innovative practice. • Performance Practitioners our MA Dramatherapy.
G
• The Body in Performance
This course will help you become We have close links with many industry
H a confident, versatile and exciting partners, including venues such as
practitioner. You’ll explore texts and The Junction and Anglia Ruskin’s own
• Devising Performance
I practices from the 20th century Mumford Theatre, which regularly
• Major Project hosts professional touring companies
onwards, through theoretical study
J and practical workshops. and musicians. In these, you can see
Assessment performances and gain work experience
K Our assessment methods mirror the front of house or backstage in a
Performance will be central to your
combination of practice and theory professional theatre environment.
learning. Most of our modules focus
you’ll encounter on the course. You’ll
L on 20th century and contemporary
demonstrate your learning through Entry requirements
innovative performance practice. You’ll
essays, reports, critical reflections, 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a
M work on public productions as well as
presentations, studio and public minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent),
smaller scale practical projects, and have
performances and a Major Project, including grade B in Drama, Theatre
N the chance to work with students from
which may include practical work. Studies or a related subject and 3 GCSEs
other disciplines, to develop collaborative
O and multi-disciplinary approaches to your at grade C or above.
Special features
creative work.
You’ll work in our dedicated drama
P studios, complete with flexible black-
Your text-based and devised productions
box performance space as well as an
Q will be performed in a variety of venues on
additional rehearsal space, and the
and off campus in Cambridge. You’ll also
Mumford Theatre, a full-size venue for
R have the chance to develop your technical
professional touring companies.
and production skills, with full support
S and training from our specialist staff.
With our internships, you’ll also have the
chance to experience the production side
T of running a professional touring theatre
company, such as the award-wining NIE.
U
W
9/10 of our Drama
X students said staff
are enthusiastic
Y about what they
are teaching
Z
(National Student
Survey 2015).

Drama and English Literature
Cambridge
Key Facts
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code WQ43
Study writing from Shakespeare choice will grow from an introduction Assessment
A
to science fiction, and Wordsworth to English literary history in year one, You’ll demonstrate your learning
to modules on related subjects such as through essays, reports, oral
to women’s literature. Sharpen film, philosophy or writing (creative or presentations, studio and public
B
your performance skills in our journalistic) in years two and three, all performance, and a Major Project using
dedicated drama studios and full- supported by our highly-experienced practice-based research techniques. C
size theatre. As well as developing teaching staff.
Special features D
your academic knowledge, this
Module guide You’ll work in our dedicated drama
course will prepare you for a range Year one core modules studios, complete with flexible black- E
of careers. Our BA (Hons) Drama • Performance Contexts box performance space, an additional
and English Literature is ideal • Studio Performance rehearsal space, and the Mumford F
if you’re fascinated by both • Introduction to Literary Criticism
Theatre, a full-size venue for professional
touring companies. G
subjects and want to pursue a • A
History of English Literature from
career in fields such as teaching, Chaucer to Equiano Your can enhance your studies by taking H
journalism, television and radio, • A
History of English Literature from part in one of our many extra-curricular
and more. Blake to the Present activities, such as the annual three-day I
trip to Stratford-upon-Avon, our poetry
Our Drama modules focus on 20th Year two core modules and writing evenings, events organised J
century and contemporary performance • Making Performance by the Literary Society and our research
practice. You’ll work on public productions • The Body in Performance symposia and conferences. K
as well as smaller scale projects – • D
ialogue and Debate 1: Shakespeare
sometimes alongside students from and Renaissance Drama Associated careers L
other courses, developing collaborative Our Drama and English Literature course
• Postcolonialism
approaches to your creative work. will help you to develop practical and M
written skills demanded by many different
Meanwhile, our English Literature modules employers. If you take our Enterprise in the N
• Devising Performance
will allow you to balance your study of Creative Arts module in year three, there
traditional writers such as Shakespeare, • Major Project are work placement opportunities in areas O
Milton, Wordsworth, Dickens and Woolf such as education, arts management,
with an exploration of genres such as marketing, and events management. P
modern science fiction, children’s literature
and contemporary women’s writing. Your You’ll benefit from our links with Q
industry and professional bodies,
including Cambridge University Press, R
Windhorse Publishing, Sayle Literary
Agency, Campus (the Cambridge
S
Publishing Society), Creative Front,
Cambridge Film Consortium and
T
Cambridge Junction. We also hold regular
masterclasses and workshops run by
U
visiting artists and performers.
Entry requirements
V
minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), W
including grade B in Drama, Theatre
Studies or a related subject. 3 GCSEs at X
grade C or above.
Y

127
Drama and Film Studies
Cambridge
Key Facts
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code WP4H
A Combine your love of film and Module guide Placement opportunities

drama. Use our industry-standard Year one core modules Past students have undertaken work
• Performance Contexts placements and commissions with
B equipment and fantastic studio regional and local television, radio and
• Studio Performance
spaces to create high-quality newspapers, MTV and the Cambridge Film
C • Introduction to Film and Cinema
film and live performance work Festival, often as part of their assessed
• Introduction to Video 1
– and get the practical skills you work. For many, this has led directly to
D a paid position with the company.
need to work in the film and Year two core modules
E theatre industries. This course • Making Performance You’ll have the chance to experience the
is a fascinating mix of drama • The Body in Performance production side of running a professional
F and film, of practical work and • T
heorising the Specular and Classical touring theatre company on one of
theory. Hollywood Cinema our internships, such as award-winning
G theatre company NIE.
Our Drama modules focus on Year three core modules
H 20th century and contemporary • Devising Performance Associated careers
performance practice. You’ll work on • Major Project Our course will equip you with the
I public productions as well as smaller practical skills required by institutions
scale projects – sometimes alongside Assessment and employers in the film, drama, theatre
J students from other courses, developing You’ll demonstrate your learning through and performance industries. You’ll receive
collaborative approaches to your essays, reports, critical reflections, work experience through self-organised
K creative work. presentations, studio and public placements, and our career-focused
performances and a Major Project, modules will encourage you to reflect
L Meanwhile, our Film modules will allow which may include practical work. on what you’ve learnt.
you to investigate the process of film-
M making and the way that different people Special features All our students create a Personal
have approached it all over the world, You can apply to spend one semester in Development Planning portfolio, which will
N throughout the history of cinema. You’ll either years two or three studying abroad be assessed during your studies and will be
make explorative, creative short films in at universities in Italy and the USA. an invaluable tool throughout your career.
O video, animation or 16 mm formats, and
develop your particular interests with our You’ll get to work in our dedicated drama Our recent graduates enjoy successful
P specialist subjects such as film reviewing, studios, complete with flexible black- careers in film, theatre and video
film theory and screenwriting. box performance space, an additional production, directing, performing and
Q rehearsal space, and the Mumford technical theatre roles, film criticism,
You’ll even have the chance to show Theatre, a full-size venue for professional festival and events administration and
your film and performance works at touring companies. You’ll also have access management, film and theatre education
R
professional public arts venues such as the to industry-standard film equipment, and teaching, broadcasting, journalism,
Cambridge Arts Picturehouse, Cambridge including Super 8 Nizo cameras, 16mm publishing, advertising and public relations.
S
Junction or Wysing Arts Centre. Bolex film cameras, and a number of
rostrums for traditional animation. Our Entry requirements
T
digital facilities feature Panasonic and JVC 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a
HD cameras, and Macs with Final Cut Pro minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent),
U including grade B in Drama, Theatre
and Adobe Creative Cloud software for
editing and post-production. In addition, Studies or a related subject. 3 GCSEs
V at grade C or above.
our Cambridge campus houses film and
W television studios, multimedia studios and
screening theatres.
X

Early Childhood Studies
Chelmsford
Key Facts
BA (Hons) & Education
Campus Chelmsford
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code X3C0
Complete this course successfully By the time you graduate you’ll also have Special Features
A
and you’ll be an honours developed some valuable transferable Our Early Childhood Resource and
skills, such as research, presentation and Research Room is an exciting learning
graduate authorised to work problem-solving. Above all, you’ll be a space for early years students. You can use B
with early years children in the confident, knowledgeable practitioner it to experiment with spaces, equipment and
UK. We’ve designed our course equipped to work in many areas of the play. There are ‘persona dolls’ for exploring C
around sector requirements Early Years sector, from teaching to social and emotional issues; a domestic play
public health. area for role play; general play equipment; D
such as the Common Core of
and IT resources appropriate to early years
Knowledge and Skills for the UK Our lecturers and tutors are experienced classes. Through the practitioner optional E
Early Years Workforce. early years professionals with research modules you will also have time in this
interests including: creativity and imagination room to develop your basic and advanced F
The curriculum has a blend of academic in personal development; child health and practical skills of working with children in a
and practice-based modules, focusing first well-being; sociology; outdoor play; European safe and secure environment. G
on the theory and skills that underpin and international perspectives.
children’s learning and your own. A Placement Opportunities H
research module will help you prepare Module guide Our optional modules in semester 2 of
for the academic challenges ahead. Year one core modules each year allow you to choose either I
• Learning and Development a practical or theoretical route through
Year two will train you in professional your degree. If you choose the practical J
• Play, Health and Well-being
practice aspects such as safeguarding, route you can tailor your degree to gain
learning support and factoring in diversity. • Researching Childhood
valuable experiences in a range of early K
This will give you a sound knowledge of years, primary and educational settings. If
the workplace, including the approaches Year two core modules
• Safeguarding Children
you choose the theoretical route, you will L
and regulations that exist internationally. still be encouraged to organise visits to
• Supporting Children’s Learning observe children. M
In your third year the focus will be on • Embracing Diversity
cultural and societal issues such as Associated careers N
children’s rights and interdisciplinary Year three core modules This course will equip you for a variety
topics. You’ll propose and complete a • Children’s Rights of early years roles and is useful in O
research-based Major Project on a topic • Interdisciplinary Perspectives other sectors too, such as educational
of your choice. psychology and social work. It’s also a
• Undergraduate Major Project P
good basis for postgraduate study and
If you want to, you can choose to research.
Assessment Q
incorporate a weekly placement into your
We’ll assess your progress from your written
studies and to submit an assignment that Entry requirements
assignments, presentations, Major Project R
reflects on your experiences. There are also A Levels in suitable subjects equivalent to
and professional development portfolio.
optional modules throughout the course, 80 UCAS points. 5 GCSEs at grade C or
There are no exams on this course. S
allowing you to personalise your studies. above including English, maths and science.
T
Y
at Chelmsford campus, and at our
Z
partners, College of West Anglia and
University Centre Harlow.

129
Early Childhood Studies
Key Facts
BA (Hons) Duration 3 years
UCAS Code X3C0
A Explore the world through a Module guide Associated careers

child’s eyes as you develop Year one core modules This course takes into account the Children’s
• Learning and Development Workforce Development Council and the
B your skills in childcare. Prepare Early Years Professional Framework. It
• Play, Health and Well-being
yourself for a rewarding career in will teach you the skills you need to work
C • Researching Childhood
any registered setting in England, effectively in the early childhood sector such
without needing to retrain. Year two core modules
as nurseries and pre-schools.
D
• Safeguarding Children
Working with young children is hugely When you graduate, you’ll be able to
E rewarding and a lot of fun. It can also be
• Supporting Children’s Learning apply to work in any registered setting
very challenging, and it’s a fast-moving • Embracing Diversity in England, without needing to retrain.
F sector. We’ll help you develop the skills and
understanding you need to apply for great Year three core modules On the other hand, you could choose
G jobs and to perform well in them. • Children’s Rights further study, such as a relevant Master’s
• Interdisciplinary Perspectives degree, or a PGCE course which would
H This course has been designed to make • Undergraduate Major Project qualify you as a primary school teacher.
sure that our graduates have the skills With further training, you could also go
I employers are looking for, offering you a Assessment into educational psychology or social work.
good balance between academic theory Throughout the course, we’ll use different
J and practical experience. methods to check you’re making the right Entry requirements
level of progress. There are a small number 80 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
K In year one we’ll focus on the child and of exams, and you’ll also be assessed on of 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 5 GCSEs
on learning, moving on to explore the other written work such as presentations, at grade C or above, including English.
L workplace and consider possible career scrapbooks, reflective journals, If English is not your first language you’ll
options in year two. In year three we’ll look observations, posters, investigations, be expected to demonstrate a certificated
M at culture and society, and engage with practical reports and essays. level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.0
some of the wider debates about childhood. (academic level) or equivalent English
N Special features Language qualification, as recognised
We encourage you to do work placements With more than 10,000 students, our by Anglia Ruskin University. Evidence of
O with children from birth to eight years old. As Faculty is the biggest provider of health, work with young children, an Enhanced
well as this, starting in semester two of year social care and education courses in the Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS)
P one, you can choose to do a weekly work East of England. We offer a wide range Disclosure and satisfactory Occupational
placement (plus reflective essay) or a more of internationally recognised degree Health clearance is also required.
Q theoretical assignment. If you choose the programmes, from bachelors’ degrees to
theoretical route, you’ll still be encouraged to PhDs, plus many continuing professional
R organise visits to observe children. development courses. They are all taught
or supervised by friendly and experienced
S Our facilities include the Early Childhood staff who are keen to see you succeed.
Resource and Research Room, where you
T can experiment with spaces, equipment You will study in an exciting, global
and play. There are ‘persona dolls’ for university which has a growing reputation
U exploring social and emotional issues; a for high-quality research, so you’ll mix
domestic play area for role play; general with people at the forefront of their
play equipment; and IT equipment disciplines. We also have strong national
V
appropriate to early years classes. and international links with industry, the
W public and voluntary sectors, and other
academic institutions.
X When you graduate,
you’ll be able to apply
Y to work in any
This Anglia Ruskin course is taught at
our partners, University Centre Harlow
registered setting
Z
and College of West Anglia, and at the in England, without
main campus, Chelmsford. needing to retrain.

Early Childhood

Professional Studies King's Lynn
BA (Hons) or up to 6 years part-time
UCAS Code X310
This exciting and fulfilling We’ve aligned this course to the The course is taught by a highly
A
course is focused on developing requirements of the former Children’s experienced, professional team with
Workforce Development Council and the expertise in the fields of education and
your knowledge, skills and Early Years Professional Framework. the early years sector. It draws on external
B
understanding of contemporary practitioners and experts in the field to
issues in the childhood studies Module guide provide specialist input. You will have C
sector. Working with young Year one core modules the opportunity to explore theoretical
• Learning and Development perspectives and work based practice D
children is hugely rewarding
• Play, Health and Well-Being through lectures, workshops, presentations,
and a lot of fun. It can also work-based projects, electronic discussions E
be very challenging, and it’s • Researching Childhood
and assignments. There is a strong
a fast-moving sector. We’ll emphasis on the development of ICT, F
help you develop the skills • Safeguarding Children
communication and presentation skills.
G
and understanding you need • Supporting Children’s Learning Links with industry
to apply for great jobs and to • Embracing Diversity and professional recognition H
perform well in them. The course complies with the
Year three core modules requirements of the Common Core of I
We place the child at the centre of this • Children’s Rights Knowledge and Skills for the UK Early
course. You’ll explore child development • Interdisciplinary Perspectives Years Workforce. J
and learning, and the importance of play;
and learn about child health and well- Associated careers K
being – looking at issues such as diversity, This course takes into account the former
Assessment
safeguarding and children’s rights. You’ll Children’s Workforce Development L
Throughout the course, we’ll use different
also study how to research childhood. Council and the Early Years Professional
methods to check you’re making progress.
There are no exams, but we’ll assess you Framework. It will teach you the skills M
Although working with children is very you need to work effectively in the early
on other written work such as essays,
hands-on, it’s vital that it’s built on the proper childhood sector, for example, in nurseries
written critiques, a reflective journal and N
academic foundations. We’ll examine the and pre-schools.
investigative reports. We’ll also assess
link between theory and practice and
your presentations, web discussions, and O
how, put together, they produce high- On the other hand, you might choose to
professional development portfolio.
quality childcare. Through this, you’ll also continue your university education by P
develop transferable skills which will appeal doing a Master’s degree, or a teaching
Special features
to employers, including research and qualification such as a PGCE.
presentation skills, and problem-solving.
The course blends theory with practice Q
as there is the expectation that you will
complete a placement in an early years Entry requirements R
Our helpful, enthusiastic and experienced 80 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of 2
setting or school for the duration of your
tutors will support you throughout the A Levels or equivalent Level 3 qualification,
studies. The multi-disciplinary programme S
course. Besides learning in small classes, e.g. Extended Diploma (MMP) or Access
prepares students for careers in early years
you’ll develop your ability to work course (30 Level 3 credits at merit grade
education and care or primary education T
independently and in study groups. are required). 5 GCSEs at grade C or above
as a teaching assistant or class teacher,
family support, health and social services. including English (or equivalent). Interview
Nowadays, you need a formal qualification U
and DBS check required.
to work in the early years sector. Standards
are continually rising, and government V
policies and initiatives are always changing.
We’ve designed this course to help you W
thrive in this fast-changing environment
and to meet the needs of employers. When X
you graduate, you’ll be able to apply for
interesting and relevant jobs, and be fully Y
equipped to perform well in the workplace. This Anglia Ruskin course is taught at
our partners, College of West Anglia
Z
and University Centre Harlow, and at
the main campus, Chelmsford.

131
Early Childhood Professional

Studies (Top-Up) BA (Hons) King's Lynn
Duration 1 year full-time
UCAS Code XL35
A This top-up course will convert Module guide Links with industry
your Foundation Degree to a Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Children’s Rights The Department for Education and Skills
B full Honours Degree, awarded in (DFES) recognises this course.
• Interdisciplinary Perspectives
partnership with Anglia Ruskin
C • Undergraduate Major Project
University. It draws on the latest Associated careers
Early Years research and policy/ Assessment
The course will equip you for a variety
D of Early Years roles and is useful in other
practice developments. As well We’ll assess your progress from your
sectors, such as educational psychology
E as extending your theoretical written assignments, presentations,
and social work. It’s also a good basis for
knowledge of childhood Major Project and performance on your
postgraduate study or research.
F placements.
development, you’ll focus on
professional issues such as Special features
Entry requirements
G Successful completion of FdA Early Years,
leadership and management, The course blends theory with practice
Playwork and Education or other relevant
H international comparisons and and there is a requirement that you will
foundation degree. GCSE English at grade
children’s rights. be working or volunteering in an early
C or above (or equivalent). Interview and
years setting or school for at least two
I DBS check required.
Additionally there will be a Major Project, days a week for the duration of your
during which you’ll research and write an studies. The multi-disciplinary programme
J prepares students for careers in early years
extended Dissertation on an Early Years
topic of your choice – under the guidance education and care or primary education
K as a teaching assistant or class teacher,
of expert academics and practitioners.
family support, health and social services.
L
You must be working or volunteering
in an early years setting or school for at The course is taught by a highly
M experienced, professional team with
least two days a week to be eligible for
this programme. expertise in the fields of education and
N the early years sector. It draws on external
Supervised work-based learning is an practitioners and experts in the field to
O provide specialist input. You will have
important aspect of the course. It will give
you the opportunity to apply what you the opportunity to explore theoretical
P perspectives and work based practice
learn and reflect on your experiences, as
a leader and advanced practitioner. through lectures, workshops, presentations,
Q work-based projects, electronic discussions
Your studies will provide a solid basis and assignments. There is a strong
R for Masters-level study, continuous emphasis on the development of ICT,
professional development and communication and presentation skills.
S postgraduate research – and they’ll equip
you for many Early Years-related careers.
T
You’re free to study full-time or part-time,
U but in either case you must be willing and
able to work on placement for at least two
V days per week.
Z
taught at University Centre Harlow.

Early Childhood Professional

Key Facts
Studies (Top-Up) BA (Hons) Duration 1 year
UCAS Code X31C
Top up your Early Years Module guide Links with industry

A
foundation degree to a full Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Interdisciplinary Perspectives The course is informed by the principles
honours degree on an intensive of the former Children’s Workforce
B
• Children’s Rights
one-year course that combines Development Council (CWDC) and the
• Undergraduate Major Project C
lectures and independent study Early Years Professional Framework.
• The Professional Leader
with two days work-based
• Practicioner 3 Associated careers D
learning per week.
Our graduates go on to careers
Assessment throughout the early years sector, E
You will investigate and study a range of We’ll assess your progress from your written as well as to postgraduate study and
early years issues including policy, practice assignments, presentations, Major Project F
research. The course is excellent
and service development, leadership and and professional development portfolio. preparation for a career in teaching
change management, health promotion There are no exams on this course. G
or education management.
and inclusion, as well as two modules that
reflect your specific interests. Special features H
Entry requirements
By law you must have recognised 80 UCAS tariff points, plus 5 GCSEs at
There’ll be a strong emphasis on research qualifications, such as this degree, to I
grade C or above including Mathematics
and investigation, as well as work-based work with Early Years children in the UK. and English, Disclosure and Barring
learning with an early years employer, There are excellent opportunities for Service (DBS) clearance; evidence J
generally for two days per week. You’ll also qualified people in many areas of this of work with young children; and a
complete a research-led Major Project on a growing sector. successful interview. K
topic of your choosing.
Class sizes here are small and the practical L
Experienced early years professionals exercises and seminars supplement your
teach the course and will guide you academic studies by focusing on the very
through your studies, as you link theory
M
latest developments. We encourage you to
to practice, children’s needs to policy, and form study groups to discuss these issues
your own growing knowledge to your N
and also to practise learning independently.
professional experience.
O
On graduating you’ll be ideally equipped
to begin your early years career or take P
it to the next level – or to carry on to
postgraduate studies or research as a Q
highly capable independent learner.
R
This Anglia Ruskin course is also Z

taught at our partner, College of
West Anglia.

133
Early Years, Childcare and
Key Facts
Education FdA Duration 2 years
UCAS Code LXM3

A This course provides an Module guide Entry requirements

excellent opportunity for you Year one core modules A minimum age of 18. 48 UCAS tariff
• Learning and Development points. GCSE(s) required: GCSE at grade
B to extend your practice within C or above in English (or any other Level
• Researching Childhood
your specialist work setting. 2 English qualification), appropriate Level
C • Play, Health and Well-Being
This is a particularly useful 3 Integrated Qualifications Framework
• Work-Based Learning 1
study option if you are working (IQF) Qualification (CWDC) with current or
D recent experience in childcare.
in an early years setting or Year two core modules
E supporting teaching and • Safeguarding the Young Access to a suitable Children’s and
learning in a primary school. • Supporting Children’s Learning Young People’s working environment.
F • Embracing Diversity Commitment to study and work
You’ll develop your understanding of in the sector. A minimum of 400
G the theoretical and practical elements
– Professional Practice hours working in a suitable children’s
of working with primary aged children. workforce environment, this is flexible
H Many of the lectures and assignments and the breadth of students’ expertise/
Assessment
will build on your current knowledge experience will be considered.
We’ll assess your progress using a mixture
I and experience.
of coursework and essays, module
assignments and activity-based work. Commitment to the work experience
J Modules span a wide range of topics, from component. ICT competence sufficient
The professional practice modules are
childhood learning and development to make effective use of word-processing
assessed on a pass/fail basis.
K to safeguarding; research methods to and email facilities. Access to ICT facilities
professional practice. All of which will at home and/or in the workplace.
Associated careers
L provide a solid basis for professional Qualifications can also be evaluated for
This course is excellent preparation for
development and further Level 6 study. Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL).
any number of early years and primary
M roles, as well as further study and Current DBS required.
Alongside lectures, you’ll learn ‘on the job’,
teacher training.
so you’ll need to have or get a support role
N
(paid or voluntary) within an early years
setting or a primary aged setting. Lectures
O
are scheduled one day per week to offer
maximum flexibility for this support role.
P
By the time you complete the course
Q you’ll be able to work confidently in a
variety of early years and primary settings,
R understand the relevant regulations and
above all, be able to provide high quality
S care and education to young children.
T The course will also develop your

learning skills – and provides a solid
U foundation for Level 6 studies, teacher
training or academic research in the
V early years sector.
X Alongside lectures,
you’ll learn ‘on the
Y job’, so you’ll need
to have or get a support role
Z
within an early years setting
or a primary aged setting.

Early Years, Playwork Key Facts Part-time available
Harlow • Distance Learning

Chelmsford • University Centre
Faculty of Health, Social Care &
and Education FdA Education
Campus Chelmsford, University Centre
Harlow, Distance Learning
Duration 2 years full-time, 3 years part-time
UCAS Code X111
Do you want to work with Module guide Links with industry

young children? Or maybe Year one core modules and professional recognition A
• Learning and Development This course will open up a number of
you already are? This exciting career options. You’ll be able to apply for B
• Play, Health and Well-Being
foundation degree can help you roles in nursery work, school support and
start or advance a rewarding playwork. It will also be an advantage if you C
career. It could also help you want to do further study, such as topping
into further qualifications and up to a full honours degree in just one year. D
Year two core modules The course has professional recognition. It
even a teaching degree. • Supporting Children’s Learning takes into account the Children’s Workforce E
• Embracing Diversity Development Council and the Early Years
This course offers a higher-level
• Work-Based Learning 2 Professional Framework. F
qualification for anyone working as a
teaching assistant, early years nursery • Safeguarding Children
Associated careers G
worker or playworker. It’s also ideal if you
Our graduates go on to work in a variety
want to study before starting your career. Assessment
of sectors including nurseries, school H
As you move through the course, we’ll
support and play work. You can also
You’ll learn about the education sector check your progress regularly to make
study for a further year and ‘top up’ your I
as well as child development, play, sure you’re achieving milestones, and
qualification to a full honours degree.
safeguarding and equality. There’s a getting any extra support you may need.
strong focus on issues that are currently There are a small number of exams, and J
Entry requirements
affecting early years, playwork and you’ll also be assessed on written work
You’ll need Disclosure and Barring Service
education services – as well as on and a multiple choice exam. This will K
(DBS) clearance in order to study this course,
your ability to carry out research. include essays, a reflective diary, reports,
a Level 3 Childcare qualification and GCSE
presentations, web discussions and a L
grade C or above in English Language.
With the support of a mentor, you’ll do professional development portfolio.
work placements, which in most cases is M
your education and care workplace only Special features
and record your progress in a professional Experienced early years professionals N
development portfolio. You’ll develop a will teach you and you’ll have a personal
wide range of practical and analytical skills tutor at university and learner mentor O
which are valued by employers, including to guide you. We will help you identify a
the ability to think critically about your learner mentor at your workplace. We’ll P
work and the setting you are in. also provide regular feedback and help
you reach your maximum potential on Q
Our friendly tutors all have experience of the course.
working in the education sector. They are R
keen to see you succeed, and will give Class sizes here are small and the practical
you regular, helpful support and feedback. exercises and seminars supplement your S
Classes are generally small. You’ll study academic studies by focusing on the
individually and in small groups to develop very latest developments. We encourage
T
your flexibility, independence and teamwork. you to form study groups to discuss
these issues and also to practise learning
U
independently.
V
This Anglia Ruskin course is taught at Z

our partner, College of West Anglia.

135
Early Years, Playwork

and Education FdA King's Lynn
UCAS Code LX5H
A Develop your understanding Module guide Links with industry

of working with primary-aged Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Learning and Development The Department for Education and Skills
B children, on our foundation (DFES) recognises this course. If you work
degree course. It’s a great in Early Years you can assume a Senior
C • Play, Health and Well-being
option if you’re already working Practitioner title when you graduate.
• Work-based Learning 1
in an early years setting or
D Associated careers
primary school. Year two core modules This course is excellent preparation for
E • Safeguarding the Young any number of early years and primary
This course is focused on extending your
• Supporting Children’s Learning roles, as well as further study and teacher
knowledge, skills and understanding of
F • Embracing Diversity training.
contemporary issues in the childhood
studies sector. The course blends theory • W
ork-based Learning 2 – Professional
G Practice Entry requirements
with practice as there is the expectation
that you will complete a placement, or • Interview required
H be employed, in an early years setting Assessment • DBS check required
or school for the duration of your studies. We’ll assess your progress using a mixture • G
CSE English at C grade or above (or
I The multi-disciplinary programme prepares of coursework and essays, module equivalent)
students for careers in early years and assignments and activity-based work. • 6
4 UCAS tariff points from A Levels
J care or primary education as a teaching The professional practice modules are or a suitable Level 3 qualification in
assistant or class teacher, family support, assessed on a pass/fail basis. early years or supporting teaching and
K health and social services. learning
Special features
L • A
pplicants should have a minimum
Develop your understanding of the The course is taught by a highly experienced
of two years’ proven relevant work
theoretical and practical elements of professional team with expertise in the fields
M experience in an early years or
working with primary-aged children. Many of education and the early years sector. It
school setting
of the lectures and assignments will build draws on external practitioners and experts
N on your current knowledge and experience. in the field to provide specialist input. You will • Applicants must be aged 18 or over
have the opportunity to explore theoretical
O Modules span a wide range of topics, from perspectives and work based practice
childhood learning and development through lectures, workshops, presentations,
P to safeguarding; research methods to work based projects, electronic discussions
professional practice. All of which will and assignments. There is a strong emphasis
Q provide a solid basis for professional on the development of ICT, communication
development and further Level 6 study. and presentation skills.
R
Alongside lectures, you’ll learn on the job, Our lecturers and tutors are experienced
S so you’ll need to have, or get a support Early Years professionals with research
role (paid or voluntary) in an early years interests including: creativity and imagination
T or primary setting. in personal development, child health and
well-being, sociology, outdoor play, European
U By the time you complete the course and international perspectives.
you’ll be able to work confidently in a
V variety of early years and primary settings,
understand the relevant regulations and
W above all, be able to provide high-quality
care and education to young children.
X Develop your
The course will also develop your learning understanding of
Y skills – and provides a solid foundation for
the theoretical and
Level 6 studies, teacher training or academic
research in the early years sector. This Anglia Ruskin course is taught at practical elements
Z
our partner, University Centre Harlow, of working with
and at the main campus, Chelmsford. primary-aged children.

Education (Top-Up) BA (Hons) Key Facts Part-time available

Duration 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time
UCAS X300

The BA (Hons) Education Module guide Entry requirements

A
top up will develop your • Investigation Education Through This course is open to education
Research professionals working in schools, colleges
professional knowledge, skills and other educational settings. You
B
• Work Based Learning
and understanding and, as it’s should already have 240 credits (120 at
• R
aising Achievement through Teaching C
part-time, you can continue to and Learning
Level 1 and 120 at Level 2) before joining
work while you study locally. We this course. Accredited Prior Certificated
• Undergraduate Major Project Learning (APCL) and Accredited Prior D
will cover a range of topical issues
Experiential Learning (APEL) also exist at
relating to learning, teaching and Assessment point of entry. E
assessment in schools and other We’ll assess you in a number of ways,
educational institutions. As well including case studies, action research, Our published entry requirements are a F
reflection and a Major Project.
as contributing to your personal guide only and our decision will be based
on your overall suitability for the course as G
and academic development, Associated Careers well as whether you meet the minimum
taking our top-up course is a With a BA (Hons) Education under your entry requirements. H
great way to further your career. belt, you’ll be ready to enter a wide range
of degree-level careers. Or you might I
Following completion of the BA (Hons) choose to undertake further studies
Education, you will be able to enter a wide and training – perhaps gaining qualified J
range of degree-level careers. You may wish teacher status.
to undertake further studies and training K
– perhaps gaining qualified teacher status. As well as teaching, our past students
Modules will include a range of research have gone on to work in university
L
units based on education as well as a Major administration, to mentoring roles in
Project. You will be assessed in a number of schools, and to jobs as college lecturers
M
ways, including case studies, action research, and trainers.
N
This course is open to education
O
professionals working in schools, colleges
and other educational settings. You should
P
already have 240 credits (120 at Level 1 and
120 at Level 2) before joining this course.
Q
The BA (Hons) Education will develop
your professional knowledge, skills and R
understanding – and, as it’s part-time, you
can continue to work while you study. S
The top up will cover a range of topical issues T

relating to learning, teaching and assessment
in schools and other educational institutions. U
As well as contributing to your personal and
academic development, taking the top-up V
course is a great way to further your career.
W
X
This course is open to
education professionals Y
working in schools,
Z
colleges and other
educational settings.

137
Education (Top-Up) BA (Hons) Key Facts Part-time only
Chelmsford

& Education
Campus Chelmsford
Duration 2 years
A
Top-up your foundation degree Module guide Associated careers
in education to a full BA (Hons) in Core modules With our BA (Hons) Education under your
• Major Project belt, you’ll be ready to enter a wide range
B just two years. Study part-time in of degree-level careers. Or you might
Chelmsford and develop a raft of Optional modules choose to undertake further studies
C skills that will help you get ahead • Investigating Education Through and training – perhaps gaining qualified
in your chosen career. Research teacher status.
D • Work-Based Learning
Our BA (Hons) Education will develop As well as teaching, our past students
• R
aising Achievement Through
E your professional knowledge, skills and have gone on to work in university
Improving Teaching and Learning
understanding – and, as it’s part-time, you administration, to mentoring roles in
F can continue to work while you study. schools, and to jobs as college lecturers
Assessment
and trainers.
We’ll assess you in a number of ways,
G We’ll cover a range of topical issues relating including case studies, action research,
to learning, teaching and assessment in We have useful links with the education
H schools and other educational institutions. industry and organisations including local
What’s more, our optional modules will authorities, the Villiers Trust and Training
I let you explore areas that are of particular Schools East.
personal interest. As well as contributing to
J your personal and academic development,
taking our top-up course is a great way to Entry requirements
K further your career. This course is open to education
professionals working in schools, colleges
L and other educational settings. You
should already have 240 credits (120 at
M Level 1 and 120 at Level 2) before joining
this course. Accredited Prior Certificated
N Learning (APCL) and Accredited Prior
Experiential Learning (APEL) also exist at
O point of entry.
X As well as contributing
to your personal and
Y academic development,
taking our top-up
Z
course is a great way
to further your career.

Education and Childhood
Studies BA (Hons) & Education
4 – 6 years part-time
UCAS Code X300
It’s not just what children learn, Module guide Entry requirements
A
but the context in which they Year one core modules 80 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
• Studying Education and Research in 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 5 GCSEs
do so, which affects their life B
Higher Education 1 at grade C or above, including English. If
experiences. Many other factors English is not your first language you will
• Education Studies 1: Families, Schools C
can also impact on education and Equality be expected to demonstrate a certificated
outcomes. This course explores • Primary Education and Schooling 1:
level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.0
(academic level) or equivalent English
D
all these fascinating ideas, and Understanding Learning in the
Language qualification, as recognised
will prepare you for a range of Primary Classroom E
by Anglia Ruskin University.
careers relating to education. • An Introduction to Online
Learning Spaces F
If you are interested in an education related
career, and want to understand things Year two core modules G
like how social issues affect schooling • Studying Education and Research in
outcomes, this is the course for you. Higher Education 2 H
• Education Studies 2: Studying National
You’ll focus on the study of learning, and International Education Systems I
the curriculum, diversity and inclusion
• Primary Education and Schooling 2:
within the childhood phases of education J
Understanding and Enriching the
and schooling. Using educational and
Primary Curriculum
sociological theory, you will explore how K
and why educational differences (in terms
of experience, qualifications and future L
• Education Studies 3: Ideology,
careers) can occur.
Educational Policy and Cultural Texts
• P
rimary Education and Schooling 3: M
Besides your education related skills, you’ll
also develop transferable skills which are What is Meant by Inclusion and Diversity
in Primary Education? N
appealing to employers in a wide range
of sectors. • U
ndergraduate Major Project: Studying
Education and Research in Higher O
During the course, you will be encouraged Education 3
P
to find voluntary work experience places in Student View
settings related to your planned career. We’ll Assessment
provide support through our employability There are no exams, but you will be Coral Q
and volunteering teams. assessed on essays and extended prose, Education and Childhood Studies
presentations, placement proposals and R
Our expert tutors include well-known reports. You will also be assessed on your “The course itself is based on the
international researchers. Interesting guest portfolios of evidence, reflective journals, sociological and psychological S
lecturers also come in to speak patchwork texts, web-based discussions, aspects of education and
on current issues. and reflective analyses and evaluations. children’s experiences of home T
and school life. It allows us
Associated careers as undergraduate students U
This course prepares you for a career to question the purpose of
in early childhood settings or primary education. The lecturers are V
education. When you graduate you could enthusiastic about the modules
choose to apply for postgraduate training, and often give personal W
which many career paths require. experiences when they can relate
to a topic which helps us as X
During the course, you’ll also have the students. I am thoroughly enjoying
opportunity to hear from potential the course and look forward to Y
employers. my lectures, and I know that if I
am struggling I can approach my Z
lecturers, personal tutor or the
student services on campus.”

139
Education Studies BA (Hons)
Chelmsford

& Education
Campus Chelmsford
UCAS Code X302
A What is education? Why do Module guide Entry requirements

people learn differently at Year one core modules 80 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
• Studying Education and Research in 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 5 GCSEs at
B different ages, and what Higher Education 1 grade C or above, including English.
makes them lifelong learners? • Education Studies 1: Families, Schools If English is not your first language
C What affects how education you will be expected to demonstrate a
and Equality
is provided, and how is your • Introduction to Online Learning
D IELTS 6.0 (academic level) or equivalent
learning impacted by the Spaces and Critical Education
E country you live in? If you are • Understanding Learning recognised by Anglia Ruskin University.
interested in studying education
F itself, this is the course for you. Year two core modules
• Studying Education and Research in
G Education is hugely important to all of Higher Education 2
us. It affects our experiences, ambitions, • Education Studies 2: Studying National
H qualifications and prospects. But it’s and International Education Systems
designed and delivered differently in • C
ritical Education and e-Environments 2:
I different places – both nationally and Considering Critical Theory, Curriculum
internationally. Our course explores how and Communities of Practice
J and why educational differences occur,
and opens up a range of fascinating Year three core modules
K careers to you. • Undergraduate Major Project: Studying
Education and Research in Higher
L This course will help you to develop as Education 3
an independent, critical problem-solver. • Education Studies 3: Ideology,
M You’ll explore academic theory relating Educational Policy and Cultural Texts
to education, and pedagogy – that is,
• Identities, the Web and Perceptions
N how people are taught. You’ll look at
of Old Age
the underlying values, principles and
O philosophies of educational processes and
Assessment
systems, and examine the complex interplay
Assessment will include essays and
P of factors which shape education provision.
extended prose, presentations, placement
proposals and reports, portfolios of
Q Many of us continue to learn throughout
evidence, reflective journals, patchwork
our lives, so our course looks at
educational differences at various life
R built up week by week), and your
stages rather than concentrating on a
participation in webinars.
single phase, such as childhood. It also
S
considers how people develop identities
Associated careers Student View
as learners based on their education,
T Our degree course will open up a range Alice
society and the online environment
of careers for you. It will be especially Education Studies
they have access to; digital technology’s
U ever-increasing role in education; and
useful if you want a career in youth work,
research, education welfare, management “Some of the modules are really
what can be learned about education and
V and administration, or policy development interesting to learn and research
citizenship in this age of social networking.
in arenas such as local and national about. The lecturers’ enthusiasm
W government, education institutions or the for what they’re teaching is
Your course tutors will offer support and
not-for-profit sector. infectious and can really get you
guidance throughout, and help you to
X in the mood to want to learn
think about and plan for your future career.
You could also choose to do postgraduate about it. Education is constantly
Y study, such as a PGCE, which would give developing and the course is
you qualified teacher status. designed in a way to make you
Z think about how it’s going affect
you as a potential teacher as well
as the students.”

Education, Technology
Chelmsford
and Computing BA (Hons) & Education
Campus Chelmsford
6 years part-time
UCAS Code I100
At a time when there’s increasing Module guide Associated careers

A
emphasis on computer science Year one core modules Our course will put you on the path
• Studying Education and Research in to a number of careers. With further
in schools, and huge growth in Higher Education 1 professional training or postgraduate B
digital technology in education, • C
omputer Science 1: Introduction to study, you could consider teaching, or
the economy and society, our working with and supporting vulnerable C
Computing Fundamentals
course will give you expertise in • C
ritical Education and e-Environments 1:
children, young people and adults.
D
this important area. It’s excellent Introduction to Online Learning Spaces
Other options include teaching and
preparation if you want to work and Critical Education
learning assistant roles, careers related E
in education or pursue teacher • Understanding Learning to using computers and computational
training. thinking with others, or becoming an F
Year two core modules academic, researcher or scholar.
Computer science has reached the top • Studying Education and Research in G
of the educational agenda. The argument Higher Education 2 Entry requirements
has been made for making computational • C
omputer Science 2: Computer 80 UCAS Tariff Points from a minimum of H
thinking central to schooling and the Architecture, Networking and Design 2 A Levels (or equivalent) 5 GCSEs at grade
technology is now there to do it, with • C
ritical Education and Environments 2: C or above, including English and Maths I
children actively using ICT from a young Considering Critical Theory, Curriculum
age. With our ability to upload educational and Communities of Practice J
material to the internet at any point, it’s
vital for the education sector to keep Year three core modules K
abreast of technological developments – • Undergraduate Major Project
and potential pitfalls. • C
omputer Science 3: Advanced L
Computing Principles
Whether you’re interested or working M
• C
ritical Education and eEnvironments
at primary or secondary-school level,
3: Identities, the Web and Perceptions
our course is for you. With support N
of Old Age
from our friendly and experienced staff,
you’ll develop an in-depth knowledge of O
Assessment
education, technology and computing that
As well as traditional essays and a Major
you can put to use in your future career. P
Project, you will also demonstrate your use
From programming to safeguarding, you’ll
of ICT through web-based communication
understand the benefits (and issues) that Q
and the creation of a personalised and
result from digital technology being at the
shared online learning space. Other forms
heart of young people’s schooling.
of assessment include a presentation, R
coursework and a written exam.
When you graduate you’ll be able
S
to thrive in a world of continual
technological change, and address an
T
educational need that’s recognised both
nationally and internationally.
U
V
From programming
W
to safeguarding,
you’ll understand X
the benefits (and Find out about how to apply
issues) that result
from digital technology Like us on facebook
Z
being at the heart of young
people’s schooling. Follow us on @angliaruskin

141
Electronic Engineering
Cambridge
Key Facts
BEng (Hons) Campus Cambridge
A Modern life depends on Module guide Links with industry

electronics. In lectures and in Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Analogue Electronics Our links with industry mean
B our labs, you will learn to build, that you could do shared projects with
• Core Technology
repair, and maintain a wide real employers, placements and work
C • Digital Electronics
variety of electronic devices. experience during your study. You’ll also
• Introduction to PIC Processors
Our course is accredited by the go on company visits and some lectures
D • Mathematics for Technology 1 are delivered by working engineers.
IET on behalf of the Engineering
• Embedded Systems and Programmable
E Council, meeting the academic Associated careers
Logic Controllers
requirement for registration as There is a wide variety of career
• Computer Modelling
F an Incorporated Engineer. This opportunities, ranging from pure research
course has been validated to Year two core modules through product design and development,
G to industrial and business management.
include an optional sandwich • Data Communications
H placement year in industry. • D

You’ll be able to choose from jobs in
Project
medical electronics, environmental
Your course will have a new home in • Electronic Circuits
I monitoring, microelectronics, sound
Compass House, the £3.5 million extension • Mathematics for Technology 2 technology, biophysics, power, transport,
of our campus along East Road. You’ll have
J • Microprocessor Systems Design media, engineering, industrial process
the latest technology at your fingertips and
control, construction and building services,
be able to collaborate with other students
K Year three core modules and teaching.
on innovative projects to hone your skills.
• Digital Systems and Power Control
L • Microelectronic Systems Design Entry requirements
Our course will give you detailed
knowledge of a branch of technology • Signals and Control Systems
M of 2 A Levels (or equivalent) Science,
which is absolutely vital to our modern • Final Project Technology, Engineering or Mathematics
lifestyle development. You will focus on the
N • Digital Signal Processing subjects are preferred and 3 GCSEs at
central topics in electronics while learning
grade C or above including English,
to build, repair, and maintain devices. You’ll
O Assessment Mathematics and Science.
also have the opportunity to develop
Besides exams and essays, assessment
certain skills in more detail to specialise on
P will include reports, logbooks,
an area of interest.
presentations, posters, interviews, and
Q work resulting from practical classes.
Take advantage of our electronics and
microelectronics laboratories, with support
Placement opportunities
R and guidance from our in-house team of
This course gives you the opportunity to
technical experts. We use industry-standard
take a work placement between years
S software including the Xilinx ISE digital
two and three. You’ll get experience of
systems design software and National
T Instruments’ Multisim circuit-simulation
in an industry relating to your course.
package. You’ll also use a wide range of
U central computing and media facilities.
and industry contacts to benefit your
V By the time you graduate, you’ll be a
career prospects.
creative problem-solver and be able
W to design systems and components.
You will have regular contact with one of
You’ll also be able to consider the social,
our course tutors and be supported by a
X environmental and economic implications
supervisor from your placement company.
of different aspects of electronics.
Y

Engineering FdSc

Duration 2 years
UCAS Code H100
Learn the practical skills and Module guide Special features

A
theory you need to become Year one core modules University Centre Harlow is home to the
• IT, Communications and Research Skills Engineering Hub, an enterprise project
an engineering technician, and supported by government. This state-of-
B
• Applied Software
develop your creative problem- the-art building housing the most up-to-
• Introduction to Engineering Materials C
solving skills. When you graduate, date engineering equipment enables users
you can head straight into the to work with local industry on live briefs.
D
• Mathematics for Engineers 1
workplace or do a top-up year to
• Mechatronics Associated careers
achieve an honours degree. You’ll be able to find employment in a E
Year two core modules range of engineering careers that could
Our course offers a good balance of F
• Statistics and Process Quality include design or development, testing,
academic and practical work, so you’ll
Assurance quality assurance, production or assembly.
graduate with experience and a wide G
• Mathematics for Engineers 2 You’ll also have the opportunity to move
knowledge base. The opportunity to work
into sales or technical marketing.
on projects with local industries gives you • Engineering Principles H
the advantage of becoming familiar with • Work-Based Learning 2 While studying, you will have the
the working world. • Applied Mechanics I
opportunity to work on projects with
• Materials and Processes local employers. Our industry links let you
You’ll develop a deep understanding J
maintain awareness of who’s hiring.
of essential principles and theories of
Assessment
engineering. You’ll learn about equipment,
This will include exams and presentations, You might find that you enjoy studying K
components and processes, and gain an
but the main focus of the course is on so much that you’d like to continue rather
in-depth understanding of how to tackle
practical work – you will complete projects than going straight out to work. Graduating L
engineering problems in a creative way,
with employers in local industry. from this course means you would only
including using mathematical methods.
have to study for one more year at Anglia M
Links with industry Ruskin to achieve a full honours degree.
You will learn transferable skills, such as
communication and teamwork, which
and professional recognition N
The course has partial accreditation Entry requirements
are valuable to employers even in non-
from the Institution of Engineering and 48 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of O
engineering sectors. You’ll learn to work
Technology (IET) towards incorporated 2 A Levels, BTEC Diploma or Extended
in a team to achieve the best possible
engineer status. Engineering employers Diploma (or equivalent), this must include P
results, and also learn to appraise your
look for graduates with the skills you will a pass in a relevant subject and 3 GCSEs
own performance.
get from our degree. at grade C or above including English Q
and Mathematics.
R
The opportunity to X
work on projects with Find out about how to apply
local industries gives
you the advantage of Like us on facebook
Z
becoming familiar
with the working world. Follow us on @angliaruskin

143
English Language and
Cambridge
Key Facts
English Language Teaching Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
BA (Hons) Available Starts September
UCAS Code XQ13
A This course will give you the skills You will have the choice of investigating Assessment
and qualifications needed to meet areas such as newspaper and You’ll demonstrate your progress
advertising language, or political through a combination of assessment,
B the UK Government’s teacher- rhetoric, and you will get the such as unseen examinations, in-class
training requirement, allowing chance to study a foreign language assessments, essays, portfolios, and
C you to work in further, adult and from beginner or elementary level. assessed presentations. Most of our
community education in England modules include a practical element, as
D Finally, your Major Project will allow you to well as other opportunities to show your
and Wales. You will have the
research the topic of your choice under learning, like non-assessed discussions
E opportunity to take the CELTA the supervision of an expert English and presentations, language laboratory
(Certificate in Teaching English Language tutor. work or class exercises.
F to Speakers of Other Languages)
qualification, accepted world- Module guide If you take the CELTA component, your
G Year one core modules teaching practice assessment will be based
wide by employers of English
• Revealing English Structure 1 and 2 on classroom-related written assignments
H Language teachers. and the continuous assessment of your
• Language and Society
lesson plans and teaching.
Do you want to gain a deeper • Intercultural Awareness
I
understanding of a bridge language for • Introduction to Vocabulary and Associated careers
many cultures all over the world, and Semantics
J With both the BA (Hons) and the CELTA
help others learn it too? • Introduction to the Sounds of English qualifications under your belt, you’ll be
K • Anglia Language Programme perfectly placed for a career as an English
Many employers now require a high
Language teacher all over the world.
proficiency in English, meaning English
L Year two core modules
language teachers are in more demand
• Teaching Practice Besides teaching, our past graduates
than ever, both in the UK and overseas.
M have entered many different professions,
This course will help you explore the • Teaching English as a Foreign
including the media, import-export, travel
nature and mechanics of the English Language 1
N and tourism, computing, business, human
language. You’ll be introduced to many • W
ritten Text 1 and 2: From Principles resources as well as other roles in the
issues in applied linguistics and language and Patterns to Genre
O language industries.
studies, like semantics, phonetics and • Phonetics and Phonology
phonology, and learn to apply them to
P Entry requirements
a range of contexts. Year three core modules 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a
• Major Project minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent)
Q You can choose to study the entire
• M
ethods and Developments in and 3 GCSEs at grade C or above.
syllabus for the Cambridge Certificate in
R Teaching English as a Foreign
Teaching English to Speakers of Other
Language (TEFL)
Languages (CELTA) – both methodology
S and teaching practice modules. In these • L
anguage Acquisition: Topics and
components, which must be completed Issues
T in one year, you’ll take part in supervised
lesson planning, observation and assessed
U teaching practice, with feedback from
experienced CELTA tutors.
V
On our other modules, you’ll follow the
W evolution of the English Language and
its teaching through to the modern day,
X and learn to collect and analyse the ‘real’
language you hear in everyday life.
Y

English Language and Key Facts
Cambridge
Linguistics BA (Hons) Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code Q310
Do you want a deeper Module guide Special features

A
understanding of language as Year one core modules You’ll be able to study abroad for a
• Revealing English Structure 1 and 2 semester or two as part of our Erasmus
an important bridge for many exchange (supported by the European B
• Introduction to the Sounds of English
cultures across the globe? Union). This will let you experience
• Introduction to Vocabulary and C
This course will develop your Semantics
English as a truly global phenomenon,
knowledge of English, its nature, • Language and Society
and you’ll also get to practice your
intercultural skills. D
mechanics, and evolution. You will • Intercultural Awareness
also have the chance to explore Our partner universities are located across E
specialist skills like creative Year two core modules Europe (in Spain, Italy, France and Turkey),
writing and Teaching English as • Phonetics and Phonology and all of their English linguistics courses F
a Foreign Language, opening up • W
ritten Text 1 and 2: From Principles are taught in English. You can even choose
many new career options. and Patterns to Genre to study the relevant language as one of G
• Language, Mind and Brain your optional modules.
English is increasingly used as a global H
• History of English Language
language, and excellent communication Additional experiences like studying abroad
• Language, Power and Identity increasingly help job applicants stand out I
and intercultural skills are nowadays
required by many employers. This from the crowd, and we’ll encourage you
Year three core modules to make use of these opportunities. J
course will help you to explore the
• Major Project
nature and mechanics of the English
language. You’ll be introduced to many • Spoken Discourse Associated careers K
issues in applied linguistics and language If you’re aiming for a career that needs
studies, like semantics, phonetics and Assessment good linguistic and analytic skills, then this L
phonology, then learn to apply them to You will demonstrate your progress is the course for you. Many of our recent
a range of contexts. through a combination of traditional graduates have found employment in M
assessment, such as essays, exams or communications, public relations and
You will trace how the English language oral presentations, and portfolios, which marketing, while others have gone on N
has developed and spread across the involve both theoretical and practical to take qualifications in speech therapy
globe, splitting into different offshoots work. Most of our modules also include a or teaching, and now work in primary or O
and ‘new Englishes’. You’ll examine how practical element, such as a data analysis secondary schools.
language is used to shape and manipulate exercise, allowing you to apply your P
people’s ideas and opinions, and how theoretical knowledge to ‘real’ situations. Or you might enjoy your course so much
you’ll choose to continue your education
English is picked up as a first or second Q
language by both children and adults. on a Masters course, like our MA Applied
Linguistics and TESOL or MA TESOL and
R
Your choice of modules will let you delve Materials Development.
deeper into your own interests or career, S
with options like creative writing, literature, Entry requirements
Teaching English as a Foreign Language 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a
T
(TEFL) or the media. You will also get the
chance to study a foreign language from and 3 GCSEs at grade C or above.
U
beginner to an advanced level.
V
9/10 of our English
W
Language and
Linguistics students X
said that staff are
enthusiastic about Y
what they are teaching
Z
(National Student
Survey 2015).

145
English Language Studies
Cambridge
Key Facts
(For Non-native Speakers Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
of English) BA (Hons) Available Starts September
UCAS Code Q303
A We’ll develop your English skills Module guide Special features

to an advanced level and show Year one core modules You’ll be joining an institution that has
• English Advanced (1 and 2 or 3 and 4) taught English Language Studies for over
B you how to apply them to real-life 50 years. Your studies will be supported
• English for Study (1 and 2)
situations, opening doors for you by excellent technical facilities, including
C • Intercultural Awareness
in industry, business and politics an open-access language centre and
• Introduction to Vocabulary and
all over the world. multimedia computer laboratory.
D Semantics
English is recognised as a bridge language • Language and Society Associated careers
E for many global cultures, and an essential You’ll be well placed to take advantage
communication tool for industry, business Year two core modules of all the opportunities offered by
F and politics. You’ll discover how its role in • Revealing English Structure 1 and 2 an expanding European Union and
the modern world has evolved, and find • History of English Language economic globalisation. Our past students
G out more about the cultural background • E
nglish Advanced 3 and 4 or Written now enjoy successful careers in teaching,
of the UK. Text 1 and 2 import-export, financial services, and
H travel and tourism, among others.
• Language, Power and Identity
In a mix of lectures and seminars, with
I students from as far afield as China, Or you might enjoy your course so much
Brazil and Russia, you’ll practice your you’ll choose to continue your education
• Language Acquisition: Topics and
J presentation, negotiation and group- on a Masters course, like our MA Applied
Issues
working skills, helping you stand out to Linguistics and TESOL or MA TESOL and
K • Writing for the Workplace Materials Development.
potential employers.
• Major Project
L Your choice of modules will let you explore Entry requirements
your own interests or career path, with Assessment 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a
M options like Business English, Teaching You’ll demonstrate your progress through minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent)
English as a Foreign Language (TEFL), the a combination of assessment, such as and 3 GCSEs at grade C or above.
N media and cinema. You will also get the unseen exams, in-class assessments,
chance to study a foreign language from essays, portfolios, and assessed
O beginner to advanced level. presentations. Most of our modules
include a practical element, such as a
P data analysis exercise, allowing you to
apply your theoretical knowledge to
‘real’ situations. There’ll also be other
Q
opportunities to show your learning,
like non-assessed discussions and
R
presentations, language laboratory
work or class exercises.
S

English Literature BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code Q300
Engage with new ideas Assessment You might enjoy your time with us so
A
and ways of reading while You will demonstrate your learning much that you decide to study on one
through a combination of exams, essays, of our Masters courses, such as English
studying some of the most portfolios, presentations, reviews, reports Literature, Creative Writing or Publishing.
B
interesting and exciting and a Major Project.
books ever written. With our Our work-based modules, such as C
career-focused modules, you’ll Special features Working in English, Communication,
You can apply to spend one semester Film and Media in year three, will give you D
graduate with a set of skills
in years two or three studying abroad vital experience of related professions like
in demand from potential at Universidad de Huelva, Spain and publishing, the media industries, teaching E
employers. Valparaiso University, Indiana, USA. or arts administration.
F
Our English Literature modules allow you Take part in our many extra-curricular Our University’s Careers and Employability
to balance the study of traditional writers activities, like the annual three-day trip Service can offer you all the support G
like Shakespeare, Milton, Wordsworth, to Stratford-upon-Avon, our poetry and advice you need to develop your
Dickens and Woolf, with an exploration and writing evenings, Literary Society professional skills. We host employability H
of genres such as modern science fiction, events, and our research symposia events that bring together professionals
children’s literature and contemporary and conferences. and practitioners from a variety of I
women’s writing. disciplines like publishing, modern
Links with industry languages, printing and art design, writing J
You’ll think critically about these texts and and professional recognition and poetry, media consultancy, teaching,
communicate your ideas clearly to others, You’ll benefit from our links with industry events organisation and festival direction. K
while being aware of the importance of and professional bodies, including
your own personal response to them. Cambridge University Press, Windhorse Entry requirements L
Publishing, Sayle Literary Agency, 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a
Your choice of study will grow from an Bloomsbury, Campus (the Cambridge minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), M
introduction of English literary history in Publishing Society), and Cambridge including grade C in English Language
year one, to modules on related subjects Literary Festival. or English Literature and 3 GCSEs at N
like film, drama, philosophy or writing grade C or above.
(creative or journalistic) in years two Associated careers O
and three, all supported by our highly- Teaching is the most popular choice
experienced teaching staff. of career for English literature graduates, P
but the communication, critical and
Module guide interpersonal skills you gain will
Q
prepare you for careers in journalism,
• A History of English Literature from broadcasting, the music industry, arts
Chaucer to Equiano R
administration, gallery work, publishing
• A
History of English Literature from and marketing, among others.
S
Blake to the Present
• Introduction to Imaginative Writing T
• Tragedy
• Introduction to Literary Criticism U
Year two core modules V

• Romantic Conflicts
• Shakespeare and Performance W
• T
he Victorian Experience: Texts and
Contexts X
Year three core modules Y

• Major Project This Anglia Ruskin course is taught at
Z
• Modernism and the City Cambridge campus, and at our partner,

147
English Literature BA (Hons)
Key Facts
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code Q300

A This course will bring the great Module guide Links with industry
authors and works to life, Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Introduction to English Literature 1 We work with many cultural organisations,
B from Anglo-Saxon times to the including the Heritage Lottery Fund
• Introduction to English Literature 2
present, on an imaginatively and the John Clare Trust. We offer work
C • Introduction to Literary Criticism
taught course that will prepare experience and special placement
• Tragedy
you for a range of careers. opportunities with some of these, as well
D • Western Civilisation as the chance to network with future
Studying a diverse range of texts, genres employers.
E and movements from English literary Year two core modules
history, you’ll explore the way in which • Shakespeare and Renaissance Drama Associated careers
F forms and traditions have evolved, along • Romantic Conflicts Our graduates go on to careers in
with the practical and theoretical aspects • T
he Victorian Experience: Texts and teaching, journalism, TV and radio, the
G of writing, reading and criticism. Contexts music industry, arts administration, gallery
work, fundraising, HR, publishing, library
H • Postcolonialism
The course examines how writers management, marketing and PR, public
• American Literature services, tourism and IT.
have written profoundly about, and
I been influenced by, their experiences, • News and Feature Writing
societies and times, and how their works Entry requirements
J have contributed to human culture and Year three core modules 80 UCAS tariff points. Required subject(s):
understanding. • Major Project A Level English, English Language or
K • Modernism and the City English Language/Literature at grade C, or
We draw on aspects of history, philosophy, • A
fter the Deluge: Writing, Film, Culture a full Access Certificate in a related subject
L linguistics, theology and cultural studies and Society Since 1945 GCSEs required: 3 GCSEs at grade C or
– and we’ll help you develop skills that are above in English, Mathematics and Science.
• Contemporary Fiction
M particularly attractive to employers. These
skills include: • Modern Science Fiction
N • Communication skills: developed • Women’s Writing, Gender and Sexuality
through assessments (essays, portfolios, • W
orking in English, Communication,
O journals), seminar presentations and Film and Media
discussions.
P • C
ritical and analytical skills: gained from Assessment
close reading of critical and literary texts, We will assess your progress through
Q and by applying literary and critical essays, exams, professional development
theories to a wide range of texts. portfolios, individual and group projects,
R • P
roblem-solving skills: you’ll learn to and your Dissertation.
respond with agility and imagination to
S critical problems. Special features
Our students run their own Literature
• R
esearch skills: you’ll work with a broad Society and organise guest lectures,
T range of print and electronic learning workshops and cultural or social events.
resources and learn how to sift through, You can also join us on theatre trips and
U interpret, and respond to difficult other ‘away days’ such as the popular tour
material. of Elizabethan and Victorian London.
V • P
lanning and development: you’ll
develop and hone your skills preparing
W for seminars, organising your reading,
and meeting assignment deadlines.
X
• Interpersonal skills: you’ll work
collectively and collaboratively in
Y
seminars and group presentations.. This Anglia Ruskin course is taught
at our partner, University Centre
Z
campus, Cambridge.

Fashion Design BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code W230
Learn the processes and Supported by our highly experienced Assessment

A
techniques of contemporary teaching staff in the creative and dynamic You will show your progress through a
learning environment of Cambridge combination of written and practical work.
fashion design, then launch your School of Art, you’ll be encouraged to
B
collection at our end-of-course develop your own creative path, hone Special features
degree show. You will gain the your visual and oral communication and We’ll give you access to industrial C
skills and knowledge you need networking skills, and collaborate with sewing and finishing machines and
students from other courses such as surface textile facilities. You’ll also D
for a career in fashion, and create
photography and film. be able to take advantage of our life
a dynamic portfolio which will drawing and sculpture workshops, E
appeal to employers and studios When you graduate, you’ll be well equipped photography labs, computer suites
across the globe. for employment in the fashion industry. (complete with Photoshop Illustrator), F
and filmmaking facilities.
This course focuses on the issues and Module guide G
challenges of contemporary fashion Year one core modules Associated careers
design. From an experimental and • Introduction to Fashion Design 1 and 2 This course will fully prepare you to pursue H
industry perspective, you’ll explore its • Introduction to Pattern Cutting a career as a fashion designer, but also
materials, processes and production, and prepare you for a number of roles in I
• Digital Media 1
learn how to communicate your ideas the industry, such as, styling, buying,
creatively. You’ll develop your conceptual pattern cutting, illustration, and trend J
thinking and practical skills, and become a forecasting. Alternatively, you will be well
• Debates and Practices
professional, innovative fashion designer equipped to start your own business or K
with an individual identity. • Development in Fashion Design 1 embark on a career in teaching.
• Development in Fashion Design 2 L
With a focus on womenswear and • Pattern Cutting and Construction 1 You might enjoy the course so much that
menswear, and the practical design • Pattern Cutting and Construction 2 you decide to continue on to a Masters M
methods used by professionals, you will course, like our MA Fashion Design.
try out techniques including traditional Year three core modules N
and creative pattern cutting and draping, • Major Project Entry requirements
surface textiles with knitwear, styling, and 80 – 96 UCAS tariff points from a O
• Research Project
digital media. You’ll also investigate the minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent),
culture surrounding fashion: what informs • Specialised Practice in Fashion Design including grade C in an Art, Design or P
fashion trends, and consumer and market Media subject and 3 GCSEs at grade C
analysis? This knowledge will be crucial for or above, including English. Applicants to Q
marketing your work, and you’ll be given a this course will be required to attend an
chance to experiment with it in branding interview and display a portfolio of work R
and promotion. for assessment.
S
In your third year, you’ll create your final
collection and promote your skills to the
T
public and potential employers at our
annual degree show. Throughout the
course, there will be opportunities to take
U
part in other shows.
V
X
In 2015 9/10 of our
students were Y
Z
course (National
Student Survey 2015).

149
Film and Television Production
Cambridge
Key Facts
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code W612
A Develop your passion Module guide When shooting your projects you’ll use
for storytelling. Gain the Year one core modules our fully-equipped TV studio with full
• Editing and Structures lighting rig; professional-standard gallery;
B craftsmanship and skills to begin mixer; autocue; multi-purpose scenic
• Factual Programming
a career in the ever-diversifying backdrops suitable for current affairs,
C • Screen Drama
film and television industry, from magazine programmes and dramas;
• TV Studio Practices
drama to documentary, and music a large four-waller film stage with
D overhead lighting, tracks, dollies and
promos to moving image projects. Year two core modules green screens and sets for flats; a full
E • Documentary range of HD and SD location cameras
Develop your skills in cinematography,
• Short Fiction Film (including Steadicam); location lighting;
editing, producing and directing in
F • Debates and Practices and sound-recording equipment. For
studio, on location and in multi-camera
television studios. Learn from highly post-production work you’ll get access to
G Year three core modules more than 35 Apple media workstations,
experienced filmmakers and teachers in
our purpose-built facilities at Cambridge • Major Project with high-end software such as the Adobe
H • Specialised Practice in Film and Creative Cloud collection.
School of Art. You’ll also explore the
theory and context of your craft with Television Production
I an emphasis on practice. • Research Project
Associated careers
J Focusing on creative practice and This course will prepare you for
Assessment
storytelling, you’ll shoot on film and video, employment or self-employment in film and
You will demonstrate your progress through
K from high definition to 16mm film, and television industries and the ever-expanding
mostly practical portfolios supported by
learn post-production skills in editing, field of screen content including music,
written analytical work. All your coursework
L sound and grading. will be project–based, reflecting either the
dance, marketing and fashion promos,
as well as drama and documentary.
technical or production skills required for
M We enjoy a close and rewarding the film and television industry.
relationship with the Cambridge Arts We place an emphasis on creativity and
N Picturehouse, where the best films by our storytelling, as well as solid, transferable
Special features
students are screened publicly at the end skills such as teamwork, communication,
Every year we run a series of specialist
O of year and for our annual degree show. problem solving, resourcefulness, and
lectures and workshops led by industry
risk management.
professionals. In these ‘Wired’ events,
P Your work will be supported by award- you’ll learn about up-to-date industry
winning lecturers and film and television You’ll also learn highly valued specialist
practices and get invaluable advice.
Q professionals, whose work includes Emmy skills such as editing, cinematography,
Award-winning documentaries for the BBC, production management, budgeting,
Throughout the course you’ll also get
R Discovery, Channel 4, Channel 5, ITVS, BBC producing and directing all invaluable
first-hand experience of the industry at
Radio 4 as well as promo, commercials and as you launch a career in this highly
informal work placements and benefit
competitive but growing and diverse
S HUGO and BAFTA Award-winning drama. from our close links with Cambridge Arts
creative industry.
Picturehouse, where we hold regular
T student and industry events.
Entry requirements
U
and 3 GCSEs at grade C or above,
V including English. Applicants to this
course will be required to attend an
W interview and display a portfolio of
work for assessment.
X
In 2015 9/10 of our
Y students were
Z
course (National

Film Studies BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code P303
Get a solid grounding in film Year two core modules Placement opportunities
A
history and theory, and use a • Cinema and Sound Through our partnerships with regional
• Documentary Film Theory and national organisations, you’ll gain
critical knowledge of film culture an excellent grounding for many roles
B
to explore ideas when creating • Independent Cinema: US and Beyond
within the film and creative industries.
your own film projects. You’ll • Theorising the Specular and Classical Our recent placements and internships C
Hollywood Cinema
discover a wide spectrum of have included the BBC, Cambridge Arts
Picturehouse, Cambridge Film Festival, D
approaches to the moving image, Year three core modules Cambridge Festival of Ideas, Cambridge
and develop specialist interests • Film, Modernity and Postmodernity Union Society, Cambridge United Football E
in film practice, reviewing, theory • Major Project Association, Cannes Film Festival, CBBC,
and screenwriting. • Multiplexed: Contemporary Popular ITN, London Studios, LUX, MTV, New F
Cinema York Film Academy, No.w.here, Optimum
Our Film Studies course offers a unique Releasing, Red TV, Sight & Sound and G
blend of theory and practice. On our theory- Assessment Zenith Productions.
based modules you’ll explore film-making Because of the practical nature of the H
practices and critical approaches from all course, you won’t have to take any written You’ll also have the chance to undertake
over the world, spanning the history of examinations. Instead, you’ll demonstrate commission work and gain valuable I
cinema from the avant-garde through to your learning through critical essays, oral experience in the film and creative
Hollywood blockbusters. But you’ll also get presentations, film reviews, evaluation industries through volunteering J
the chance to make explorative, creative, reports and your portfolio of creative opportunities, including at the Cambridge
and independent short films in video, work (such as film scripts or short videos). Film Festival. K
animation, or 16mm formats, preparing you You’ll also give critical evaluations of your
for work within the film industry. creative work, and present and defend Links with industry L
your work in ‘crits’. and professional recognition
In the final year your Major Project will Our links with the Cambridgeshire Film M
be screened in the graduation show Each year you will prepare a Personal Consortium will give you the chance
at the Cambridge Arts Picturehouse, a Development Portfolio, which includes to screen your project work at the N
professional public cinema. There’ll also a CV and personal statement. This Cambridge Arts Picturehouse and, if
be plenty of extra-curricular events to help will give you the chance to reflect on successful, the Cambridge International O
with your learning and your future career. your progress to date, the skills you’ve Film Festival. The Arts Picturehouse
developed and any extracurricular will also host some of the lectures and P
Terrence Davies, Peter Gidal, Malcolm Le activities that will help you when screenings on your taught course.
Grice, Henry K. Miller, Jane Parker, Lucy looking for work. Q
Reynolds, João Moreira Salles, Steven Associated careers
Shaviro, Margaret Salmon and Catherine Special features This course will prepare you for a R
Wheatley have all featured as our guest We’ll give you access to industry-standard career or further study in film and
speakers, and we regularly host festivals, film equipment, including Super 8 Nizo video production, film and television
S
conferences and productions, which you cameras, 16mm Bolex film cameras, and post-production, film journalism,
can get involved with behind the scenes a number of rostrums for traditional cinema and film festival management,
T
as well. animation. Our digital facilities feature film education, film programming and
Panasonic and JVC HD cameras, and curation, broadcasting and public
Module guide
U
Macintosh computers with Final Cut relations.
Year one core modules Pro and Adobe Creative Cloud software
• Introduction to Film Studies Entry requirements
V
for editing and post-production. Our
• Introduction to Video 1 Cambridge campus also houses film and 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a
television studios, multimedia studios and minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent) W
• History of Cinema
screening theatres. and 3 GCSEs at grade C or above.
• Film Reviewing X
• Introduction to Screenwriting
Y

151
Film Studies and Media Studies
Cambridge
Key Facts
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code P391
A With high-profile work Module guide Placement opportunities

placements and a unique balance Year one core modules You’ll build relationships with film and
• Introduction to Film Studies media-related organisations through
B of theory and practice, we will work placements, internships and
• Media, Culture and Society
expand your knowledge of the other volunteering opportunities. Our
C • Introduction to Radio
media and give you the critical previous students have undertaken
• Introduction to Video 1
and creative skills needed to placements with BBC, CBBC, MTV, ITN,
D London Weekend Television, the New
make your own films. You will Year two core modules York Film Academy, Zenith Productions,
E even see them screened at a • Media, Identity and Difference London Studios, Red TV, Cambridge
professional arts venue. • Theorising the Specular and Classical Arts Picturehouse and the Cambridge
F Hollywood Cinema Film Festival.
On this course you’ll explore cutting- • Theorising Popular Culture
G edge media and film theory along with These placements could form part of
historical perspectives, and develop Year three core modules your assessed work, and in many cases
H specialist skills in filmmaking, animation • Major Project have led directly to employment.
and creative publishing.
• Multiplexed: Contemporary
I Popular Cinema Associated careers
Our film modules will allow you to This course will prepare you for a
investigate film-making practices and • Theorising the Global Information Age
J career or further study in film and video
critical approaches from all over the world, production, film and television post-
spanning the history of cinema. You will Assessment
K production, film journalism, cinema and
have the chance to make explorative, Your written assignments might
film festival management, film education,
creative, and independent short films in include case studies, critical essays,
L screenwriting, journals and log books,
film programming and curation,
video, animation, or 16mm formats, and broadcasting and public relations.
develop your interests in film practice, film evaluation reports, film reviews and
M You’ll also be well prepared for other
reviewing, film theory, and screenwriting. analyses. You will demonstrate your
professions that need an understanding
presentation skills, and create portfolios
N of the media, like web design, publishing,
You will also have the chance to show of work. We also use a range of ‘hands-
and human resources.
your film to the public at the Cambridge on’ methods including internet, print and
O video production and commissions.
Arts Picturehouse. You might enjoy your degree so much that
P you decide to take a Masters course, like
Our media studies modules integrate Special features
our MA Film and Television Production.
practice-based learning with media You can apply to spend one semester in
Q production. You will investigate topics years two or three studying at Marshall
Entry requirements
including media institutions, relationships University in West Virginia, USA, Roskilde
R 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a
between media, power and economics, University in Denmark or Università Roma
social and digital media and contemporary Tre in Italy.
and 3 GCSEs at grade C or above.
S television, while developing skills in media
research methods, digital media, writing, We’ll give you access to the kind of
T publishing, radio and video production. equipment you can expect to work with
in the professional media industry. This
U There’ll also be plenty of extra-curricular includes film and television studios,
events to help with your learning and your HD cameras and 16mm film cameras,
V future career. Terrence Davies, Peter Gidal, Final Cut Pro and Adobe Creative Cloud
Malcolm Le Grice, Henry K. Miller, Jane editing suites, Steenbecks for 16mm
W Parker, Lucy Reynolds, João Moreira Salles, editing, animation rostrum cameras,
Steven Shaviro, Margaret Salmon and multimedia studios, screening theatres
X Catherine Wheatley have all featured as and radio suites.
our guest speakers, and we regularly host
Y festivals, conferences and productions,
which you can get involved with behind
Z the scenes as well.

Finance BSc (Hons)
Chelmsford
Key Facts
Business School
Campus Chelmsford
UCAS Code NN34 – 3 years
NN35 – 4 years with placement
You will get firm understanding Module guide into the curriculum to enhance your
A
on International Financial Year one core modules learning, professional development and
• Higher Education and Business employability as well as encourage your
Markets, Bond Markets; develop Essentials for Leadership and Finance interest in the financial markets. It also B
financial modelling skills; and • Economics for Managers gives staff and students to opportunity to
acquire knowledge to make collaborate. There’s also a Bloomberg app, C
investment and financial so you can access the Lab while you’re on
• Mathematics for Economists the move. D
decisions. We will put you on
• Micro and macro economics
practice trading securities and Placement opportunities E
• Business Economics
stocks in our Bloomberg Financial We want to make sure that you’re fully
Markets Lab, and you will obtain prepared for an increasingly competitive F
Management
Bloomberg certification job market, so we offer a four-year degree
Year two core modules option which includes a work placement in G
This course equips you with knowledge • Intermediate Economics the third year. It’s an opportunity to apply
of the operation of global markets and enhance your skills while developing H
• Introduction to Trading and Investment
and develops skills to support your new ones. You’ll also build valuable
• Financial Management professional networks. I
development within a volatile financial
world. The degree explores a range of • Econometrics
financial aspects such as capital markets, • Business Research Methods It could be that you have one placement J
derivatives, exchange and interest rate • E
nterprise and Entrepreneurial during year 3, or you could have two or
risk and asset pricing. Along the way, you Management three, giving you the chance to experience K
will learn from a mixture of high profile different organisations and working
academics and professional practitioners, Year three core modules practices. Many of our students find that L
who specialise in financial modelling, • Derivative Markets their placement company hires them
financial bubbles, financial crisis, risk when they graduate. We have a specialist M
• Applied Financial Economics
management and banking regulations. team to help you find a placement and
• Practising sustainable business support you during this year. N
You will become a member of the Finance • Corporate Finance
Society, which holds seminars and • Security Investment Analysis Studying abroad O
presentations from Society of Technical You could broaden your horizons by
• U
ndergraduate Major Project
Analysis, Barclays, Bank of England. spending time living and studying abroad. P
(Accounting and Finance)
semester spent in Europe, Canada, the USA Q
Assessment
We’ll assess your work in a variety of ways
including exams, coursework, essays and R
the international job market.
activity-based assignments including
problem-solving activities, consultancy S
Entry requirements
projects, presentations, computer-based
96 – 112 UCAS Tariff Points from a
exams, a trading simulation portfolio and T
minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent).
group or individual reports. You’ll also be able
3 GCSEs at grade C or above, including
to access support materials through our ARU U
English and Maths. If English is not your
first language you will be expected
to demonstrate a certificated level of V
Special features
proficiency of at least IELTS 6.0 (academic
You’ll study in our Centre of Excellence W
level) or equivalent English Language
in Accounting and Finance, supported
qualification, as recognised by Anglia
by academic researchers, professionals X
Ruskin University.
and our Bloomberg Financial Markets
Lab – a bespoke financial trading platform Y
providing live financial information
about companies trading on global Z
stock exchanges. The Lab is integrated

153
Finance and Business Analytics
Chelmsford
Key Facts
Campus Chelmsford
A In addition to gaining firm Year three core modules It could be that you have one placement
understanding on international • Derivative Markets during year 3, or you could have two or
• Business forecasting and simulation three, giving you the chance to experience
B financial markets, this course different organisations and working
equips you with the specialist • Practising sustainable business
practices. Many of our students find that
C skills, knowledge and experience • Corporate Finance their placement company hires them
in the use of big data, and • Security Investment Analysis when they graduate. We have a specialist
D • Undergraduate Major Project team to help you find a placement and
statistical analysis to help
support you during this year.
E companies to make more
Assessment
effective business decisions. We’ll assess your work in a variety of ways Studying abroad
F including exams, coursework, essays and You could broaden your horizons by
The course prepares you for meeting the activity-based assignments including spending time living and studying abroad.
G growing demands of utilising big data problem-solving activities, consultancy This could be a short study visit or a
across sectors in the career market, as projects, presentations, computer-based semester spent in Europe, Canada, the USA
H predicted by the McKinsey report. You exams, a trading simulation portfolio and or Malaysia. It will look great on your CV and
will practice trading securities and stocks group or individual reports. You’ll also be able help you take advantage of opportunities in
I in our Bloomberg Financial Markets Lab, to access support materials through our ARU the international job market.
and obtain Bloomberg certification. You Virtual Learning Environment (VLE).
J will learn from a mixture of high profile Associated careers
academics and professional practitioners, Additional study information On successful completion of this degree,
K who actively engage with businesses and You’ll study in our Centre of Excellence you will be well prepared for entry into
governments, offering advice on financial in Accounting and Finance, supported finance or business analytics careers
L modelling, data mining, big data, and by academic researchers, professionals such as business intelligence experts,
business decision making. You will become and our Bloomberg Financial Markets financial business analyst, data architects,
a member of the Finance Society, which and enterprise architects. Possible roles
M Lab – a bespoke financial trading platform
holds seminars and presentations from providing live financial information include the management of design
Society of Technical Analysis, Barclays and about companies trading on global and development teams and leading
N
the Bank of England. stock exchanges. The Lab is integrated information system initiatives and associated
O into the curriculum to enhance your projects. The course also provides you
Module guide learning, professional development and broader business knowledge and general
Year one core modules employability as well as encourage your management skills that are sought after by
P
• Higher Education and Business interest in the financial markets. It also businesses.
Essentials for Leadership and gives staff and students to opportunity to
Q Management collaborate. There’s also a Bloomberg app, Through our Business School Intern
• Economics for Managers so you can access the Lab while you’re on programme, around 35 students each year
R
• Foundations of Finance the move. get a business mentor, work experience,
exclusive training and development, and a
S • Mathematics for Economists
Placement opportunities reference from our Dean.
• Micro and macro economics
We want to make sure that you’re fully
T • Business Economics prepared for an increasingly competitive Entry requirements
• Introduction to Organisations and job market, so we offer a four-year degree 96 – 112 UCAS Tariff Points from a
U
Management option which includes a work placement in minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent).
the third year. It’s an opportunity to apply 3 GCSEs at grade C or above, including
V English and Maths. If English is not your
Year two core modules and enhance your skills while developing
• Intermediate Economics new ones. You’ll also build valuable first language you will be expected
W professional networks. to demonstrate a certificated level of
• Decision Making for Business
proficiency of at least IELTS 6.0 (academic
X • Financial Management level) or equivalent English Language
• Econometrics qualification, as recognised by Anglia
Y • Business Research Methods Ruskin University.
• E
Z
Management

Finance and Economics
Chelmsford
Key Facts
Campus Chelmsford
UCAS Code LN12 – 3 years
LN13 – 4 years with placement
Develop the skills you need Module guide Placement opportunities

A
to make important business Year one core modules We want to make sure that you’re fully
decisions, from expanding a job market, so we offer a four-year degree
B
company, to investing in new option which includes a work placement
• Economics for Managers C
products and services. Our in the third year. It’s an opportunity to
degree course will open up a apply and enhance your skills while
• Introduction to Management developing new ones. You’ll also build D
range of careers in finance and Accounting valuable professional networks.
economics, and could be your E
first step towards becoming a It could be that you have one placement
• Micro and Macroeconomics
professional accountant. during year three, or you could have F
Year two core modules two or three, giving you the chance to
Explore the intricacies of business, finance • Business Research Methods experience different organisations and G
and economics with us. This course is working practices. You might work in
• Econometrics H
delivered by academics and practitioners the UK or go abroad: our students have
who have a wealth of industry and • Enterprise and Entrepreneurial worked at leading organisations such as
academic experience. We also play host Management PricewaterhouseCoopers (PWC), Bosch, I
to regular guest speakers from business • Financial Management BMW, Airbus, BSkyB and KPMG.
sectors, commerce and accounting firms. • Intermediate Economics J
• Performance Management Associated careers
It’s not just about classroom-based This degree can be your first step K
learning and business theory, though. towards becoming a practising
There are opportunities for you to accountant – but it can also open up L
• Advanced Financial Reporting
take part in competitions such as the other careers in both finance and
Universities Business Challenge Worldwide • Applied Economics economics. You could work in a range of M
competition. Anglia Ruskin teams have • Corporate Finance businesses and industries, in the public,
been very successful in recent years and • Derivative Markets private or third (voluntary) sector. N
you might be able to join the hall of fame.
When you graduate you might also O
While developing business-specific • Undergraduate Major Project choose to undertake postgraduate study,
knowledge and skills is important, so too such as our MSc International Business, P
is the ability to think critically, to adapt to Assessment MSc Management, or MSc Finance.
change, to react well to new and emerging You can expect an interesting mix of
coursework, essays, exams and activity- Q
conditions, and to learn, reflect and develop Entry requirements
throughout your working life. We’ll prepare based assignments. Your coursework 104 – 120 UCAS tariff points from a
could include problem-solving activities, R
you for a world of work that’s diverse, ever- minimum of 3 A Levels (or equivalent)
changing and increasingly international. consultancy projects, presentations and and 3 GCSEs grade C or above
group or individual reports. You’ll also be S
including English and Maths.
able to access support materials supported
by materials accessed through our ARU T
U
Special features
You could broaden your horizons by V
spending time living and studying abroad.
This could be a short study visit or a W
semester spent in Europe, Canada, the
There are opportunities USA or Malaysia. It will look great on X
for you to take part in your CV and help you with opportunities
competitions such in the international job market. Y
as the Universities
Z
Business Challenge
Worldwide competition.

155
Finance and Accounting
London
Key Facts
ARU London
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code NN43
A Our Finance and Accounting BSc Module guide Associated careers

(Hons) is specifically designed for Year one core modules All students should expect that a
• Business Environment business-orientated education should
B those who wish to go on, after lead to a business-orientated career,
• Business Skills
graduation, to become a qualified so we make great efforts to equip all our
C • Business Planning
accountant, in order to pursue students with:
• Introduction to Financial Accounting
a career either in professional
D • The business and social skills
practice or in corporate finance. Year two core modules
• The work ethic
E • Legal Aspects of Business
The course has been structured to • T
he analytical and problem solving
• Performance Management
provide the maximum possible number abilities
F • Financial Reporting for Business
of exemptions – 9 papers in total – from • T
he ambition to overcome challenges,
the professional examinations of the • Taxation that all go towards ensuring a
G
Association of Chartered Certified successful future career.
Accountants, the global body for Year three core modules
H • Financial Management in Organisations
professional accountants. In addition, our careers advisors make use
• Business Strategy of the latest on-line facilities to ensure that
I It has been carefully designed to • Financial Auditing before students start their future job search:
combine the intellectual and practical
J aspects of finance and accountancy
• Major Project
• T
hey are knowledgeable about the
and so provide you with the required varied and wide-ranging career
K Assessment
academic rigor, tempered with opportunities that are open to them
You will have a minimum of 12 hours’
professional realism.
L lectures and tutorials a week (‘contact • T
hey know how to construct an
time’ with a lecturer or tutor). Each attractive employer friendly CV
In addition, the degree explores the
M year consists of two semesters of 12 • T
hey have mastered successful
concepts of business culture and
weeks of teaching followed by a period interview techniques and
business ethics: and introduces the
N for revision and assessment. The core • T
hey understand how to ensure that
key management functions across the
lectures and tutorials are carefully isometric and aptitude tests show off
whole spectrum of business activity. The
O timetabled to take place on just two your strengths to their best advantage.
result is that graduates are equipped
days of the week.
with an array of transferable business
P skills, as well as technical knowledge of Entry requirements
You will be expected to undertake 104 UCAS points from 3 A Levels
finance and accountancy practice.
extensive independent study when
Q e.g. BCC or a recognised overseas
you are not attending lectures. equivalent qualification – see our
R website for more detailed information on
Your learning experience will be further the range of qualifications we consider
enhanced by skills sessions, tutor lca.anglia.ac.uk/entry-requirements.
S
surgeries and guest lectures which Candidates whose first language is not
are organised throughout the year. English must have passed IELTS with
T
a minimum overall score of 6.0 with at
Students are assessed predominantly least 5.5 in each sub-test or a recognised
U through a mix of examination and equivalent.
coursework.
V

Fine Art BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code W105
Develop your skills as an artist Assessment Specialist facilities

A
through studio work and one-to- On contextual modules you will produce We’ll give you the chance to experiment
essays or shorter written assignments, while with many different art forms. You’ll have
one tuition at Cambridge School on studio modules, you will either submit access to our specialist printmaking
B
of Art. Learn about art theory portfolios of artwork, or install exhibitions. studio with its wide variety of processes,
and techniques, and develop sculpture workshops (including a laser C
an advanced understanding of You’ll receive feedback throughout the cutter and 3D printing), photography
year, including mid-year reviews on all dark rooms, a life drawing studio, and D
contemporary fine art practice.
the core modules, when you will present computer suites for video production
ongoing artwork to tutors. You’ll also and digital imaging. E
This course will equip you with the skills
and knowledge you need to succeed as an submit essays or artwork at formal
assessment points at the end of semester Our Fine Art studios give you a dedicated F
artist. Through seminars and written work,
you’ll develop an understanding of art or end of year. You won’t have to take any space where you can hone your skills.
exams on our BA (Hons) Fine Art course. You’ll also be able to access three brand G
theory and technique. You’ll also specialise
in a particular area; you might focus on new Mac suites with Adobe Creative
Special features Suite software, plus high-quality 27-inch H
modern media such as photography,
digital imaging or video art; or more Exhibitions monitors, or borrow specialist equipment
From the end of year one, you’ll have a for 3D construction or photographic I
traditional media like painting, drawing,
sculpture or printmaking. number of opportunities to exhibit your media from sculpture technicians or
work. In year two, optional modules will our Media Services team. J
Supported by our expert staff who are all allow you to install artwork around Anglia
practising artists, you will develop your Ruskin’s Cambridge campus and at the Associated careers K
own visual language and exhibit your work Cambridge Botanical Gardens. Like many of our graduates who regularly
at each stage of the course, from year one exhibit in Cambridge and London, L
up to the final Degree Show. In your final year, you’ll take part in this course will prepare you for life as
a campus-wide Interim exhibition in a practising artist. It will also help you M
As well as your practice, you’ll develop February, followed by the Degree Show develop the skills and knowledge needed
your understanding of debates about the in June. for many different careers in the creative N
nature of art: how it can be evaluated, what industries, such as gallery management,
it might represent, and the meanings it Competitions curation, gallery technician work, specialist O
might convey. From this you will form an You’ll have the opportunity to enter local print workshops, and arts marketing or
appreciation and enjoyment of fine art that and international competitions as well as promotion. You might choose to go into P
will last a lifetime. those organised by Anglia Ruskin, such as teaching, become an art therapist, or
the Supanee Gazeley Fine Art Prize and continue your studies on our MA Fine Art Q
Module guide the Student Sustainability Prize. or MA Printmaking degrees.
Year one core modules R
• Fine Art Practice 1 Field trips and Study Abroad Entry requirements
This course will give you many 80 – 96 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
• Fine Art in Contexts S
opportunities to visit exhibitions, galleries of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), including
• Images Today and museums in Cambridge (including grade C in an Art, Design or Media subject.
T
Kettle’s Yard, the Fitzwilliam Museum, or 3 GCSEs at grade C or above, including
Year two core modules the Wysing Arts Centre), as well as Tate English. Applicants to this course will be
• Fine Art Practice 2 U
Modern, Tate Britain or the Saatchi Gallery required to attend interview and display a
• Debates and Practices in London. International trips to Berlin, portfolio of work for assessment.
V
Madrid and Amsterdam, also take place
Year three core modules every two years.
• Fine Art Practice 3 W
• Research Project In year two, you will also have the chance
to spend a single semester on an Erasmus X
• Major Project
exchange at the BA Fine Art course at In 2015 95% of our
Academy St Joost, Breda, Holland. students were Y
Z
course (National

157
Forensic Science BSc (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
UCAS Code F411 – 3 years,
F41S – 4 years (placement)
A Criminal prosecutions depend Module guide Links with industry

on evidence which has Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Introduction to Forensic Methodologies Our course is accredited by The Chartered
B been safely and intelligently Society of Forensic Sciences. Employers
• Introduction to Biology and
collected, stored and analysed Forensic Chemistry prefer graduates from accredited
C by forensic scientists. Join our programmes as they have confidence in
• Physical and Quantitative Chemistry for
Chartered Society of Forensic Forensic Scientists
the course quality.
D
Sciences course and take part • U
nited Kingdom Legal Systems and Associated careers
E in hands-on investigations in Law for Forensic Scientists When you graduate from our course you’ll
our simulated crime scene. • Introduction to Police and Forensic have a big role to play in ensuring justice for
F When you graduate, you’ll have Photography victims as well as a safer society for us all.
the skills to follow a career in • Physical Criminalistics
G We’ll encourage you to find work
forensic science. This course
Year two core modules placements with local law enforcement
H has been validated to include an organisations during your summer breaks.
• Introduction to Analytical Chemistry
optional sandwich placement and Laboratory Quality Management
I year in industry. • The Forensic Analysis of DNA and By choosing certain modules you can
Biological Material become an Associate Member of the
J This course will teach you to analyse Royal Society of Chemistry (AMRSC).
• Spectroscopic Techniques for Forensic
and investigate a range of evidence
Science
K at crime scenes and in the forensic While our course will prepare you for
laboratory. You’ll learn to identify the • Project Preparation a career in forensic science, you’ll also
L main types of forensic evidence for • Scene Laboratory Investigation develop the skills to follow other careers
crimes such as sexual offences, drugs, in areas like teaching, research, insurance
M poisons, arson and mass disaster. Year three core modules and the law.
• Advanced Forensic Methodologies
N Our teaching staff are practising forensic • Undergraduate Major Project Graduation doesn’t need to be the end of
professionals, and under their guidance your time with us. If you’d like to continue
O you’ll develop your skills in our simulated Assessment your studies we offer a wide range of full-
crime scene and labs. This course has a hands-on approach, time and part-time postgraduate courses
P so a lot of your assessment will be including MSc Forensic Science.
By the time you graduate, you’ll have through practical work. You’ll also do
Q an understanding of the UK legal exams, essays, portfolios, role plays and Entry requirements
system and your role in it as a forensic presentations. 112 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
scientist. You will be able to present 2 A Levels (or equivalent), including grade
R
your observations and conclusions Special features C in Biology or Chemistry and 3 GCSEs
as evidence in a court of law, and will Our newly refurbished laboratories at grade C or above, including English
S
have learnt how to conduct thorough, feature a range of equipment, and Mathematics.
independent research, feeling confident including Raman Spectroscopy, Fourier
T
about presenting comprehensive Transform Infrared Spectroscopy
reports, both orally and in writing. (FTIR), Inductively Coupled Plasma-
U
Optical Emission Spectroscopy
(ICP-OES) Microspectrophotometry
V
(MSP), various microscopes, a
Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM),
W
comparison microscope and various
Gas Chromatography (GC) and Liquid-
X
Chromatography (LC) instruments with
different detection systems.
Y

Forensic Science with
Cambridge
Key Facts
Duration 4 years
UCAS Code F41F
If you are fascinated by Many members of our teaching staff Assessment

A
forensic science but don’t have are practising forensic professionals. Our course has a hands-on approach, so
Under their guidance, you will perfect a lot of your assessment will be through
the educational background your skills in our simulated crime scene. practical work. You’ll also do exams, essays, B
for a degree, our extended You’ll be able to choose from a range of portfolios, role plays and presentations.
four-year option is for you. It module topics, giving you the chance C
includes an initial foundation to develop specialist knowledge in Links with industry
particular areas. and professional recognition D
year, and when you graduate
Our course is accredited by The Chartered
you will have the skills you Module guide Society of Forensic Sciences so when you E
need to follow a career in Year one core modules graduate, employers will recognise you as
forensic science. • Biological Principles a qualified forensic scientist. F
• Core Skills 1
Criminal prosecutions depend on Associated careers G
• Core Skills 2
evidence. That evidence has to be Our course focuses on developing your
safely and intelligently collected, stored, • Chemical Principles 1 practical skills, which will make you H
analysed and reported by forensic • Chemical Principles 2 attractive to potential employers. We will
scientists. Our course will prepare you for • Foundation Biology encourage you to find work placements I
an active role securing justice for victims • Foundation Mathematics with local law enforcement organisations
of crime, and a safer society for us all. during the summer breaks, to add to J
Year two core modules your practical experience.
In your foundation year, you’ll cover key • Introduction to Biology and Forensic K
areas of chemistry, biology and maths. Chemistry By choosing certain modules, you will
After that, you’ll learn how to collect and become an Associate Member of the L
• Introduction to Forensic Methodologies
analyse a range of evidence at crime Royal Society of Chemistry (AMRSC).
scenes and in the forensic laboratory; and • Introduction to Police and Forensic
M
how to conduct thorough, independent Photography While our course prepares you for
investigations and research, and report • Physical and Quantitative Chemistry for a career in forensic science, you’ll N
fully and clearly on your findings. Forensic Scientists also develop the skills to follow other
• U
nited Kingdom Legal Systems and careers in areas like teaching, research, O
By the time you graduate, you’ll have an Law for Forensic Scientists insurance and the law.
understanding of the UK legal system • Physical Criminalistics P
and your role in it. You’ll be able to Graduation doesn’t need to be the
assess the value of your observations Year three core modules end of your time with us. If you’d like Q
and conclusions as evidence in a court • Introduction to Analytical Chemistry to continue your studies we offer a
of law, and understand how this affects wide range of full-time and part-time
and Laboratory Quality Management R
your analysis. postgraduate courses including MSc
• Project Preparation
Forensic Science.
• Scene Laboratory Investigation S
• Spectroscopic Techniques for Forensic Entry requirements
T
Science 48 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
• The Forensic Analysis of DNA and 1 A Level (or equivalent) and 3 GCSEs at
grade C or above, including English and
U
Biological Material
Mathematics.
V
Year four core modules
• Advanced Forensic Methodologies
W
X
Like us on facebook
Z

159
Graphic Design BA (Hons)
Cambridge

Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code W200
Creatively explore visual Module guide Associated careers

A
language and solve Year one core modules This course will prepare you for a career
challenging design briefs • Design Process 1 as a graphic designer, and also for
B design-related roles in digital graphics,
using industry-standard • Design Process 2
online media, communications and
C technology. Develop your • Introduction to Type Media
marketing, publishing, and advertising.
understanding of effective • Introduction to Web Design
D graphic communication and Our previous students have gone on to
Year two core modules work with design studios or media and
prepare for a career as a • Design Practice 1
E communication companies producing:
professional graphic designer. • Design Practice 2 advertising, corporate identities and
F • N
ew Media Design -Graphic Design promotions, packaging and branding,
This course will prepare you for
for Screen Based Applications informational design, editorial and book
work as an informed and technically
G • Debates and Practices design, web designs and interactive media.
skilled designer capable of creative
and independent thought, with the
H Year three core modules Or you might enjoy your studies so much
confidence and ability to succeed in
• Research Project you decide to take a Masters course, like
the design industry.
I our MA Graphic Design & Typography.
• Graphic Futures
Cambridge School of Art offers an • Major Project
J academically rich and visually diverse
You’ll have the chance to get involved with
national design networks such as D&AD,
environment, the perfect place to Assessment
K enhance your understanding of graphic
New Designers, ISTD and Young Creatives
Our modules allow you to demonstrate Network, and get a broader taste of the
communication and develop your design your progress by producing coursework to
L skills. You’ll explore many different graphic
creative industries at our Creative Front
set projects, design tasks and formal briefs. Futures events.
disciplines and learn how they are applied At the end of each semester you’ll submit
M professionally, and develop your visual design work for practice-based modules, Entry requirements
literacy using graphics, typography and and a written document for contextual/
N 80 – 96 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
text-image relationships. theoretical modules. These will then be of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), including grade
graded and you’ll receive written feedback. C in an Art, Design or Media subject and
O Our studio and workshop-based modules
will give you experience of solving design Special features
P English. Applicants to this course will be
briefs, while you receive all the theory You’ll have access to our on-campus digital required to an attend interview and display
and contextual understanding you’ll need facilities and design studios, and get a real
Q a portfolio of work for assessment.
from our other core modules on historical, understanding of digital design processes
contemporary and future design practice. by working on industry-standard Adobe
R design software on Macintosh technology.
Our smaller practice-based and optional We have dedicated facilities for traditional
S modules will allow you to explore areas of letterpress and printmaking for the more
specialised commercial practice or an area ‘hands-on’ designer.
T of particular interest to fully prepare you
for future employment.
U
You will experiment with traditional
V print-based solutions as well as modern
Cambridge School
commercial practices like site specific,
ambient, conceptual, interactive, mobile of Art offers an
W
media, app generation, graphical academically rich
X interface and multimedia work, and be and visually diverse
encouraged to come up with ideas that environment, the perfect
Y challenge traditional notions of design
place to enhance your
or visual communication.
understanding of graphic
Z
communication and
develop your design skills.

Graphic Design FdA

Key Facts
Duration 2 years
UCAS Code W210
This two-year foundation Module guide Links with industry

A
degree course will give you Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Learning and Skills Development for We have strong links with local and
a solid grounding in graphic HE and Work national employers.
B
design. You will be able to
• Graphic Design 1 C
develop your practical skills Associated careers
and knowledge of the design This course provides a solid basis for a
• Work-Based Learning 1 career in graphic design, digital graphics, D
business, from taking briefs to
• Graphic Design 2 media communications, advertising and
working with different media. marketing promotions. E
• Graphic Design of the 20th Century
The course explores a wide range F
Year two core modules Entry requirements
of graphic disciplines, with modules
• Debates and Practices 48 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
dedicated to topics such as publication G
• Work-Based Learning 2 of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), this must
design, branding, packaging and
include grade C in an Art, Design or
promotional graphics, as well as design • Print Media in Graphic Design H
Media subject.
history and the design industry. • Design Consultancy
• Graphic Design 3 I
There’s a strong practical element.
Working graphic designers help teach the • Graphic Environments
J
course and much of your coursework will
involve design briefs, which you’ll tackle Assessment
We will assess your progress using your K
individually or as part of a team in our
well-equipped studios. design portfolio, written assignments and
performance during work placements. L
We bring in industry professionals to set
briefs and monitor student progress on Special features M
modules linked with Work Based Learning. Working graphic designers help teach
Over your two years of study, there will be the course and we’ll encourage you to N
ample opportunity to work on live briefs. arrange placements or carry out design
assignments from the very start. O
We live in a society hugely influenced by
‘branding’, where we are continuously P
bombarded with visual messages.
Consumers make snap decisions within Q
seconds. This course will help prepare
you to deal with this growing area of R
visual communication.
S
During the course you’ll explore these
cultural issues, how different visual T
identities influence perception and how
you can adapt your design approach to U
appeal to the given audience and achieve
the right outcomes for your clients. V
All of this is great preparation for any visual W

career, but if you want to you can study for
a third year and ‘top up’ your qualification X
to a BA (Hons) in Graphic Design.
Y

161
Healthcare Science BSc (Hons) Key Facts
Cambridge

Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code B902
A This course opens up the world of Throughout the course, you’ll have the Year three optional modules
healthcare science. You will learn support of our friendly, helpful tutors. • Maintenance and Evaluation of Blood
You’ll also go on trips to further your Gas Status
B how to use specialist equipment understanding – this may include • C
ardiac Pressure Measurements,
to diagnose and treat problems museums and hospital departments. Monitoring and Clinical Investigations
C relating to patients’ circulatory • D
iagnosis and Management of Cardiac
or respiratory systems, as Module guide
Diseases
D Year one core modules
well as problems which can • P
rinciples and Practice of Cardiac
• Professional Practice for Healthcare 1
E cause difficulties sleeping. On Pacing
• A
nalysis and Presentation of
graduation, you could work in a Information and Data • T
he Assessment and Treatment of
F hospital or in the community. Sleep Disorders
• Anatomy and Physiology for Healthcare
• Challenging the Respiratory System
G We’ll prepare you to work in either • P
rinciples of Anatomy and Physiology
cardiovascular or respiratory disciplines for Healthcare
Assessment
H as well as with patients who have • Introduction to Cardiovascular
We use a wide range of assessment
difficulties with sleep. Physiology
methods to help you and your tutors
I • Introduction to Respiratory and Sleep measure your progress on the course.
You’ll learn how to record and analyse a Physiology Besides exams, these include laboratory
J range of investigations and diagnostic tests. • W
ork Place Learning for Healthcare reports, presentations, essays, a portfolio,
Science patchwork texts (short pieces of writing,
K Cardiac physiology uses a range of methods or ‘patches’, built up week by week), a
and equipment to assess cardiac function Year two core modules research proposal and a Major Project.
L (if heart disease is known or suspected) and • Professional Practice for Healthcare 2
contributes to the patient’s treatment. Associated careers
• H
ealth, Illness and Presentation of
M Disease Healthcare science practitioners work
Vascular technology uses ultrasound and in a variety of hospital clinics and
other non-invasive forms of blood-flow • S
tatistical Analysis for Healthcare
N departments, and increasingly within
analysis to help diagnose disorders of the Science
the community. They investigate the
O blood vessels and helps to guide treatment. • Work Place Learning for Healthcare functioning of organs and body systems
Science 2 in order to diagnose abnormalities. They
P Respiratory physiology uses a range of also find ways to restore function and
investigations to assess patients with lung, Year two optional modules reduce disabling consequences to the
Q airway or blood oxygenation problems. • Ambulatory Blood Pressure and patient.
It identifies the potential causes and the Exercise Stress Testing
R patients’ response to treatment. The tests • Clinical Electrocardiography Entry requirements
often require active encouragement of • P
ulmonary Function in Health and 104 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
the patient and a caring approach. 2 A Levels (or equivalent), including a Pass
S Disease
• Principles of Sleep Investigation and in a Science subject (Biology preferred) and
Sleep physiology investigates 5 GCSEs at grade C or above, including
T Therapy
disturbances in sleep, such as sleep English, Mathematics and Science. If
apnoea. Patients are monitored and a English is not your first language you will
U Year three core modules
diagnosis is made which informs their be expected to demonstrate a certificated
• Professional Practice for Healthcare 3
treatment and long-term management. level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.0
V • W
ork Place Learning for Healthcare
(academic level) or equivalent English
You will spend around a third of the course Science 3
W Language qualification, as recognised by
on clinical placements, doing work-based • Major Project Anglia Ruskin University. An Enhanced
learning. This involves ten weeks in year Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS)
X one, 15 weeks in year two and 25 weeks in Disclosure and a satisfactory Occupational
year three. To help you prepare for clinical Health clearance will also be required. To
Y practice, you’ll use Anglia Ruskin’s own receive an offer of a place on this course
excellent equipment, during which you you must be successful at interview.
Z will carry out some tests on your fellow
students (such as spirometry or having
blood pressure recorded).

Hearing Aid Audiology
Distance Learning
Faculty of Science and Technology
FdSc Campus Distance learning
Duration 2 years
Learn the skills you need Module guide

A
to qualify as a hearing aid Year one core modules Student View
• Learning and Skills Development for HE
audiologist while continuing and Work (Audiology) Graeme B
to work. Understand how • U
nderstanding the Work Sector
to run a safe and successful “Being a mature student I was C
(Audiology)
naturally a little apprehensive about
practice and make a difference • Work-Based Learning (Audiology) education as I hadn’t really been D
to people’s lives. On graduation • Pathology for Audiology exposed to any for the last 30 years.
you can apply to the Health • Basic Sciences for Audiology To my astonishment, I found many E
Care Professions Council for • Hearing Aid Technology 1
other students at Anglia Ruskin in
registration as a hearing aid exactly the same position as me. F
• Audiological Assessment 1 Undertaking a distance learning
dispenser. course fitted in ideally with my work G
Year two core modules and family commitments.
Learn how to dispense hearing aids and • Work-Based Learning 2
improve the quality of life of large numbers H
• Auditory Rehabilitation I find all the course lecturers and
of people with hearing difficulties.
• Hearing-Aid Technology 2 staff (especially the library staff) at I
Anglia Ruskin exceptionally helpful.
You’ll enjoy the ideal balance of academic • Audiological Assessment 2
When I am away from the campus I J
theory and practical experience. We will • Specialised Professional Practice am only ever a phone call or email
enhance your scientific, anatomical and
away from any support that I need.
psychological understanding of the hearing K
Assessment The facilities are superb – study,
process, and you will learn about hearing Assessment methods include work- lectures, catering and leisure. Course
disorders and how they affect people’s lives based assignments, presentations, class
L
administration, materials and
and opportunities. You’ll also understand discussions and tutorials. As you would equipment provided are of a very
sound-processing systems and how expect, we’ll pay particular attention M
high standard. Cambridge itself is
technology can help people to hear. to feedback from your employer and the perfect backdrop for education.
placement supervisor. We’ll also ask you to The whole city seems to embrace
N
This is a distance learning course, so you develop action plans and to reflect on your the ‘education culture’ and has a
can continue to work while you study. You own progress. unique blend of historic England O
will have seminars, lectures and practical
with an international flavour.
laboratory workshops during residential Associated careers P
sessions in Cambridge. Our course leads to a career in hearing Although I have a very demanding
aid audiology and dispensing. When you career and family life I find that Q
graduate, you’ll be able to apply to the by organising my activities better,
Health & Care Professions Council for I have more than enough time R
registration. left to study. I would thoroughly
recommend Anglia Ruskin S
Entry requirements University to anyone wishing to
The student must have a suitable further their education." T
audiology employer and supervisor in
order to gain practical experience. U
32 UCAS tariff points from A Level (or
equivalent) also required in addition to V
English and Maths. W

163
Hearing Sciences (Top-up)
Distance Learning

BSc (Hons) Campus Distance learning
Duration 1-2 years
A Convert your foundation degree Module guide Associated careers

qualification (or equivalent) Year one core modules Our Employability Service is here to help
• Learning and Skills Development for HE give you the best chance of landing the
B to a full BSc (Hons) in Hearing and Work (Audiology) job you want. We’ll help you improve your
Science, with our one-year British • U
nderstanding the Work Sector skills and your CV to improve your career
C Society in Hearing Aid Audiology prospects. As a distance learning student,
(Audiology)
endorsed and approved course. • Work-Based Learning (Audiology) you’ll still benefit from help and advice
D on CV writing, interview techniques, job
• Pathology for Audiology hunting, and general careers advice.
Endorsed and approved by the British
E Society in Hearing Aid Audiology (BSHAA), • Basic Sciences for Audiology After graduating from BSc (Hons) Hearing
our course is delivered through a blend of • Hearing Aid Technology 1 Sciences you might choose to apply
F online learning and residential sessions to for a postgraduate research award. Our
• Audiological Assessment 1
give you a flexible, practical and career- academic staff have a wealth of research
G enhancing learning experience. As a guide, experience across a wide range of areas
we suggest you plan for five to seven related to hearing science, as well as
H hours of online study per week when disability research in general. They have
• Auditory Rehabilitation a history of publication in high-impact
you’re not attending a residential.
I • Hearing-Aid Technology 2 journals and have attracted grants from
As well as completing an undergraduate • Audiological Assessment 2 research councils, charitable trusts and
J Major Project, you will learn about: • Specialised Professional Practice industry. As a university, we have firm
• Tinnitus assessment and management links with Addenbrooke’s Hospital, and
K • Managing people with specialist needs international collaborations in countries
Assessment
including Sweden, Finland, India, Portugal,
• Implantable hearing devices Your progress will be monitored
L through regular online interaction,
Iran and China.
• Hearing in children
including discussion boards, blogs and
M • Advances in adult audiology. Entry requirements
assignments. You will complete and
The minimum requirements for admission
submit an assignment at the end of the
N You’ll study using our ARU Virtual Learning to this top-up award are one of the
first semester, in January. Meanwhile, your
Environment (VLE), and there are also following: a foundation degree or HND
Undergraduate Major Project is submitted
O seven three-or-four-day residential weeks in Hearing Aid Audiology (or equivalent),
by the end of the second semester, in
between September and April. (For part- Dip HE Audiology and/or Hearing Aid
May. There are no exams.
P time students, these sessions will be spread Audiology (or equivalent), 240 university
over two academic years). You will attend credits (at Level 4 and 5) with core
Q both class and lab-based taught sessions audiology subjects achieved via any other
with fellow students, and engage in student- means. Experience may also be assessed
R led discussions and practical assignments. to meet the entry requirements.
We’ll confirm the dates of residential

S
sessions as soon as we can, so that you
can plan around your work and book your
T
accommodation in advance.
U
Please note that this course doesn’t
currently provide a direct route to
V the Registration Council for Clinical
Physiologists (RCCP). However, you You’ll study
W can pursue an alternative pathway to using our
registration after qualification.
X ARU Virtual
Learning Environment
Y (VLE), and there are also
seven three-or-four-day
Z
residential weeks between
September and April.

History BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code V140
Explore past worlds to get ahead Module guide Special features

A
in today’s world. Gain the critical Year one core modules You will have the opportunity to spend a
• Re-uniting the Kingdoms: Early Modern semester of study at Valparaiso University
and analytical skills demanded Britain 1485-1715 (USA) and University of New Brunswick
B
by many employers, and aim • W
estern Civilisation 1: Antiquity to the (Canada), opening up a whole new
high for the career you want. perspective on the study of history.* C
Renaissance
• W
ar, Power and Culture: Europe D
Studying History will open up new worlds *Please note that places are limited and
1660-1789
to you. You’ll explore revolutions, slavery, cannot be guaranteed.
wars and battles, the making of great • Making of Modern Britain 1660-1789 E
leaders, the rise of the middle classes, • C
itizens: The French Revolution and Associated careers
family and gender roles, and the suffering Modern Political Culture This course will prepare you particularly F
of the poor. • W
estern Civilisation 2: Reformation to well for roles in museums, archives, the
the Modern Age Civil Service, publishing, the media or G
Through reading and interpreting teaching, but also provides you with key
documents and comparing the lives of Year two core modules skills valued by many other employers. H
different people, you will develop critical • Britain in the 19th century Our course options will help you to
and analytical skills and learn to evaluate • Britain in the 20th Century discover the most suitable career path, I
and communicate your ideas. You’ll also or move on to postgraduate study if
• 19th Century Europe
understand more about the forces and you prefer. J
events that shape our world today. • H
istory Today: Methods and
Approaches Entry requirements K
You’ll study the histories of Britain, Europe 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a
and the United States from circa 1500 Year three core modules minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), L
onwards, looking in detail at the history • Major Project including History and 3 GCSEs at grade
of modern Europe, including the First • History Special Subject C or above. M
and Second World Wars, the Russian
Revolution and the Cold War. Assessment N
You’ll demonstrate your learning through
If you are interested in family and social a combination of essays, examinations, O
history, you can discuss how people used case studies, field trip reports, document
to choose their marriage partners, or how analyses, Internet search reports, book P
town life differed from rural life. You’ll find reviews and Dissertation.
opportunities to examine British history Q
from the Tudors to David Cameron, and
discover the history of the United States R
since 1776. You can also explore the British
Empire and forms of imperialism, which
S
affected lives in many countries around
the world.
T
Your final year Major Project will give you
U
the opportunity to become a historian and
research any topic of your choice. Our past
students have investigated areas including
V
media coverage of the Vietnam War, child
labour in the Industrial Revolution, punk W
rock, 18th-century dandies, First World
War military strategy and the crimes X
of Jack the Ripper. You’ll study the histories
of Britain, Europe Y
and the United
Z
States from circa
1500 onwards.

165
History and English Literature
Key Facts
BA (Hons) King's Lynn
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code QV31
A Writers are the product of their By the time you graduate you’ll be a Assessment
times, so History and English are confident writer, presenter and debater, We’ll assess your progress mostly from
who can discuss complex arguments and your coursework (including essays,
B a perfect combination of subjects. ideas, challenge accepted thinking and reviews and your Major Project), but
You will explore great writers and present well-supported arguments and there’ll be some oral and written exams.
C works, from the middle ages to opinions of your own.
the near-present time, while Associated careers
D You’ll also have a detailed grasp of Our graduates have gone on to many
studying the politics, cultural
two exciting subjects and will be well- careers, including postgraduate study,
E influences and societies of the equipped for postgraduate study or teaching and lecturing, social work, the
corresponding periods. research, as well as the careers market. caring professions, journalism, business
F and management, and library or
Students studying History and English Module guide museum work.
G Literature will examine a variety of topics Year one core modules
across the two subject areas, whilst • Crowns and Peoples (Tudor period) Entry requirements
H developing their critical skills and the • Introduction to English Literature 1 72 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
ability to analyse and discuss complex of 2 A Levels or equivalent Level 3
• Introduction to Literary Criticism
I ideas. You will be supported on this qualification, e.g. Extended Diploma
through study skills classes and tutorials. • Western Civilisation (MMP) or Access course (30 Level 3
J credits at merit grade are required).
The two subjects are fascinating in their Year two core modules Applicants must have GCSE English
• Europe in the 19th Century
K own right, but studying them together at grade C or above (or equivalent).
is excellent training for analysing and • H
istory Today: Methods and Interview may be required.
L expressing complex ideas generally. Approaches
In other words, you will be developing • Romantic Conflicts
M abilities that will be useful in a vast • Shakespeare and His Contemporaries
range of careers and which employers
• The United States in the 20th Century
N especially value.
O Your first year will develop an overview of
• History Special Subject
the subject areas including Introduction to
English Literature and Western Civilisation. • Modernism and the City
P
You’ll then progress to more specialised • Russia: Revolution and Reaction
Q study during year two, with modules such • Women’s Writing, Gender and Sexuality
as Shakespeare & his Contemporaries and
History Today – before specialising further
R
in year three, when you’ll study an English,
History or combined subject in-depth for
S
your Dissertation.
T
Study Skills classes and tutorials will help
you meet the academic challenges of
U the course and you’ll learn through a
combination of lectures, seminars and
V group work.
W
The two subjects are
X fascinating in their own
right, but studying them
Y together is excellent
training for analysing and
Z
expressing complex ideas
generally.

Illustration BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code W225
Discover and develop your Module guide Associated careers

A
own visual language at the Year one core modules Our past students have found success in
• Illustration Practice 1 many different creative industries, often
renowned Cambridge School as a direct result of our end-of-course
B
• Print and Process
of Art. Follow in the footsteps Degree Show or the New Designers
• Image Manipulation C
of award-winning, nationally exhibition in London. Past employers
and internationally recognised Year two core modules
and commissioners have included Sky
D
graduates, on your way to TV, Oxford University Press, Katana
• Debates and Practices (creative media design agency), Eljo’s
a career as a professional • Illustration Practice 2 Haberdashery, The Mill (post-production E
illustrator. • Ideas through Design company), Wilkinson (for work on a
luggage range), Hallmark cards, Tigerprint F
This course will equip you with the and Tesco.
knowledge and creative skills you need to G
• Portfolio Development
succeed as a professional illustrator. Our students’ work has been reviewed
• Research Project H
in trade journals and design magazines
Through discussion, critiques, tutorials, set • Major Project including Blueprint and Creative Review.
briefs, and self-managed learning, you’ll They’ve also received recognition in I
discover and develop your own visual Assessment competitions like the YCN Awards
language, which is so important in today’s You will demonstrate your progress through (Max Machen, Winner of Royal Court J
competitive market. a combination of written and practical work. Brief, 2013; Dominic McKenzie, Student
of the Year 2011), the Penguin Design K
As well as our staff team, Chris Draper, As well as verbal feedback in taught Awards (Tim Parker, Winner, Puffin
Pam Smy and Jim Butler, you’ll work sessions and tutorials you will be given Children’s Prize 2013; Angharad Burnard, L
with nationally-recognised practising thorough, personal written feedback, Highly Commended, Random House
visiting lecturers, who will give you their highlighting successes and indicating areas Design Award 2014) and the Macmillan M
perspectives on modern-day illustration. of improvement for future submissions. Children’s Book Competition (Bethan
Recent visitors include Jonny Hannah, Woollvin, Winner 2014). N
Mark Hearld, Laura Carlin, George Butler Special features
and Graham Rawle. You’ll work in our beautiful dedicated We retain annual membership of The O
illustration studios right next door to the AOI (Association of Illustrators), giving
You’ll also attend Professional Practice Ruskin Gallery, with access to our other you access to a crucial industry network. P
talks and discussions, which offer advice specialist facilities including printmaking,
on how to succeed in this dynamic and digital, animation and life drawing studios. You’ll also get a broad taste of the Q
exciting field. creative industries at our Creative
Throughout the course, you will have Front Futures events, which allow you
Our course continues a 150-year tradition
R
relevant volunteering opportunities, and to explore the world of illustration as
of drawing at Cambridge School of Art. By chances to take part in competitions and well as other career options.
studying here, you’ll follow in the footsteps S
work on live industry briefs.
of designer and war artist Edward Bawden, Entry requirements
acclaimed satirist and illustrator Ronald T
At the start of the second year, you’ll 80 – 96 UCAS tariff points from a
Searle, Roger Law and Peter Fluck, also have the opportunity to take part in minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent),
founders of the TV phenomenon Spitting a one-week intensive overseas drawing
U
including grade C in an Art, Design or
Image, and more recently, Bethan Woollvin, trip. Previous trips have been run to Media subject and 3 GCSEs at grade C
winner of the MacMillan Prize in 2014, Porto and Seville. V
or above, including English. Applicants to
and Dominic McKenzie, who won YCN’s this course will be required to attend an
Student of the Year Award in 2011. At the end of the course you’ll display interview and display a portfolio of work
W
your work to the public and professional for assessment.
commissioners at the Cambridge School X
of Art Degree Show and optionally at New
Designers in London. Y

167
Illustration and Animation
Cambridge
Key Facts
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code WW26
Turn your creative ideas, passion During the second year, you’ll focus on Special features
A Throughout the course you’ll work in
and knowledge into a rewarding animation, developing your technical skills
and exploring the creative possibilities of the original Edwardian studios of the
B career in illustration or animation. this art form through a number of individual Cambridge School of Art, with easy
These two art forms are and group projects. You’ll also have the access to etching, screen printing,
C increasingly prominent in visual chance to take part in work placements, lithography and relief presses, letterpress
communication, and there’s a research trips and live projects. studios, a 3D workshop and a full range
D of digital image-making facilities.
growing need for artists who can
In your final year, you’ll determine your
E produce innovative, eye-catching own animation and/or illustration practice, You’ll have all the tools needed for
visual content. producing a professional portfolio and traditional hand drawn and stop-motion
F exhibiting in the degree show. animation, as well as high-end 3D CGI.
Studying Illustration and Animation will We have a full range of professional
G give you the skills you need to work Module guide digital imaging, compositing and
as a visual artist. We often use visual Year one core modules animation tools including the full Adobe
H language to communicate complex ideas • Illustration Practice 1 Creative Suite, TVPaint, Maya and
and information and, with ever-evolving Dragonframe Stop Motion. There are
• Illustration in the Round
II digital technology being used alongside also dedicated animation production
traditional techniques, this is an exciting • Digital Animation
suites and life drawing studios, as well as
J and fast-moving area to work in. a comprehensive equipment store for all
Year two core modules the camera, lighting and sound recording
K Here at Cambridge School of Art, you’ll • Animation Practice kit you might need.
investigate the connections between • Debates and Practices
L illustration and animation, creating • Ideas through Design Placement opportunities
sequential narratives using traditional Throughout the course you’ll have
M and cutting-edge digital image-making Year three core modules opportunities to take part in work
techniques, and cultivating your creative • Research Project placements, live projects and industry
abilities and technical skills. collaborations. Our students’ recent
N • Portfolio Development
placements and projects have included
While developing your personal visual • Major Project
O Voicing the Garden at Cambridge Botanic
style, you’ll also focus on the basics: Gardens, Digital Stories Residency at West
refining your drawing skills through Assessment
P Flanders University, Brussels and Fête de
observation of the visual environment and Your ongoing (formative) assessment will
l’anim’ Animation Marathon in Lille.
telling stories through moving image. You’ll include group and individual critiques and
Q also look at the growing opportunities in class discussions. Meanwhile, at the end
Associated careers
contemporary illustration and animation of each module you’ll demonstrate your
The skills, knowledge and experience you
R practice, producing a portfolio that reflects overall progress through a combination of
gain on our BA (Hons) Illustration and
your artistic capacities and meets the written and practical work. This will include
Animation course will allow you to move
S current demands of the creative industries. sketchbooks, concept development,
into the creative industries as an illustrator,
project proposals and work-in-progress, as
artist or animator, confident in the use of
T In the first year of the course, you’ll explore well as final outcomes such as animated
cutting-edge digital design technologies
both illustration and animation through sequences, series of prints, websites or
and with an understanding of traditional
U studio-based teaching, software training, text-based research as required.
animation, illustration and communication.
practical projects, group critiques and
V individual tutorials. Entry requirements
W minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent),
including grade C in an Art, Design or
X Media subject. 3 GCSEs at grade C or
You’ll investigate the above, including English. Applicants to
Y connections between this course will be required to attend an
illustration and interview and display a portfolio of work
Z animation, creating for assessment.
sequential narratives.

Integrated Engineering (Top-Up)

BEng (Hons) Duration 1 – 2 years full-time,
UCAS Code H110
98% of our graduates are in • T

o develop your creative and Assessment
A
full time engineering jobs and innovation skills in solving problems, You will be assessed through coursework
and in designing systems, components and examinations.
graduate with an average and processes.
B
classification of 2:1 and above. • T
o work separately or in a multi- Links with industry and professional
Accredited by the IET for recognition C
disciplinary team.
Incorporated Engineering, this • T
o encourage you to become an
This degree has been accredited by the
Institution of Engineering and Technology D
course offers you a flexible effective engineer and undertake
for Incorporated Engineer status.
learning environment, where lifelong learning particularly for E
you'll be taught in small class continuing professional development.
Associated careers
sizes, which is ideal for working On successful completion of this degree, F
Module guide
professionals wanting to gain an Year one core modules
you will be able to work within the
engineering industry as a technician, G
accredited engineering degree. • Advanced Engineering Maths
design engineer, quality control engineer
• Applied Software or test engineer. This programme is H
This course allows you to study a
• Introduction to Engineering Materials accredited as fulfilling the educational
variety of electrical and mechanical
engineering disciplines both practically • Maths for Engineers 2 requirements for registration as an I
and theoretically. You will also have the • Programmable Logic Controllers Incorporated Engineer when students
opportunity to conduct research of your transfer from the accredited HNC / J
• S
tatistics and Process Quality
own through the final year project module. HND or Foundation Degrees taken at
Assurance
This course will improve both your Peterborough, Huntingdon and Thurrock K
practical and academic skills to prepare and Basildon Colleges.
you for a wide range of opportunities, • Applied Mechanics
L
such as employment in Research and Entry Requirements
• Control Systems Minimum entry requirement is 120 credits
Development or further study on a M
• Embedded Systems from a recognised Level 4 engineering
Masters degree course. The specific aims
of this course are: • Signals and Systems related course e.g HNC. Advanced entry N
• 3D Computer Aided Design will also be considered from credits
• T
o help you to progressively acquire a transferred from other HEI’s and or HND / O
thorough grounding in the concepts FdSc in related disciplines. If English is not
and skills of the central topics in your first language, you will be required to P
• Project Management for Technologists
engineering. show your English Language Proficiency
• Power Systems with IELTS 6.5.
• T
o provide the specialist knowledge Q
• R
esearch Methods and Individual
base and skills for you to specify and
Project
design the electronics subsystems R
relevant to a particular subject area. • Stress and Dynamics
• T
o provide you with the engineering S
skills and knowledge required in
a business context to achieve an T
economic solution.
U
• T
o widen and develop your experiences
and your organisational and analytical
skills to enable you to enhance your
V
role within your organisation.
W
• T
o enable you to consolidate
professional and personal expertise in This course allows X
competitive commercial and industrial
you to study a variety
environments.
of electrical and Y
• T
o widen and develop your
understanding of essential facts, mechanical engineering
Z
concepts, principles and theories to disciplines both practically
your chosen engineering discipline. and theoretically.

169
Interior Design BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code W250
A Learn to think about the spaces Module guide B Design, Mr Wolf and Amberth, Mineheart,
where we live, work and play. Year one core modules Laura Ashley. Many of these connections
• Interior Design Studio 1 have led to employment.
B Expand your thinking to generate
• Interior Design Studio 2
exciting solutions to create and We’ll help you to foster professional
C • Digital Media 1
modify these spaces. We’ll turn relationships through Design Bench, a
• Building Technology in Interior Design
your aspirations into the skills series of industry networking meetings.
D • Objective and Perspective Drawing You can also get a broader taste of the
and knowledge you need to work
creative industries at one of our Creative
E as a professional interior designer Year two core modules Front Futures events. As a student
in a dynamic industry. • Interior Design Studio 3 member of British Interior Institute of
F • Interior Design Studio 4 Design (BIID) and Society for British
This course will help you develop your International (SBID) Design and Interior
• Digital Media 2
G creativity, and discover new ways to think Educators (IE) you’ll have access to a wide
and communicate your ideas, turning your • Debates and Practices
variety of exhibitions and activities with
H aspirations into the skills, processes and practitioners and other design students.
knowledge needed in professional practice. Year three core modules
• Research Project
I We encourage you to join in study trips
Guided by industry specialists and • Specialised Practice in Interior Design to exhibitions and events in London
J practitioners, you will study the theory • Major Project and in European cities, as well as
behind interior design and gain project collaborative projects with other design
K management skills, both of which will help Assessment courses in Breda (Netherlands) and
you meet, and adapt to, the changing Our studio projects allow you to focus Sydney (Australia). To help you to gain
L demands of the industry. on your creative development. You will more exposure to the world of design,
demonstrate your process and creative your work can be shown in a variety of
M At Cambridge School of Art, our students decisions through a combination of exhibitions such as Free Range, London,
have plenty of opportunities to explore portfolio, written and practical studio work. Cambridge Festival of Ideas and on our
the creative processes that underpin their interior design blog, which is followed by
N
practical and technical skills. We value Special features many professionals.
your creativity and, with our optional Our dedicated interior design studio has
O
modules, encourage you to collaborate specialist equipment that will help you to Associated careers
with students from other art and design communicate your ideas. You can practice Our course will prepare you to work with
P
disciplines, such as fine art, fashion and hand skills such as drafting, model making architects or in spatial design practices
film. This will let you delve deeper into your and life-drawing, and you’ll have access on residential, commercial, hospitality,
Q interests, or try out subjects you’ve never to computer labs equipped with suites of health or furniture design projects – or
even considered. industry standard programs. This links with as a self-employed interior designer in
R
our fully equipped 3D workshop where you your own practice. Alternatively, with the
Your final year will prepare you for can prototype your ideas. creative skills you’ve developed, a career
S professional life. You’ll identify and develop in the visual arts, film, television, event and
your specialism, and produce a body of You will also have access to a technical theatre design, or exhibition and museum
T work that forms the basis of your interview reference library and our on-campus design could also beckon. Meanwhile, your
portfolio. The connections you make through Ruskin Gallery, complete with state-of-the- management skills will be useful for project
U networking opportunities will help you to find art digital displays. management roles on creative projects.
the right place to begin your career.
V Placement opportunities Entry requirements
You will emerge from the course Our past students have taken up placements 80 – 96 UCAS tariff points from a
W with a developed skill set, clear visual or other work experience with the likes of minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent),
communication abilities, and an Alium Design, Robert Mathew Johnson including grade C in an Art, Design or
X understanding of how you’ll fit into Marshall (architects), Haley Sharp (global Media subject and 3 GCSEs at grade
the interior design industry. designers), Julia Johnson (interior designer), C or above, including English. You’ll
Y Monteith Scott (designers), Dalziel Pow, also need to provide a portfolio of
Penny Banks, Saunders Boston Architects, work for assessment.
Z Loci Design, Blue Moon, Arkitektones, Two

International Business Key Facts
Cambridge
Management BSc (Hons) Business School
Campus Cambridge
In today’s international market, As you would expect from an innovative Special features
international business degree, you You could broaden your horizons by A
businesses need employees
will have the option to study a foreign spending time living and studying abroad.
who understand globalisation, language. You’ll learn to operate in a multi- This could be a short study visit or a B
sustainability and intercultural cultural context, studying alongside and semester spent in Europe, Canada, the USA
communication. Learn more learning from students and academics or Malaysia. It will enhance your CV and C
about these complex issues from around the world. We also encourage help you take advantage of opportunities
and how you can manage you to include a semester of study at in the international job market. D
one of our partner universities in Europe,
them at Anglia Ruskin, a global (including France, Germany, Denmark, Placement opportunities E
organisation. Sweden, Finland, the Netherlands, and We want to make sure that you are fully
Switzerland), North America or Malaysia prepared for an increasingly competitive F
In a progressively globalised world, during year two (teaching is in English). job market, so we offer a four-year degree
organisations can only successfully option which includes a work placement G
operate and compete when they develop Module guide in the third year. It’s an opportunity to
and enhance their strategies on issues Year one core modules apply and enhance your skills while H
such as globalisation, intercultural • Academic Skills developing new ones. You will also build
awareness, sustainability, and ethics. valuable professional networks.
• Economics for Managers I
You can choose to study our course over • Global Business Environment
Links with industry J
three or four years. The four-year course • Introduction to Accounting and Finance and professional recognition
includes a placement year in year three, • Introduction to Organisations and We regularly host employer visits and K
giving you the opportunity to work for Management speakers. We also organise business
an international organisation, greatly • Principles of Marketing events designed to enhance your
improving your hands-on experience
L
• Business Analytics knowledge of the job market and give
of business management and your you opportunities to meet and speak
employability. There’s also an accelerated M
Year two core modules with employers.
course that allows you to complete your
• Business Research Methods N
degree in just two years. Associated careers
• International Business
Throughout BSc (Hons) International
Here at Anglia Ruskin, sustainability is • Strategic Management O
Business Management, you will benefit
really important to us. And it’s important from lectures and seminars on career-
to businesses, too. Building on employer Year three core modules P
relevant issues such as CV preparation,
feedback, successful student-led • Undergraduate Major Project job-hunting, obtaining work experience
initiatives, and green audits in businesses • Advanced Strategic Management and using social media.
Q
– and in partnership with our Global • Employment Law
Sustainability Institute – we’ve developed On successful completion of this R
• International Intercultural Management
a course that has sustainability at its degree, you might choose to move onto
heart. We’re committed to making sure • International Supply Chain S
postgraduate studies, such as our MSc
that our students not only know about Management
Management.
sustainability, but know how to apply their T
knowledge and make a real difference to Assessment Entry requirements
business practices and communities. You can expect an interesting mix of 96 – 112 UCAS tariff points from a U
coursework, essays, exams and activity- minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent)
Our Global Business Environment based assignments. Your coursework and 3 GCSEs grade C or above V
module has been specially designed could include problem-solving activities, including English and Maths.
for this course and introduces consultancy projects, presentations and W
sustainability as a contemporary issue group or individual reports. You will also be
for international business. able to access support materials supported X
by materials accessed through our ARU
Virtual Learning Environment (VLE). Y

171
International Business
London
Key Facts
ARU London
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code N121
A Do you aspire to a management Assessment Associated careers

career with a multinational You will have a minimum of 12 hours’ Throughout BSc (Hons) International
lectures and tutorials a week. Each year Business Management, you will benefit
B company or within a business consists of two semesters of 12 teaching from lectures and seminars on career-
operating internationally? weeks each followed by a period for relevant issues such as CV preparation,
C revision and assessment. job-hunting, obtaining work experience
The taught modules within our degree and using social media.
D course cover all the major functional areas The core lectures and tutorials are carefully
of business from finance and marketing timetabled to take place on two or three On successful completion of this
E to human resource management and days of the week. degree, you might choose to move onto
information management; but in addition, postgraduate studies, such as our
F they also examine the cultural, ethical and Our student-friendly timetables will make MSc Management.
interpersonal challenges that arise when it easier for you to secure meaningful,
G working within a multicultural business part-time work. Part-time work will give Entry requirements
environment and when operating across you valuable experience outside of the 104 – 120 UCAS points from 3 A Levels e.g.
H international boundaries. classroom and will boost your credentials BCC or a recognised overseas equivalent
with a prospective graduate employer. qualification – see our website for more
I Your third-year Major Project will allow detailed information on the range of
you to utilise all the skills and knowledge We are also working with a number of qualifications we consider.
J you have gained throughout our course employers to be able to offer part-time
and combine them in a piece of original work in conjunction with our degrees.
K real-world research that will help to further
develop your professional skills and future You will be expected to undertake
L career prospects. extensive independent study when you
are not attending lectures.
Module guide
M
Year one core modules Your learning experience will be further
• Business Environment enhanced by skills sessions, tutor surgeries
N
• Business Skills and guest lectures which are organised
O • Economics for Business throughout the year.
P
Q • Legal Aspects of Business
• Managing Human Resources
R
• Principles and Practice of Marketing
S • Business Information
T Year three core modules

• Operational and Project Management
U • Business Strategy
• Managing International Business
V
• Major Project
The taught
W
modules
X examine the
cultural, ethical and
Y interpersonal challenges
that arise when working
Z
within a multicultural
business environment.

International Business
Cambridge
Key Facts
Management (Accelerated) Business School
Campus Cambridge
UCAS Code N121
Complete our International You’ll learn to operate in a multi-cultural Assessment

A
Business Management context, studying alongside and learning You can expect an interesting mix of
from students and academics from around coursework, essays, exams and activity-
degree in just two years. This the world. We also encourage you to based assignments. Your coursework B
accelerated course is a popular include a semester of study at one of our could include problem-solving activities,
option with many students who partner universities in Europe (including consultancy projects, presentations and C
want to enter the professional France, Germany, Denmark, Sweden, group or individual reports. You will also be
Finland, the Netherlands, and Switzerland), able to access support materials supported D
world, or postgraduate studies,
North America or Malaysia during year by materials accessed through our ARU
at a faster pace. It focuses on two (teaching is in English). Virtual Learning Environment (VLE). E
issues including globalisation,
sustainability and intercultural Module guide All assessment is designed to allow you F
communication – and how to Optional modules are also available, to demonstrate what you have learned,
please visit our website. and to make sure you’re developing G
manage them.
the knowledge and skills you need to
In a progressively globalised world, Year one core modules successfully complete the course. H
organisations can only successfully operate • Academic Skills
and compete when they develop and • Introduction to Accounting and Finance Special features I
enhance their strategies on issues such You could broaden your horizons
as globalisation, intercultural awareness, by spending time living and studying J
• Economics for Managers abroad. This could be a short study visit
sustainability and ethics. They need
• Business Analytics or a semester spent in Europe, Canada, K
employees with the skills, knowledge and
insight to understand these complex issues • Introduction to Organisations and the USA or Malaysia. It will enhance
and how they can be effectively managed Management your CV and help you take advantage of L
in a shifting international environment. • Global Business Environment opportunities in the international
job market. M
• Strategic Management
Our course will provide you with the • Business Research Methods
background and skills to progress your Links with industry N
• International Business and professional recognition
career in one of these international
organisations. As it is an accelerated We regularly host employer visits and O
course, you will undertake an intensive Year two core modules speakers. We also organise business
six-week period of study in June-July • Project Management events designed to enhance your P
each year, in addition to regular term- • Responsible Business knowledge of the job market and give
time study. you opportunities to meet and speak Q
• Business Law
with employers.
• E-Business Management
Here at Anglia Ruskin, sustainability is R
really important to us. And it’s important • International Intercultural Management Associated careers
• International Supply Chain Throughout our BSc (Hons) International
to businesses, too. Building on employer S
feedback, successful student-led initiatives, Management Business Management course, you’ll
and green audits in businesses – and in benefit from lectures and seminars
• Undergraduate Major Project T
partnership with our Global Sustainability on career-relevant issues such as CV
• Advanced Strategic Management preparation, job-hunting, obtaining work
Institute – we’ve developed a course that has U
• Career Management and Employability experience and using social media.
sustainability at its heart. We’re committed to
making sure that our students are not only • Employment Law
Entry requirements V
aware of and educated in sustainability, but
know how to apply their knowledge to make 104 – 120 UCAS tariff points from a
minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent) W
a real difference to business practices and
communities. and 3 GCSEs grade C or above
including English and Maths. X
As you would expect from an innovative Y
international business degree, you will have
the option to study a foreign language.
Z

173
International Business (Top-Up)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 1 year
UCAS Code N121
A Boost your career prospects Through our Business School Intern Associated careers
in a variety of industries in just programme, around 35 students Graduating with a degree in
each year get exclusive training and international business will give you the
B one year. If you have already development, a business mentor, work foundation for a career that can cross
studied a relevant subject at experience, and a reference from the any sector, industry or location. Our
C higher education level and are Dean. graduates can be found working in
looking for an honours degree, the private, public, or third (voluntary)
D Our students and academics come sector – and in industries as diverse
our BSc (Hons) International
from all over the world, so you’ll learn to as aerospace and defence, beverages,
E Business (Top-Up) could be just operate in a multicultural environment construction, health, management
the course you need. – highly valuable preparation for today’s consultancy, pharmaceutical, retail,
F global marketplace. telecoms, travel and leisure.
Studying international business will
G prepare you for a career that can cross Module guide Alternatively, you could choose to
any sector or industry with a global Optional modules are also available, continue your studies at postgraduate
H focus. From day one, we’ll give you the please visit our website. level. We offer a variety of business
opportunity to become a well-rounded Masters courses, including our ever-
I manager. We’ll offer you a range of Year one core modules popular MBA, MSc Management or MSc
modules to extend your knowledge • Undergraduate Major Project International Business.
J in fields like strategy, economics,
sustainability and intercultural Entry requirements
management. We also place great • S
ustainable Transformation and
K Environmental Practice
104 – 120 UCAS points from 3 A Levels e.g.
emphasis on technology, politics, BCC or a recognised overseas equivalent
finance, social/demographic change • EU Economy: Policy and Issues
L qualification – see our website for more
and ethics. To be successful, employers detailed information on the range of
need individuals with the skills, Assessment qualifications we consider.
M
knowledge and insight to understand We’ll assess your work in a variety of
these complex issues. ways including exams, coursework,
N
essays and activity-based assignments.
Building on the skills you will have Expect problem-solving activities,
O
developed during previous study, consultancy projects, presentations and
our top-up course will increase your group or individual reports. You will also
P
understanding of the issues facing be able to access support materials
international businesses. You’ll be through our ARU Virtual Learning
Q part of Lord Ashcroft International Environment (VLE).
Business School – well-recognised by
R employers and professional bodies
as a centre for innovative business
S education and training – and taught by
inspiring specialists who are keen to
T share their wealth of experience, and
make sure you gain the skills you need
U for a successful career. Also, you will
benefit from regular guest speakers
V from industry who will enhance your
knowledge of the job market and the
W opportunities that are open to you.

International Nursing Studies
Chelmsford
Key Facts
BSc (Hons) & Education
Campus Chelmsford
Duration Entry at Level 6: 1 year,
Entry at Level 5: 2 years
UCAS Code B700
Enhance your professional Module guide Entry requirements

A
knowledge and career Year one core modules You’ll need to have a qualification in
• Introduction to Nursing Assessment nursing from your country of residence
prospects. Spend up to two and Management of Adult Care that is equivalent to 120 Level 4 and 120
B
years studying in the UK, • Global Health and Sustainability Level 5 UK Higher Education credits.
furthering your nursing skills in You must also have a current licence C
• Research and Critical Thinking
our state-of-the-art clinical labs. to practise nursing in your country of
• Introduction to Epidemiology residence. All applicants will be required D
If you’re a qualified, experienced nurse, to demonstrate the university standard
Year two core modules of English language (IELTS) at Level 6.0 E
this course will help you build on your
• Planning Care for the Adult Patient (including 6.0 in the written component
knowledge and skills. You’ll become even
more effective in caring for patients from • Research Methodology Design and Level 6.5 for the Level 6 course) prior F
different backgrounds with complex needs. and Process to commencement on a course. Students
You will learn more about how nurses • Undergraduate Major Project who do not meet this criterion will be G
work – and care for patients – around the • Leadership Practice in Health and advised to seek support from ALS English
world. Studying alongside colleagues Social Care Language Programme or Cambridge H
from different countries will enhance your Ruskin International College prior to
understanding of working with people If your nursing qualification is equivalent commencement of the course. I
from different cultures. to 120 credits at Level 4 and 120 credits at
Level 5, you’ll need to pass the following An Enhanced Disclosure and Barring Service J
Here at Anglia Ruskin, you’ll be taught by compulsory modules, which can be done (DBS) Disclosure will also be required.
expert nurses and health professionals who as part of a 1-year course: K
currently work in British healthcare services. • Research Methodology
They will help you evaluate and develop • Planning Care for the Adult Patient
L
your skills, and build on your theoretical
knowledge of nursing – as well as your M
general competence and confidence. • L
eadership Practice in Health and Social
Care N
On the practical side, you will use our
state-of-the-art clinical skills laboratories Assessment O
that will give you an unparalleled We use a mix of assessment methods
opportunity to fine-tune your hands-on to help you and your tutors measure P
nursing skills. Our labs were designed in your progress on this course. These vary
collaboration with the National Health between modules, but include written Q
Service (NHS), and they simulate the assignments, presentations and group
experience of working in a UK hospital. discussions. They’ll help you to develop R
You will learn through lectures, seminars the wide-ranging skills you need to be a
and ‘action learning’ sets – where you’ll good nurse. S
reflect with other students on the actions
you’ve taken. Our student nurses really Associated careers T
benefit from discussing and sharing their Studying alongside colleagues from
interests, experiences and issues. around the world will have helped you to
U
understand and work with people from
different cultures. You’ll return home with
V
improved career prospects, having gained
valuable knowledge, skills and attitudes
W
on the course.
X

175
Journalism (Multimedia)
Key Facts
UCAS Code P500
A Get ready for your journalism Module guide Links with industry
career, equipped with the skills Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Law for Journalists The course is accredited by the
B you need to work in TV or radio, Periodicals Training Council and we
• Reporting Skills
online or in print. Journalism have strong industry connections
C • Introduction to Digital
has changed more in the past regionally and nationally. Professional
• Introduction to Magazines
ten – twenty years than it has journalists often visit us to give guest
D • Introduction to Broadcast lectures and we work with employers
in the previous hundred due to
to develop placement and volunteering
E digital technology, the explosion opportunities, for example with charities,
of media channels and the • Photojournalism companies or magazines.
F incredible pace of international • Radio Journalism
news distribution. • Politics and the Media
Associated careers
G There are plenty of opportunities for
• Shorthand trained journalists in print, broadcast
There is a strong practical element, with
H projects in every year and an internship • TV Journalism and online organisations – and you can
in year three. You will also be able to • Digital Publishing specialise in areas such as sport, news,
I gain experience with the regional and features and investigative journalism.
national organisations. Year three core modules
J • Press and Public Relations Businesses and agencies also look for
Our facilities are excellent and include a journalists to join them in PR, marketing
• Investigative Journalism
K state-of-the-art Media and Journalism Centre and public affairs.
in Harlow. This is equipped with industry- • Dissertation
L standard software packages, editing • Internship Professional journalists often visit us as guest
equipment and TV and radio studios. • European and International Journalism lecturers and we’ve developed voluntary
M opportunities with a range of regional and
Professional journalists regularly visit national organisations so that you can
Assessment
N to give talks about their work and our develop your skills in a work setting.
Exams are included, but mostly we’ll
tutors have excellent media contacts to assess your progress through your
O help you get a foothold in the business. We strongly approve of work placements
portfolio, commissioned professional
and our staff will do all they can to help
briefs, essays and your performance
P Join us and you’ll be part of a great you find opportunities, using the contacts
during internships or group work.
student community at UCH, in one of they have.
Students also need to demonstrate
Q the UK’s most rapidly developing cities. their use of technology to deliver multi-
Entry requirements
platform pieces by producing a short
72 – 80 UCAS tariff points. Required
R film, podcast and radio news item.
subject(s): 3 A Levels in related
subjects. BTEC/Access required: a BTEC
S Special features
National or a full Access Certificate in
We have excellent facilities on-campus,
a related subject. GCSEs required: 3
T including industry-standard video
GCSEs at grade C or above in English,
cameras and editing software, multimedia
Mathematics and Science. You’ll also
U studios and radio equipment.
need to have a written portfolio.
If English is not your first language
V you will be expected to demonstrate a
W IELTS 5.5 ( Academic level) or equivalent
X recognised by Anglia Ruskin University.
Z
at University Centre Peterborough.


UCAS Code P500

Graduate employment rates from Module guide Special features

A
the course are high. To enhance Year one core modules Guest speaker events with professional
• Law for Journalists journalists are regularly organised
student employability, the course by students and staff, and volunteer
B
• Reporting Skills
offers numerous opportunities opportunities are available from a range
• Introduction to Digital Media C
for paid work and bursaries with of regional and national organisations
• Advanced Reporting Skills
local businesses. and employers. Work placements are
• Introduction to Magazines encouraged from the very beginning D
This newly designed course offers a • Introduction to Broadcast of the course and staff are on-hand to
combination of writing and practical skills offer advice and help out with contacts. E
such as: shorthand, publishing production, Year two core modules You will also have the opportunity to
video journalism, photojournalism, online • Politics and the Media write and publish work in the student F
journalism and other specialisms. This • Shorthand magazine to enhance your CV.
means our graduates are well equipped for G
• Digital Publishing
a diversity of roles across the news industry. Associated careers
Career opportunities for journalists are H
You will be fully supported through a broad and include working for print,
• Live News Production
variety of team and individual projects to broadcast and online organisations. I
• Research Methods As an example, there are opportunities
help you achieve your goals. The course
is validated by Anglia Ruskin University • Undergraduate Major Project to specialise in investigative or sports J
and students complete a total of six • Professional Practice journalism.
modules in each year. Assessment is K
mainly by portfolio, with a small number Assessment Entry requirements
of examinations. Methods of assessment will include: 72 – 96 UCAS tariff points. A Levels L
• Portfolio of work required; 3 A Levels in related subjects.
• Commissioned professional briefs BTEC/Access required; A BTEC M
National or a full Access Certificate in
• Essays and seminars
a related subject. GCSEs required; 3 N
• T
hree modules have an examination as GCSEs at grade C or above in English,
part of the assessment Mathematics and Science. You will need O
• Internship to have a written portfolio.
P
Z
at our partner, University Centre Harlow.

177
Law LLB (Hons) Key Facts

Duration 3 years
UCAS Code M100
Take your first step to becoming Module guide Associated careers

A Year one core modules If you want to proceed to the vocational
a solicitor or barrister at Anglia
• Constitutional and Administrative Law stage of training as a barrister or solicitor
B Law School and join a course with (Bar Professional Training Course or Legal
• Contract Law
the most satisfied students in the Practice Course), this LLB is your first step.
• Foundations of Criminal Law
C country (The Complete University
• Legal Method and Skills
Guide 2016). Our course will You might also choose to work in private
D practice as a paralegal, carrying out many
qualify you for the next stage Year two core modules of the tasks and roles of a qualified solicitor.
E of your legal training. You will • Equity and the Law of Trusts
learn skills that will give you an • European Union Law Or you might enjoy studying with us so
F advantage in other careers, and • Law of Tort much that you decide to take our Legal
you could be awarded a Higher • Legal Research Skills Practice Course, and become a fully-
G Diploma in Paralegal Practice. qualified solicitor.
H This qualifying law degree will let you • Civil Litigation The skills you gain from this LLB will also
progress to the vocational stage of training open up opportunities for you in many
• Land Law
I as a solicitor or barrister. other professions, including banking and
• Major Project finance, business and commerce, local
J You’ll study both academic and practical and central government, the police and
Assessment prison services, social work and teaching.
aspects of the law, which, as well as You’ll demonstrate your progress through
K preparing you for a legal career, will give a combination of exams, essays, problem-
you many skills that are highly valued in Entry requirements
solving, practical exercises, case studies, 96 – 112 UCAS tariff points from a
L other occupations. We encourage you presentations, portfolios, posters, mooting,
to focus on your areas of interest and minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent)
online discussions and group work, as and 3 GCSEs at grade C or above,
M develop specialisms, such as business well as your final year Major Project.
and the law, family law, criminal law and including English.
N procedure and/or civil law and litigation. Special features
Whether you study law in Cambridge
O By choosing, and successfully completing, or Chelmsford, you’ll enjoy excellent
particular modules you could graduate teaching facilities and access to a mock
P with two awards: the LLB (Hons) and court room. Our classrooms are close to
the Higher Diploma in Paralegal Practice the University libraries and open access
Q from the National Association of Licensed study areas.
Paralegals. The Higher Diploma can help
R you to secure a job as a paralegal. It can Your in-class activities will be supported
also give you a head start with the Legal by many online learning materials. You
S Practice Course (LPC) or Bar Professional will be able to access our online library
Training Course (BPTC), by introducing you at any time, both on- and off-campus.
T to some of the skills you’ll develop
on these courses. The Anglia Ruskin mentoring scheme
U partners our students with local
Our experienced lecturers will guide and law firms.
support you throughout your studies.
V
You’ll take part in lectures, tutorials,
workshops, seminar presentations, mooting
W
(debating points of law before a judge), group
work and projects. Wherever possible, we’ll
X
try to schedule your classes over no more
Join a course with
than four days a week. You’ll also benefit from
Y guest speakers from law firms and access the most satisfied
to the County Courts, just a few minutes students in the
Z walk from each campus. country (The Complete
University Guide 2016).

Law LLB (Hons)
London
Key Facts
ARU London
Campus London
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code M100
The LLB (Hons) Law is for those Assessment Associated careers

A
interested in a future legal career You will have a minimum of 12 hours’ If you want to proceed to the vocational
lectures and tutorials a week (‘contact stage of training as a barrister or solicitor
in particular, but not limited to, time’ with a lecturer or tutor). Each year (Bar Professional Training Course or Legal
B
legal work as solicitors, barristers consists of two semesters of 12 teaching Practice Course), this LLB is your first step.
and legal executives, as well weeks each followed by a period for C
as acting as a foundation for revision and assessment. You might also choose to work in private
practice as a paralegal, carrying out many D
postgraduate study.
You will be expected to undertake of the tasks and roles of a qualified solicitor.
extensive independent study when you E
This degree will give you a sound
educational experience that will enable are not attending lectures. Or you might enjoy studying with us so
much that you decide to take our Legal F
you to acquire a solid grounding in
legal principles. It will equip you with Your learning experience will be further Practice Course, and become a fully-
enhanced by skills sessions, tutor surgeries qualified solicitor. G
knowledge of the fundamental features
of the UK and the EU legal systems and and guest lectures which are organised
throughout the year. Entry requirements H
the context in which the law operates.
You will gain a range of graduate skills 104 UCAS points from 3 A Levels e.g.
in preparation for employment in a Each course module is delivered through BCC or a recognised overseas equivalent I
wide variety of fields such as: subject- a combination of large group lectures – qualification – see our website for more
specific abilities, intellectual skills, where the main ideas and concepts are detailed information on the range of J
practical professional skills and general presented – and tutorials with smaller qualifications we consider.
transferable skills. groups for interactive discussion and K
analysis of the lecture content.
With normal progression, this degree L
is recognised by the Law Society and Students are mainly assessed through a
General Council of the Bar as satisfying mix of examination and coursework. M
the initial or academic stage of training.
More information on progression rules N
and the Law Society and General
Council of the Bar requirements for LPC O
or BPTC courses and be found on the
websites for the Bar Standards Board P
and the Solicitors Regulation Authority.
Q
Module guide
Year one core modules R
• Constitutional and Administrative Law
• Foundations of Criminal Law S
• Legal Method and Skills
T
• Contract Law
U
• Law of Tort
V
• European Union Law
• Equity and the Law of Trusts W
Year three core modules X

• Land Law
• Civil Litigation Y
• Major Project
Z

179
Law and Accounting BSc (Hons)
London
Key Facts
ARU London
Campus London
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code NM41
Tariff Points 104 tariff points
A Are you interested in developing Assessment Associated careers

a career in corporate law and You will have a minimum of 12 hours’ In today’s tough job market, you
lectures and tutorials a week. Each year need to stand out from the crowd to
B regulation? consists of two semesters of 12 teaching successfully secure that all important
weeks each followed by a period for first full-time job after university. We
C Our intellectually stimulating degree
revision and assessment. believe your degree from ARU London
addresses the broader aspects of
will enhance your employability.
D business organisation and management
The core lectures and tutorials are
culture, while also providing an insight
carefully timetabled to take place on Your ARU London lecturers all have
E into corporate and consumer legislation,
two or three days of the week. We first-hand experience of business and
corporate regulation and other legal
believe this offers our students more some continue to work in business. You
F aspects of business enterprise.
chance of finding meaningful, better- are therefore assured that the content
paid part-time work. of your degree will be directly relevant
G Our course will equip you with a real
to the demanding, constantly evolving
understanding of how legal considerations
You will be expected to undertake world of contemporary business.
H have an impact on virtually every aspect of
extensive independent study when you Furthermore, you will study business
management activity.
are not attending lectures. from a practical as well as from an
I academic perspective.
Module guide
Your learning experience will be further
J enhanced by skills sessions, tutor ARU London lecturers have a wealth of
surgeries and guest lectures which are contacts, and you will study alongside
K • Business Skills organised throughout the year. students from all over the world. All
• Economics for Business great for networking!
L • Applied Financial Accounting Each course module is delivered through
a combination of large group lectures – During your final year there will be
M Year two core modules where the main ideas and concepts are additional seminars with the specific
• Legal Aspects of Business presented – and tutorials with smaller objective of enhancing your future
N groups for interactive discussion and employment prospects. These will
• Law of Contract
analysis of the lecture content. include CV workshops, interview
• Financial Reporting for Business techniques, career counselling and
O
• Law of Business Organisations Students are mainly assessed through a visits from prospective employers.
P mix of examination and coursework.
Year three core modules Entry requirements
• Commercial Law 104 UCAS points from 3 A Levels e.g.
Q
• Business Strategy BCC or a recognised overseas equivalent
R • Financial Auditing qualification – see our website for more
detailed information on the range of
• Major Project
qualifications we consider.
S

Leadership and Management
Distance Learning
Key Facts
in Health and Social Care FdSc Campus Distance learning
Duration 2, 3 or 4 years
Available Starts September or January*
Develop your higher level skills You’ll study entirely online, so you can What you learn will be applied to the
A
by distance learning while learn from anywhere, at any time, health and social care setting, and you’ll
without needing to come to Anglia develop a wide range of transferable skills
continuing to work in your Ruskin. This means you will need access which will be attractive to employers in B
current health and social care to a computer and the internet, plus many other sectors.
role. Our web-based learning basic IT skills. You will use our ARU C
environment means you can Virtual Learning Environment (VLE) as This course has close links with NHS trusts,
well as our digital library, which provides independent sector health and social-care D
study from anywhere, at any
access to electronic journals, e-books, providers, and the armed forces.
time. On graduation, you could databases and much more. E
complete a further year to top- If you would like to go on to further
up to a full BSc (Hons) degree. You will do work-based learning in your study when you graduate, you can apply F
current setting. As a result, your study for our one year top-up course, which
This course is ideal if you already work in will be directly relevant to your job even leads to a full BSc (Hons) degree in G
health and social care and want to study though you’ll be investigating wider Management and Leadership in Health
while you work. It will develop your higher leadership and management themes. and Social Care. After that, you could go H
level skills and enable you to perform on to do postgraduate study, such as
better in your current role, or to lead teams You’ll prepare for the course online in a Master’s degree. I
of staff from different disciplines, advance with the support of a helpful tutor,
or to apply for more senior roles. and take part in an online induction which Entry requirements J
encourages socialising with fellow students. Applicants require FE Level 3 (A Level or
This course is suitable if you: equivalent) and NVQ Level 3. Applicants K
• work as a supervisor or team leader Module guide are also required to have a minimum of
• work in first-line management Core modules GCSE Mathematics and English at grade L
• have just started working in a • Higher Education and the Work C or above, or equivalent (for example,
leadership role. Environment Key Skills Level 2 in Adult Literacy and M
• Planning and Managing Resources Numeracy or NVQ Level 2 in Healthcare
Our students come from all sorts with Mathematics and English). Applicants N
• Valuing People and Fostering Dignity
of workplaces. They might include for whom English is not their first
and Respect
managers of GP practices or residential language will be required to demonstrate O
• Working Collaboratively achievement of an IELTS score of 6.0 or
care homes, healthcare assistants in
• Research and Critical Thinking equivalent and evidence of numeracy
the NHS or the independent sector, P
nurses, medics in the Tri Services, and • Leadership Practice and literacy skills will be required.
administrative staff in the NHS. This • Managing People and Processes Applicants without formal qualifications Q
diversity leads to interesting discussions. will be considered using an admission
• Work-Based Project 2
portfolio. All students will need to be
R
based in a health and social care setting
Assessment
to allow them to achieve the learning
Assessment methods will include S
outcomes associated with the course.
reports, presentations, essays, portfolios
It will be a requirement for prospective
and reflection. You will adapt your T
students to have access to a computer
assignments to your own role in the
and the internet and have basic IT skills.
workplace, which will help you meet your U
own professional and personal needs.
V
Associated careers
To be accepted onto this course, you’ll W
already be working in a health and social
care setting. This means you’ll use this X
course either to develop your skills so that
you can apply for more senior roles, or Y
extend your existing skills in your current
leadership or management role. Z
*A
pplicants for advanced entry with accreditation
of prior learning from previous qualifications will
be considered for entry to the January intake.

181
Management BA (Hons)
Distance Learning

Business School
Duration 4 years
Available starts January, May, September
UCAS code Apply Online
Tariff points 40 UCAS points
A Develop your career with an Module guide Entry requirements

online Management degree Year one core modules You’re expected to have at least 40 points
• Understanding Work Based Learning at A Level or NVQ level 3 (or equivalent),
B from Anglia Ruskin University, and Your Sector and Maths and English GCSEs (or
an ILM (Institute of Leadership • M
anaging People, Customers and equivalent) at grade C or above.
C and Management) Recognised If you have relevant work experience
Markets
Management Development • Managing a Sustainable Business
but no traditional qualifications, or if you
D have other professional qualifications (e.g.
Programme.
ILM, CMI), we still encourage you to apply
E Year one core modules
With the full range of business skills, as all applications are considered on an
• Work Based Practice
including: managing people, marketing, individual basis.
F • M
anaging Projects and Organisational
finance planning and strategy, decision Change
making, leadership, sustainability and As a distance learner, you’ll also need
G • Work Based Project a suitable computer with internet
more, you will learn how companies
operate and compete. You’ll understand connection, together with sufficient IT
H Year one core modules competence to make effective use of
how, by applying the management skills
• Leadership in Practice word processing, internet and email.
you acquire, you can help them achieve
I their strategic ambitions. • F
inancial Management and Financial If English is not your first language,
Forecasting you will be expected to demonstrate a
J We blend leading theory with relevant, • Strategic Management certificated level of proficiency of at least
practical learning. This will enable you to IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
K improve your personal performance and Year one core modules
make a real difference in your day-to-day • Work Based Major Project
L role, and to your employer, as you progress • Work Based Project Impact and Review
through your management career. • R
eflections on Practice and Career
M
Progression
This degree is for you if you are new to
N a management role. It will benefit you if Associated careers
you wish to enhance your managerial The content and delivery of this
O experience with new knowledge and Management degree has been designed
abilities. It is designed to be completed in to equip you with the core management
P less than four years whilst you are working skills and knowledge to make an
and is delivered entirely online. increased contribution at work. The work-
Q based project provides the opportunity to
focus on a topic of relevance to you and
R your employer, or client organisation, and
to make recommendations for improved
S business performance.
V
This degree is for you if you
W
are new to a management
X role. It will benefit
you if you wish to
Y enhance your
managerial experience
Z
with new knowledge
and abilities.

Management and Leadership
Distance Learning
Key Facts
in Health and Social Care Campus Distance learning
Duration 2 years
BSc (Hons) Available Starts September, January
Study from home, in your current You’ll prepare for the course online in Associated careers
A
job, and achieve a full honours advance with the support of a helpful Upon graduation, you will be able to
tutor. There’s an online induction which apply for leadership roles within your
degree relevant to your role. Our encourages socialising with fellow own career pathway or move into higher
B
course will help you develop students, and you’ll be encouraged to management positions elsewhere.
the skills you need to manage take part in online exercises and to use C
and lead teams. You’ll be well- the discussion boards. Although the course relates to health
and social care, it delivers wider D
equipped to face the challenges
Students on this course work in the NHS, management and leadership skills
of complex, fast-moving health the voluntary and private sectors and the which are attractive to employers in E
and social care organisations. military, leading to interesting discussions. other sectors.
F
This course will develop you personally Module guide Entry requirements
and professionally, and provide the Core modules 120 Level 4 and 120 Level 5 credits from G
tools you need to achieve your career • Research Methodology, Design a relevant subject such as DipHE Nursing.
potential. You’ll build your ability to and Process Applicants must be working in a related H
work as an effective team leader in field and must be a health and social care
• Leadership Practice in Health
settings involving people from different professional with at least one year full-time I
and Social Care
disciplines and agencies. or equivalent part-time experience.
• Strategic Management in Health
J
You’ll advance your understanding and Social Care
of the latest policy developments in • Undergraduate Major Project K
health and social care, and develop
your research awareness and analytical Assessment
L
skills. You’ll learn to use higher level Assessment methods include reflective
strategies for solving practical problems, practice, essays and a Major Project, as
M
and you will understand how better well as the sharing of ideas and critical
to implement, influence and adapt to thoughts in an online setting.
N
change in your workplace. You’ll also
explore the needs of service users so
O
that their views – and those of their
carers – are fully represented.
P
You’ll study entirely online, so you
Q
can learn from anywhere, at any time,
without needing to come to Anglia
Ruskin. You will need access to a
R
computer and the internet, plus basic
IT skills. You’ll use our ARU Virtual S
Learning Environment (VLE) as well
as our digital library, which provides T
access to electronic journals, e-books,
databases and much more. U
You’ll do work-based learning in your V

current setting. Your study will be
directly relevant to your job even W
though you’ll be investigating wider
leadership and management themes. X

183
Management of Social and
Distance Learning
Key Facts
Affordable Housing & Education
Campus Distance learning
FdSc Duration 2 years
A Study our two-year foundation If you are wondering whether this Associated careers
degree and apply to become is the right course for you, here are Our course will help you develop university-
some jobs our students had when level management skills, tailored to the
B a member of the Chartered they started studying with us: Housing sector that you work in. It’s accredited by
Institute of Housing when you Officer, Neighbourhood Manager, the Charted Institute of Housing (CIH), the
C graduate. Our distance learning Neighbourhood Coordinator, Resident professional body for professionals in social
course is ideal if you work in Involvement Officer, Customer Services and affordable housing.
D Consultant, Tenant Liaison Officer,
the social housing sector and
Tenant Liaison Manager, Landlord While you’re studying with us, you’ll be
E want to develop your skills and Liaison Officer, Team Leader, Policy and eligible to become a student member
career opportunities. Participation and Income Coordinator. of CIH. And, when you graduate, you
F can apply for Chartered Membership,
Our course will help you develop the Many of our students have secured allowing you to use the letters CIHCM
G broad range of skills and understanding promotions as a result of studying on after your name.
you’ll need to manage staff, stakeholders this course, so you may well finish your
H and projects in the social housing sector. studies with a different job title to when Once you complete our foundation
you started. degree, there’s the option to take a
I You can study over a period of two third year and obtain a full BA (Hons)
years while continuing to work, Module guide Management qualification.
J exploring four main themes in depth: Level 4 modules
• personal effectiveness, including • Higher Education and the Work Entry requirements
K team working, leadership, stress Environment A Levels or equivalent, such as FE Level 3
management and self-evaluation or NVQ Level 3. GCSE Maths and English
• Context of Social Housing Provision
L • m
anagement skills, including project
• C
ustomer Service Management for
Grade C or above. Employment in social
management, financial management, housing or a similar area.
Social Housing
M managing change, business
development and income generation • Work-Based Project 1
N • legislative and organisational context,
covering ever-changing national and Level 5 modules
O local policies, their impact on operational • Leadership in Practice
practice and multi-agency working • Enterprise for Social Housing
P • m
anaging customers and clients, • Project Management and Finance
covering customer service • Work-Based Project
Q management, conflict resolution and
managing stakeholders Assessment
R We’ll assess you in a number of ways
You will complete individual study and including written assignments, reports and
S project work based on the above four project work. There won’t be any exams.
themes, with full support from your
T course tutor. Every year, we organise Assessments are your chance to show
two workshops where you’ll have the that you’ve developed the skills and
U chance to meet your fellow students, knowledge we set out to teach on
along with specialist practitioners. our modules. Throughout the course,
V you’ll benefit from regular, constructive
feedback from tutors to let you know
W how you are progressing.
Many of our students have
X secured promotions
as a result of studying
Y on this course, so you
may well finish your
Z
studies with a different job
title to when you started.

Marine Biology with
Cambridge
Key Facts
Biodiversity and Conservation Campus Cambridge
BSc (Hons) Available Starts September
If you are passionate about Cambridge is becoming a world centre Although they can’t be guaranteed, we
can work with you to find a placement,
A
protecting our planet, our Society for wildlife conservation, with Fauna and
Flora International, Birdlife International using our contacts with a large number of
of Biology-recognised course and the World Conservation Monitoring employers. You’ll have regular contact with B
will give you the skills to make Centre based here. Throughout the one of our course tutors and be supported
a difference. Explore diverse course, you’ll have opportunities to attend by a supervisor from your placement C
ecosystems in our labs and on lectures in the city and visit specialist company. Together they’ll monitor your
museums and libraries. performance and give you feedback. D
international field trips, while
studying in a world-renowned Module guide Links with industry E
centre for wildlife conservation. Year one core modules and professional recognition
This course has been validated • Biomeasurement Our course is recognised by the Society F
to include an optional sandwich • British Wildlife and Conservation of Biology.
G
placement year in industry. • Core Biology
Associated careers
• Ecology Helping to protect our planet’s habitats H
Individuals, organisations and
• Introduction to Marine Biology and wildlife is fascinating and rewarding
governments around the world are
increasingly concerned about the welfare • Introduction to Animal Behaviour work. When you graduate, you will have I
and Welfare built a deep understanding of issues
of our planet. This includes our marine
environments where many factors,
relating to marine biology, backed up J
Year two core modules by your own practical experiences on
including human behaviour, have left a
large number of species at risk. • BioGIS a variety of field trips. K
• Biological Oceanography
Our course allows you to develop a deep • Communities and Ecosystems
You’ll have the specialist skills you need L
to work in your chosen area of marine
understanding of concerns relating to • Practical Biology biology, ecology or conservation. You could M
marine environments, and to look at
• Preparation for Research apply for work in the UK or internationally,
ways of resolving those concerns.
for employers such as governments, N
Year three core modules environment agencies, education
You’ll learn about marine biodiversity
• Countryside Management institutions and research establishments. O
locally and around the world, and explore
conservation ecology, which aims to • Practical Marine Biology
• Population Ecology and Wildlife Graduation doesn’t need to be the end of P
support, recover and maintain populations
Management your time with us. If you’d like to continue
and their habitats.
your studies we offer a wide range of Q
• Biogeography full-time and part-time postgraduate
On our field trips you might experience sea
• Undergraduate Project courses including MSc Animal Behaviour:
life on the Farne Islands; marine biology in R
Applications for Conservation.
Scotland; zoos in the Netherlands; wildlife
Assessment
and ecology in Kenya; and diving and S
We’ll assess your work regularly so that Entry requirements
marine biology in the Red Sea. There’s
you can check your progress. We’ll use 96 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
also a final year residential at a UK marine T
a range of methods, including exams, of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), including
biology station. You’ll need to pay for this,
essays, practical reports, computer-based Biology and 3 GCSEs at grade C or above,
and any residential trips. See page 263 for U
assessments, presentations, reviews of including English and Mathematics.
additional costs.
scientific papers and laboratory skills tests.
V
This course gives you the opportunity W
to take a work placement between years
two and three. You’ll get experience of X
in an industry relating to your course. Y
and industry contacts to benefit your Z
career prospects.

185
Marine Biology with
Cambridge
Key Facts
Conservation and Biodiversity Campus Cambridge
Duration 4 years
(Foundation Year) BSc (Hons) Available Starts September
UCAS Code C161
A If you are passionate about Module guide Placement opportunities

protecting our planet, our four- Year one core modules This course gives you the opportunity
• Biological Principles to take a work placement between years
B year marine biology course will two and three. You’ll get experience of
• Foundation Mathematics for Science
give you the skills you need seeking and securing a job and working
C • Foundation Biology
to make a difference. Use the in an industry relating to your course.
foundation year to build your You’ll also get the practical experience
D • Chemical Principles 2 and industry contacts to benefit your
scientific knowledge, then
• Developing Academic Skills 1 studies and enhance your long-term
E progress onto our BSc (Hons) career prospects.
degree course which
F is recognised by the Society Although they can’t be guaranteed, we
of Biology. • Biomeasurement can work with you to find a placement,
G using our contacts with a large number of
• British Wildlife and Conservation
Individuals, organisations and employers. You’ll have regular contact with
H • Core Biology one of our course tutors and be supported
governments around the world are
increasingly concerned about the welfare • Ecology by a supervisor from your placement
I of our planet. This includes our marine • Introduction to Marine Biology company. Together they’ll monitor your
environments where many factors, • Introduction to Animal Behaviour performance and give you feedback.
J including human behaviour, have left a and Welfare
large number of species at risk. Associated careers
K Year three core modules Helping to protect our planet’s habitats
Our degree course will prepare you for • BioGIS and wildlife is fascinating and rewarding
L a career in marine biology, ecology or • Biological Oceanography
work. When you graduate, you will have
conservation. In your foundation year built a deep understanding of issues
• Communities and Ecosystems relating to marine biology, backed up
M you’ll cover a broad range of subjects
including biology, chemistry and maths, • Practical Biology by your own practical experiences on a
N helping you to prepare for higher-level • Preparation for Research variety of field trips.
study. You’ll then move on to the first year
O of our BSc (Hons) Marine Biology with You’ll have the specialist skills you need
Year four core modules
Conservation and Biodiversity. to work in your chosen area of marine
• Countryside Management
P biology, ecology or conservation. You could
• Practical Marine Biology apply for work in the UK or internationally,
You’ll spend the next three years exploring
diverse ecosystems in our labs and • Population Ecology and for employers such as governments,
Q
develop a deep understanding of concerns Wildlife Management environment agencies, education
and solutions of marine environments. • Biogeography institutions and research establishments.
R
You’ll learn about marine biodiversity • Undergraduate Project
locally and around the world, and explore Graduation doesn’t need to be the end of
S
conservation ecology, which aims to Assessment your time with us. If you’d like to continue
support, recover and maintain populations We’ll assess your work regularly so that your studies we offer a wide range of
T
and their habitats. you can check your progress. We’ll use full-time and part-time postgraduate
a range of methods, including exams, courses including MSc Animal Behaviour:
U Applications for Conservation.
On our field trips you might experience sea essays, practical reports, computer-based
life on the Farne Islands; marine biology in assessments, presentations, reviews of
V Entry requirements
Scotland; zoos in the Netherlands; wildlife scientific papers and laboratory skills tests..
and ecology in Kenya; and diving and 48 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
W 1 A Level (or equivalent). 3 GCSEs at grade
marine biology in the Red Sea. There’s
also a final year residential at a UK marine C or above, including English and Maths.
X
biology station. You’ll need to pay for this,
and any residential trips. See page 263 for
Y additional costs.

Marketing BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Business School
Campus Cambridge
People with marketing Module guide Placement opportunities

A
know-how are vital to just about Year one core modules We want to make sure that you are fully
every business or organisation job market, so we offer a four-year degree B
you can think of and there’s option which includes a work placement
• Intro to Accounting and Finance C
always high demand for skilled in the third year. It’s an opportunity to
• Intro to Organisations and Management
marketing graduates. Study for apply and enhance your skills while
• Marketing Communications developing new ones. You’ll also build D
our honours degree and you’ll
• Principles of Marketing valuable professional networks.
gain the skills and knowledge E
businesses really need, opening It could be that you have one placement
up your career options in this during year three, or you could have two or F
creative, fast-paced area. • Business Research Methods three, giving you the chance to experience
different organisations and working G
• Business to Business Marketing
Learn about the theory of marketing practices. Many of our students find that
• Customer Relationship Marketing their placement company hires them when H
while also developing the practical
skills employers look for, including IT, • E-Business Management they graduate. We have a specialist team to
communication and the ability to question • International Marketing help you find a placement and support you I
and analyse. The marketing principles • Project Management during this year.
you’ll cover are highly relevant to real-life J
• Understanding Consumers
practice and relate to the professional Associated careers
standards of the Chartered Institute of You might choose to focus on a specialist K
Marketing (CIM). area, such as advertising and sponsorship,
brand and product management, L
Our inspiring teaching team will share • Digital Marketing customer relationship management, digital
with you their extensive real-world • Financial and Professional Services marketing, or research and data analysis. M
marketing experience, gained in a range Marketing On the other hand, some roles involve the
of business sectors. • Retail and Shopper Marketing whole marketing mix, particularly if you opt N
to work for a smaller organisation. Job titles
• Strategic Brand Management
You will have plenty of opportunities to to look for include Marketing Executive, O
• Undergraduate Major Project Marketing Officer, Marketing Assistant,
engage in a wide range of interesting
practical activities. For example, you could Marketing Analyst, Assistant Product/ P
Assessment Brand Manager.
be part of a winning team at a national
You can expect a lively mix of
competition like the IBM University Q
coursework, essays, exams and activity- Entry requirements
Business Challenge, or AB InBev’s Best
based assignments. Your coursework 96 – 112 UCAS tariff points from a
Beer Competition. R
could include problem-solving activities, minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent).
consultancy projects, presentations and 3 GCSEs at grade C or above, including
Through our Business School Intern S
group or individual reports. You’ll be able English and Maths.
programme, around 35 students each year
to access support materials through our
get a business mentor, work experience, T
ARU Virtual Learning Environment (VLE).
exclusive training and development, and
a reference from our Dean. This will look U
Special features
great on your CV.
You could broaden your horizons by
spending time living and studying abroad. V
You’ll also benefit from employer visits,
speakers and business events, like
semester spent in Europe, Canada, the USA W
our Global Brand Leaders Conference.
These enhance your job market
help you take advantage of opportunities X
knowledge and give you the chance Find out about how to apply
in the international job market.
to network with employers. at anglia.ac.uk/ug/apply Y
On graduation you may also be entitled to Like us on facebook
exemptions from the Chartered Institute of Z
Marketing (CIM) professional qualifications. Follow us on @angliaruskin

187
Mechanical Engineering
Chelmsford

BEng (Hons) Campus Chelmsford
A Mechanical engineers design, Module guide Associated careers

manufacture, repair or operate Year one core modules There is strong international demand
• Introduction to Engineering Materials for qualified mechanical engineers.
B the things we need in everyday Our degree will also open up a huge
• IT, Communications and Research Skills
life. Learn in one of the variety of non-engineering jobs. Many
C • Mechatronics
most advanced engineering employers in IT, finance, business
• Mathematics for Engineers 1
laboratories in any UK university. and education welcome mechanical
D • Manufacturing engineering graduates because of
Our course is rated in the top
• Applied Software their high-level numerical and problem-
E 20 of the Guardian university solving skills.
league tables 2016. This course Year two core modules
F has been validated to include an • Engineering Principles Graduation doesn’t need to be the end of
optional sandwich placement • Mathematics for Engineers 2 your time with us. If you’d like to continue
G your studies we offer a wide range of
year in industry. • S
tatistics and Process Quality
full-time and part-time postgraduate
Assurance
H Mechanical engineers solve problems courses including Masters in Engineering
• Applied Mechanics Management, Mechanical Engineering,
through innovation, helping society to
I become more advanced and adventurous.
• Materials and Processes and Manufacturing Systems.
• Group Design Project
J Our course gives you both academic and • Computer-Aided Solid Modelling Entry requirements
practical skills, so you become an analytical 88 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
K and creative problem-solver. You’ll develop Year three core modules of 2 A levels (or equivalent). A Level
valuable skills in teamwork, management • Project Management for Technologists Mathematics (or equivalent) is essential
L and leadership and learn an integrated • R
esearch Methods and Individual
and a physical science is also preferred.
approach to engineering valued by Applicants also require 5 GCSEs at
Project (Civil and Mechanical
M employers. We’ll explore how engineering grade C or above, including English,
Engineering)
works in the business context, and how to Mathematics and Science.
• Stress and Dynamics
N achieve results within financial constraints.
• Computer-Aided Engineering
O Using test and measurement equipment, • M
odelling and Simulation for
you’ll learn how to specify and design Operations Management
P electronics subsystems. You’ll understand
how to use computer-based and Assessment
Q mathematical methods to model and We’ll use a range of assessment methods
analyse mechanical-engineering problems. to check your academic and practical
R progress throughout the course. These
You’ll also consider your professional and include exams, essays and reports,
S ethical responsibilities, including the global work relating to practical classes and
and social contexts of engineering. Hands- demonstrations, log books, presentations
T on experience, plus lectures from visiting and posters.
engineers, will ensure you’re up-to-date
U with current methods in industry. Placement opportunities
This course gives you the opportunity to
Our facilities include a CAD/CAM centre, take a work placement between years
V
industrial-scale CNC milling machine, two and three. You’ll gain experience of
CNC lathe, rapid prototyping machine, seeking and securing a job and working in
W
scanning electronic microscope, Instron an industry relating to your course. You’ll
bi-axial fatigue-testing machine, tensile- get the practical experience and industry
X
testing machine, material-preparation contacts to benefit your studies and
facilities, welding equipment and electronic enhance your long-term career prospects.
Y
testing and measuring equipment such as
oscilloscopes and signal generating and
Z
testing facilities.

Media Studies BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code P300
With high-profile work Module guide Placement opportunities

A
placements and industry links, Year one core modules You will build relationships with media-
• Media, Culture and Society related organisations through work
we’ll expand your knowledge of placements, internships and other B
• Introduction to Radio
the media and develop the skills volunteering opportunities. Our previous
• Introduction to Video 1 C
you need for a range of influential students have undertaken placements
• Analysing Language and Image
careers. This course will give you with companies and organisations such as
• Media and Technology C4B Media, Local Secrets, Anthill Networks, D
a comprehensive knowledge
Cubiqdesign, the River Group, Zi-FM, CSV
of the history of the media, as Year two core modules Media Clubhouse, and Cam FM. E
well as cutting-edge theory. • Media, Identity and Difference
You will investigate topics like • Media and Politics These placements could form part of F
media institutions, relationships • Theorising Popular Culture your assessed work, and in many cases
have led directly to employment. G
between media, power and • Media and Economy
economics, social and digital Associated careers H
media, alternative media and Year three core modules
Our previous students have gone on to
• Major Project
contemporary television. careers in broadcasting, public relations, I
• Theorising the Global Information Age film, video or television production, media
Our practical, hands-on modules will help • Gender, Media and Culture consultancy, journalism, and advertising, J
you to develop skills in media research but this course will also prepare you
methods, digital media, writing, publishing, Assessment for other professions that require an K
radio and video production. Your written assignments might include understanding of the media, such as web
case studies, critical essays, screenwriting, design, publishing, and human resources. L
You’ll also get the chance to perform journals and log books, evaluation
research and undertake work reports, film reviews and analyses. You will You might enjoy your degree so much that M
placements with media institutions, demonstrate your presentation skills, and you decide to take a Masters course, like
producing commissioned work both create portfolios of work. We also use a our MA Film and Television Production. N
on and off-campus. range of ‘hands-on’ assessment methods
including internet, print and video Entry requirements O
We have a lively research culture, and production and commissions. 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a
you’ll be encouraged to get involved with minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent) P
our regular conferences and lectures, Special features and 3 GCSEs at grade C or above.
improving your public speaking and We’ll give you access to the kind of
Q
organisational skills. equipment you can expect to work
with in the professional media industry.
R
All your studies will be supported by a This includes film and television studios,
team of research-active academics and HD cameras and 16mm film cameras,
S
media professionals. Final Cut Pro editing suites, Steenbecks
for 16mm editing, animation rostrum
cameras, multimedia studios, screening
T
The media is central to today’s global and
interconnected society. We’ll help you theatres and radio suites.
make connections in an industry that
U
influences politics, economics and culture. You can apply to spend one semester in
years two or three studying at Marshall V
University in West Virginia, USA, Roskilde
University in Denmark, or Università W
Roma Tre in Italy.
X
Y
This Anglia Ruskin course is taught Z
at Cambridge campus, and at our
partner, University Centre Harlow.

189
Key Facts
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code P300
A If you want to work in creative Module guide Special features

industries such as marketing, Year one core modules There’ll be plenty of opportunity to take
• Media, Culture and Society part in media projects such as magazine
B broadcasting or journalism, this and website publishing, film-making and
wide-ranging course will give activities with our many industry contacts.
C • Introduction to Radio
you the skills and knowledge
• Introduction to Video
you need. Over a three-year Associated careers
D • Media and Technology Our graduates go on to careers in many
period you’ll explore how the
• Print Media sectors including marketing, media
E national and international consultancy, public relations, web design,
media operate, their history Year two core modules publishing, advertising, broadcasting,
F and how they influence, and • Media, Identity and Difference journalism, human resources, television,
are influenced by, government, • Media and Politics radio and newspapers.
G
politics, culture, business and • Internet Communication
Entry requirements
H the people they serve. • Radio Packages See our website for full details.
• Theorising Popular Culture
I The theoretical elements of the course
• Non-Fiction Filmmaking
will explore a range of media institutions,
practices, users and audiences, and • Media and Economy
J
examine issues such as the construction
of visual and textual language and the Year three core modules
K • Undergraduate Major Project
relationship between media and power.
• Theorising the Global Information Age
L
Alongside this there is a strong practical • Independent Film Practice
dimension to the course and you’ll be
M • Creative Publishing
able develop a range of technical and
professional skills that will be useful • Creative Radio
N throughout your career, in the media or • Theories and Practices of Gender
any industry. • W
orking in English, Communication,
O Film and Media
These skills include media research
P methods, writing, digital media, multimedia, Assessment
publishing, film-making and radio and We’ll assess your progress using your
Q video production. Practical assignments portfolio, essays, practical work, Major
and work experience will help you learn, as Project and performance in seminars.
R will industry-experienced tutors.
S We can offer you excellent facilities

on-campus, including industry-standard
T video cameras and editing software,
large green screen, TV and radio studios,
U and radio equipment. You can use these
throughout your course, including for
V your final year Major Project.
Y
Z taught at our partner, University
Centre Peterborough, and at the main
Cambridge campus.


Key Facts
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code P300

Develop the knowledge, Module guide Links with industry

A
understanding and skills you need Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Media, Culture and Society We continue to develop placement
to pursue a media, marketing opportunities with the industry. Our
B
or any communications-related students have worked with organisations
• Introduction to Radio C
career. This wide-ranging course including the BBC, Vivacity Peterborough,
• Introduction to Video
explores the media in national the Heritage Lottery Fund, the Ideal
• Media and Technology World Shopping Channel and i3MEDIA D
and international contexts, and
(amongst others). You can apply for a
will equip you with the skills you Year two core modules bursary to cover your work experience E
need for the global job market. • Media, Identity and Difference expenses with local employers.
• Media and Politics F
We cover all the different aspects of Associated careers
• Theorising Popular Culture
media including the internet and digital You will graduate with a strong set of G
media, video and film making, radio • Media and Economy
employment skills, as well as a respected
and sound production, print media and qualification that will show employers you H
publishing. You’ll also study the issues Year three core modules
have the intellect needed to communicate
surrounding technology, the economy, • Undergraduate Major Project
complex ideas and continually adapt to a I
society, gender, popular culture and the • Theorising the Global Information Age fast-changing sector.
global information age. • Gender, Media and Culture J
Our students go on to careers in many
There’s a strong practical element. Assessment branches of the media, including K
You’ll learn the production techniques We’ll assess your progress using your broadcast, print, production, radio,
behind various media and will be practical work and portfolio, as well as video and film. L
able to create your own work as part essays and your performance in seminars.
of your course – using the industry Entry requirements M
standard production facilities at our 21st Special features 64 UCAS tariff points. Required subject(s):
century Media and Journalism Centre Our lecturers and tutors are experienced 2 A Levels in related subjects. BTEC/Access N
in Peterborough city centre. The Centre academics and industry professionals required: a BTEC National or a full Access
is equipped with the latest software and who specialise in different aspects of the Certificate in a related subject. GCSEs O
editing equipment, as well as working media field. required: 3 GCSEs at grade C or above in
television and radio studios. Our students English, Mathematics and Science. P
have recently used the facilities to produce
a film about Peterborough Cathedral for
its 900th anniversary year. This is part of
Q
a Heritage Lottery funded project and is
just one of the group projects that you can R
take part in.
S
The mix of creative and factual radio,
print, film and internet modules ensures T
graduates have the complete skill set
required by today’s employers. So whether U
you’re thinking of a career in broadcast,
publishing, film, academic research or V
more general business, this is a good place
to start. W
Y
taught at our partner, University Z
Centre Harlow, and at the main
Cambridge campus.

191
Medical Science
Chelmsford
Key Facts
Duration 3 years (4 years extended)
Medical Science (Extended) Available Starts September
UCAS Code B190 (B191 extended)
BSc (Hons) Tariff Points 112 (48 extended) UCAS tariff
points
A Open the door to a rewarding Module guide Associated careers

career. Explore your opportunities Year one core modules The skills and understanding you’ll
• Cellular and Molecular Medicine acquire on this course will be well
B to work in a number of areas, from regarded not just in the healthcare
• Anatomy and Physiology of the
public health to clinical research, Human Body sector, but many others. In particular,
C the food industry to the all employers value graduates who can
• Scientific Communication
pharmaceutical sector. and Laboratory Skills
analyse problems and find solutions.
D You’ll be in a strong position to further
You’ll focus on the science that • Perspectives of Health and Illness your studies in a range of medical
E underpins modern medicine, • Biomedical Basics disciplines or to pursue a career in
understand how a healthy • Physiology and Metabolism the knowledge industries, such as the
F human body works, the impact of pharmaceutical or medical technology
diseases and how normal function Year two core modules (MedTech) sectors. You could find yourself
G in a research and development, clinical
can be restored. • Applied Medical Physiology
trials’ or sales and marketing role, or on
H • Principles of Pharmacology
Gain the theory and practical knowledge the way to being a Scientific Officer in the
• Social Sciences and Ethics in Civil Service.
the medical industries rely on daily, so Medical Science
I you can progress in a range of disciplines
• Research and Critical Thinking Entry requirements
including, for example, graduate entry
J medicine. Not only will you acquire 112 UCAS tariff points from at least 2
essential medical knowledge, you’ll also Year three core modules A Levels (or equivalent) – a science
K develop the fundamental scientific skills • Research Methods subject is preferred. 5 GCSEs including
that underpin the investigation, diagnosis • Clinical Pharmacology Science, Mathematics and English at
L and prevention of diseases, including grade C or above.
• Contemporary Issues in
devising treatment regimens. In state-of- Medical Science
M the-art simulation suites, you’ll experience If you do not meet the entry
• Undergraduate Major Project requirements, this course is also offered
a range of ‘real-life’ clinical environments,
N from an operating theatre to the intensive as an extended degree, over 4 years.
Assessment The extended modules are:
care unit.
We’ll make sure you’re progressing
O
correctly, via multiple-choice tests, • Biomedical Science Foundation
More broadly, this course will help you
essays, practical exams, short-answer
P to identify and solve problems, lead and • Analytical Skills in Medical Science
tests, reflective essays, oral and poster
manage people, and be confident in • Practice and Professional Skills
presentations, scientific report writing
Q communicating efficiently. These wider life
and independent project work. In the • Chemistry and Biochemistry for
skills will give you a strong advantage in Medical Sciences
early stages of your degree, we’ll use
R the employment market as they are highly
the best methods to ensure you gain a • Biology of Disease
valued across all sectors.
solid understanding of all the relevant • Applied Chemistry for Life Science.
S subject matter. Later on, we’ll focus on
Our students benefit from a variety of
developing your critical appraisal skills,
T teaching methods. These include lectures,
depth of understanding and ability to
interactive seminars and structured group
think independently.
U work, led by tutors and peers. You’ll tap
into our ARU Virtual Learning Environment
V (VLE) for 24-access to valuable online
materials, such as content-rich study
W guides. And you’ll take part in practical
laboratory and clinical skills sessions.
X

Medical Technology
Chelmsford
Key Facts
6 years part-time
UCAS Code HB11
Subject to
validation
Design and develop medical Module guide Associated careers

A
technologies, devices and Year one core modules Science graduates are in demand
• Anatomy and Physiology of the Human as they offer strong analytical and
systems for diagnosis, monitoring Body problem solving skills which are highly
B
and treatment of human diseases. • Principles of Medical Technology valued across all sectors. You’ll gain
valuable transferable skill such as C
• F
undamental Skills to Device
Our course is unique within Development
efficient communication, leadership and
management and key vocational skills, D
the UK, focusing on the • M
athematics for Medical Engineering such as advanced laboratory training.
application of engineering and Technology E
and information technology to • Analogue and Digital Electronics You’ll gain the knowledge and skill to
medical application. You’ll focus progress in both academic and clinical F
on clinical and industry needs Year two core modules research. Or you might seek employment
• Applied Medical Physiology in knowledge industries, such as medical G
for analysis tools in the medical
• P
hysiological Signals and Signal technology companies. You could even
electronics industry to impact undertake further training in the NHS, H
Processing
the wellbeing of the population. including the Clinical Technologist
• Microprocessor Design
Training Scheme through an Institute I
As you apply your skills across the field • Medical Devices
of Physics and Engineering in Medicine
from analysis to evaluation you’ll gain (IPEM) accredited centre. J
experience of many aspects of healthcare Year three core modules
practice, including issues in physics, • Physiological Measurement
If you’d like to continue your studies with K
engineering, maths and medical science. • Research Methods Anglia Ruskin we offer postgraduate
• C
ontemporary Issues in Medical Medical Technology programme. L
You’ll study key issues in both an industry Technology
and clinical settings that impact on the • Undergraduate Major Project Entry requirements M
health of modern society, including The minimum qualification required for
emerging and evolving issues and admission to this course is:
Assessment N
consider simpler and more effective You’ll learn through a mix of lectures, • UCAS Tariff Points from a minimum
processes to shape a sustainable future. of 3 A Levels (or equivalent) Science
seminars, practicals in our specialist labs, O
self-directed study and sessions delivered Technology Engineering or Maths
There’s plenty of opportunity for practical in our ARU Virtual Learning Environment, subjects required. P
work, as you carry out training and with face-to-face, phone and email support • 5
GCSEs at grade C or above including
technique development in our Clinical from tutors. Understanding and developing English, Maths and Science. Q
Skill Lab, Simulation Suite and brand new solutions for real-life scenarios will feature
multifunctional MedTech Lab. strongly. Your Major Project may be R
supervised by our staff, visiting academics,
We’ve worked with medical engineers, clinicians and/or partner organisations.
NHS consultants, clinicians and industry S
specialists to ensure you’ll constantly
be gaining skills the industry requires, T
and you’ll experience this in the real life
solutions you design and build. U
X
Like us on facebook
Z

193
Mental Health (Top-Up)
Distance Learning
Key Facts
Duration up to 3 years
Are you already a qualified Module guide Entry requirements

A Applicants must demonstrate 120 credits
mental health or learning Core modules
• Research Methodology, Design and at Level 4 and 120 credits at Level 5
B disabilities nurse with a diploma? Process through a related diploma and professional
Further your understanding • Undergraduate Major Project qualification e.g. Dip HE Registered Mental
C of contemporary mental Health Nurse, and be individuals working in
health issues and top-up your Optional modules or who have an interest in contemporary
D mental health practice.
qualification to a full BSc (Hons) • Enhanced Assessment in Mental Health
E on our distance learning course – • E
vidence-Based Interventions in Mental
all while you continue to work. Health
F • Mentorship Preparation
Our course is a great way to increase your
G skills and knowledge in your area of clinical Assessment
practice. You’ll be able to study mental While studying the modules, you’ll work
H health issues relevant to your area of work. on assignments. There’ll be regular,
Using a range of online activities, you’ll constructive feedback from your course
I consider evidence that relates to the health tutors to let you know how you are doing.
and social care needs of your clients and We also offer tutorials throughout the
J their carers – both now and in the future. course so that when it comes to doing
your summative assessments, you are
K We’ll encourage you to apply what you ready for them.
learn in your everyday work; for example,
we’ll focus on developing your decision- We offer five modules on this course: you
L
making skills so that you can put them will take the two core modules, as well as
to use. Our aim is to establish you as an two of the optional modules.
M
active participant in service development
who’s engaged with the dynamic nature Associated careers
N
of mental health practice. The skills and As a qualified professional, our course
knowledge you gain will benefit both you, will prepare you to take the next step in
O your career. Not only will you further your
as a provider of mental health services,
and those who access them. experience and expertise, you’ll develop
P the confidence to mentor pre-registration
By studying online, you can fit the students and gain a degree – often a
Q course around your working life. It can prerequisite for managerial positions.
be completed over a period of two or
R three years. Academic View
S Our course is regularly reviewed by Sally Goldspink
experts to make sure it’s current and
T relevant to professionals working in a Sally Goldspink has been the
range of mental health and learning Course Leader for our BSc (Hons)
U disability settings. Mental Health (Top-Up) since
2010. Originally qualifying as an
V occupational therapist in 1994, has
worked in Mental Health practice in
W a range of settings, including adult
in-patient and community services.
X She's a firm believer in the benefit
of Distance Learning for busy
Y practitioners. She understands the
pressures of contemporary clinical
Z practice and is committed to support
students through the challenges of
their studies.

Midwifery BSc (Hons)
Key Facts
& Education
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code B720
Midwifery is an exciting, On campus, you’ll attend lectures Monday- Our helpful technical and support staff
A
rewarding career that’s always Friday. On placement, you’ll work shifts will show you how to make the most of
(including nights, weekends and bank our advanced learning facilities. These
evolving and changing. On this holidays). You’ll have seven weeks’ non- include state-of-the-art simulated clinical
B
highly practical course, you’ll negotiable annual holiday – two weeks skills laboratories that mirror real-life
develop the skills and confidence over Christmas and New Year, two weeks clinical situations. They’re the perfect C
you need to make a significant in spring, and three weeks in summer. places to hone your skills and prepare
for your future career. D
contribution to the health of
Module guide
women, babies and families. Year one core modules Associated careers E
• Fundamentals of Midwifery Practice 1 Our course meets the Nursing and
Modern midwives do much more than F
• Fundamentals of Midwifery Practice 2 Midwifery Council Standards for Pre-
assist with birth. They work closely with
Registration Midwifery Education 2009.
other healthcare professionals to • Knowledge, Research and Evidence in
This means that when you graduate, you G
support women throughout pregnancy Midwifery Practice
can apply to register with the Nursing and
and childbirth. • Fundamental Midwifery Skills H
Midwifery Council and start working as a
midwife. Most newly qualified midwives
This course will help you develop into Year two core modules I
join an NHS trust.
a competent midwife, able to work as a • Midwifery Care for the Woman and
team member or leader. Your time will be Infant with Complex Needs Midwifery brings unique rewards. You J
divided equally between classroom study • Promoting Health and Wellbeing in are present at one of the most important
and supervised placements. You’ll learn Midwifery Care moments in people’s lives, helping to K
to assess individual women and to plan,
• Emergency Midwifery Skills safely begin the life of their child. This
implement and evaluate care that meets
• Developing Professional Midwifery Skills degree opens up a world of opportunities, L
the needs of mother, baby and family.
including career progression, specialism
You’ll recognise and respond to factors
Year three core modules and postgraduate study. M
that affect the physical, emotional and
social well-being of mothers and babies, • Newborn Infant Physical Examination
Entry requirements N
too and you’ll build essential problem- • Collaborative Professional Working
solving skills while learning to work with • Advancing Midwifery Skills of 3 A Levels (or equivalent) and 5 GCSEs O
professionals from a range of disciplines. • Undergraduate Major Project at grade C or above, including English,
Mathematics and Science. If English P
We’re dedicated to the continual Assessment is not your first language you will be
improvement of every aspect of We use a range of assessment methods expected to demonstrate a certificated Q
healthcare, and to delivering the to help you and your tutors measure level of proficiency of at least IELTS 7.0
values set out in the NHS Constitution. your progression on this course. Besides (academic level) or equivalent English R
exams, these include essays, observed Language qualification, as recognised by
You’ll be linked to one of our eight practice assessments, presentations Anglia Ruskin University. To receive an
NHS healthcare trust partners for S
and a portfolio of clinical practice. You’ll offer of a place on this course you must
your placements. be assessed and graded in practice by be successful at interview. An Enhanced
• If you study in Cambridge, you’ll the midwives who mentor you on your
T
Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS)
do your placement at Cambridge, placements. Disclosure and satisfactory Occupational
Huntingdon or Peterborough. U
Health clearance will also be required.
• If you study in Chelmsford, you’ll Special features
do your placement at Chelmsford, With more than 10,000 students, our V
Southend, Basildon, Harlow Faculty is the biggest provider of health,
or Colchester. social care and education courses in the W
East of England. We offer a wide range
of internationally recognised degree X
programmes, from bachelors’ degrees to
PhDs, plus many continuing professional
development courses. They’re all taught Like us on facebook
or supervised by friendly and experienced Z
staff who are keen to see you succeed. Follow us on @angliaruskin

195
Music BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code W300
A Engage in the practice and beyond. Pending audition, you’ll even have the Mumford Theatre on campus, a
theories of music, encounter have the chance to join the University full-size professional venue that regularly
B of Cambridge’s Musical Society and the hosts touring companies and musicians.
a wide variety of styles, Cambridge Philharmonic Orchestra, or one
approaches and contexts, and of the many Cambridge chapel choirs and Placement opportunities
C
choose your own specialisms college orchestras. Our Enterprise in the Creative Arts module
D from performance, composition, will give you the opportunity to take up a
music technology and music Module guide work placement in year three. This could
E Year one core modules be in an area such as music education,
education. You’ll also have many • Music Performance Studies 1 instrumental teaching, artist management,
opportunities to experience live • The Languages of Music 1A and 1B marketing, recording and studio work,
F
musical performance, from solo • Music and Technology
composition and events management.
G work to large-scale orchestral and • Composing and Improvising
choral productions. Associated careers
The practical and vocational skills you’ll
H Year two core modules
Through our blend of theory and practice, gain from our Music course, combined
• Music in Context 2A and 2B with your particular specialisms, will help
I and a focus on ‘learning by doing’, you’ll
• Music Performance Studies 2 you stand out in the music industry. Our
experience a diverse range of music and
consider a range of critical approaches • Composing and Improvising 2A recent graduates enjoy successful careers
J as performers, composers, technologists,
to understanding it. Our emphasis on
issue-based modules will allow you to Year three core modules arts administrators and music teachers.
K • Enterprise in the Creative Arts
explore the broader context of music,
its relationship to other art forms and • Intertextuality in Music The many other skills you gain, such
L as analysis, performance, composition,
disciplines and to wider society, rather • Major Project
than just studying by historical period or ensemble work and presentation, will be
M useful for a wide range of other roles too.
geographical location. Assessment
Studying creative and performing arts will
N You’ll demonstrate your learning
Our Music Performance Studies modules give you the ideal training for any position
and progress through a mixture
include individual instrumental or vocal that requires quick thinking, self-reliance,
of performance, creative projects,
O imagination, teamwork and the ability to
tuition from visiting tutors of international presentations, portfolios, essays and
repute. These lessons will support your organise both yourself and others.
your final year Major Project, which may
P work on the course and help you to include creative work.
progress as a practising musician or You might decide to use your talent to help
Q vocalist. You’ll also develop your performing others by taking our MA Music Therapy.
Through ongoing assessment, you’ll
skills through weekly performance improve your ability to improvise, sight-
R workshops, where you’ll receive regular read and think on your feet, as well
We have close links with many industry
feedback from staff on your progress. partners, including Cambridge Junction,
as develop skills in reflective thinking,
S preparation, drafting, and revising your
where you can see theatre and musical
On campus, you can enjoy our acts; Hazard Chase, one of the leading
work. We’ll also encourage you to use
T weekly lunchtime concerts given by international music management
self-help packages, particularly for aural
professional musicians, while you’ll also companies; and the Britten Sinfonia,
training, and undertake an extensive
U have opportunities to perform in a wide one of Europe’s most celebrated and
listening programme.
variety of venues across Cambridge and innovative chamber orchestras.
V Special features
Entry requirements
You’ll work in our purpose-built music
W Entry will normally also be subject to an
centre, which includes lecture and
interview/audition. 88 – 104 UCAS tariff
practice rooms, a recital hall featuring
X points from at least two A Levels (or
a new Steinway Model D, an extensive
equivalent), including grade B in Music
suite of computer music studios with
Y Technology or a related subject.
workstation laboratories, digital editing
studios and recording facilities. We also
Z

Nursing (Adult) BSc (Hons)
Peterborough
Key Facts
& Education
Peterborough
Duration 3 years
Available Starts September, March
UCAS Code B740
Adult nurses have a unique role Each year, seven weeks’ annual leave You’ll be linked to one of our NHS
A
within the healthcare setting. is built into the course at set points to healthcare trust partners for your
support you in balancing your course and placements in hospitals or community
Making a positive change or relaxation time. settings. B
improving the quality of people’s • If you study in Cambridge or
lives is a central tenet of this Module guide Peterborough, you’ll do your placement C
role. This may involve enabling Year one core modules in or around Cambridge, Huntingdon or
• Fundamental Knowledge and Skills for Peterborough. D
people to improve, maintain
Nursing • If you study in Chelmsford, you’ll do your
or recover their health and to placement in or around Chelmsford, E
• P
rofessional Knowledge and Values for
achieve the best quality of life Nursing Practice Southend, Basildon, Harlow or Colchester.
whatever the circumstances. F
• Medicines Calculations for Safe Practice 1
Links with industry
The course places equal value on clinical and professional recognition G
practice and theory. It will take you from All our nursing courses are approved by
• Contemporary Challenges in Adult
university lectures to clinical placement the UK Nursing and Midwifery Council H
Health Care
settings for young and mature adults. You (NMC). On successful completion, you’ll be
may well find yourself at a GP surgery, • R
ecognising and Responding to the eligible to apply for registration with the I
attending health visits or in the middle Acutely Ill Adult NMC.
of a variety of hospital settings, from • Medicines Calculations for Safe Practice 2 J
Accident & Emergency through to acute Associated careers
care and oncology. Year three core modules When you graduate, you’ll be able to K
• Leadership and Decision Making in register with the NMC and you’ll have
We’ll support you all the way. You’ll soon Nursing the choice of a wide range of roles. You L
discover that our Faculty is a stimulating • Promoting Quality in Health Care may choose to become a community
place to learn, with excellent facilities • Medicines Calculations for Safe Practice 3 professional, such as a practice nurse, or to M
and registered, practising tutors who’ll work as a staff nurse, possibly becoming a
make sure you’re being taught the latest Assessment nursing specialist or a consultant within a N
techniques. We’re passionate about To make sure you’re developing the skills hospital. Or you could take your education
healthcare and dedicated to delivering the and knowledge needed for professional further still, conduct research or go into O
values set out by the NHS Constitution. practice, we use a range of assessment healthcare management.
methods. These include essays, P
This course is part of our family of presentations, written exams, observed Entry requirements
healthcare programmes. You’ll have structured clinical exams, case studies and 112 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of Q
the chance to share experiences and project work. We know feedback is essential 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 3 GCSEs
knowledge with students from other for your progress and our lecturers take at grade C or above, including English
R
disciplines, and to see how the professions pride in giving you clear guidance on how and Mathematics. If English is not your
work together. to improve your expertise. first language you will be expected
S
to demonstrate a certificated level of
Each year is divided in two 60-credit Placement opportunities proficiency of at least IELTS 7.0 (academic
T
modules and one medicines calculations Placements last around eight to nine level) or equivalent English Language
module. Each module will start with weeks and will include both acute qualification, as recognised by Anglia
theory, followed by a clinical or Ruskin University. To receive an offer
U
and community settings. Placement
community placement. opportunities include: Older Person of a place on this course you must be
successful at interview. An Enhanced V
Care, Dementia Care, District Nursing,
Teaching on campus takes place between Surgical Setting and many more. You Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS)
9am and 7pm, Monday to Friday. On Disclosure and a satisfactory Occupational W
will also undertake additional four-week
placement, you’ll be expected to work placements at the end of year one and Health clearance will also be required.
the same shifts as your mentor. This will X
two, which will enable you to explore other
include early, late and night shifts, as well areas, or travel overseas in year two.
as working weekends and bank holidays. Y

197
Nursing (Child) BSc (Hons)
Key Facts
& Education
Duration 3 years
March may be available in Chelmsford
UCAS Code B730
A Our child nursing course is the Teaching on campus takes place between • If you study in Cambridge, you’ll do your
first step towards a rewarding 9am and 7pm, Monday to Friday. On placement in or around Cambridge,
placement, you’ll be expected to work the Huntingdon or Peterborough.
B career, which could take you same shifts as your mentor. This will include • If you study in Chelmsford, you’ll do your
anywhere in the world and see early, late and night shifts, as well as working placement in or around Chelmsford,
C you working with newborns, weekends and bank holidays. Each year, Southend, Basildon, Harlow or Colchester.
children and teenagers. seven weeks’ annual leave is built into
D the course at set points to support you in You’ll get plenty of support from
We are committed to the principles and balancing your course and relaxation time. experienced mentors.
E values of the NHS Constitution (DH, 2013)
and our Child Nursing course promotes the Module guide
F behaviours and values that children, young Year one core modules Links with industry
people, their carers and staff believe to be • Fundamental Knowledge and Skills for and professional recognition
G at the heart of NHS. These include respect Nursing All our nursing courses are approved by
and dignity, commitment to quality of • P
rofessional Knowledge and Values for the UK Nursing and Midwifery Council
H care, compassion, improving lives, working Nursing Practice (NMC). On successful completion, you’ll
together for patients and the understanding be eligible to apply for registration with
• Medicines Calculations for Safe Practice 1
I that everyone counts. the NMC.
J On this course, you’ll learn how to care • Exploring Contemporary Issues in Child
Associated careers
for children and young people from birth When you graduate, you’ll be able to
and Young Person’s Nursing
K up to the age of 18. As a children’s nurse, register with the NMC and you’ll have
• H
olistic Care for the Acutely Ill Child and the choice of a wide range of roles. You
you’ll need to have a natural rapport with
Young Person
L young people so that you can minimise may choose to become a community
the impact of illness or hospital stays. But of • Medicines Calculations for Safe Practice 2 professional, such as a practice nurse, or to
M course, you’ll also work closely with parents, work as a nursing specialist or consultant
siblings, carers and relatives – so we’ll Year three core modules within a hospital. Or you could take your
focus on communicating effectively and • Leadership and Decision Making in education further still, conduct research or
N
sympathetically with families too. Nursing go into healthcare management.
O • Promoting Quality in Health Care
We’ll also explore the impact of • Medicines Calculations for Safe Practice 3 Entry requirements
P environmental, social, cultural and 112 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
developmental factors on children and Assessment of 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 3
Q young people’s health, considering how Assessment will include exams, essays, GCSEs at grade C or above, including
parental practices and children’s individual presentations, care studies and practice English and Mathematics. If English
needs vary. assessment. is not your first language you will be
R
expected to demonstrate a certificated
You’ll learn to co-ordinate and deliver Placement Opportunities level of proficiency of at least IELTS 7.0
S
evidence-based care, working alongside Placements last around eight to nine weeks (academic level) or equivalent English
other health or social care teams, such as and will include both acute and community Language qualification, as recognised
T
voluntary agencies, community groups and settings. Placement opportunities include: by Anglia Ruskin University. To receive
statutory bodies. Children’s Day Stay, Acute Children’s Ward, an offer of a place on this course you
U must be successful at interview and an
Health Visiting, School Nursing, Neonatal
This course is part of our family of Unit and many more. You will also undertake Enhanced Disclosure and Barring Service
V (DBS) Disclosure and a satisfactory
healthcare programmes. You’ll have additional 4-week placements at the end
the chance to share experiences and of year one and two which will enable you Occupational Health clearance will
W also be required.
knowledge with students from other to explore other areas, or travel overseas in
disciplines, and to see how the professions year two.
X
work together.
You’ll be linked to one of our NHS healthcare
Y Each year is divided in two 60-credit trust partners for your placements in
modules and one medicines calculations hospitals or community settings.
Z module. Each module will start with theory,
followed by a placement.

Nursing (Mental Health)
Key Facts
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code B760
Open up a varied and rewarding Module guide Special features

A
career for yourself. One-quarter Year one core modules You’ll study in an exciting, global
• Fundamental Knowledge and Skills for university which has a growing reputation
of the population will experience Nursing for high-quality research, so you’ll mix
B
a mental health problem at • P
rofessional Knowledge and Values for with people at the forefront of their
some point. As a mental health disciplines. We also have strong national C
Nursing Practice
nurse, your skills and support • Medicines Calculations for Safe Practice 1
and international links with industry,
the public and voluntary sectors, and D
will make a real difference in
other academic institutions. Our helpful
many people’s lives. Year two core modules
technical and support staff will show you E
• Values and Engagement in Mental
how to make the most of our advanced
Mental health nursing is a challenging but Health Nursing F
learning facilities. These include state-of-
rewarding field. As a qualified nurse you’ll • T
herapeutic Interventions in Mental the-art simulated clinical skills laboratories
identify people’s needs before planning and Health Nursing G
that mirror real-life clinical situations.
providing care. You’ll work with your clients, • Medicines Calculations for Safe Practice 2
encouraging them to believe that recovery H
Links with industry and professional
from mental health problems is possible. Year three core modules recognition
• Leadership and Decision Making in All our nursing courses are approved by the I
We’ll consider the experiences of people Nursing UK Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC).
with mental health issues from different
• Promoting Quality in Health Care On successful completion, you’ll be eligible J
age groups, cultures, belief systems
• Medicines Calculations for Safe Practice 3 to apply for registration with the NMC.
and ethnicities. We’ll also look at the
K
experiences of carers and caregivers and
Assessment Associated careers
learn how the law – including human rights
We use a range of methods to help When you graduate, you’ll be able to L
legislation – affects the management of
ensure you’re making the right level register and practise as a mental health
mental health.
of progress during the course. Besides nurse. This is because our course meets M
exams, they include essays, presentations, the standards set by the Nursing and
Since mental health nursing is very much
about connecting with people, you’ll also case studies and practice assessment. Midwifery Council (NMC). Or you could go N
into further study.
enhance your ‘softer’ communication and
people skills. Placement Opportunities O
Placements last around eight to nine weeks Entry requirements
Most mental health nurses work in the and will include both acute and community 96 – 112 UCAS tariff points from a P
community, but some provide in-patient settings. Placement opportunities include: minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and
care. As part of your studies, you’ll develop Older Person Care in Mental Health Services, 3 GCSEs at grade C or above, including Q
your teamworking skills and gain practical Adult Community – Older Person’s Care, English and Mathematics. If English
experience in mental health settings, both Community Mental Health Team, Secure / is not your first language you will be R
in the community and in hospital. Forensic Services, Mental Health Acute Care expected to demonstrate a certificated
and many more. You will also undertake level of proficiency of at least IELTS 7.0 S
Each year is divided in two 60-credit additional 4-week placements at the end (academic level) or equivalent English
modules and one medicines calculations of year one and two which will enable you Language qualification, as recognised by T
module. Each module will start with theory, to explore other areas, or travel overseas in Anglia Ruskin University. To receive an
followed by a placement. year two. offer of a place on this course you must U
be successful at interview. An Enhanced
You’ll be linked to one of our NHS healthcare Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS)
Teaching on campus takes place between V
9am and 7pm, Monday to Friday. On trust partners for your placements in Disclosure and a satisfactory Occupational
hospitals or community settings. Health clearance will also be required.
placement, you’ll be expected to work W
the same shifts as your mentor. This will
include early, late and night shifts, as well • If you study in Cambridge you’ll do your
X
as working weekends and bank holidays. placement in or around Cambridge,
Each year, seven weeks’ annual leave Huntingdon or Peterborough.
Y
is built into the course at set points to • If you study in Chelmsford, you’ll do your
support you in balancing your course placement in or around Chelmsford,
Z
and relaxation time. Southend, Basildon, Harlow or Colchester.

199
Nutrition
Chelmsford
Key Facts
Nutrition (Extended) Available Starts September
BSc (Hons) Tariff Points 112 (48 extended) UCAS tariff
points
A Qualified nutritionists are in Module guide Associated careers

demand. Open up your career Year one core modules The skills and knowledge you’ll acquire on
• Cellular and Molecular Medicine this course will be well regarded not just
B opportunities in the health in the nutrition and healthcare sectors,
• A
natomy and Physiology of the Human
and sports sector, food and Body but many others too. All employers value
C pharmaceutical industries, graduates who can analyse problems and
• S
cientific Communication and
public health, clinical research Laboratory Skills
find solutions. Whether you choose a career
D in public health, clinical research, the food or
and more. • Biomedical Basics pharmaceutical industries or others, you’ll
E • Physiology and Metabolism be in a strong position to succeed.
Diet and nutrition are vital to the prosperity
of companies and countries, and of course • Principles of Human Nutrition
F Entry requirements
to our individual wellbeing. On this course,
you’ll explore the chemistry of food and Year two core modules 112 UCAS tariff points from at least 2
G • Physiological Biochemistry A Levels (or equivalent) – a science
learn about human nutrition. You’ll develop
practical skills in our labs, as well as a • Nutrition and Health subject is preferred. 5 GCSEs including
H broader knowledge of medical science Science, Mathematics and English at
• Food Science
and public health. grade C or above.
I • S
ocial Sciences and Ethics in Medical
Science If you do not meet the entry
Food production and health nutrition are
J fascinating subjects which we’ll explore
• Research and Critical Thinking requirements, this course is also offered
in depth. Your all-round knowledge and as an extended degree, over 4 years.
K Year three core modules The extended modules are:
understanding will encompass agricultural
• Research Methods
practices, food storage, food science and
L processing, the ethics of food fortification, • Applied Food Science • Biomedical Science Foundation
and food policy and commercial responses. • Sport and Exercise Nutrition • Analytical Skills in Medical Science
M To this, you’ll add knowledge of anatomy • Public Health Nutrition • Practice and Professional Skills
and physiology, sport and exercise, • Chemistry and Biochemistry for
• Clinical Nutrition
N biological chemistry, and the nutritional, Medical Sciences
physiological and biochemical processes • Major Project
• Biology of Disease
O of health. Meanwhile, you’ll also develop
practical laboratory and clinical skills, and Assessment • Applied Chemistry for Life Science.
P become confident in knowing how to We’ll make sure you’re progressing
initiate and evaluate research programmes. correctly in a number of ways, including
Q multiple-choice tests, practical exams,
When you graduate, you’ll have a solid reflective essays, oral and poster
presentations, scientific report writing
R grasp of the factors which influence public
health nutrition, from the environment and independent project work. In the
first year of this degree, one-to-one tutor
S and family, to general culture and the
availability of food. Most importantly, you’ll sessions will ensure you acquire a solid
have the analytical and problem-solving understanding of all the relevant subject
T
skills that are so highly regarded in the matter. In years two and three, assessment
food and healthcare sectors – and, indeed, will focus on helping you develop from a
U
all public and private sector organisations. consumer to a generator of knowledge,
with the ability to think independently.
V
Our students benefit from a variety of
W teaching methods. You’ll learn in a number
of ways including lectures, interactive
X seminars, and structured group work led
by tutors and peers. Tap into our ARU
Virtual Learning Environment (VLE) for 24-
Y
hour access to valuable online resources,
such as content-rich study guides and, of
Z
course, take part in practical laboratory
and clinical skills sessions.

Operating Department Practice
Key Facts
DipHE Campus Cambridge, Chelmsford
Duration 2 years
UCAS Code B990
Develop the confidence, attitudes Module guide Associated careers

A
and skills you need to work Year one core modules This course places an emphasis on
• Care of the Patient in the Surgical practical clinical experience, meaning that
as an operating department Environment when you graduate, you’ll have the skills
B
practitioner (ODP) in areas such as • Fundamentals of Anatomy you need to appeal to employers and
anaesthesia, intensive care, A&E, perform effectively in the workplace. C
and Physiology for Practice
and transplant or air-ambulance • Introduction to Perioperative Practice
Career opportunities are wide-ranging D
teams. This is an exciting, fast- • Principles and Practices of Anaesthesia in the UK and overseas, and include:
changing field with opportunities • anaesthesia E
to work all over the world. Year two core modules
• recovery
• Applied Anatomy and Physiology for F
This highly practical course will develop Practice • management
your clinical skills in live settings. You’ll • Contemporary Issues in Operating- • education G
learn to take responsibility for a patient’s all- Room Care • sterile supplies
round welfare and to assess their journey • Post-Anaesthetic and Acute Care • transplant teams H
through the surgical environment. You’ll
• Research and Critical Thinking • intensive-care units
also learn to work as part of a theatre team I
made up of professionals from a variety of • The Care of the Patient Undergoing • A&E
clinical disciplines. We’ll explain how you Anaesthesia • helicopter emergency services J
can do all of this safely, and within current • patient transfers.
legal, ethical and professional boundaries. Assessment
K
Besides exams, you’ll be assessed on
assignments, presentations, research Entry requirements
Thanks to our two-year placement 64 UCAS tariff points from a minimum L
schedule, our students get experience critiques, critical-incident analyses, case
studies, literature reviews, and specialised of 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 3 GCSEs
of working in all the essential clinical at grade C or above including English M
specialities. We offer placements in leading practice competencies.
and Mathematics.
NHS and private hospitals:
Links with industry and professional N
• Essex: Basildon, Broomfield, Colchester,
Harlow, Southend and Brentwood. recognition
This course is approved by the Health O
• Cambridgeshire: Addenbrooke’s,
and Care Professions Council. Upon
Hinchingbrooke, Papworth and P
graduation, you will be allowed to register
Peterborough.
with them as a registered operating
• London: Chase Farm, Barnet, department practitioner (RODP). Q
Whittington, North Mid, Royal Free and
University College London. R
Many of your teaching sessions will be S

led/delivered by people who already work
in the field, so you can benefit from their T
experience, insight and expertise. We’ll
also look at how you can use research and U
reflection in your day-to-day work.
V
We’re dedicated to the continual
improvement of every aspect of
W
healthcare and delivering the values
set out in the NHS Constitution.
X
Our course meets the standards set by
Y
the Health & Care Professions Council
(HCPC) so when you graduate, you’ll be
able to register and work as an operating
Z
department practitioner.

201
Ophthalmic Dispensing
Cambridge

FdSc Campus Distance learning
Duration 3 years
A Study to be a dispensing Module guide Associated careers

optician while you work. You’ll Year one core modules When you graduate, you’ll have the practical
• Learning and Skills Development and theoretical skills you need to develop
B get the practical skills you need your career as a dispensing optician.
• P
reliminary Optical Dispensing and
during residential placements Mathematics
C in Cambridge and, when you Entry requirements
• G
eometric Optics and Ophthalmic
graduate, you’ll be ready to Lenses
D of 1 A Level (or equivalent), including a
develop your ophthalmic career. • Understanding the Work Sector Science subject is preferred. Applicants
E • Work-Based Learning 1 also require 5 GCSEs at grade C or
Our distance learning degree is a flexible
way to become a dispensing optician. above, including English, Mathematics
F Year two core modules and Science. You will need to provide
You’ll be able to work while you study, and
join us for residential teaching sessions • Work-Based Learning 2 details of your employer including the
G • Ophthalmic Lenses 2 address and the name of your primary
in Cambridge. There’s a mix of academic
theory and practical experience, so you’ll supervisor together with their GOC
H • Ophthalmic Dispensing 1
enjoy seminars, lectures and practical registration number; your supervisor
• Human and Functional Ocular Anatomy must have been registered for a
workshops in our labs, then apply your
I skills and knowledge at work. minimum of two years. You must include
Year three core modules a personal statement and your reference
J You’ll study a wide range of modules,
• Refractive Management may be supplied by your supervisor.
including Professional Practice, Low Vision • C
ontact Lenses and Pathological
K and Contact Lens Management, Ocular Conditions
Emergencies and Ophthalmic Lenses. • L
ow-Vision Management and
L Assessment
By the time you graduate, you will know • Ophthalmic Dispensing 2
M how to apply scientific, technical and
business principles to the workplace.
Assessment
N
Assessment methods will include practical
While you are on our course you will be
work, written exams, supervised case
O registered with the General Optical Council
records and logs of work in practice. An
as a student dispensing optician.
audit of your practice placement and
P
supervisory arrangements will take place
You’ll need to be employed in an
during year two.
Q optometric practice to join our course.
Some classes run during the week and
R some on weekends, so it’s important to
have the support of your employer while
S you are studying.
X
You’ll be able
Y to work while
you study, and join us
Z
for residential teaching
sessions in Cambridge.

Ophthalmic Dispensing Key Facts
Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code B590
Working with children and Module guide Links with industry

Year one core modules and professional recognition A
adults to improve their vision
• Geometrical Optics Our course is accredited by the General
is a stimulating and rewarding Optical Council. If you complete it B
career. Our course teaches the successfully, you’ll be exempt from the
• Introduction to Ophthalmic Dispensing
skills you need to become a with Mathematics
theory parts of the final professional C
dispensing optician, working • Practical Methods in Dispensing
qualification examinations of the
alongside optometrists. You’ll Association of British Dispensing Opticians. D
• Optics of the Eye
learn how to dispense, fit and Associated careers E
• Introduction to Ophthalmic Lenses
supply spectacles, and how to When you graduate you can apply for
• Introduction to Practice Management
run a successful practice. and Professional Conduct jobs as a pre-registration dispensing F
optician. The preregistration period
Studying in a small group, you’ll cover the Year two core modules prepares you for your ABDO final practical G
anatomy of the eye and how vision and • Further Ophthalmic Lenses examinations to enter onto the General
lenses work. You’ll learn how to assess and Optical Council Register. H
• Human and Functional Ocular Anatomy
manage low vision, and about eye exams.
with Pathological Conditions
You’ll explore how to manage a practice, Once registered you can apply for jobs I
enhancing your communication skills and • Communication Skills in the Optical as a dispensing optician or a managing
professional conduct. Sector dispensing optician, and you can also J
• R
efractive Management and Methods specialise in the fields of contact lenses
As you progress your learning will become of Ocular Examination or low vision. By choosing to do further K
more practically based and you’ll gain • Introduction to Contact Lens Practice studies you may also train as an orthoptist
hands-on experience. We’ll encourage • L
ow-Vision Management and or an optometrist. L
you to find work experience in your Assessment
second year which can then be carried Entry requirements M
over into your third year where your work Year three core modules 80 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
experience, if appropriately supervised, can of 2 A Levels (or equivalent) – a Science
• Advanced Ophthalmic Lenses N
be used as part of your pre-qualification subject is preferred. Applicants also
• Final Practical Dispensing
portfolio for the Association of British require 5 GCSEs at grade C or above,
• Practice Management O
Dispensing Opticians (ABDO). On including English, Mathematics and
successful completion of your studies, • Vocational and Recreational Dispensing Science.
you will gain exemption from the ABDO
P
theoretical examinations.
Q
Assessment
Throughout the course you’ll use industry- Throughout the course, we’ll use a
standard equipment in our dedicated R
variety of methods to assess your
dispensing laboratory and eye clinic. progress. Besides practical, written
S
and multiple-choice exams, we’ll
You’ll also have the guidance and support use assignments, logbooks, lab
of tutors who are active researchers in T
reports, formal reports, case studies,
this field. Liam Kite, Course Leader and presentations and class-based tests.
Admissions Tutor, was named Lecturer of U
the Year at the Association of Optometrists’
annual awards ceremony. V

203
Ophthalmic Dispensing with
Cambridge
Key Facts
Duration 4 years
UCAS Code B500
A Get the skills you need to register Module guide Assessment

as a fully qualified dispensing Year one core modules A lot of your assessment will be practical.
• Foundation Mathematics for Science This way, your tutors can keep an eye on
B optician who can dispense, fit and your progress and help to point you in the
• Foundation Biology
supply spectacles. With access right direction. You’ll also complete written
C • Chemical Principles 1
to our campus eye clinic and exams, lab reports, oral reports, logbooks
teaching from award-winning and tests in class.
D • Biological Principles
staff, there’s no better place for
• Developing Academic Skills 1 Links with industry
E you to train. and professional recognition
Our course is accredited by the General
F Dispensing opticians help patients to find
Year two core modules Optical Council. When you graduate, you’ll
the best eyecare solution for them. You’ll
• Geometrical Optics be able to take their exams and register as
G learn to work alongside optometrists,
a fully-licensed dispensing optician.
combining your clinical expertise with • Human Anatomy and Physiology 1
H the skills needed to manage a successful • Introduction to Ophthalmic Dispensing Associated careers
practice. with Mathematics When you graduate you can apply for
I • Practical Methods in Dispensing jobs as a pre-registration dispensing
Our extended course is ideal if you don’t
• Optics of the Eye optician. The preregistration period
J have all the qualifications required for our
• Introduction to Ophthalmic Lenses prepares you for your Association of British
BSc (Hons) course. The entry requirements
Dispensing Opticians (ABDO) final practical
are more flexible, giving you the chance to • Introduction to Practice Management
K examinations to enter onto the General
improve your knowledge in science and and Professional Conduct
Optical Council Register.
maths during year one. As you progress,
L
your learning will become more practically Year three core modules
Once registered you can apply for jobs
based and you’ll gain hands-on experience. • Further Ophthalmic Lenses
M as a dispensing optician or a managing
Your work experience, if appropriately • Human and Functional Ocular Anatomy dispensing optician, and you can also
supervised, can be used as part of with Pathological Conditions
N specialise in the fields of contact lenses
your pre-qualification portfolio for the
• Communication Skills in the or low vision. By choosing to do further
Association of British Dispensing Opticians
O Optical Sector studies you may also train as an orthoptist
(ABDO). On successful completion of your
• Refractive Management and Methods or an optometrist.
studies, you will gain exemption from the
P ABDO theoretical examinations. of Ocular Examination
Entry requirements
• Introduction to Contact Lens Practice
Q 48 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
Small teaching groups mean you’ll get • L
ow Vision Management and 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 5 GCSEs
plenty of one-to-one time with tutors. Assessment
R at grade C or above, including English,
A lot of your learning will be hands-on,
Mathematics and Science.
using industry-standard equipment in our Year four core modules
S dispensing laboratory and our campus • Advanced Ophthalmic Lenses
eye clinic. • Final Practical Dispensing
T
• Practice Management
U • Undergraduate Major Project
• Vocational and Recreational Dispensing
V
Once registered
W
you can apply
X for jobs as a dispensing
optician or a managing
Y dispensing optician, and
you can also specialise in
Z
the fields of contact lenses
or low vision.

Optometry
Cambridge
Key Facts
BOptom (Hons) Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code B513
Get the skills you need to register Module guide Associated careers
A
as an optometrist. You’ll be Year one core modules As an optometrist, you might have your
• Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 own practice, work in a hospital, in the
working alongside our lecturers, armed forces, become an academic or
B
• Ocular Anatomy and Biochemistry
who are registered optometrists a researcher, or work in international
• Geometrical, Physical and Visual Optics C
providing a vital service to optical companies.
• Theoretical and Practical Ophthalmic
the public in our on-campus Lenses To register fully with the General Optical D
University Eye Clinic. Our course • Clinical Optometry 1 – Introduction Council, you’ll need to work for a year as
is also accredited by the General to Practice a pre-registration optometrist under the E
Optical Council. supervision of a registered optometrist.
Year two core modules Once you’ve passed the Council’s F
Only a third of your teaching time will be • Clinical Optometry 2 – Skills for professional examinations, you’ll become
spent in lectures. The rest of your learning Optometric Practice a registered optometrist yourself. G
will be hands-on, divided between practical • Monocular, Binocular and Paediatric
demonstrations, clinical and lab sessions, Vision Entry requirements H
and our eye clinic. You’ll also visit local Grades AAB at A Level with grades AA to
• Clinical Optometry 3 – Introduction
hospital clinics to gain practical experience come from 2 subjects from: Mathematics, I
to Professional Practice
– plus, there’s the chance to get work Physics, Biology, Chemistry at first sitting
experience in the community, spending • Pharmacology and Pathology
or first resit, and 5 GCSEs at grade C or J
time with charities like Cam Sight and • Introduction to Ocular Disease above, including English and Mathematics
Guide Dogs. at grade C and either Physics at grade B K
Year three core modules or Double Award Science at grades BB. An
Our eye clinic has everything you’ll need • Undergraduate Major Project Enhanced Disclosure and Barring Service L
to practise your optometry skills, including • Clinical Optometry 4 – Advanced (DBS) Disclosure and registration with the
15 fully equipped testing and research Optometric Practice General Optical Council (GOC) will also M
rooms. You’ll use specialist equipment • Clinical Optometry 5 – Professional be required. Note: This course does not
such slitlamps, keratometers and optical accept applications for deferred entry
Practice N
coherence tomographers. And you’ll and is available for entry to year 1 only.
• Optometry, Society and Environment
have access to facilities for assessing and
O
supporting visually impaired people and
Assessment
testing visual stress and colour perception.
Throughout the course, we’ll use a range P
of assessment to measure your progress.
All our staff are trained or registered as
optometrists or dispensing opticians, so
Because our course is so practical, a lot Q
of your assessment will be practical, too –
you’ll be kept up-to-date with what’s going
on in the professional world. You’ll also
including exams and clinical competence. R
You’ll also do written exams, problem-
have guest lectures from ophthalmologists,
orthoptists and optometrists working in
solving exercises, essays, presentations S
and data analysis.
laser eye clinics and their own practices.
T
Links with industry
and professional recognition U
Our course is accredited by the General
Optical Council (GOC), so when you V
graduate you’ll be able to register as a
fully-qualified optometrist after completing a W
pre-registration, year-long clinical placement.
X
Like us on facebook
Z

205
Palliative and End of Life Care Key Facts
St. Helena Hospice • Colchester
Location St. Helena Hospice, Colchester

(Top-Up) BSc (Hons) Duration 2 years
A
Learn how to provide care and Module guide Associated careers
support for patients with life- Core modules Our graduates have had opportunities
• Symptom Management in Palliative to be promoted or to be recognised as a
B limiting illnesses, and their families. Care specialist nurse practitioner in a palliative
You’ll study at St Helena Hospice • F
acing Death: Patients, Families and care setting. Some of our former students
C in Colchester – a nationally have continued their education to Master’s
Professionals
recognised palliative care hospice • D
elivering Compassion and Spiritual
level and beyond.
D
– gaining clinical expertise in a real Care of the Person
Entry requirements
E work environment. • Undergraduate Major Project To apply for this course, you must be a
registered practitioner in a care discipline.
F There is an increasing demand for Assessment If you can provide evidence of prior
palliative and end-of-life care as We’ll assess you in a number of ways, certificated and/or experiential learning,
G demographics change and more people including small group work, case-study you may be admitted with credit to a
need access to support and services. The analysis, critical analysis of audio-recorded maximum of 96 credits generic study.
nature of these services is also developing patient interviews, written case study
H
and changing. analysis, critical analysis of practice
I narratives, essays, and observed
If you’re a registered health and social care practical examination.
professional who’s interested in delivering
J
palliative care, our top-up course will give
you a recognised qualification. Designed
K for busy practitioners working in a range
of clinical settings, you’ll get hands-on
L experience of caring for patients with life-
limiting illnesses and their families. This
M will help you develop the knowledge and
skills to provide well-rounded, evidence-
N based care.
O Throughout the course we’ll encourage

reflection and discussion, considering
P all aspects of the care you provide.
Underpinning everything is the NHS’s
Q 6 Cs: care, compassion, competence,
communication, courage and commitment.
R
W
There is an increasing
X demand for palliative and
end-of-life care
Y as demographics
change and more
Z
people need access to
support and services.

Paramedic Science BSc (Hons)
Key Facts
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code B780
Every minute counts in Module guide Links with industry

A
emergency healthcare. Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Preparation for Clinical Practice in Our paramedic science course was
It’s a challenging, rewarding and Emergency Care designed with the East of England B
fast-paced career so you’ll need • Patient Assessment and Management 1 Ambulance Trust in partnership with
a cool head and the ability to Health Education East of England. C
• Research and Study Skills
work under pressure. This course It is approved by the Health & Care
Professions Council, so you’ll be able D
provides the training you need to Year two core modules
to register and work as a paramedic as
be eligible to apply to register as • Professional Role of the Paramedic
soon as you graduate. E
a paramedic when you graduate. • Applied Anatomy and Physiology
• Pharmacology for Healthcare Practice Associated careers F
Our exciting paramedic science degree • Patient Assessment and Management 2 When you graduate, you’ll have the skills
course will teach you the skills you need and expertise you need to work in this G
to work as a paramedic. You’ll get practical Year three core modules challenging, fast-paced and rewarding
experience by using our modern skills • Research Methodology, Design branch of the health service. H
laboratories, mannequins and specialist and Process
equipment, and back it up with the theory You’ll be able to register with the Health I
• Patient Assessment and Management 3
you learn in the lecture theatre. You’ll apply & Care Professions Council and work as
both theory and practice on your clinical • Leadership and Management Skills in
a paramedic. You might choose to work J
placements with local ambulance trusts. Health and Social Care Practice
in NHS ambulances or response cars, air
• Undergraduate Major Project ambulances or control rooms. You could K
After graduation and registration, you also work in a range of out-of-hospital
could work in a wide range of out-of- Assessment emergency care services. L
hospital care settings, including an We’ll asses you regularly so that you and
ambulance or response car, the control your tutors can check your progress. Entry requirements M
room, an air ambulance (HEMS) team, In addition to exams, we’ll look at 112 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
or a hazardous area response team. essays, presentations, observed clinical of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), including N
Increasingly, paramedics are also helping examinations, case studies and projects. grade B in a Science subject and 5
to deliver acute care in hospitals and GCSEs at grade C or above, including
O
private healthcare, such as at concerts or English, Mathematics and Science.
motor-racing events. Placements are an important part of this Note: To receive an offer of a place on
course. We work in partnership with East P
this course you must be successful
We’re dedicated to the continual of England Ambulance Service Trust at interview. An Enhanced Disclosure
improvement of every aspect of and London Ambulance Service Trust Q
and Barring Service (DBS) Disclosure
healthcare and delivering the values to offer ambulance placements. You will and a satisfactory Occupational Health
set out in the NHS Constitution. experience primary and secondary care R
clearance will also be required. You
placements, in hospitals, A&E, GP surgeries should be aware that due to the demands
and specialist centres. S
of this role, some heavy lifting will be
required. You are encouraged to possess
T
a clean full UK driving license with a C1
category provisional entitlement.
U
X
Like us on facebook
Z

207
Performing Arts BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code W491
A Create and participate in Module guide Placement opportunities

performance work, learn from Year one core modules Our optional Enterprise in the Creative
B • Performance Contexts Arts module will give you the opportunity
experienced staff and visiting to take up a work placement in year 3.
• Studio Performance
professionals, and access our This could be in an area such as music
C • Digital Performance
wide range of facilities and education, instrumental teaching, artist
• Performance Skills 1A
D expertise. Become a confident, management, marketing, recording
• Performance Skills 1B and studio work, composition and
exciting performer while
E events management.
gaining skills that can be used in Year two core modules
other careers. • Making Performance Links with industry
F
• Performance Skills 2A and professional recognition
This course will allow you to explore the We have close links with many industry
G • Performance Skills 2B
connections between, and creative potential partners, including The Cambridge
of music, drama and dance. You’ll develop • The Body in Performance
Junction, where you can see theatre and
H into a confident, versatile and exciting musical acts; Hazard Chase, one of the
practitioner who can produce innovative Year three core modules
leading international music management
I and powerful work across these disciplines. • Devising Performance
companies; and the Britten Sinfonia,
• Major Project one of Europe’s most celebrated and
J Performance will be central to your innovative chamber orchestras.
learning. Most of our modules focus Assessment
K on 20th-century and contemporary You’ll show your progress through essays, Associated careers
innovative performance practice. You’ll reports, critical reflections, studio and Our Performing Arts course will
L work with music and drama students, public performances and presentations, prepare you for a range of careers,
and in subject-specific classes, to develop as well as your final year Major Project, and its combination of practical skills
M collaborative and multi-disciplinary which may include practical work. This and academic understanding will help
approaches to your creative work. combination of practice and theory reflects you stand out to employers. Studying
N the ways that you’ll develop your creative Performing Arts will give you the ideal
You’ll get instrumental and vocal skills throughout the course. training for any position that requires
O tuition from specialist tutors, and creativity, self-reliance, imagination,
attend workshops, master classes Special features teamwork and the ability to organise both
P and lectures by visiting performers, For your drama work, you’ll have yourself and others.
practitioners and academics. access to our dedicated drama studios,
Q complete with a flexible black-box You might decide to use your talent to help
You’ll also have the chance to take performance space, as well as our others by taking our MA Music Therapy or
R part in many different events that will additional rehearsal space. Your music MA Dramatherapy courses.
complement your academic studies, work will take place in our purpose-
S in both on and off-stage roles. Our staff built music centre, which includes an We have close links with many industry
and students regularly collaborate on extensive suite of computer music partners, including venues such as
T interdisciplinary projects, ranging from studios with workstation laboratories, Cambridge Junction, and our own full-size
full-scale musicals to music theatre digital editing studios and recording Mumford Theatre on campus which
productions. facilities, as well as a recital hall, practice regularly hosts professional touring
U
rooms and lecture rooms. companies and musicians. Here, you
V can attend performances and get work
96% of our students who said they were experience front of house or back stage
W satisfied with their course (National in a professional theatre environment.
Student Survey, 2015).
X Entry requirements
96% of our students 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a
Y minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent),
said they were
including grade B in Drama, Theatre
fully satisfied This Anglia Ruskin course is taught at Studies or a related subject and 3 GCSEs at
Z
with their course (National Cambridge campus, and at our partner, grade C or above. An audition is required.
Student Survey, 2015). University Centre Peterborough.

Performing Arts BA (Hons)

Duration 3 years
UCAS Code 7W73
Tariff Points 88 – 104 tariff points

Whether you see yourself as a By the time you graduate you’ll have a Assessment
A
director, performer, designer or sound understanding of Performance We’ll assess your progress through
Arts theory, practice, technologies and your written blogs and journals, essays,
administrator, this course will specialisms, as well as the ability to critically portfolios, practical work, presentations
B
thoroughly prepare you for your evaluate your own and others’ work. and live performances.
career in theatre. Over the three C
years you’ll explore movement You’ll also be ready to join the working Associated careers
theatre and contribute to production, Our graduates have gone on to have D
and physicality, as well as
design, rehearsal and other aspects successful careers in theatre practice,
the opportunities created of developing performances, using teaching, performing, arts administration, E
by fusing and connecting professional terminologies, techniques, directing, theatre project management,
movement/dance, new media structures and working methods. design and more. F
techniques, physical theatre and
Additionally you’ll have a range of Entry requirements G
contemporary theatre practice.
‘transferrable’ skills such as communication Applicants with A Level qualifications
and presentation, team work, IT literacy would normally have achieved 260-220 H
There’ll be every opportunity to ‘learn by
doing’. We have exclusive access to the and project management. points on entry, including grade B in
studio performance theatre, rehearsal Theatre Studies, Performance Studies, I
studio, lecture rooms and other facilities Module guide cognate subject area, or VCE double award
so you can put what you’re learning into Year one core modules or equivalent in an appropriate subject. J
practice, whether on stage or front and • Performance Contexts
back of house. • Studio Performance K
• Performance Skills 1A
The course is taught by industry L
• Performance Skills 1B
professionals and physical theatre experts.
• Digital Performance M
You’ll study six modules a year, covering
theory and practice. Here are some of the • Performance Practices
learning and teaching methods we use: N
• practical sessions • Making Performance O
• practitioner demonstrations • The Body in Performance
• New Media Performance P
• group work and projects
• seminar-based activities • Performance Skills: Improvisation
Q
• observing or shadowing • Performance Skills 2A
industry professionals • Performance Writing R
• academic presentations • Interdisciplinary Performance
• workshops S
• performances
• Major Project T
• dissertations
• Professional Practice
• tutorials. U
• Special Subject (Drama)
We’ll help you develop the skills you’ll • Performance and Identity
V
need to work independently with text and • Devising Performance
other resources, such as digital media, • Enterprise in the Creative Arts W
production elements, and site-specific
execution – just as you may be doing in
X
your career.
Y
Z
at our main Cambridge campus.

209
Pharmaceutical Science
Chelmsford
Key Facts
Pharmaceutical Science Available Starts September
(Extended) BSc (Hons) Tariff Points 112 (48 extended) UCAS
tariff points
A Look forward to a bright future Module guide Entry requirements

and become a Pharmaceutical Year one core modules 112 UCAS tariff points from at least 2
• Cellular and Molecular Medicine A Levels (or equivalent) – a science
B scientist. With a high demand subject is preferred. 5 GCSEs including
• A
natomy and Physiology of the Human
in the area of Pharmaceutical Body Science, Mathematics and English at
C Science, you’ll be well prepared grade C or above.
• S
cientific Communication and
to work in a variety of public Laboratory Skills
D If you do not meet the entry
and private sector organisations • Perspectives of Health and Illness requirements, this course is also offered
E and industries. • Biomedical Basics as an extended degree over 4 years.
• Fundamentals of Drugs and Medicine The extended modules are:
F On this course, you’ll gain the theory,
medical knowledge and laboratory
Year two core modules • Biomedical Science Foundation
G skills you need to work successfully in
• Physiological Biochemistry • Analytical Skills in Medical Science
pharmaceutical companies, but also in
public health, the food industry and clinical • Pharmaceutical Formulations • Practice and Professional Skills
H
research. You’ll also learn how the human • Principles of Pharmacology • Chemistry and Biochemistry for
I body functions, the impact that disease has, • M
edicinal Chemistry and Analytical Medical Sciences
and how normal function can be restored Techniques • Biology of Disease
through drug therapy. You’ll also explore
J • Biopharmaceutics • Applied Chemistry for Life Science.
the sciences that underpin drug discovery
and development – and the important role Year three core modules
K
of systematic, conceptual and analytical • Research Methods
thinking. Add to this an understanding
L • Clinical Pharmacology
of quality assurance assessments and
regulatory mechanisms associated with • D
rug, Development and Regulatory
M drug design and production. Affairs
N The course also focuses on skills that
are prized not just in the pharmaceutical Assessment
O industry, but across the public and private We’ll make sure you’re progressing in a
sectors. You’ll acquire essential laboratory number of ways, including multiple choice
P skills and research techniques, learn how to tests, practical exams, reflective essays, oral
identify and solve problems, and develop and poster presentations, scientific report
Q your communication, management and writing and independent project work.
leadership skills.
R In the first year, one-to-one tutor sessions
Our teaching methods include lectures,
Student View
will help you get a solid understanding of all
S interactive seminars and structured group the relevant subject matter. In years two and Sabi
work led by tutors and peers. Tap into our three, assessments will focus on helping BSc Pharmaceutical Science,
T ARU Virtual Learning Environment (VLE) you change from someone who consumes 1st year student
for 24-hour access to valuable online knowledge, to someone who generates it
U resources, such as content-rich study and is able to think independently. “Human biology and the way drugs
guides, and take part in practical sessions interact with the body at a molecular
V in our modern bioscience laboratories. Associated careers level really interests me. This course
The skills and knowledge you’ll acquire has taught me about these topics,
W on this course will be well regarded whilst also advancing into other
in a number of industries, including areas of my scientific knowledge.
X the pharmaceutical, food and drink, The range of modules, and learning
agrochemical, cosmetic and biotechnology about areas I can specialise in once
Y sectors, as well as in industrial and I graduate, is very exciting and
academic research. motivating. Furthermore, the range
Z of sectors this degree qualifies me
for is vast, allowing me to keep my
options open.”

Philosophy BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code V501
Tackle the big questions that Module guide Exchange opportunities

A
have mystified humanity for Year one core modules You will have the opportunity to study
• Introduction to Philosophy for one semester in the USA or Canada,
centuries and learn how the made available through our exchange
B
• Rights and Responsibilities
greatest thinkers have tried to programme.
• Western Civilisation 1: Antiquity to C
answer them. Discuss, debate the Renaissance
and develop your thinking as Associated careers
• Western Civilisation 2: Reformation You’ll develop several transferable skills D
you learn transferable skills for to the Modern Age valued by employers such as problem-
your future career. • Ancient Philosophy solving, creativity and communication E
skills. These skills are well sought after in
On this course, you’ll consider questions Year two core modules F
many industries such as journalism and
like ‘Who are we?’, ‘What can we know?’ • The Rationalists: Early Modern media, publishing, advertising, teaching
and ‘What should we do to lead worthwhile Philosophy G
and the arts through to computing,
lives?’, and learn how past thinkers have
• The Empiricists politics and business administration.
attempted to answer them. H
• Mind and World
Entry requirements
With modules that focus on European • Ethics
88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a I
philosophy, you’ll discuss and debate
issues around art, science, literature Year three core modules
and 3 GCSEs at grade C or above. J
and politics, and develop your thinking • Major Project
to become more rigorous, systematic • Varieties of Scepticism K
and creative.
Assessment L
You’ll study the ideas and arguments of You’ll demonstrate your learning through
some of the major philosophers in history a combination of exams, essays, portfolios,
through their own writings, and explore
M
presentations, reviews and reports, as well
the fundamental theories of metaphysics, as your final year Major Project.
aesthetics, moral and political philosophy N
and literature. Special features
O
You’ll work in contemporary and well-
Philosophy will help you develop skills equipped lecture rooms, with full access
that have immediate relevance to today’s to our campus library, computer rooms
P
society, such as critical analysis, argument, and online resources.
reflection and judgement. Q
W
Number 1 in the UK for
student experience and X
teaching quality –
The Times and Y
Sunday Times
Z
Good University
Guide 2016.

211
Philosophy and English
Cambridge
Key Facts
Literature BA (Hons) Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code VQ53
Develop your critical and Module guide Exchange opportunities

A
analytical skills and learn to apply Year one core modules You can apply to spend one semester
• Introduction to Literary Criticism in years two or three studying abroad at
B them to literary and philosophical Université de Franche-Comté, Besançon,
• Ancient Philosophy
issues. Build your appreciation France; Université de Provence,
C • W
estern Civilisation 1: Antiquity to the
of both disciplines while gaining Renaissance
France; Universidad de Huelva, Spain;
invaluable skills that can be Universidad de Sevilla, Spain; Valparaiso
D • W
estern Civilisation 2: Reformation to University, Indiana, USA; and Marshall
used across different careers. the Modern Age University, USA.
E • A
History of English Literature from
This course will allow you to combine
Blake to the Present Associated careers
your interests in philosophy and English
F • A
History of English Literature from The problem-solving, creative and
literature, developing your understanding
and enjoyment of both. Chaucer to Equiano communication skills you’ll develop on
G this course will be valued by employers
Our English Literature modules allow you Year two core modules from many industries, from arts-based
H • Ethics areas like journalism and media,
to balance your study of traditional writers
like Shakespeare, Milton, Wordsworth, • Philosophy of Art publishing, advertising and teaching,
I Dickens and Woolf, with an exploration of through to computing and business
• Existence and Authenticity
genres such as modern science fiction, administration.
J • Shakespeare and Performance
children’s literature and contemporary
• Dialogue and Debate: More to Milton Our past students have also found
women’s writing. Your choice will grow
K from an introduction of English literary successful careers in the music industry,
Year three core modules arts administration, gallery work,
history in year one, to modules on related
L • Major Project fundraising, personnel, librarianship,
subjects like film, drama or writing (creative
or journalistic) in years two and three, • Modernism and the City marketing, local government, publicity,
M all supported by our highly-experienced social work, and tourism.
teaching staff. Assessment
N You’ll show your progress through a You might enjoy studying and decide to
Meanwhile, our philosophy modules will combination of exams, essays, portfolios, take one of our Masters courses, such
O introduce you to the really big puzzles presentations, reviews and reports, as well as MA English Literature, MA Creative
that have fascinated humanity for as your final year Major Project. Writing or MA Publishing.
P centuries. You’ll consider questions like
‘Who are we?’, ‘What can we know?’ and Special features Entry requirements
Q ‘What should we do to lead worthwhile Enhance your studies by taking part in 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a
lives?’, and learn how past thinkers have one of our many extra-curricular activities, minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent),
R attempted to answer them. With a focus like the annual three-day trip to Stratford- including grade C in English Language or
on European philosophy, you’ll discuss upon-Avon, our poetry and writing English Literature and 3 GCSEs at grade
evenings, Literary Society events, and our C or above.
S and debate issues around art, literature
and politics, and develop your thinking research symposia and conferences.
T to become more rigorous, systematic
and creative.
U
In both subjects you’ll develop sound
V critical, analytical and interpretative skills of
immediate relevance to today’s society.
W
X You’ll consider questions

like ‘Who are we?’, ‘What
Y can we know?’ and
‘What should
Z
we do to lead
worthwhile lives?’.

Photography BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code W640
Prepare yourself for work in Module guide Placement opportunities

A
the field of photography by Year one core modules Choose from formal and informal
• Photographic Practice 1 and 2 professional experiences that will
developing your individual help you to establish your own
B
• The Digital Image
visual language through professional network. Opportunities
• Experimental Video C
experimentation and exploration. such as working for magazines, galleries
Learn about the history of Year two core modules
and photographers will be available
throughout your studies. D
photography, technique and • Professional Approaches to
concepts. We’ll give you access Photography
Links with industry E
to the equipment and expertise • Debates and Practice and professional recognition
you’ll need to succeed in this • Photographic Sequences Every year you’ll have the opportunity F
adventurous industry. to enter a number of national and
Year three core modules international competitions, which our G
This course will give you a thorough • Specialised Practice: Photography students have regularly won or been
grounding in all areas of photography, • Research Project shortlisted for, as well as those organised H
including analogue and digital image- • Major Project by Anglia Ruskin, such as the Eton Portrait
making techniques and crossovers. You’ll Prize and the Student Sustainability Prize. I
explore related fields such as moving Assessment
image, exhibition and installation, fully You’ll demonstrate your learning through Associated careers J
preparing you for a successful career in both written and practical (portfolio) work. Our students usually go on to
photography and the visual arts. employment in the photographic, K
Special features creative and media industries, or are self-
Through lectures, seminars, workshops, Our computer laboratories are equipped employed photographers and artists. L
one-to-one studio dialogue and individual with Apple Macs, A4 and A3 flatbed
tutorial support, you’ll develop your scanners, 35mm medium format, large We hold regular career development M
own visual language, underpinned by a format scanners, and printers capable of events which you can take part in while
greater understanding of historical and calibrated wide format up to 44in width. you’re studying with us. N
contemporary issues that you’ll gain in
theory sessions. A CGI/HDRI research lab is integrated in Entry requirements O
our specialist facilities. 80 – 96 UCAS tariff points from a
You’ll learn from practising photographers minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), P
and visual artists, who’ll share their wide- You’ll work in black, white and colour including grade C in an Art, Design or
ranging expertise and experience with darkrooms with enlargers catering for Media subject and 3 GCSEs at grade C Q
you. You’ll also have the chance to work 35mm, medium format and large format or above, including English. Applicants to
independently, developing your ideas and film, as well as three fully equipped this course will be required to attend an R
putting them into practice. daylight and artificial light studios. interview and display a portfolio of work
We also have a large stock of equipment for assessment.
S
The Cambridge School of Art is a diverse that you can borrow, including digital
and dynamic art school with many cameras (DSLRs and medium format), T
opportunities to work with students from large format cameras, lenses, light meters
other courses, cultures and backgrounds. and lighting kits. U
X
9/10 of our students said
staff are enthusiastic Y
about what they
Z
are teaching (National

213
Policing and Criminal Justice
Chelmsford
Key Facts
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code L437
Subject to
validation
A How do the police tackle crime? Our degree has been, and continues to Assessment
How can we deter or rehabilitate develop, through strong links with local We use a number of ways for you to
police forces and criminal justice agencies. demonstrate your learning from the
B criminals? How does the criminal Talks and workshops offered by serving modules, and to make sure you’re
justice system work? These are professionals are a key feature of this course, developing the essential knowledge and
C some of the questions you’ll and you’ll have opportunities to participate skills you’ll need to complete the course.
explore on this course. We’ll in different trips and activities, and to visit These include essays, presentations, case
D courts and other organisations. You’ll also study reports, group work research, and a
engage you in debates about
examine the trial process, methods of Major Project.
E crime and the police, both in rehabilitation, punishment and retribution,
theory and practice. You’ll acquire and get practice in presenting evidence in Special features
F in-depth knowledge about our purpose-built mock courtroom. On campus, we have a purpose-built
types of law-breaking and law mock court room, to understand the
G Module guide trial process and for practice in evidence
enforcement, and practical skills
Year one core modules presentation.
H relevant to work in the police and • Introduction to Policing
criminal justice system. • The Criminal Justice System Links with industry
I and professional recognition
• Basic Criminalistics
Our course will equip you with the You will have the opportunity to obtain
J essential skills and knowledge that are • Policing Ethics the Certificate of Policing Knowledge
in great demand with public service • Practical Policing qualification.
K employers like the police, the prison • U
nderstanding Crime through the
service, the probation service and the Media Associated careers
L criminal justice system. Serving in the police or working in
Year two core modules the criminal justice system can be an
M Based at our Chelmsford campus, with • Working in Criminal Justice immensely rewarding career with wide-
access to all of our university’s facilities, ranging options. The skills and knowledge
• Researching the Police
N you’ll get first-hand experience of the work gained on this course will help to prepare
of the police and wider criminal justice • Evidence-based Policing you for applications to organisations such
O system through work-based learning, and as the police, probation, prison service,
improve your academic knowledge of Year three core modules local government, charities and support
P the causes of crime and responses to law- • Major Project agencies.
breaking, including how the criminal justice • Public Services Policy
Q process works. • Politics and Public Service Entry requirements
88 – 104 UCAS Tariff Points from a
Using an exciting combination of real-life minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent).
R
case studies, academic research and GCSEs required: 3 GCSEs at grade C or
interactive learning, you’ll gain a deep above, including English and Maths. A
S
understanding of crucial issues and policies. maximum of 60 UCAS Tariff points may
come from AS Level (or equivalent).
T
Our modules will help you to develop
your skills in leadership, interpersonal
U communication, and presentation;
and to learn about issues relevant to
V contemporary policing including the
investigation of sexual offences and
W fraud; counter-terrorism initiatives;
equality and cultural diversity; crime
X control, and crime prevention.
Talks and workshops
Y offered by serving
professionals
Z
will be a key feature
of this course.

Politics BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code L200
Learn how politics influences You’ll be taught by leading historians, Assessment

A
our world. Develop your critical sociologists, criminologists and political You’ll demonstrate your learning through
scientists, giving you expert perspectives a combination of essays, exams, case
skills by analysing key political on contemporary political issues. Our studies, optional work experience, and
B
structures and institutions course will encourage you to consider presentations. Your studies will culminate
from history, then use them issues that reach more widely than in a final year dissertation on a topic of C
to gain an insight into future traditional political theory or the politics your choice, and supervised one-on-one
of parliamentary debate, such as: the by an expert in that area. D
political landscapes. Taught by
history and forms of protest and activism;
leading historians, sociologists, the politics of the new media; the Associated careers E
criminologists and political politics of sustainability and energy; and This degree will equip you for many
scientists, you’ll emerge with the contemporary questions about devolution careers, including work with local F
knowledge to start influencing and the demassification of state power. government, charities and NGOs, but
While examining domestic, European and also with European and international G
the world yourself.
international themes in politics, you’ll also organisations and agencies. You might
have the chance to consider the practical also explore career paths in the public H
On this course you’ll study both practical
and theoretical aspects of politics. implications of the work involved in services and criminal justice system,
Looking at contemporary perspectives making policy decisions. future energy policy and planning, I
on key political topics, you’ll develop security, negotiation and peacekeeping,
critical analyses of political structures Module guide or communication and media. J
and institutions and gain insights into Year one core modules
past, present and future areas of political • Introduction to Politics While on the course, you’ll have the K
concern with local and global impact. • Global Political Issues option to take language modules, which
• Rights and Responsibilities
will prepare you for work in international L
Focusing on real-life political decision- political contexts including UN conflict
• P
olitical Ideologies and Social resolution and diplomacy. You might also
making, agencies and policies, you’ll M
Controversies decide to continue your studies and take
examine relevant debates from historical,
• Inequality and Class a Masters course with us, such as our MA N
philosophical and sociological contexts.
Our historically-focused modules will give International Relations, MA Sociology or
Year two core modules MA Criminology. As a graduate from one O
you the chance to view American, British
• Political Theory – A History of our BA courses, you’ll be eligible for
and European politics over the long term,
while others will allow you to explore • Contemporary European Politics a £1,000 reduction on the fee for your P
sociological and criminological debates • Protest and Activism postgraduate course.
closer to the present. You’ll also be able to • Comparative Political Systems Q
develop strands of specialisms in global Entry requirements
and international issues, local political 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a R
concerns, and political activity and activism, minimum of two A Levels (or equivalent).
• Major Project
Three GCSEs at grade C or above,
choosing from optional modules that will • The Politics of Energy and Ecology S
add extra dimensions to your study. including Maths and English.
T
V
Our Labour History
W
Research Unit
hosts events with X
key figures from
the world of politics. Past Y
speakers have included
Z
Roy Hattersley and
Maurice Glasman.

215
Popular Music BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code W34C
A Develop as a musician with our Module guide We offer a student exchange programme
exciting mix of subjects, from Year one core modules with a university in the USA, giving you
• Dots, Lines and Waves the option of studying abroad for a
B performance to production, and semester in your second year. We also
• Music Performance Studies 1
learn how to succeed in the music run annual trips to places like Rome,
C • Popular Music in Context 1a and 1b
business. Explore the history and Vienna and New York.
• Song Writing 1
cultures of popular music while
D Placement opportunities
gaining practical experience Year two core modules Our Enterprise in the Creative Arts module
E in up-to-date production and • Music in Context 2a and 2b gives you an opportunity to set up a
performance techniques. • Music Performance Studies 2 work placement in an area of interest to
F If you’re a talented musician who • Chords, Contours and Grooves you. This could be in music education,
wants to develop creative skills instrumental teaching, artist management,
G Year three core modules marketing, recording and studio work, or
in composition, improvisation,
• Enterprise in the Creative Arts events management.
H performance and music
• Intertextuality in Music
technology within the context of Associated careers
• Major Project
I popular music, then this degree This course will equip you with the
is for you. Assessment
knowledge, practical experience and
J versatility needed for a career in music.
You’ll be assessed through a combination
There are many opportunities to take Many of our past students currently enjoy
of public performances, creative projects,
K part in live musical performances at highly successful careers as performers,
essays, presentations and portfolios of
Anglia Ruskin venues like our Recital composers, technologists, music teachers
work, including a final year Major Project,
L Hall, Mumford Theatre and the Academy which may include practice-led work.
and arts administrators.
You may also perform in public venues Some of these assignments involve
M .in and around Cambridge, such as the The skills you gain from this course will
group work and other tasks are assessed
Cambridge Junction, where we have be useful for other roles too. Studying
on an individual basis, so you’ll be
N longstanding and productive links. With the creative and performing arts will give
developing both collaborative abilities and
our weekly performance workshops and you the ideal training for any position
independent study skills.
O individual lessons you’ll be performing and that requires quick thinking, self-reliance,
receiving feedback on a regular basis. imagination, teamwork and the ability to
Special features
P organise both yourself and others. It will
You’ll work in our purpose-built music
Your performance work will be supported also prepare you for further study – for
centre, which includes two band rooms
Q by modules covering the social, political example, using your talents to help others
and two recording studios, lecture and
and cultural contexts of popular music. by taking our MA Music Therapy after
practice rooms, a large recital hall, an
R You’ll also investigate issues in popular you graduate.
extensive suite of computer music studios
music studies, (ethno)musicology and with workstation laboratories and digital
‘world’ music, and apply this learning Entry requirements
S editing studios. We also have the full-size
to your practical work in performance, 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points, from a
Mumford Theatre on campus which
recording and arts management. minimum of two A Levels (or equivalent)
T regularly hosts professional touring
including grade B in Music, Music
companies and musicians.
Once you’re enrolled on our performance Technology or a related subject.
U
modules, you’ll receive individual You’ll have access to five grand pianos,
instrumental or vocal tuition from a visiting
V including a new Steinway Model D and
tutor of international repute. You’ll also be many orchestral instruments, as well
able to listen to professional musicians as traditional instruments from India
W
on-campus every week in our lunchtime (including two sitars), China (including a
concert series, as well as attend workshops, Chinese zither) and Africa (including a set of
X
masterclasses and lectures by visiting Ghanaian drums) and a Balinese Gamelan.
performers, composers and academics.
Y

Primary Care Nursing (Top-Up)
Peterborough
Key Facts
Campus Chelmsford, Peterborough,
Cambridge
Duration 1 year full-time,
up to 3 years part-time
Whether you are currently As you progress through your course you or mentor working in the same specialist
A
working as a primary care or will meet nurses from a variety of practice area and may include reflective writing
areas and occasionally you will also meet and/or discussion plus observation of
community nurse, or planning to other health professionals. This will create practice. This will be recorded in a Practice
B
do so, our course will provide you plenty of opportunity for discussions which Assessment Document.
with a bespoke career pathway. include different perspectives in medical C
It prepares you to enter a variety and healthcare provision. Associated careers
There is a wide variety of settings existing D
of areas such as: ‘walk-in centres’,
.Module guide in the community where you may wish
general practice, nursing people Core modules to start or develop your career pathway. E
in their own homes or specialist • Work Based Learning for Service Minor injury units, practice nursing,
clinics (dermatology, sexual Improvement working within district nursing, health F
health, diabetes...). • Fundamentals of Practice Nursing visiting or paediatric teams, working in
nursing homes integrated care community G
• F
undamentals of Community and
The future of a successful health service hospitals, sexual health clinics, drug and
Primary Care Nursing
requires an extensive provision in primary alcohol clinics, dermatology, cardiac and H
care and the community, and a higher respiratory clinics out of hours services
Optional modules
numbers of nurses will be required to and outreach services, to mention just I
• Understanding Contraception and
work in this area as autonomous and a few. The BSc (Hons) Primary Care
Sexual Health (School Nursing only)
confident practitioners. If you are a nurse Nursing will enable you to emerge as an J
• Caring for People with Dementia autonomous practitioner able to manage
currently working in this area, our course
will help you access a wide variety of • M
anagement of the Person with yourself, individuals and teams. K
specialist modules to update, upskill and Diabetes
embed your practice. If you are new to • Pain Management Entry requirements L
primary care and community nursing, our • Wound Management You will be a Nurse or Midwife registered
course will help you to become quickly with the Nursing and Midwifery Council. M
• M
anagement of Individuals with Long-
established in the provision of care and Term Medical Conditions
services in this area. You will have 240 credits; 120 must be at N
• Enhanced Assessment in Mental Health Diploma Level 5 and there is potential to
Our course will support the development • Evidence-based Mental-Health Nursing submit experiential learning documentation O
of your skills and knowledge regardless of • Non-medical Prescribing (APEL).Y ou will have evidence of recent
which setting you work or plan to work in. • C
linical Assessment Skills for Health academic study (within the last 5 years) or P
There is a vast assortment of modules to Professionals be able to demonstrate the ability to study
assist you in specialising further within the successfully at degree level. You will be Q
• H
olistic Assessment Skills for
primary and community care setting. working in an appropriate clinical area of
Community Nurses
community or primary care nursing. R
You will explore the theory and policy • L
eadership and Management in the
underpinning contemporary service Community
S
delivery in order to clearly understand
how they influence practice provision. Assessment
The course relies on several types of T
Guidance and support will be given to help
you gather information and evidence with assessment: examinations (short answer
and/or multiple choice or essay writing U
which to strengthen your practice. The
primary care and community settings will exams), objective structured clinical
examinations (OSCEs), assignments (essay V
be brought to life with an excellent level
of support delivered from the University style, case studies, topical analysis or
reports) and presentations. W
which reaches out into your personal
practice environment. Close contact and
You will also be assessed through practice X
support from your personal tutor will
help you manage your modules to gain assessment. You will be asked to meet
the best possible learning experience specified competencies in practice, in Y
throughout the course. order to demonstrate competence. The
assessment is undertaken by a supervisor Z

217
Psychology BSc (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code C800
A Psychology impacts people’s Module guide Links with industry

lives in a variety of ways. Study Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Fundamentals of Cognitive Psychology Our course is accredited by the British
B in Cambridge with our world- Psychological Society. Providing you
• Issues in Child Development and Social
leading researchers, and take Psychology graduate with at least a second-class
C the first step towards becoming honours degree, you’ll be eligible for
a chartered psychologist with graduate chartered membership of the
D • Social and Developmental Psychology Society which is the first step towards
our accredited degree course. • The Psychology of Everyday Life becoming a chartered psychologist.
E • Theoretical Foundations in Psychology
Curiosity about people’s thoughts,
feelings and behaviour is at the centre • Introduction to Abnormal and Health Associated careers
F This degree will open up a wide range
of this course. You’ll be encouraged to Psychology
keep asking questions, and develop the of career options. You could go on to
G Year two core modules become a psychologist, or specialise in
scientific, analytical and research skills you
need to find answers. • Biopsychology areas like health, educational or forensic
H psychology. Many skills you’ll gain also
• Contemporary Social Psychology
While on this course, you’ll learn about will be useful in other careers such as HR,
I • Learning, Memory and Perception marketing and teaching.
scientific, philosophical and historical areas
• Personality, Intelligence and
of psychology. Our core modules will
J give you a solid foundation in the main
Psychometrics The skills you’ll learn are highly
principles of psychology, and our optional • Psychopathology transferable, so you won’t be limited in
K modules the freedom to concentrate • Research Techniques for Psychology your choices. The ability to write well,
on your own interests in more depth. analyse data and understand human
• Issues in the Professional Practice of
L By the time you graduate, you’ll be well behaviour will prepare you for whichever
Psychology
prepared to start your career in a number career path you choose.
M of industries or continue into specialised Year three core modules
further study. Your graduation doesn’t need to be the end
• Language and Thought
N of your time with us. If you’d like to continue
• Lifespan Development your studies we offer a wide range of full-
Our staff are actively engaged in research,
O and they’ll support you all the way. • Psychology Project time and part-time postgraduate courses
Plus, there’s the opportunity to attend including Masters in Foundations in Clinical
P extra-curricular weekly seminars, which Assessment Psychology, Clinical Child Psychology,
feature guest presentations from specialist Throughout the course, we’ll use a range Cognitive and Clinical Neuroscience and
Q academics and researchers. of assessment methods to measure your Research Methods in Psychology.
progress. You’ll complete exams (both
R While you’re here, you’ll have the written and practical), essays, research Entry requirements
opportunity to use our excellent research reports, oral presentations, lab reports and 96 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
a dissertation on a subject of your choice. of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), Psychology
S facilities, including specialist laboratories for
measuring electrical activity in the brain, and Science subjects are preferred and
3 GCSEs at grade C or above including
T eye movement, psychoneuroimmunology,
emotions and communication, English and Mathematics.
U psychometrics, human behaviour,
consumer reactions, and much more.
V

Psychology and Criminology
Cambridge
Key Facts
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code CL8H
Instead of studying psychology Module guide We have strong links with the local
A
and criminology as two probation service and the police. You’ll
• Adventures in Crime News have the opportunity to add experience
separate subjects, this course and Criminology to your CV by working as a volunteer, or
B
gives you a unique opportunity • Adventures in Criminal Justice even in a part-time paid job while you’re
to study them together and gain studying. We’ll encourage you to set up C
• Fundamentals of Cognitive Psychology
a deeper understanding of both work placements in areas that interest you
as part of your personal development plan. D
– including the ways in which • Media and Crime
they impact on each other. • Social and Developmental Psychology The skills you’ll learn are highly E
transferable, so you won’t be limited to
Explore the connections between F
Year two core modules a career in psychology or criminology.
psychology and crime on our fascinating
• Research Techniques for Psychology The ability to write well, analyse data and
degree course. We’ll start by looking at G
• Psychopathology understand human behaviour will benefit
the main principles of psychology and
you whichever career path you choose.
criminology. Following that, you can • Trials and Errors
H
choose from a huge range of optional
Our staff are engaged in research and
modules, giving you the freedom to Year three core modules
while you’re studying, you’ll have the I
explore your own interests in more depth. • Clinical Psychology
opportunity to take part, and make links
• Comparative Criminal Justice with local employers. J
You’ll learn about criminal profiling and • Major Project / Dissertation
how it offers insights into youth offending,
Graduation doesn’t need to be the K
gendered violence, genocide, rape, abuse Assessment end of your time with us. If you’d like
and other types of crime. You’ll look at Throughout the course, we’ll use a to continue your studies we offer a L
media representations of crime, and the range of assessment methods to wide range of full-time and part-time
promotion of fear. You’ll also focus on measure your progress. These include postgraduate courses including Masters M
social and development psychology, and written and practical exams, essays, in Foundations in Clinical Psychology,
the effect it can have on crime and the research reports, oral presentations, lab Clinical Child Psychology, Cognitive and N
people who commit crime. reports. You’ll also write a dissertation Clinical Neuroscience and Research
on a subject of your choice. Methods in Psychology. O
Our specialist laboratories give you the
chance to gain extra insight, as well Associated careers Entry requirements P
as practical skills. You can measure As a graduate, you’ll be able to choose 96 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
electrical currents in the brain by from a wide range of careers. For example, 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 3 GCSEs at Q
using electrodes on the scalp in the you might work for the National Probation grade C or above including English and
EEG (electroencephalography) lab Service, the police, the Prison Service, the Mathematics. R
and analyse samples and use them to Home Office or the Court Service.
investigate the relationship between
psychological and physical health in the S
psychoneuroimmunology lab.
T
Our staff are active researchers and will be
on-hand to help you through your studies. U
you’ll be in regular contact with them.
You’ll also have the opportunity to attend V
extra-curricular weekly seminars, which
feature presentations from academics and W
researchers who are leaders in their fields.
X
Like us on facebook
Z

219
Psychosocial Studies BA (Hons) Key Facts Part-time available

King's Lynn
UCAS Code C880
A This is a relatively new area of In the earlier modules you’ll learn the Assessment
study, exploring the relationship fundamentals of sociology and social We’ll assess your progress using a
health and developmental psychology. combination of exams, essays, class tests,
B between ‘self’ and society. It’s You’ll then be able to progress to more individual and group presentations, book
an excellent choice if you’re specialist modules, examining key aspects reviews, portfolio, and a dissertation.
C considering a career in fields of the individual and social world.
such as health, education, Special features
D Central to this is exploring how we shape Study skills sessions are available in the
criminal justice, social work or HR
and are shaped by our social surroundings first year of the course in order to support
E management. and what this means in the many specialist students who may have been out of
fields you could choose to study. In year education for some time or for those
F Psychosocial Studies is an exciting three you’ll be able to research your own wishing to gain more confidence with
and relatively new area of study that preferred subject area for your final year referencing or accessing resources on line.
G explores the relationship between self Major Project. All students are supported in their learning
and society and represents an innovative with VLE (Virtual Learning Environment)
H interdisciplinary collaboration between Case studies, visits and work-based study which allows you to access information
sociology and psychology. give this course a strong practical flavour and resources from home when necessary
I and you’ll learn many of the key skills used or desired.
The course provides a focus upon the by sociologists and psychologists in real
J individual self-contextualised within life settings. You’ll also develop the ability to There’s plenty of scope to personalise your
psychology and psychoanalysis research and analyse complex information, studies and focus on specific fields, such
K as opposed to the cultural, socially make well-structured arguments and as sexuality; desire and gender; agency
constructed self-contextualised within challenge ‘accepted’ thinking as a and social change; deviance; crime and
L sociology. You will gain knowledge of the confident debater. These are all useful skills social control; health and illness; racism;
theoretical context of important issues for postgraduate study or research, as well race and cultural identity; community and
M about the nature and relations of human as for the professional workplace. social life; biology and behaviourism and
beings including criminal psychology and developmental psychology.
N behaviours. Module guide
Year one core modules Associated careers
Modules are designed to provide you with • Introduction to Psychosocial Studies Our graduates have gone on to successful
O
a firm grounding in the fundamentals careers in many fields, including criminal
• Psychoanalysis of the Self
of sociology and psychology. Areas of justice, health and allied professions, social
P • Social Science and Society
study are likely to include the sociological work, teaching, and HR management.
imagination, body politics, sexuality and • Researching Social Issues
Q
social control, gender studies, deviant • Social and Developmental Psychology Entry requirements
and criminal behaviour, investigative • Issues in Child Development and Social 72 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of 2
R psychology, social research methods, Psychology A Levels or equivalent Level 3 qualification,
child development, clinical psychology, e.g. Extended Diploma (MMP) or Access
S • Comparing Social Lives
psychoanalysis, violent crime, body and course (30 Level 3 credits at merit grade
mind (concluding with good and evil). • Contemporary Sociological Issues
are required). Applicants must have GCSE
T
English at grade C or above (or equivalent).
The course combines the study of Year two core modules
Interview may be required.
U individuals, using psychology and • Contemporary Social Psychology
psychoanalysis, with the wider cultural • Lifespan Development
V and systemic studies of sociology. You’ll • Individual and Society
gain a rounded understanding of human
W behaviours, nature and relationships, as Year three core modules
well as the ability to apply the theory • Major Project
X practically to a variety of fields.
Z This Anglia Ruskin course is also

taught at our partner, University
Centre Peterborough.

Psychosocial Studies BA (Hons) Key Facts Part-time available

Duration 3 years
UCAS Code C880

Develop a detailed By the time you graduate you’ll have Special features
A
understanding of what makes a sound knowledge of individual and Our students have been employed as
group behaviour, the ability to apply this mentors at local secondary schools,
people, groups or societies to a range of sectors, and develop set of and have volunteered with a number B
think and do the things they transferable employment skills, including of community organisations with whom
do. Psychosocial Studies is all communication and presentation, social we have links. This enables them to put C
about the relationship between research, team working, IT and project theory into practice and provides
management. a greater understanding of the course D
self and society. It draws on
as a whole
disciplines such as psychology Module guide E
and psychoanalysis to explore Year one core modules Links with industry
the individual, as well as • Sociology of the Self and professional recognition F
sociology to understand wider • Issues in Child Development You’ll have the opportunity to carry out
research projects for the Peterborough G
cultural and systemic issues. • Social and Developmental Psychology
Environment City Trust.
• The Sociological Imagination H
Understanding human behaviour in
• Political Ideologies Associated careers
this way can lead to many practical
applications and will equip you well for Our graduates have gone on to I
Year two core modules successful careers in many fields,
careers in fields such as criminal justice,
• Individual and Society including criminal justice, health and J
health, social work, teaching, and HR
management. • Social Research Methods allied professions, social work, teaching,
• Theories of Deviance and Crime and HR management. K
The course is taught in the contemporary, • Contemporary Social Psychology
well-equipped surroundings of our Entry requirements L
• Knowledge and Belief 80 UCAS tariff points from 2 A Levels in
Peterborough University Centre. Initially,
you’ll gain a firm grounding in the related subjects. GCSE’s required: 3 at grade M
Year three core modules C or above in English, Maths or Science.
fundamentals of sociology, and of social, • Nature and Society
health and developmental psychology. N
• Atypical Developmental Disorders
You’ll then study specialist core modules in
fields such as child development, political • Criminal Psychology O
ideology, social research methods, crime, • Undergraduate Major Project
belief and deviant behaviours. P
Assessment
In years two and three you’ll be able to We’ll assess your progress using exams Q
personalise your studies to reflect and and essay assignments, as well as your
accommodate your career goals – tackling portfolio, presentations, group work, book R
a Major Project in year three which will reviews and Dissertation.
involve independent research. S
Our Social Science Society organises guest T

lectures and trips, and you can take part in
the debates run by Anglia Ruskin Graduate U
Society. While you’re studying here, you’ll
also have the opportunity to carry out V
research projects for the Peterborough
Environment City Trust. W
Z
at our partner, College of West Anglia.

221
Public Health FdSc
Key Facts
Duration 2 years
(Chelmsford), January (Cambridge)
A Help to take care of your nation’s Module guide taught Master’s programmes to qualified
health. On our foundation degree Year one core modules medics. We have a flourishing community
• Higher Education and the Work of PhD and MD(Res) students across all
B course you’ll learn to promote the Environment of our research fields.
wellbeing of individuals, families, • Fundamentals of Anatomy
C households and the wider Our advanced learning facilities include
and Physiology for Practice
community. As a qualified public • Valuing People and Fostering Dignity
state-of-the-art clinical skills laboratories
D and simulation suites, which mirror
health professional, a range of and Respect
real-life clinical situations. We also have
E careers will be open to you. • Principles in Public Health a fantastic library and a wide range of
• Research and Critical Thinking science labs and ICT suites.
F Helping to look after the public’s health is
• Introduction to Epidemiology
critically important. It benefits individuals –
• Work-based Learning 1 Associated careers
G but also the health service and society as
When you graduate, a range of careers
a whole. • S
ocial, Political and Ethical Issues in
will be open to you. For example you
Public Health
H could be helping people to stop smoking
If you already work in public health,
or to control their weight, or you could
our course provides an educational Assessment
I become a health trainer or nursery nurse.
qualification, as well as continuing We’ll assess you throughout the course
professional development. You may be so that you and your tutors can measure
J You could also consider roles in
working as a community-based member your progress. This is done in a variety
healthcare and local government
of staff, or you may be managing a project of ways and on a module-by-module
K basis, but could include reports, projects,
agencies. This might include working
team and have responsibility for those staff.
as a health improvement advisor, a
presentations, essays, portfolios and
L You’ll look at how societies are structured, reflection. You’ll be able to tailor your
community development worker, or
a community health worker.
how they function, and how this affects assignments to fit your own career goals.
M individuals and populations. You’ll also
You might even choose to continue your
consider how public health interventions Special features
N studies. Having taken our foundation
can have a positive impact on people’s Our newest Faculty, Faculty of Medical
degree, you could top up to a full honours
health and fitness. You’ll learn about Science opened in 2014, is founded
O degree in subjects such as health and
issues directly relevant to your job, on the strong international reputation
social care, acute care or public health
and how to apply them to your work. of our flagship Postgraduate Medical
P in just one year.
Finally, you’ll investigate wider themes in Institute. Based on our riverside campus
healthcare work. in Chelmsford, we deliver innovative and
Q Entry requirements
clinically relevant teaching and research
32 UCAS tariff points from A Level (or
Our course utilises both classroom and across two departments:
equivalent) and 3 GCSEs at grade C or
R online learning. You’ll need access to a
above including English and Mathematics.
computer and the internet, along with basic • Department of Allied & Public Health
All students will need to be based in a
S IT skills, so that you can use our ARU Virtual • Department of Postgraduate Medicine. health and social care setting to allow
Learning Environment (VLE) and digital
them to achieve the learning outcomes
T library. The VLE allows all our students to Thanks to our close relationships with the associated with the pathway.
learn collaboratively, contributing to a richer major clinical-care providers in the east of
U learning experience. Meanwhile, our digital England, there are significant opportunities
library gives you access to electronic journals, for collaboration and student placements
V e-books, databases and other helpful across a variety of clinical sites.
resources at any time.
W We offer exciting opportunities for
Our tutors offer plenty of support: face-to- research and education in the allied
X face as well as by email, telephone and the health professions. We also translate
VLE. There is also an IT helpdesk and you’ll science and epidemiology into health
Y have a student advisor. education and primary care, and deliver
Z We’ve developed this course with

reference to the Royal Society of Public
Health Skills framework.

Public Health BSc (Hons)
Key Facts
Duration 3 years
(Chelmsford), January (Cambridge)
UCAS Code B912
Public health is about affecting Our teaching and research team has Assessment
A
the wellbeing of entire close links with the UK’s Public Health We’ll assess you throughout the
Association, the Chartered Institute course so that you and your tutors can
populations. It’s a fascinating for Environmental Health and other measure your progress. Our aim is that B
field which extends into almost professional bodies. Our Faculty is one you achieve the knowledge and skills
every part of our lives. If of the few in the UK to be recognised expected of a supervisor operating at C
you’re interested in working by the Royal Society for Public Health. Level 6 of the UK Public Health Careers
and Skills Framework. D
in this area, our degree course
Please note that some teaching takes
provides a solid foundation for place in the summer period. We’ll assess you in a number of ways. In E
a range of careers. addition to an exam, you’ll be assessed on
Module guide reports, presentations, essays and portfolio F
This course looks at major factors which Year one core modules work. You’ll also do a Major Project in your
affect the wellbeing of large numbers of • Principles in Public Health final year, which can be either a 10,000-word G
people. Whether you’re already working as dissertation or an equivalent piece of work
• Introduction to Higher Education and
a health professional, just beginning your agreed by your supervisor. H
the Work Environment
career, and whether you see your future
in local public services or in global non- • Valuing People and Fostering Dignity
Associated careers I
governmental organisations, this fascinating and Respect
When you graduate, you’ll be able to
course prepares you for the future. It looks • Fundamentals of Anatomy work in a wide range of fields relating to J
at a wide range of public health issues in and Physiology for Practice public health. You could help people to
the UK, Europe and around the world – and stop smoking or to control their weight, K
the role of the public health professional in Year two core modules or you could become a health trainer
addressing these issues. • Introduction to Epidemiology or nursery nurse. L
• Social, Political and Ethical Issues
When you graduate, you’ll be able to in Public Health You could also consider public health M
identify vulnerable individuals, groups or • Global Health and Sustainability roles in healthcare and local government
communities. Working with a range of agencies. This might include working
• Research and Critical Thinking N
other agencies and professional disciplines, as a health improvement advisor, a
you’ll develop and apply preventative or community development worker, or
Year three core modules O
remedial strategies. a community health worker.
• Behaviour Change and Communication
for Public Health P
You’ll be taught by a team of research- Entry requirements
active staff. Our Professor Sarah Redsell • Economic Evaluation in Public Health
80 UCAS tariff points from a minimum Q
was awarded funding from the UK Medical • Research Methodology, Design of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), English or a
Research Council in 2014 to look at obesity and Process Social Science subject are preferred, and
prevention during infancy. We have regular R
• Major Project 5 GCSEs at grade C or above, including
guest lectures from leading figures, such as English and Mathematics.
the Chief Executive of the Royal Society for S
Public Health.
T
Our course adheres to the government’s
New Public Health Strategy, so when you U
graduate you’ll be familiar with the strategy
and ready to contribute to its desired V
outcomes.
W
X
Like us on facebook
Z

223
Public Service FdA
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 2 years
UCAS Code L460
A Through work placements and Module guide Placement opportunities

disaster planning, we’ll give you Year one core modules You’ll undertake work placements in both
• Understanding Public Service years of the course. In the first year you’ll
B first-hand experience of the work with disadvantaged groups, such as
• Introduction to Social Science
public services such as the Prison homeless people, young offenders and
C • Basic Criminalistics
Service to the Armed Forces people with drug and alcohol addictions.
• Working in Public Service
which will help you move ahead In your second year you’ll work with a
D • Work-Based Learning 1 public service or related organisation, like
in your chosen career.
• Researching Social Issues the Special Constables, Prison Service,
E Cambridge University Officer Training
Our course will equip you with skills • Political Ideologies and Social
and knowledge in great demand with Controversies Corps, the City Council, the Probation
F Service, Cambridgeshire Emergency
public service employers like the police,
the Prison Service, fire and ambulance Year two core modules Management Team, Marshall Aerospace,
G • Resilience and Emergency Cambridge University Air Squadron and
services, HM Revenue & Customs and the
Armed Forces. Management regional police forces, fire and rescue
H services and ambulance services. For
• Leading Public Service
Based on our Cambridge campus, with some work placements you will need to
I • Equality and Cultural Diversity at Work pay for a DBS check. Please contact the
access to all of our university’s facilities,
• Work-Based Learning 2 Course Leader for further information.
you’ll get first-hand experience of the
J uniformed public services through work- • Social Research Methods
based learning while improving your Associated careers
K academic knowledge in the classroom. Assessment You’ll develop skills and knowledge that
We use a combination of assessments to can be used in many different careers.
L Our modules will help you to develop test your knowledge and understanding. Our past students have gone on to
important, transferable skills in leadership, These include presentations, essays, case work with the police (as analysts and
M interpersonal communication, financing, studies and reports. You will focus on researchers as well as constables), the
and presentation; and to learn about coursework and will not need to sit any fire service, all branches of the military,
N contemporary issues including equality end-of-year exams. the Prison Service, HM Revenue &
and cultural diversity, disaster planning and Customs, public and private sector
O political ideologies. Special features organisations as managers, and primary,
You’ll have the chance to take part in our further or higher education.
P You’ll also get the chance to focus on annual public service presentation day,
specific areas of interest in your work, like which is attended by representatives Most of our students go on to top up
Q crime control, workplace cultures from regional public services, visit their Foundation degrees to a BA (Hons)
or deviance. institutions like HMP Whitemoor, Public Service.
R Cambridge Crown Court and the local
Our degree has been developed, and fire services, or help with the training of Entry requirements
riot police. 48 – 64 UCAS tariff points from a
S continues to develop, through strong links
with the fire, police, prison and ambulance minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent),
services, HM Revenue & Customs, and the 3 GCSEs at grade C or above.
T
Armed Forces. Talks and classes given by
U serving professionals are a key feature of
this course and you’ll have the opportunity
V to go on different trips and activities, as
well as completing work placements.
W
Once you’ve completed this FdA, you
X can choose to top-up your degree on our
BA (Hons) Public Service .*
Y
*Applications from qualified students will be
considered on their individual merits. This Anglia Ruskin course is taught at
Z

Public Service (Top-Up)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Duration 1 year
UCAS Code L461
Top-up your FdA or HND Public Module guide Associated careers

A
Service to an Honours degree. Core modules You’ll develop skills and knowledge that
• Politics and Public Services can be used in many different careers.
Advance your skills and Our past students have gone on to B
• Public Services Policy
knowledge in areas highly work with the police (as analysts and
• Major Project C
sought-after by public service researchers as well as constables), the fire
employers, on modules that Optional modules
service, all branches of the military, the
Prison Service, HM Revenue & Customs, D
they have helped to create. • Preparing for Work
public and private sector organisations
• Race Racism and Cultural Identity as managers, and primary, further or E
You’ll focus on issues such as gender,
• Invisible Crimes higher education.
politics and race and racism, as well as
• Sport, Globalisation and F
planning your career and also undertaking
a Major Project in your chosen area of International Politics Entry requirements
• Sexuality and Social Control The Foundation Degree in Public Services, G
public service.
or an equivalent qualification is required.
• Feminist Theory and Practice
Thanks to our close links with fire and Note: This course is available for entry to H
• Sociology of Popular Culture year 3 only.
ambulance services, the police, the Prison
Service, HM Revenue & Customs and
• Youth Justice Controversies I
the Armed Forces, you’ll benefit from • Investigative Psychology
course content that’s closely aligned with J
current practice, backed up by visits from Assessment
professionals and lecturers with experience We will assess the knowledge and K
of working in public service. understanding you gain in a number
of ways, including poster presentations, L
progress files, essays, case studies and
projects. M
Special features N
You’ll have the chance to visit institutions
like HMP Whitemoor, Cambridge Crown O
Court and the local fire services, or help
with the training of riot police. P

225
Public Service FdA

Duration 2 years
UCAS Code L900

A Developed in continuing Module guide Links with industry

collaboration with leading Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Understanding Public Service We have very strong links with the Fire,
B employers, this is the ideal Police, Prison and Ambulance Services,
• Basic Criminalities
course, whether you’re Revenue & Customs, and the Armed
C • Introduction to Public Service Working
preparing for a career in public in Public Services
Forces. They continually advise us on how
services or want to take it to to develop the course and help us teach
D • Work-Based Learning 1 Researching and train our students.
the next level. You’ll develop • Social Issues
E the skills and knowledge that Associated careers
• Political Ideologies and Social
public services such as the Controversies Our graduates have gone on to
F Police, Prison Service, Fire successful careers in the Public Services,
Service, Ambulance Service, Year two core modules as well as in the private sector.
G • Work-Based Learning 2 Leading
Revenue & Customs and the
• Public Services It’s worth pointing out that private sector
H armed forces want in their employers value this course, as you’ll
employees. • Managing Public Services Researching
graduate with many of the qualities
I • Social Issues they look for in their future leaders. There’s
We’ve designed this course primarily • Theories of Crime Deviance also the opportunity to continue your
J for uniformed public service workers, and Social Control academic studies by progressing onto the
although anyone working with the public • Resilience and Emergency Management BA (Hons) Public Service.
K would benefit from taking this exciting and
challenging course. Assessment Entry requirements
L We’ll assess your progress through exams. 32 UCAS Tariff Points from a minimum of 2
You’ll learn about public services directly coursework and essay assignments, A Levels (or equivalent). 3 GCSEs at grade
through work-based learning and in the C or above.
M as well as through your presentations and
classroom, from lecturers and guest practical/work-based assignments.
speakers who have direct experience of
N
working in the sector. Special features
O Once you complete this course, you can
There are specialist modules in subjects top up to our BA (Hons) Public Services
such as leadership, interpersonal and course.
P
presentation skills, disaster planning,
workplace cultures, ethical practice,
Q financing public services, politics and
public service, deviance, forensic science,
R equality, and cultural diversity.
S These modules will give you the

knowledge, skills and understanding you
T need to lead and provide vital services.
Y
Cambridge campus.

Public Service (Top-Up)

Key Facts
BA (Hons) Duration 1 year
UCAS Code N147

A one year, full-time course Module guide Associated careers

A
designed specifically for those Year one core modules Our graduates have gone on to
• Major Undergraduate Project successful careers in the Public Services,
looking to get more from their as well as in the private sector. B
• Public Service Policies
FdA Public Service degree; the
• Politics and Public Service C
opportunity to top-up to the It’s worth pointing out that private sector
• Preparing for Work
BA (Hons) degree. This course employers value this course, as you’ll
• Race, Racism and Cultural Identity graduate with many of the qualities D
provides a bespoke pathway to
• Sexuality and Social Control they look for in their future leaders. There’s
advancing your Public Service also the opportunity to continue your E
• Youth Justice Controversies
knowledge and academic skills academic studies by progressing onto
in line with the requirement of the BA (Hons) Public Service. F
Assessments
your future employers. A wide range of assessment methods are
employed as part of this course. These
G
Throughout the course you will have input include reports, essays, poster presentations, Entry Requirements:
from outstanding subject specialist teaching reflective assessments, case studies and a • A Foundation Degree in Public Services, H
staff and involvement from public service major academic project. or an equivalent qualification.
personnel (including: Police, Fire Brigade, • If English is not your first language I
Military, Probation Services and Local Links with industry you will be expected to demonstrate a
Government). Therefore, improving and and professional recognition certificated level of proficiency (IELTS J
encouraging a thorough understanding We have very strong links with the Fire, 6.0 or higher) or and equivalent English
of the sector and those sectors operating Police, Prison and Ambulance Services, Language qualification. K
alongside them. Completion of this course Revenue & Customs, and the Armed • Y
ou may also be accepted with an
will open up career opportunities within Forces. They continually advise us on how IELTS 5.5 or equivalent, but will be L
a wide range of public services and other to develop the course and help us teach required to undertake an English
related industries. and train our students. qualification. M
This course is direct entry to year three; N

if you are interested in gaining access to
the entry course for the Public Service O
pathway please take a look at the FdA
Public Service. P
Private sector employers X

value this course, as you’ll Find out about how to apply
graduate with many of the
qualities they look Like us on facebook
Z
for in their future
leaders. Follow us on @angliaruskin

227
Quantity Surveying BSc (Hons)
Chelmsford

Campus Chelmsford
A Quantity surveyors are in Module guide Although they’re not guaranteed, we

demand around the world, Year one core modules can work with you to find a placement,
• Introduction to Civil Law and Legislation using our contacts with a large number
B and can often move into top of employers. You’ll have regular
• The Built Environment Work Sector
managerial posts. Through our contact with one of our course tutors
C • L
Royal Institution of Chartered Development (HE & Work)
and be supported by a supervisor from
Surveyors (RICS) accredited your placement company. Together
D • Construction Economics they’ll monitor your performance and
course you’ll learn to provide • An Introduction to Technology give you feedback.
E strategic advice and services and Design
as construction projects are • Professional Surveying Practice Links with industry
F designed and developed. This and professional recognition
course has been validated to Year two core modules This course is ideal if you want to pursue a
G • Construction Contract Law career as a chartered quantity surveyor. It’s
include an optional sandwich
• E
nvironmental Services and accredited by the Royal Institution
H placement year in industry. of Chartered Surveyors (RICS), the
professional body for surveying.
Quantity surveyors look after the • Quantification and Measurement
I
financial management of construction • Management Practice When you graduate, you can begin
projects, from concept through to design,
J • Construction Procurement the process that leads to professional
build, maintenance and disposal. They
• Quantification and Costing membership of RICS.
play a vital role in deciding whether
K • Quantity Surveying Practice I
projects are financially viable. They also
Associated careers
provide consultancy services to clients:
L evaluating the economic feasibility of a Year three core modules The technical and transferable skills you
• Quantity Surveying Practice 2 learn on this course are in strong demand,
project, development costs, procurement
M opening up a wide range of opportunities
options, contractual arrangements and • Commercial Management
within the UK and internationally. You
legal constraints. • Major Project (Surveying)
N will also be well-equipped to aim for top
• Design Economics managerial posts.
Construction forms part of our wider
O environment, economy and society. • Project Management
You’ll explore the scientific, social, legal, • Quantity Surveying Practice 3
P your time with us. If you’d like to continue
technical, ethical, economic and political • Risk and Value Management your studies we offer a wide range of full-
aspects of the built environment. We’ll
Q time and part-time postgraduate courses.
help you understand issues such as Assessment
value for money, health and safety and Throughout the course, we’ll use a range Entry requirements
R environmental factors. of assessment methods to help you 108 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
measure your progress. Besides exams, of 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 4 GCSEs
S Using industry-standard software you’ll this includes assignments, presentations, at grade C or above, including English
learn to measure and cost a range of practical work and group work. and Mathematics.
T construction projects. Guest lecturers will
share their experiences and expertise with Placement opportunities
U you, highlighting the latest ideas and issues This course gives you the opportunity to
in quantity surveying. take a work placement between years
V two and three. You’ll get experience of
W in an industry relating to your course.
X and industry contacts to benefit your
Y career prospects.

Sales BA (Hons)
Distance Learning
Business School
Duration 3 years
Available Starts January, September
UCAS code Apply online
Accelerate your sales career Module guide Entry requirements

A
with the UK's first 100% online Level 4 (Cert HE) You will need to have an A Level/NVQ 3
• Sales Staff Development with GCSE Maths and English at grade
Sales degree. Internationally C or equivalent qualifications, and at B
• The Practice of Sales 1
recognised and endorsed by the least two years’ experience in a sales
• The Practice of Sales 2 C
Institute of Sales and Marketing environment. However, if you have at least
• Sales Project 1
Management (ISMM), this course two years’ relevant work experience but
do not have traditional qualifications you D
will help you to professionalise Level 5 (FdA) are still encouraged to apply. Credit may be
your sales practice, improve your • Enterprise in Sales awarded for prior learning and experience. E
performance and prepare you • Key Account Management Such applications will be considered on an
to become a sales leader in your • Psychology of Sales (Optional) individual basis. F
chosen sector. • Sales Specialisation (Optional)
You will need to be employed in a sales G
• Sales Management (Optional)
Based on our highly successful BA (Hons) role. As a distance learner, you’ll also
• Sales Project 2 need internet connection, together with H
Sales, developed in partnership with world
famous luxury department store Harrods, sufficient IT competence to make effective
Level 6 (BA (Hons) use of word processing, internet and email. I
this flexible, online course will enable you
• The International Customer
to achieve a full honours degree, whilst
working full-time. • Sales in Strategic Perspective If English is not your first language, you will J
• Retail Marketing (Optional) be expected to demonstrate a certificated
You’ll develop a deep understanding of • Digital Sales and Marketing (Optional) level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.0 or K
the sales cycle, how and why people equivalent.
• Sales in Luxury (Optional)
buy, sales strategy as well as learning L
how to unlock creativity and innovation, • Major Project
leading to enhanced individual, team and M
organisational performance. Associated careers
The sales industries are of vital
N
The work-based nature of this course importance to the success of UK
businesses and the global economy,
means that learning is based on real-time O
sales challenges, so you’ll be making a so enterprising, dynamic sales people
measurable impact as you learn. are in demand across a wide range
P
of organisations and industries. This
Depending on your area of professional course provides you with the skills,
knowledge and personal development
Q
interest you can choose from specialist
modules including; Psychology of to optimise your career opportunities
and prepare you for progression in R
Sales, Retail Marketing, Digital Sales
and Marketing or Sales in Luxury and sales management.
S
International Markets.
As a distance learning student, you’ll still
benefit from help and advice on CV writing, T
Student View
interview techniques, job hunting, and
general careers advice. Massimo U
Sales BA (Hons)
Store Manager at Dolce & Gabbana, V
Knightsbridge, London
W
"During my interview with the
European Director of Dolce & X
Gabbana in Italy they pointed to
my CV and said 'this is what we’re Y
really interested in – you’ll bring
something new to the business'. Z
I looked and they were pointing
to my BA (Hons) Sales."

229
Social Care and Well-being
Chelmsford
Key Facts
FdSc & Education
Campus Chelmsford
4 years part-time
A Gain a greater understanding of Module guide Associated careers

the health and social care sector Year one core modules Possible career paths would include
• Foundation in Social Care and Well- residential or community social care,
B and the issues facing societies being social work or nursing and public health
from both a national and global • E
ssential Communication and Study roles.
C perspective. Our course will Skills
develop your knowledge of • E
thics, Values and the Legal Context in
Entry requirements
D Two A Levels (one in social science)
current social care and well-being Social Care and Well-being
or equivalents such as 14-19 Advanced
E policy developments. It will also • Developing Interpersonal Skills Diploma, Access to HE in health or care
encourage you to consider the subjects and NVQ3. Level 2 Numeracy
F current and future needs of Year two core modules and Literacy or GCSEs Maths and English
individuals and societies and • Principles of Sociology at grade C or above. Individuals without
G • H
ealth Promotion in Health and Social academic qualifications will be considered
ensure that the views of service
Care and be required to complete an essay
H users and carers are represented. relevant to social care and well-being.
• Principles of Psychology
Students will be expected to be either
You will examine diverse factors that
I Plus one of the following optional
working or volunteering in a social care or
impact on social care and well-being from
health environment.
a range of perspectives. This will include modules
J • Health and Well-being Across the Life-
sociological and psychological theories
and legal and ethical issues. You will look course
K
at the challenges delivering social care and • Well-being and the Older Person
well-being and how individuals can ensure
L that the views of service users and carers Assessment
are represented. Our course includes a range of
M
assessment approaches: workbooks,
The experiences of individuals are individual and group presentations,
N examined across the life span and take essays and patch work texts. One of
into account national and international the assignments will be a role play
O approaches to care delivery. Other aspects to demonstrate the application of
include: culture and ethnicity, social interpersonal skills. Emphasis will be on
P inclusion/exclusion, stigma and anti- linking learning to your work setting.
discriminatory practice and team working.
Q
You will complete formative assessments
Alongside the theoretical side of our which will give you constructive feedback
R course, your development as an individual to take into account before your
is promoted through the development of summative assessment. You will also
S skills for life-long learning. These include be given feedback that you can use to
development of interpersonal skills, improve your future assessments and
T personal development planning and other academic practice. Your module tutor
skills that will enhance your employability. will provide support. With details and
U Different assessment approaches will help guidance for each assessment available
you focus on areas of interest and develop within the module guides and the ARU
V critical analysis skills. Virtual Learning Environment (VLE). You
will also benefit from tutorial support. Alongside the theoretical
W You will need to be working or
side of our course, your
volunteering in appropriate social and
X health care environments so that you can development as an
apply theory to practice. individual is
Y promoted
through the
Z development
of skills for life-long learning.

Social Care and Well-being Key Facts
Chelmsford
Campus Chelmsford
Social Care and Well-being Duration 3 years full-time,

6 years part-time
(Older Person) BSc (Hons) Available Starts September

UCAS Code L511 Social Care and
Well-being (Older Person),
L512 Social Care and Well-being
Examine the health and social Our BSc (Hons) Social Care and Well- Assessment
A
care sector and the issues being (Older Person) will cover the same Our course includes a range of
topics with a special emphasis on older assessment approaches: workbooks,
facing societies from both a people. You will advance your knowledge individual and group presentations,
B
national and global perspective of current policy developments for older essays and patch work texts. One of
Our courses will provide you people and consider their specific social the assignments will be a role play C
with a greater understanding of care and well-being needs. You also will to demonstrate the application of
ensure that the views of service users and interpersonal skills. Emphasis will be on D
social care and well-being (you
carers are represented. linking learning to your work setting.
will be able to choose between E
two different awards: BSc Social Most modules will be taught in common You will complete formative assessments
Care and Well-being or BSc with other students, but you will also study which will give you constructive feedback F
Social Care and Well-being a few dedicated modules, which can be to take into account before your
found under the module section. summative assessment. You will also G
[Older Person]).
be given feedback on your summative
Module guide assessment that you can use to improve H
Our BSc (Hons) Social Care and Well-
being will enable you to advance your Year one core modules your future assessments and academic
knowledge of social care and well-being • Foundation in Social Care and practice. Your module tutor will provide I
policy developments. You will consider Well-being support for assessment, with details and
current and future social care and well- • E
ssential Communication and Study guidance for each assessment available J
being needs of individuals and societies. Skills within the module guides and the ARU
Our course will examine a range of factors • E
thics, Values and the Legal Context in
Virtual Learning Environment (VLE). You K
that impact on social care and well-being will also benefit from tutorial support.
from a range of perspectives including L
• Developing Interpersonal Skills Associated careers
sociological theories, psychological
theories and legal and ethical issues. If you’re interested in working in social M
Year two core modules and health care, and/or specifically want
• Principles of Sociology to work with older people, this course is N
You will look at the challenges delivering
social care and well-being and how • Principles of Psychology for you. It is also relevant to you if you are
professionals can ensure that the views of • H
ealth Promotion in Health and Social already working or volunteering in these O
service users and carers are represented. Care areas and want to advance your career.
The experiences of individuals are Possible career paths would be residential P
• H
ealth and Well-being Across the
examined and take into account national or community social care, social work or
Life-course (general pathway)
and international approaches to care nursing and public health roles. Q
• W
ell-being and the Older Person (older
delivery. Other topics studied include: adult pathway)
culture and ethnicity, social inclusion/ Entry requirements R
exclusion, stigma and anti-discriminatory 80 UCAS Tariff Points from a minimum
Year three core modules of two A Levels (or equivalent). 3 GCSEs
practice and team working. S
• Research Methodology at grade C or above including Maths and
Alongside the theoretical side of the • Mental Health and Well-being English or Level 2 numeracy and literacy.
T
course, your development as an individual • C
hallenges in Social Care and
is promoted through the development of Well-being (general pathway) U
skills for life-long learning. These include • C
hallenges in Social Care and Well- Our course will
interpersonal skills, personal development being: Older Person (older adult V
examine a range
planning and other skills that will enhance pathway)
your employability. Different assessment of factors that
• Undergraduate Major Project W
approaches will help you focus on areas of impact on social
interest and develop critical analysis skills. care and well-being from X
a range of perspectives
Our course team will facilitate Y
including sociological
insight experiences to help develop
understanding of the sector and to help theories, psychological
Z
you apply theory to practice. theories and legal and
ethical issues.

231
Social Policy BA (Hons)
Cambridge

& Education
Campus Cambridge
UCAS Code L402
A This course takes you right to Module guide Associated careers

the heart of some of the most Year one core modules When you graduate, your wide-ranging
• Comparing Welfare Systems skills will help you to better understand,
B hotly debated social issues of and have an impact on, many aspects
• Controversies in Criminal Justice
our time. It will open up a range of society.
C • Living in Contemporary Societies
of rewarding careers in public,
• Research in Health and Social Care
private and third-sector work. Graduates from this course have gone
D • Social Problems, Politics and Policy into a wide range of interesting and
Our social policy degree is a fascinating, Making in the UK enjoyable careers in the public, private
E forward-looking course which addresses • The Changing Context of Social Policy and third sectors, including:
some of the big questions being • community development and
F discussed by the media, the public Year two core modules outreach work
and the government. • Citizenship and Migration in a Global • disability rights and advocacy work
G Context • housing administration and
Together, we’ll consider the reasons • Health and Social Care management
H behind, and responses to, a wide range • Review of Research Processes in Health • NHS administration and management
of social issues – such as social exclusion, and Social Studies
I health and social care, poverty, family • AIDS/HIV organisations
• Sexuality, Family and Childhood: • care management and carers’
policies, crime and community safety,
J Universal Dilemmas organisations
citizenship, antisocial behaviour, racism
and homelessness. We’ll learn how social • Youth Offending: Policies and Practice • charity management
K policy is formulated and implemented, • the Citizens Advice Bureau
and get to grips with the theory behind Year three core modules
L • Crime and Community Safety: Global • civilian branches of the police
social policy-making in an exciting and
challenging environment. Perspectives • drug-related work
M • International and Community • homelessness agencies
We think it’s important for you to get out Development: Institutions, Policy • lecturing
N into the real world too, so you’ll have the and Practice
• HM Prison Service
chance to take part in an internship (work • Working with Communities and Groups
• social research
O experience placement) where you’ll put • Undergraduate Major Project
your practical skills to the test. If you’re • social services
P keen to see how other countries tackle Assessment • teaching.
social issues, there’s an opportunity to We use a wide-ranging and creative mix
Q study abroad for one semester in year two. of methods to measure your progress on Entry requirements
this course. You might be assessed on 80 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
R Throughout the course, there’s a strong a presentation you’ve given or a seminar of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), a pass in a
emphasis on student participation and paper you’ve written, or you may have social science subject is desirable and
S consultation, and you’ll learn to approach to provide a report on an activity you’ve 3 GCSEs at grade C or above. If English
policy issues in a rational, analytical done. You may also be assessed on your is not your first language you will be
T way. You’ll go on visits, and we’ll bring in essays, case studies, debates, mind-maps expected to demonstrate a certificated
experts who will inform – and perhaps and portfolios. level of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.0
U challenge – you with their experiences. (academic level) or equivalent English
They’ll also engage you in debates about Language qualification, as recognised
ethical and academic issues. A good by Anglia Ruskin University.
V
example of this is the Cambridgeshire
County Council Youth Offending Team
W
getting involved in our lectures.
X
By the time you graduate, you’ll be
confident, well-informed, able to identify
Y and research a range of social problems,
look at the policies that respond to them,
Z evaluate those policies, and help to create
and implement new policies if needed.

Social Work BA (Hons)
Peterborough
& Education
Peterborough
4 years part-time
UCAS Code L501 – full-time,
L502 – part-time
If you enjoy working with people, Module guide Links with industry
A
thrive in unexpected situations Year one core modules
• Assessed Readiness for Direct Practice Our course is approved by the Health &
and want to make a difference in Care Professions Council (HCPC), which B
• Ethics, Values and the Legal Context
people’s lives, social work could of Social Work makes it a professional qualification in
be the career for you. Our degree social work. When you graduate, you’ll be C
• Knowledge, Evidence and Practice
course is nationally recognised able to apply to register with the HCPC as
• T
he Application of Theory to Social a social worker. D
and will prepare you for work Work Practice
in this rewarding area. • Social Work in Society Associated careers E
As a social worker, you’ll be at the
Social work is work with people: it’s Year two core modules forefront of helping the people most F
that simple, but also that complicated. • Social Work with Adults in need. You could work with a range
Social workers help people to function, of people, who are facing a range of G
• Social Work with Children and Families
participate and develop in society. issues, in a public, private or charitable
• Powers, Duties and Accountability
in Social Work organisation. You could even work H
Our course provides the knowledge, independently. Increasingly, social workers
values and skills you’ll need to qualify • Practice 1: Communication Skills
work closely in teams with professionals I
as a social worker. But social work isn’t and Partnership Working
from other disciplines.
just about what you learn: it’s also about
J
who you are. You’ll need qualities such as Year three core modules
Our course will prepare you for working
patience, honesty, sensitivity, tolerance, • Wellbeing Across the Life Course
in a variety of settings, many of which can K
persistence and sound judgement. • Transition into Professional Practice be as rewarding as they are challenging.
• Practice 2: Analytical Thinking and You’ll learn to work safely and within L
As a student, you’ll learn to assess people’s Decision-Making the law, and develop a wide range
circumstances and needs and, working of transferable skills, including case
alongside other professionals, to plan,
• Undergraduate Major Project M
management and communication skills.
provide, review and evaluate services for
them. You’ll become skilled in problem-
Assessment N
We use a variety of assessment methods Entry requirements
solving, and understand how to set up 96 – 112 UCAS tariff points from a minimum
supportive activities with individuals,
to track your progress on this course. O
These include assignments, presentations, of 2 A Levels (or equivalent) and 5 GCSEs
families, groups and communities. You’ll at grade C or above, including English
learning journals, portfolios, patchwork P
also learn to assess the risks facing and Mathematics. If English is not your
texts, poster design and placements.
vulnerable children or adults, and how to first language you will be expected
set up and measure protection plans for Q
Special features to demonstrate a certificated level of
them. You’ll also understand your legal proficiency of at least IELTS 7.0 (academic
With more than 6,000 students, our R
powers and duties. level) or equivalent English Language
faculty is the biggest provider of health,
social care and education courses in the qualification, as recognised by Anglia Ruskin
All our students undertake two substantial S
East of England. All of our courses are University. To receive an offer of a place
placements during the course. They’re on this course you must be successful at
taught or supervised by friendly and T
an invaluable opportunity to learn in interview. An Enhanced Disclosure and
experienced staff who are keen to see
the workplace. You’re most likely to Barring Service (DBS) Disclosure and a
you succeed.
go on placements in Cambridgeshire, satisfactory Occupational Health clearance
U
Peterborough or Essex and to travel as will also be required. The interview process
You’ll study in an exciting university which
part of your placement. You’ll need your involves a written exercise, group activity V
has a growing reputation for high quality
own transport to visit service users in the and an individual interview.
research, so you’ll mix with people at the
community, where public transport may W
forefront of their disciplines. We also have
not be available.
strong national and international links
X
with industry, the public and voluntary
sectors, and other academic institutions.
Y

233
Sociology BA (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code L300
A Look beneath the surface of Module guide Associated careers

everyday life. Discover the Year one core modules By studying Sociology you’ll learn to
• The Sociological Imagination think independently and creatively, and
B complexity of modern societies question ‘common sense’ assumptions
• P
olitical Ideologies and Social
and how they have developed, Controversies about the way the world works. These
C while gaining critical and critical and analytical skills are in demand
• Comparing Social Lives
analytical skills that will impress from many employers.
D • Inequality and Class
your future employers. • Making Sense of Gender Our past students now enjoy careers
E • The Sociology of Globalisation in journalism and the media, business
By studying the work of classical
sociologists, such as Weber and Marx, as administration and management, health
F Year two core modules management, the civil service, teaching,
well as contemporary issues like the risk
society and the ‘spectre of individualism’, • Knowledge and Belief social care, social research, the police,
G prison and probation services.
you’ll gain an understanding of why • Social Divisions
people live, work and interact in the ways • Social Theory
H that they do. With specialist modules in years two and
• Social Research Methods three, you’ll be able to fine-tune your degree
I You’ll also look at the complex social lives to suit your preferred career. If you take our
Year three core modules Preparing for Work module, you’ll be put
created by our increasingly global daily
J communications, and learn how these lives
• Major Project on a work-placement and receive specialist
have come about and what they might • Race, Racism and Cultural Identity advice for your career in social science.
K mean for the future. • Sociology of Popular Culture
Entry requirements
L As well as the fundamentals of sociology, 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a
Assessment
our modules will give you the chance to minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent)
You’ll show your progress through a
M explore your own areas of interest, such and 3 GCSEs at grade C or above.
combination of exams, essays, individual
as the media, crime, social control, sport or and group presentations, book reviews,
N nature and society. project work and personal portfolio
production, as well as your final year
O With opportunities to conduct your own Major Project.
community or workplace research, you’ll
P also gain valuable practical experience, as Special features
well as insights into different sociological You’ll have the chance to spend a
Q methods and approaches to social issues. semester at Umeå University in Sweden,
or the University of New Brunswick in
R Canada, broadening your experience to
make you stand out to future employers.
S
In our campus library, you’ll have access
T to an expanding collection of social
science books and digital resources, as
U well as many computer rooms for group
or private study.
V
Y
Z

Sociology BA (Hons)

Duration 3 years
UCAS Code L300

Gain an in-depth understanding be plenty of opportunities to personalise Assessment

A
of how human societies and your studies in years two and three, and to We’ll assess your progress using exams
reflect your career and professional goals. and essay assignments, as well as your
individuals behave and use that We also have an active Social Science presentations, group work, book reviews,
B
knowledge in a wide choice of Society which organises guest lectures portfolio and dissertation.
careers. On this course you’ll and trips.
C
explore the social worlds in Special features
D
which humans live, along with In the most recent Research Assessment There are plenty of practical learning
Exercise, many of our social science opportunities on the course. You’ll be
their striking features and academics were highly rated for their able to visit courts and prisons, take E
possible futures. We’ll help research work. They contribute to a variety part in Anglia Graduate Society debates
you develop new methods of projects, including the work of the and undertake research projects for F
for making sense of human Justice and Communities Research Unit Peterborough Environment City Trust.
and the Cultures of the Digital Economy G
existence, as well as new
Research Institute. We’ve an active Social Science Society
insights that challenge the way which organise guest lectures and trips. H
many people see the world. Module guide
Year one core modules We have strong links with local employers I
In particular we explore why people live, • Political Ideological and and community organisations. For
work and interact in the ways they do. Social Controversies instance, students have been employed J
What are the causes and effects of their as motivation and learning mentors at
• Researching Social Issues
choices? How do factors such as popular local secondary schools and this has K
culture influence them? How are issues • The Sociological Imagination
enhanced their transferable skills.
such as gender, race, politics, beliefs and • Sociology of the Self L
education perceived and dealt in societies? • Comparing Social Lives Associated careers
Many of our graduates have gone on M
Many organisations, from governments Year two core modules to Media or Civil Service careers, but
to advertising agencies, ask these • Individual and Society the range is getting ever-wider and N
fundamental questions when planning • Knowledge and Belief now includes financial services, HR
their next moves. This course will provide management, teaching and general
• Social Divisions O
you with the sociological knowledge, skills business management. Specialising in
and techniques to find answers. • Social Research Methods
years two and three makes certain you’re P
• Theories of Deviance and Crime prepared for your chosen career.
A variety of in-depth core modules will • Sociology of Education Q
introduce you to the different areas of Entry requirements
sociology, as well as specialist interests Year three core modules 80 UCAS tariff points. Required subject(s):
such as crime and deviance, gender
R
• Gender Relations 2 A Levels in related subjects. BTEC/Access
relations, race and racism and social • Race, Racism and Cultural Identity required: a BTEC National or 30 credits Merit
theory. Course content reflects changing S
• Popular Culture at Access Certificate in a related subject.
emphases and developments within GCSEs required: 3 GCSEs at grade C or
sociology, so you can be certain what you • Sport and Globalisation T
above in English, Mathematics and Science.
learn is in line with current thinking. • Undergraduate Major Project
U
At the same time you’ll develop your
abilities as an independent, creative, V
critical thinker, who can analyse complex
situations and confidently challenge W
‘common sense’ assumptions. There’ll
X
Like us on facebook
at our partner, University Centre Z
campus, Cambridge. Follow us on @angliaruskin

235
Software Development
Chelmsford
Key Facts
UCAS Code I300 for 3 years,
I301 for 4 years (placement)
A Use your coding and We’re constantly looking for what’s new in Associated careers
programming skills to lead the the industry, to stay ahead of the game. Following concerns from the Government
That’s why you’ll apply new models, and the IT profession that there’s a
B way in designing the future techniques and tools for implementing shortage of suitably qualified IT graduates
of software development custom designs of IT solutions, while you in coding, we’ve worked with both national
C projects. Think like a system deliver high standard software products for and local employers to make sure our
D
developer while you gain various platforms. course is tailored around what they need,
knowledge in designing giving you real life skills to make you
Security standards and quality assurance invaluable to the industry.
E innovative business IT solutions, benchmarks will run throughout everything
across various platforms, to you design, to ensure your software testing You could go on to work in main-line
F deliver the techniques and skills meet the ethical and professional business IT applications development and
tools employers demand. This standards demanded by the industry. support, general IT systems support roles,
G core business database development and
course includes an optional
Module guide management, application programming,
H Sandwich Placement year in Year one core modules web development. With additional
industry. For more information • Design for the Internet teacher training, teaching IT at both
I about sandwich placement • Learning and Skills for HE secondary and further education levels
Opportunities, please contact • Software Principles
could also be an option.
J the Placements Team. • Introduction to People, Organisation If you’d like to continue your studies we
K and Management offer a wide range of full-time and part-time
Do you already have skills in coding
• Business Analytics postgraduate courses including our MBA
and want to take your interest further?
L Industry is demanding coding and • Business Technology in Information Systems Management, MSc
software development skills to meet Cloud Computing and MSc Cyber Security.
M business requirements and this course Year two, core modules
will help you understand what they are • Object and Data Modelling Entry requirements
N looking for and why. 96 UCAS Tariff Points from a minimum of 2
• Object Oriented Programming
A Levels (or equivalent). 5 GCSEs at grade
• Web Design C or above, including English and Maths.
O We’ll begin by focusing on these business
• Data Security
requirements and principles of software to
P make sure you’re thinking about how your • Entrepreneurship in IT
skills will mould your career from day one. • P
roject Management and Quality
Q Assurance
You’ll learn techniques for identifying,
R analysing and testing IT requirements of Year three, core modules
business scenarios and then develop the • Undergraduate Project
S skills to design innovative IT solutions, using
• A
dvanced Object Oriented
custom system analysis and design methods
Programming
T of scripting, programming, system analysis
and design, and systems operation. • Software Development Workshop
U • Ethical Computing
There’s plenty of opportunity for practical • Data-Driven Application Programming
V work, as you carry out both individual and
team tasks in the software development Assessment
lifecycle, from analysis and design to There’s plenty of
W We’ll use a range of assessment methods
implementation, testing and maintenance to help measure your progress. Besides
opportunity for practical
X of a computer system, including database exams, you’ll undertake case studies, work, as you carry out both
modelling, development and deployment. in-classes tests, coursework, group work, individual and
Y presentations and log books. team tasks
in the software
Z
development
lifecycle.

Special and Intensive Care
Key Facts
of the Newborn & Education
Campus Cambridge
Graduate Certificate Duration 1 year
If you’re already working in a Module guide

A
neonatal care environment, Core modules
• High Dependency and Intensive Care of
here’s your opportunity to the Newborn
B
enhance your knowledge, skills, • S
pecial and Transitional Care of the
and ability to deliver care to C
Newborn
newborn children and their
D
families. Please note that 4 out of 8 days of the
‘Special and Transitional Care of the
E
Neonatal care practice are continually Newborn’ module will take place at the
developing in response to nursing, Chelmsford campus.
F
medical and technological advances. Our
course will keep you up to date with the Assessment
You’ll produce essays based on aspects G
latest techniques.
of the care environment and practice
competencies. You’ll also sit a two-hour H
We place a strong emphasis on the link
between theory and practice, so that you multiple choice and short answer exam.
can expand your knowledge of neonatal
I
care while also strengthening your practical Associated careers
skills. Through two in-depth modules, you’ll By completing our course you’ll gain J
look at the essential skills needed to work a Graduate Certificate in Special and
in this area, and explore broader issues that Intensive Care of the Newborn, evidence K
could have an impact on neonatal care, that you’re qualified in the specialist field of
both now and in the future. neonatal nursing. L
You’ll have the chance to share your own Entry requirements M

experiences, and learn from your fellow You’ll need to be a registered Nurse/
students in turn. We’ll encourage you to Midwife/Public Health Nurse currently N
get used to working together to talk about, working in a Neonatal Care environment
plan and provide care. and have previously completed studies at O
Level 5.
When you graduate, you’ll be able to P
plan, implement and evaluate care given
to babies and their families. You’ll feel Q
confident about providing and maintaining
a safe environment for newborn patients, R
and encouraging parents to get actively
involved in caring for their child. S
We place a strong emphasis V

on the link between
W
theory and practice,
so that you can X
expand your Find out about how to apply
knowledge of
neonatal care Like us on facebook
Z
while also strengthening
your practical skills. Follow us on @angliaruskin

237
Specialist Community Public

Health Nursing (Health Visiting & Education
or School Nursing) (Top-Up) Duration 1 year full-time,
2 years part-time
A This course places you Throughout the course, you’ll have the Our helpful technical and support staff
at the heart of the family. support and guidance of our helpful and will show you how to make the most of
friendly lecturers and tutors. You’ll use our advanced learning facilities. These
B You’ll develop public health innovative learning methods such as our include state-of-the-art simulated clinical
skills while specialising in ARU Virtual Learning Environment (VLE). skills laboratories that mirror real-life
C providing support for children This lets you learn flexibly from a distance clinical situations, mock hospital wards
and families at household, school and at any time, and means you’ll need and an early childhood research and
D access to a computer and the internet. resource centre. They’re the perfect
and population level. You’ll
places to hone your skills and prepare
E focus on preventing ill-health, Module guide for your future career.
improving health and reducing Year one core modules
F health inequalities. • Community Practitioner Nurse Associated careers
Prescribing – see notes below Our course is approved by the NMC.
G Our innovative one-year course will • F
undamentals of Specialist Community Graduating will open up a wide range of
develop your skills in evidence-based Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting or interesting and rewarding specialisms. You
H public health practice, topping up your School Nursing) could extend your practice into helping
existing nursing or midwifery qualifications people in primary care settings as well as
• Research in Public Health Theory
I to a specialist honours degree. You’ll in schools or people’s homes. For example,
divide your time between Anglia Ruskin • E
nhanced Specialist Community Public you could:
J and practice placements as you learn to Health Nursing (Health Visiting or • register as a specialist community
specialise in family-based public health School Nursing) public health nurse as either a health
K nursing within the community. • L
eadership, Commissioning and Public visitor or school nurse
Health Practice • build a career in public health
L When you graduate, you’ll be able to • Undergraduate Major Project • register with the NMC to prescribe from
work as a school nurse or health visitor, • Consolidated Practice the community practitioners’ formulary.
M or to specialise in other aspects of public
health. You’ll also be able to register Assessment Entry requirements
N to prescribe from the community Throughout the course, a range of Applicants should be registered on
practitioners’ formulary. assessments will help you and your Part 1 or 2 of the NMC Register and
O tutors to be sure you’re on track. These will normally have a DipHE in Nursing
The course is divided equally between will include exams, essays, case studies, or Midwifery or a related subject. All
P theory and practice, so you’ll learn both a competency-based portfolio, and an applicants must currently be working
at Anglia Ruskin and in the workplace. extended literature review. in a nursing role or one relevant to
Q It has been approved by the Nursing
public health nursing. If English is not
and Midwifery Council (NMC) and meets Special features your first language you will be expected
their professional standards for Part 3
R With more than 6,000 students, our to demonstrate a certificated level
of the register. Faculty is the biggest provider of health, of proficiency of at least IELTS 6.0
S social care and education courses in the (academic level) or equivalent English
Your practice placements will teach East of England. We offer a wide range Language qualification, as recognised
you the art and skill of health visiting of internationally recognised degree
T by Anglia Ruskin University.
or school nursing. These placements programmes, from bachelors’ degrees to
may range from one to five days per PhDs, plus many continuing professional
U week throughout the course. At the development courses. They’re all taught
end of the course, you’ll draw together or supervised by friendly and experienced
V everything you’ve learned by doing a staff who are keen to see you succeed.
full-time ten-week placement, working
W with a caseload under the supervision You’ll study in an exciting university which
of a practice teacher.
X has a growing reputation for high-quality When you graduate, you’ll
research, so you’ll mix with people at the be able to work
forefront of their disciplines. We also have
Y as a school nurse
strong national and international links
with industry, the public and voluntary or health visitor,
Z
sectors, and other academic institutions. or to specialise in other
aspects of public health.

Sports Coaching and Physical
Cambridge
Education BSc (Hons) Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code C602
Want to become a sports While on the course you’ll have the You’ll complete exams, practical skills
A
coach or PE teacher? Learn the opportunity to gain nationally recognised tests, presentations, scientific reports,
coaching qualifications, do work data-handling exercises, case study
essential practical and scientific placements in local schools and sports critiques, computer assessments and a
B
skills you need to work as part clubs, and apply for our internship research project on a topic of interest.
of a team, or as an effective programme to spend time working with C
leader. Test your skills with professional sports teams. You’ll develop Associated careers
experimental and analytical skills, as well as You’ll be able to choose from a wide range D
placements in local schools
transferable skills such as communication, of careers once you graduate. These
and sports clubs. teamwork, problem solving, creative include teaching, coaching, physical E
thinking and independent working. training, and working as a sports co-
Your course will be taught at the new F
ordinator in schools or higher education.
facility Compass House. You’ll have the
We offer scholarships and bursaries of up
latest technology at your fingertips and be G
to £1,000 per year to promising athletes. While you’re studying, we encourage you
able to collaborate with other students on
to become a student member of Sports
innovative projects to hone your skills. H
Module guide Coach UK. If you want to follow a career
Year one core modules in performance analysis, you’ll also have
Our course will teach you the most I
• Research Methods for Sport and the opportunity to become accredited by
important aspects of sports coaching
Exercise the International Society of Performance
and physical education. Key areas of
• Exercise Physiology Analysis of Sport (ISPAS). J
study include human movement, applied
coaching pedagogy (how people teach • Sport and Exercise Psychology
We have links with many sports K
and learn), long-term athlete development, • Anatomy for Motion organisations, and you’ll have the
physiology and psychology. You’ll learn • Coaching and Behaviour opportunity to complete research L
how to apply this knowledge to make your
projects with them while you’re studying.
coaching more effective. Year two core modules This offers an early insight into the world M
• Research Methods and Project of employment, and keeps you up-to-date
Our modules cover theoretical and Preparation for Sport and Exercise with who’s hiring. N
practical approaches to coaching and
• Sports Development
physical education. Put these together
• Performance Analysis Graduation doesn’t need to be the O
and you’ll be able to operate ethically and
end of your time with us. If you’d like
safely, giving you the confidence to work • Applied Coaching
to continue your studies we offer a P
independently or as a team member.
wide range of full-time and part-time
postgraduate courses including our Q
Our facilities include the Human • Long-term Athlete Development
Masters in Sport and Exercise Science.
Energetics and Performance Centre, • Undergraduate Research Project
that has specialist equipment including R
• Effective and Ethical Coaching Entry requirements
notational analysis software and heart-
rate monitors, breath-by-breath oxygen- S
Assessment of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), including
analysis systems and accelerometers in Throughout the course we’ll use a Psychology, Physical Education, Sports
our strength and conditioning suite. range of assessment methods to help
T
Studies or a Science subject and 3 GCSEs
measure your progress. We’ll assess you at grade C or above including English,
throughout each year, so we can help you U
Mathematics and Science.
stay on the right track.
V
Y
Z

239

Education BSc (Hons) Duration 3 years
UCAS Code N870

A Learn the science of sports Module guide Special features

coaching and how to apply Year one core modules This course can offer a variety of
• Coaching and Behaviour opportunities to gain experience in
B it in different situations and to local coaching.
• Exercise Physiology
the needs of different ages and
C • Research Methods in Sports
athletic abilities. This innovative and Exercise
Associated careers
course will give you a thorough Our graduates go on to careers coaching
D • Sport and Exercise and all age groups and athletic abilities, as well
grounding in sports coaching Exercise Psychology as non-sports fields where developing
E and physical education, drawing talent and maximizing its potential are
on many disciplines, including Year two core modules important skills.
F human movement, pedagogy, • Exercise Testing
child development, physiology • Notational Analysis Entry requirements
G • Applied Coaching 72 UCAS tariff points. Required subject(s):
and psychology.
• Perceptual Motor Skills 2 A Levels one of which needs to be a
H science subject. BTEC/Access required: a
The course content will complement
the personal skills and knowledge you’ve Year three core modules BTEC National or a full Access Certificate
I developed as a coach and will introduce • Effective and Ethical Coaching in a related subject. GCSEs required: 3
you to sound theoretical and practical GCSEs at grade C or above in English,
• Applied Sport Psychology
J concepts that you can apply to coaching Mathematics and Science.
• Long Term Athlete Development
individuals, classes or teams around
K the world.
• Scientific Basis of Training
• Strength and Conditioning
L Specific modules will train you in • Undergraduate Major Project
different aspects of physiology,
M psychology, sports science and Assessment
performance, as well as practical We’ll assess your progress with exams,
N coaching techniques, research methods, written assignments and on your
exercise testing, psychological profiling performance in group sessions, practical
O and long-term athlete development. work, lab work, presentations and your
Major Project.
P In your final year you’ll carry out a Major
(research-based) Project – and throughout
Q your course you’ll have access to a
specialised sports laboratory equipped with
R latest technology and analytical equipment.
S On graduating you’ll have a sound applied

understanding of the relevant theories,
T strong all-round scientific and personal
skills, and the ability to work in line with UK
U or international coaching qualification and
practice guidelines.
V
Equally you’ll be well-prepared to operate
W in any coaching situation, study for
professional or Masters-level qualifications
X or pursue high level sports research.
Y
Cambridge campus.

Cambridge
Education with Foundation Year Campus Cambridge
Duration 4 years
UCAS Code CX6C
Sports coaches instruct, train programme to spend time working with You’ll complete exams, practical skills
A
and direct athletes or teams, professional sports teams. You’ll develop tests, presentations, scientific reports,
experimental and analytical skills, as well as data-handling exercises, case study
managing skills development transferable skills such as communication, critiques, computer assessments and a B
in order to achieve a specific teamwork, problem solving, creative research project on a topic of interest.
goal. Our innovative degree thinking and independent working. C
combines a scientific approach Associated careers
Our sport and exercise science courses Our course is designed for people D
to coaching with hands-on
were ranked joint 1st for teaching who want to become sports coaches.
experience, with a foundation excellence by the 2013 Sunday Times However, you might also choose to use E
year that will build your University Guide. We offer scholarships the course as a springboard into a range
scientific knowledge. and bursaries to promising athletes. of other careers, including: F
Your course will be taught at our new Module guide • sports-development officer G
facility Compass House. You’ll have the Year one core modules • strength and conditioning coach
latest technology at your fingertips and be • Biological Principles H
• performance analyst
able to collaborate with other students on • Developing Academic Skills 1
innovative projects to hone your skills. • physical education teacher I
• primary-school teacher
Our extended course is for those who • Chemical Principles 1 J
• schools sports co-ordinator (SSCo)
don’t have a background in science but • Chemical Principles 2
• further education sports co-ordinator
have a passion for sports coaching, so • Foundation Biology (FESCo) K
your first year will teach you the essential • Foundation Mathematics for Science • military officer or physical
subjects you need to know. L
training instructor
There’s a focus on the most important • lecturer in higher education.
• Anatomy for Motion M
aspects of sports coaching and physical
• Coaching and Behaviour While studying you’ll have the option to
education, such as human movement, N
applied coaching pedagogy (how people • Exercise Physiology increase your practical experience. You
teach and learn), long-term athlete • R
esearch Methods for Sport and could become a student member of
Sports Coach UK. If you wish to follow
O
development, physiology and psychology. Exercise
You’ll learn how to apply your knowledge a career in performance analysis, you’ll
• Sport and Exercise Psychology P
to make coaching more effective. have the opportunity to be accredited by
the International Society of Performance
Year three core modules Q
Our modules cover theoretical and Analysis of Sport.
• Performance Analysis
practical approaches to coaching and • Research Methods and Project Entry requirements R
physical education. You’ll learn how Preparation for Sport and Exercise
to operate ethically and safely, and to 48 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
• Sports Development 1 A Level (or equivalent). 3 GCSEs at grade S
be confident whether you’re working
independently or as a team member. • Applied Coaching C or above, including English and Maths.
T
You’ll have access to our facilities – Year four core modules
including the Human Energetics and • Long-term Athlete Development U
Performance Centre – and specialist • Undergraduate Research Project
equipment like notational analysis V
• Effective and Ethical Coaching
software and heart-rate monitors, breath-
by-breath oxygen-analysis systems and W
Assessment
accelerometers in our strength and Throughout the course, we’ll use a range of
conditioning suite. X
assessment methods to help you and your
tutors measure your progress. We’ll assess
While on the course, you’ll have you throughout each year, meaning that
Y
the opportunity to gain nationally we can help you stay on the right track.
recognised coaching qualifications, do Z
work placements in local schools and
sports clubs and apply for our internship

241
Sports Journalism FdA
Key Facts
Duration 2 years
UCAS Code P501
A This two-year foundation Module guide Links with industry

degree course will train you Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Essential Media Law The Journalism Centre at Harlow College
B to work as a specialist sports is one of the oldest journalism schools in
• Introduction to Broadcast
journalist and to write for a the country and the industry sees us a
C • Working in Sports Journalism 1
variety of media, including leading trainer. The National Council for the
• News Writing
print, digital and broadcast Training of Journalists accredits the course.
D • Sports Reporting
media. You’ll be joining one of
We have strong links with the news
E the country’s oldest and best- Year two core modules industry and local sports teams, so you’re
known journalism schools. • Working in Sports Journalism 2 in a good position to network with future
F Experienced journalists will • Multimedia Journalism employers and pick up work experience
teach you the trade – on • Sports Broadcasting opportunities.
G
specialist course modules • Politics and the Media
Associated careers
H covering topics such as news • Shorthand Our graduates have gone on to work with
writing, sports reporting, sub- • Photojournalism leading sports titles, broadcasters and
I editing, page layout, shorthand, online publishers, as well as into more
radio and online reporting. Assessment mainstream journalism.
J We’ll assess your progress mainly
There’s a strong practical element, using your portfolio although there’ll Entry requirements
K including group projects, workshops and be some exams. Students also have 32 UCAS tariff points from A Level
visits to venues where you can cover and to produce a short film and radio (or equivalent).
L report on live events. We have strong piece produced in our on-site TV and
industry contacts and work with them to radio studios. You are expected to use
M create work experience and volunteering technology to produce multi-platform
opportunities, such as newspaper or journalism piece, and will be taught
N magazine placements. editing skills as part of this course.
O You’ll study the history and development Special features

of sports journalism, as well as the ethical Thanks to our strong industry
P and legal issues that you’ll need to connections we regularly welcome
consider, more than ever, as a working professional sports journalists here as
journalist. You’ll also learn how to develop guest speakers or tutors. We also use
Q
contacts and business within the industry. our contacts to develop interesting work
experience opportunities for our students.
R
Additionally, you’ll get to explore
S and practise specialisms such as
photojournalism and multimedia
T journalism. We’ve excellent facilities on-site
to help you, including industry-standard
U video cameras and editing software,
multimedia studios and radio equipment.
V
You’ll complete six course modules per
year. Learning and teaching methods
W
include lectures, seminars, tutorials,
workshops, project work and work
X
experience. This course is validated by
Anglia Ruskin University.
Y

Sports Science BSc (Hons)
Cambridge
Campus Cambridge
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code C600
No major athlete or team is Module guide We have strong research and

A
complete without a sports Year one core modules collaboration links with the Department
• Research Methods for Sport and of Physiology, Development and
scientist on their staff. Our Exercise Sciences Neuroscience at the University of
B
course trains you to work in • Exercise Physiology Cambridge; and the Department of Sport
this fast-moving field – and at the University of Montpellier, France.
C
• Sport and Exercise Psychology
there’s financial support for • Anatomy for Motion D
promising athletes. You’ll work Associated careers
• Coaching and Behaviour Sports science graduates are increasingly
with professional athletes to in demand around the world. There are E
understand and apply the Year two core modules wide-ranging employment opportunities
four key disciplines of sports • Research Methods and Project – introducing people to sports, developing F
science: physiology, psychology, Preparation for Sport and Exercise them as participants and helping take
Sciences them to the top. As a sports scientist, you G
biomechanics and nutrition.
• Exercise Testing could work:
• Psychological Profiling for Sport
H
Sports science uses scientific principles
and techniques to help improve the • as an athlete-support scientist, with
• Biomechanics I
performance of athletes. It’s applied at teams and national sports associations
all levels, from grassroots to elite level Year three core modules • as an exercise consultant
performance.
J
• Scientific Basis of Training • as a performance analyst
• Undergraduate Research Project • in sports development, for a school, K
Professional sports scientists make a a county or a national body
significant contribution to the success Assessment • in the fitness industry L
of athletes and teams across an array Throughout the course, we’ll use a range
of sports at national and international • as a clinical physiologist
of assessment methods to help you M
level. They also provide education on the • in applied research.
measure your progress. These include
benefits of exercise to people’s general presentations, practical skills tests, scientific
health and wellbeing. Our course gives You could also continue your studies at N
reports, case study critiques, online
you the skills you need to work at the a higher level, perhaps by doing a PGCE
assessments and a research project.
top-level. You’ll explore the nature of which would allow you to teach. You O
human ‘performance’ from health through might go on to train as a physiotherapist,
We’ll also encourage you to reflect on your
to athletic excellence; how the human exercise physiologist, clinical exercise P
work, and participate in peer assessment.
machine operates when engaged in sport consultant or healthcare scientist in the
and exercise, and how to interpret and Links with industry
NHS. Postgraduate degrees in sports Q
evaluate its responses. You’ll learn to work science are also getting more and more
safely and ethically as a sports scientist. You’ll be encouraged to improve your
popular as a route into doing research. R
employment prospects by making
Our sport and exercise science connections with industry. Consider
Graduation doesn’t need to be the S
laboratories will help you put what you’ve end of your time with us. If you’d like
becoming a student member of the
learnt to the test. They contain cutting- to continue your studies we offer a T
British Association of Sport & Exercise
edge, industry-standard equipment – wide range of full-time and part-time
Sciences (BASES). You can then attend,
including a 3D motion capture suite, high postgraduate courses including our U
and even present at their student
speed treadmills, metabolic carts for the Masters in Sport and Exercise Science.
conferences. We also have links with a
assessment of cardiorespiratory responses, range of sporting organisations, including: V
force plates, hydrostatic weighing tank Entry requirements
for assessing body composition, full 96 UCAS tariff points from a minimum W
• Living Sport
haematology suite, an array of cycle and of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), including a
• British Paralympic Association Pass in Psychology, Physical Education,
rowing ergometers, GPS systems for field X
work and eye-tracking glasses. You’ll also • British Cycling Sports Studies or a Science subject and
have access at any time to a wide range of • British Judo Association 3 GCSEs at grade C or above including
Y
sports science software packages. • European College of Sports Science English, Mathematics and Science.
• American College of Sports Medicine Z
We offer scholarships and bursaries
to promising athletes. • England & Wales Cricket Board.

243
Sports Science with Foundation
Cambridge

Year BSc (Hons) Campus Cambridge
Duration 4 years
UCAS Code C601
A In sport, everything is driven for assessing body composition, full Links with industry
by results. That’s why sports haematology suite, an array of cycle and and professional recognition
rowing ergometers, GPS systems for field During the course, you’ll be encouraged
B scientists are seen as essential work and eye-tracking glasses. You’ll also to improve your employment prospects
members of sports teams. This have access at any time to a wide range of by making connections with industry. For
C exciting, challenging four-year sports science software packages. example, you should consider becoming
D
course will prepare you to a student member of the British
transform athletes’ performance. We offer scholarships and bursaries Association of Sport & Exercise Sciences
to promising athletes. (BASES). You can then attend, and even
E It starts with a foundation year present at, their student conferences.
that gives you the science skills Module guide We also have links with a wide range of
F you need to succeed. Year one core modules sporting organisations, including:
• Biological Principles
G This four-year course will prepare you to • Core Skills 1 • Living Sport
work as a sports scientist. It’s ideal if you • British Paralympic Association
• Core Skills 2
H don’t meet the entry requirements for
• Chemical Principles 1 • British Cycling
our three-year course, as year one covers
I essential science subjects. • Chemical Principles 2 • British Judo Association
• Foundation Biology • European College of Sports Medicine
J Sports science uses scientific principles and • Foundation Mathematics • American College of Sports Medicine
techniques to help improve the performance • England & Wales Cricket Board.
K of athletes. It’s applied at all levels, from Year two core modules
grassroots to elite level performance. • Anatomy for Motion We also have strong research and
L collaboration links with the Department
• Coaching and Behaviour
Professional sports scientists make a of Physiology, Development and
M significant contribution to the success • Exercise Physiology
Neuroscience at the University of
of athletes and teams across an array • R
esearch Methods for Sport and Cambridge; and the Department of Sport
N of sports at national and international Exercise Sciences at the University of Montpellier, France.
level. They also provide education on the • Sport and Exercise Psychology
O benefits of exercise to people’s general Associated careers
health and wellbeing. Year three core modules Sports science graduates are increasingly
P • Biomechanics in demand around the world. There are
While you’re with us, you’ll explore the four • Exercise Testing wide-ranging employment opportunities
Q key disciplines of sport science: physiology, for introducing people to sports,
• Psychological Profiling for Sport
psychology, biomechanics and nutrition. developing them as participants, and
You’ll learn to work safely and ethically as • Research Methods and Project
R Preparation for Sport and Exercise
helping take them to the top. As a sports
a sports scientist, developing experimental scientist, you could work:
and analytical skills, as well as transferable Sciences
S
skills such as communication, teamwork, • as an athlete-support scientist (with
problem solving, creative thinking and Year four core modules
T teams and national sports associations)
independent working. • Scientific Basis of Training
• as an exercise consultant
• Undergraduate Research Project
U • as a performance analyst
Our sport and exercise science
laboratories will help you put what you’ve Assessment • in sports development (for a school, a
V learnt to the test. They contain cutting- county or a national body)
edge, industry-standard equipment – of assessment methods to help you • in the fitness industry
W including a 3D motion capture suite, high measure your progress. These include • as a clinical physiologist
speed treadmills, metabolic carts for the presentations, practical skills tests, scientific
X assessment of cardiorespiratory responses, reports, case study critiques, online
• in applied research.
force plates, hydrostatic weighing tank assessments and a research project.
Y Entry requirements
48 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
Z 1 A Level (or equivalent) and 3 GCSEs at
grade C or above, including English and
Mathematics.

Tourism Management
Cambridge
Campus Cambridge
Study the economic, social, Year three core modules BMW, Airbus, BSkyB and KPMG. This
A
political, cultural and • Undergraduate Major Project period of work experience can help set
• Career Management and Employability your final year studies in context and may
environmental significance of well help with your dissertation topic. All
B
tourism. Take part in exciting • Current Issues in Tourism
in all, it’s a fantastic way to stay ahead of
study visits and prepare for a • Heritage and Cultural Tourism the competition. C
career in an industry which is of Assessment Links with industry D
major, and growing, importance You can expect an interesting mix of and professional recognition
to our global economy. coursework, essays, exams and activity- We host employer visits and business E
based assignments. Your coursework events, and invite guest speakers from
Join us in Cambridge, in the middle could include problem-solving activities, F
the business travel sector to share up
of a historic, world-renowned tourist consultancy projects, presentations and to date information and discuss work
destination. While you’re here, you’ll enjoy group or individual reports. You’ll be able G
practices. It’s a chance to enhance your
study visits in the UK and overseas – to access support materials through our knowledge of the job market and network
including a field visit to a leading European ARU Virtual Learning Environment (VLE). H
with employers.
urban tourism destination. All assessments are designed to allow
you to demonstrate what you’ve learned Associated careers I
With its roots in geography, sociology from modules, and to make sure you’re Tourism graduates can follow careers
and urban planning, tourism is an developing the knowledge and skills you in environmental or events planning, J
interesting and exciting subject to study. need to successfully complete the course. outdoor leisure management, destination
You’ll explore the subject in depth, and
marketing, consultancy, leisure promotion, K
apply what you’ve learned to real- Special features tourism analysis – or the wider field of
life case studies. It’s the perfect way You could broaden your horizons by business management. It’s possible to L
to prepare for a career in a range of spending time living and studying abroad. focus on a particular area of interest and
tourism-based industries. This could be a short study visit or a embark on a career in a specific sector of M
semester spent in Europe, Canada, the USA the industry.
Our academics are passionate about or Malaysia. It will look great on your CV and
sharing their experiences and expertise. N
help you take advantage of opportunities in Throughout our BSc (Hons) Tourism
They’re also active members of research the international job market. Management course, you’ll benefit from O
communities, meaning their knowledge is
lectures and seminars on career-relevant
fresh, relevant and up to date. Placement opportunities issues, such as CV preparation, job- P
We want to make sure that you’re fully hunting, finding work experience and
We are members of the Association of prepared for an increasingly competitive using social media. Q
Tourism in Higher Education (ATHE). job market, so we offer a four-year degree
option which includes a work placement Our dedicated placements and
Module guide in the third year. It’s an opportunity to R
employability support team can help you
Year one core modules apply and enhance your skills while access information that’s directly relevant
• Academic Skills developing new ones. You’ll also build S
to tourism graduates. You’ll be encouraged
• Introduction to Accounting and Finance valuable professional networks. to reflect on your strengths and areas
T
• Introduction to Organisations and for development, and to make plans to
Management It could be that you have one placement enhance your skills and experience in
during year three, or you could have two or U
• Introduction to Tourism preparation for employment.
three, giving you the chance to experience
• Principles of Marketing different organisations and working V
Entry requirements
• Tourism Business Management practices. Many of our students find that 96 – 112 UCAS tariff points from a
their placement company hires them when minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent) W
Year two core modules they graduate. We have a specialist team and 3 GCSEs grade C or above including
• Business Research Methods to help you find a placement and support English and Maths. X
• Project Management you during this year. You might work in
the UK or go abroad: our students have Y
worked at leading organisations such as
• Sustainable Tourism Management PricewaterhouseCoopers (PWC), Bosch, Z
• Tourism Field Study

245
Tourism Management

BSc (Hons) King’s Lynn
Duration 3 years full-time or
UCAS Code N810
Tourism is one of the fastest Module guide Associated careers

A The business content of the degree will
growing sectors in the UK Year one core modules
• Academic Skills provide a strong foundation to secure
B economy which accounts for employment in the tourist sector in a
• Accounting and Finance
10% of all jobs and a market value business management context with clear
C • Organisations and Management
forecast to be worth over £257 progression opportunities in both public
• Introduction to Tourism and private sector organizations.
billion by 2025.
D • Principles of Marketing
This new degree in Tourism Management • Tourism Business Management Entry requirements
E explores key aspects of travel and tourism • Interview may be required
from a management perspective which Year two core modules • 7 2 UCAS points from a minimum of 2 A
F enables students to acquire and to apply Levels or equivalent Level 3 qualification
industry knowledge in a business context • Project Management e.g. Extended Diploma (MMP) or Access
G which will underpin future employment to HE course (30 Level 3 credits at merit
and career progression. grade are required).
H • Sustainable Tourism Management
• A
pplications from mature students and
Students on the programme will learn via • Tourism Field Study those offering qualifications other than
I a range of practical and knowledge-based A Levels are welcomed on an individual
activities with substantial teaching input Year three core modules basis
J from industry practitioners underpinned • Undergraduate Major Project • Students
with suitable experience will
by formal class, group and individual study • Career Management and Employability also be considered
K with work-placements, visits and fieldwork.
• Current Issues in Tourism • A
L Norfolk is one of the most complete • Heritage and Cultural Tourism and mathematics at grade C or above.
tourist destinations in the UK with its • IELTS accreditation for entry
M traditional seaside towns, coastline, Assessment requirements will be used for students
maritime heritage and a range of historic Knowledge and understanding is assessed whose first language is not English with
N buildings which includes a prominent via formal examination, presentations, a minimum expectation of Level 6.0.
Royal residence at Sandringham. and assignments including individual
O and group projects, real-life observations,
Tourism is economically important to fieldwork research and case study
P Norfolk with over 54,000 local people development, as well as conventional
employed in the tourist economy. written forms such as essays and other
Q discursive assignments.
Students will study the economic, social,
R political, cultural and environmental Adopting a practice led approach to
significance of tourism and take part in management development means
S study visits to prepare for a career in an greater use of reflective forms of
industry which is of major, and growing, assessment such as portfolios, learning
T importance to our global economy. logs and peer engagement.
U Students will have the opportunity to Whilst employer input is crucial to the
undertake work placements in a variety success of work-based learning they are
of businesses within the tourism sector not involved directly in the assessment
V
locally, in order to develop understanding process. However, students will be
of key theoretical concepts. encouraged to pursue relevant work-
W
oriented activities to underpin their
The course will provide a coherent and employability throughout the course.
X
sound foundation in tourism and business
which will enable graduates of the course
Y to choose from a wide range of career
options in the UK and abroad.
Z

Veterinary Nursing with Applied

Location College of West Anglia Milton site
Animal Behaviour FdSc Duration 3 years full-time
UCAS Code D990
If you love animals and want Module guide Associated careers

A
to help protect and care for Year one core modules Veterinary nursing is a rewarding career
• Companion-Animal Handling, with lots of opportunities for to work
them, our course is for you. It’s Husbandry and Welfare independently or for specialising. As B
approved by the Royal College • Principles and Practice of Veterinary veterinary nurses continue to take on
of Veterinary Surgeons (RCVS) more responsibilities, they’re becoming C
Nursing
so when you graduate, you’ll • Veterinary Nursing Within the Surgical
more in demand and so employment
prospects are very good. D
have the skills you need to apply Environment
to register with them as • Animal Anatomy and Physiology As a qualified veterinary nurse, you’ll E
a veterinary nurse. • Introduction to Behaviour and Welfare work alongside vets to look after animals
• P
rinciples and Practice of Anaesthesia – from domestic pets to farm animals. F
You’ll get 70 weeks of placement for Veterinary Nursing You might even work in a zoo. You’ll
experience, working with animals in RCVS- help provide expert care for sick animals G
approved veterinary training practices. In Year two core modules and prevent diseases and conditions.
the classroom you’ll also get a grounding • Animal Therapy and Rehabilitation You’ll be able to carry out diagnostic H
in scientific theory, with a particular focus tests, apply medical treatments and
• P
rinciples and Practice of Diagnostics
on animal behaviour and welfare. even perform minor surgical procedures I
for Veterinary Nursing
under supervision.
Your choice of modules will affect the • Biomeasurement
J
topics you cover. By choosing certain • Emergency, Critical and Perioperiative Entry requirements
modules you’ll be on your way towards Care 72 UCAS tariff points to include at least one K
qualifying for the academic part of the new A Level in a biological science (at grade
Pet Behaviour Counselling Award. Year three core modules C) or equivalent Level 3 qualification, e.g. L
• Animal Health and Nutrition Extended Diploma (MPP) or Access course
Your classes will be split between the • Practical Application Module (30 Level 3 credits at merit grade are M
College of West Anglia at Milton, near • Preparation for Research required). Applicants must have a minimum
Cambridge, and Anglia Ruskin’s campus of five GCSEs at grade C or above (to include
• Practice Placement 1 N
in the centre of Cambridge. Your year English language, Mathematics and one
will be divided into two semesters, and science subject) or equivalent. 4 weeks' work
Assessment O
you’ll attend around 12 hours of classes experience in a veterinary practice. Interview
per week. may be required.
of assessment methods to help you P
measure your progress. As well as exams
You should have an interest in the health The RCVS requires newly qualified
and welfare of animals, and be a good
you’ll do laboratory skills tests, computer- Q
based exercises, essays, and produce veterinary nurses to disclose information
communicator who enjoys working as relating to any conviction, including drug
part of a team. You should also have
practical and project reports. R
offences, to be disclosed when registering,
a clear understanding of the range of therefore students with these convictions
During your practice placement, you’ll be S
practical work done in veterinary practices, may not be accepted onto the course.
under continuous assessment.
so it would be helpful if you did some
relevant work experience before applying. T
To become an RCVS registered veterinary An additional one off payment of £410*
nurse, you’ll need to take the RCVS SVN is required upon commencement of the
first year of the course to cover additional
U
Level 2 and Level 3 external exams (in
addition to any exams for your course examination fees, uniform costs and RCVS
registration – uniform must be purchased V
modules). You’ll also build a portfolio
during your placement. prior to starting the course.
W
* Subject to change.

247
Key Facts
Location College of West Anglia
Animal Behaviour BSc (Hons) Milton site
UCAS Code D391
Please note: if you wish to study this Tariff Points 88 UCAS tariff points
course at the College of West Anglia, Institution code W35
when completing your UCAS application,
please use W35 and not A60.
A This four year Honours degree Module guide As a qualified veterinary nurse, you’ll work
course provides the skills and Year one core modules alongside vets to look after animals – from
• Principles and Practice of Veterinary domestic pets to farm animals. You might
B training you need to register as Nursing even work in a zoo. You’ll help provide
a veterinary nurse when you • V
eterinary Nursing Within the Surgical expert care for sick animals and prevent
C graduate. As part of the course, diseases and conditions. You’ll be able to
Environment
you’ll get 70 weeks’ placement • Animal Anatomy and Physiology
carry out diagnostic tests, apply medical
D treatments and even perform minor
experience in real-life veterinary • Introduction to Behaviour and Welfare surgical procedures under supervision.
E practices; that means plenty of • P
rinciples and Practice of Anaesthesia
hands-on contact with animals. for Veterinary Nursing As you progress in your career, you
F could take on extra responsibilities like
Our course will prepare you for a Year two core modules supervising other staff, looking after animal
G rewarding career as a veterinary nurse, • Animal Therapy and Rehabilitation hospital wards, practice management and
with options to work in many different • P
rinciples and Practice of Diagnostics teaching or training other staff.
H places and with a wide range of animals. for Veterinary Nursing
It’s approved by the Royal College of Entry requirements
• Biomeasurement
I Veterinary Surgeons (RCVS) and the 88 UCAS tariff points to include at least one
Association for the Study of Animal • E
mergency, Critical and Perioperiative
A Level in a biological science (at grade C
Behaviour. When you graduate, you’ll have Care
J or above) or equivalent Level 3 qualification,
the skills you need to apply to register as a e.g. Extended Diploma (MMP) or Access
veterinary nurse with the Royal College of Year three core modules
K course (30 Level 3 credits at merit grade are
Veterinary Surgeons. • Animal Health and Nutrition
required). Applicants must have a minimum
L • Practical Application Module of five GCSEs at grade C or above (to include
In class, you’ll get a solid grounding in • Preparation for Research English language, Mathematics and one
M scientific theory, with a focus on animal science subject) or equivalent. 4 weeks' work
behaviour and welfare. Your choice of Assessment experience in a veterinary practice. Interview
modules will affect the academic material Throughout the course, we’ll use a range may be required.
N
you cover. By taking certain modules you’ll of assessment methods to help you and
be on your way towards qualifying for the your tutors measure your progress. As well The RCVS requires newly qualified
O
academic part of the new Pet Behaviour as exams, you’ll do laboratory skills tests, veterinary nurses to disclose information
Counselling Award. computer-based exercises and essays, and relating to any conviction, including drug
P
prepare practical and project reports. offences, to be disclosed when registering,
Your classes will be split between the therefore students with these convictions
Q College of West Anglia at Milton, near During your placement, you’ll be under may not be accepted onto the course.
Cambridge, and Anglia Ruskin’s campus continuous assessment.
R in the city centre. You’ll attend around 12 An additional one off payment of £410*
hours of classes per week, across two To become an RCVS-registered veterinary is required upon commencement of the
S semesters per year. nurse, you’ll need to take the RCVS SVN first year of the course to cover additional
Level 2 and Level 3 external exams examination fees, uniform costs and RCVS
T You should have a genuine interest in the (in addition to any exams for your course registration – uniform must be purchased
health and welfare of animals, and be a modules). You’ll also build a portfolio prior to starting the course.
U good communicator who enjoys working during your placement.
as part of a team. You should also have
V a clear understanding of the range of Associated careers
practical work done in veterinary practices, Veterinary nursing is a rewarding career
W so it would be helpful if you’ve done some with lots of opportunities to work
relevant work experience before applying. independently or for specialising. As
X veterinary nurses continue to take on
more responsibilities, they’re becoming
Y more in demand and so employment
prospects are very good.
Z
* Subject to change.

Writing and English Literature
Cambridge
Key Facts
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code WQ83
Want to get published? Learn Module guide Associated careers

A
how to by studying some Year one core modules Our past students now enjoy careers in
• A History of English Literature from writing, teaching, journalism, television, radio,
of the world’s most famous Chaucer to Equiano the music industry, arts administration,
B
writers. Share your writing • A
History of English Literature from gallery work, fundraising, personnel,
with published authors and publishing, librarianship, marketing, local C
Blake to the Present
other students in a safe and • Introduction to Imaginative Writing
government, publicity, social work,
tourism and IT-related industries. D
supportive environment, while • Language and Criticism for Writers
developing critical and literary • Introduction to Literary Criticism Our work-based modules, such as the E
skills that will help you catch the optional module ‘Working in English,
eye of publishers, agents and Year two core modules Communication, Film and Media’ in F
other employers. • News and Feature Writing year three will give you vital experience
• Shakespeare and Performance of related professions like publishing, G
Develop your writing with help from some • Writing Drama the media industries, teaching or arts
of the greatest wordsmiths in history. By administration. H
• Writing Short Fiction
studying English literature and writing,
you’ll explore how our most treasured If you’re hoping to get published, you can I
authors approached their craft, and apply seek advice from our writing tutors, many
• Major Project
this knowledge to your own writing. of whom are published authors, as well as J
• Contemporary Fiction our Royal Literary Fund fellows.
Our English literature modules allow you • Writing Poetry K
to balance your study of traditional writers You’ll also benefit from our links with
like Shakespeare, Milton, Wordsworth, Assessment industry and professional bodies, L
Dickens and Woolf with an exploration of You’ll show your progress through including Cambridge University Press,
genres such as modern science fiction, a combination of writing portfolios, Windhorse Publishing, Writers’ Centre M
children’s literature and contemporary critical commentaries, presentation, Norwich, WriteOn!, Sayle Literary Agency
women’s writing. performance, video and audio recordings, and CB1 Poetry. N
proposals, reading journals, exams, essays
On our writing modules, you’ll develop and reviews. Each year you’ll prepare a Or you might enjoy your studies so O
your creative and professional writing Personal Development Portfolio, which much that you decide to take a Masters
skills through independent work as well includes a CV and personal statement. course, like our MA English Literature, MA P
as in interactive workshops and seminars. This will give you the chance to reflect Creative Writing or MA Publishing.
Our teaching staff, many of whom are on your progress to date, the skills you’ve Q
published authors, will offer invaluable developed and any extracurricular We work closely with the University’s
feedback – as will your fellow students. activities that will help you when looking Employability Service to ensure you R
Combining this with an exploration of for work. receive all the support and advice you
areas such as grammar, style and critical need to develop your professional
S
writing, you’ll discover new ways to Special features skills. We also host employability events
express your literary talent. You can apply to spend one semester that bring together professionals and
T
in years two or three studying at practitioners from a variety of disciplines
Our modules will also give you the chance Universidad de Huelva in Spain or including publishing, modern languages,
Valparaiso University, Indiana in the USA.
U
to study your own areas of interest, such printing and art design, writing and
as writing for radio, science fiction, film poetry, media consultancy, teaching,
We organise many extra-curricular events organisation and festival direction.
V
journalism or myth and medievalism.
You can even choose to learn another activities, like the annual three-day trip to
Stratford-upon-Avon theatre, poetry and Entry requirements W
language through our optional modules.
writing evenings, and research symposia 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a
and conferences. You’ll also be able to join minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), X
Throughout the course, you’ll be supported
by published writers, critics, journalists and the Anglia Ruskin Literary Society, which including grade C in English Language or
organises trips to local plays and poetry English Literature and 3 GCSEs at grade Y
professionals from related fields, who can
show you the skills and techniques that readings, organises workshops, and hosts C or above.
publishers look for in new writers. guest speakers and performance evenings, Z
or Cambridgeshire Ink – a writing website
run by graduates from the course.

249
Writing and Film Studies
Cambridge
Key Facts
Duration 3 years
UCAS Code WP83
A Want to write for film, or write Throughout the course, you’ll be Panasonic and JVC HD cameras, and
about film? Get expert advice supported by published writers, critics, film- Macintosh computers with Final Cut Pro
makers, journalists and professionals from and Adobe Creative Cloud software for
B and support from published related fields, who can show you the skills editing and post-production. Our campus
writers and professional and techniques that publishers and studios also houses film and television studios,
C filmmakers. Share your writing look for in new writers. multimedia studios and screening theatres.
D
with other students in a safe and
supportive environment, and Module guide Placement opportunities
Year one core modules Our recent students have undertaken
E work together to create films • Film Reviewing work experience with Cambridge Arts
from your screenplays. Develop • Introduction to Imaginative Writing Picturehouse, Cambridge Film Festival,
F critical and practical skills that Red TV, ITN, London Weekend Television,
• Introduction to Film Studies
will impress publishers, studios • Introduction to Video 1
BBC, CBBC, MTV, Zenith Productions,
G London Studios and the New York Film
and other employers. • Language and Criticism for Writers Academy, among others.
H
If you’re aiming for a career in
Year two core modules Associated careers
screenwriting or film journalism, or want
I • Writing Short Fiction Our past students now enjoy successful
to explore the worlds of film and writing,
then Writing and Film Studies is the perfect • Sreenwriting: The Feature Film careers in film and video production,
J combination for you. You’ll develop your • T
heorising the Specular and Classical film criticism, cinema/film festival
creative and professional writing skills, Hollywood Cinema administration and management, film
K examine many key films and film-makers education and teaching, broadcasting,
and even get the chance to make your Year three core modules journalism, publishing, advertising and
L own films. • Film Journalism public relations.
• Major Project
M On our writing modules, you’ll develop Our work-based modules will give you
• Screenwriting: Adaptation vital experience of related professions like
your creative and professional writing skills
N through independent work as well as in publishing, the media industries, teaching
Assessment or arts administration.
our interactive workshops and seminars. You’ll show your progress by writing
O Our teaching staff, many of whom are portfolios, critical commentaries, If you’re hoping to get published, you can
published authors, will offer invaluable presentations, performance, proposals,
P feedback – as will your fellow students. seek advice from our writing tutors, many
reading journals, case studies, critical essays, of whom are published authors, as well as
Combining this with an exploration of logbooks, evaluation reports, film reviews
Q areas such as grammar, style and critical our Royal Literary Fund fellow.
and analyses, internet, print and video
writing, you’ll discover new ways to production, commissions, and in ‘crits’,
R express your literary talent. We work closely with our University’s
where you’ll present and defend your work. Employability Service to make sure you
get all the support and advice you need
S Our film modules will allow you to Special features
investigate film-making practices and to develop your professional skills. We
You can apply to spend one semester also host employability events that bring
T critical approaches from all over the in years two or three studying at
world, spanning the history of cinema. together professionals and practitioners
Universidad de Huelva in Spain or from a variety of disciplines including
U You’ll get the chance to make explorative, Valparaiso University, Indiana in the USA.
creative, and independent short films in publishing, modern languages, printing
video, animation, or 16mm formats, and and art design, writing and poetry, media
V We organise many extra-curricular consultancy, teaching, events organisation
develop your interests in film practice, film activities, like the annual three-day trip to
reviewing, film theory, and screenwriting. and festival direction.
W Stratford-upon-Avon, theatre, poetry and
writing evenings, and research symposia Entry requirements
X You’ll even have the chance to show your and conferences.
film to the public at the Cambridge Arts 88 – 104 UCAS tariff points from a
Picturehouse. minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent),
Y We’ll give you access to industry-standard including grade C in English Language
film equipment, including Super 8 Nizo or English Literature and 3 GCSEs at
Z cameras, 16mm Bolex film cameras, and grade C or above.
a number of rostrums for traditional
animation. Our digital facilities feature

Zoology BSc (Hons)
Cambridge
Key Facts
Campus Cambridge
Immerse yourself in the lives Module guide Links with industry

A
and behaviour of animals on Year one core modules and professional recognition
• Animal Form and Function Our course is recognised by the Royal
our Royal Society of Biology- Society of Biology. B
• Biomeasurement
accredited degree. You’ll study
• British Wildlife and Conservation C
in a world-renowned centre Associated careers
• Core Biology
of wildlife conservation, and Our course will open up a world of
• Ecology professional careers relating to the biology D
get practical skills in our
of animals. You’ll have good general
laboratories that you can apply Year two core modules training as a scientist, so you could choose E
on a range of field trips in the • Invertebrate Biology to work in the field, in the laboratory, or
UK and abroad. • Practical Biology both, anywhere in the world. F
• Vertebrate Biology
If you’re interested in a career exploring After graduating you might work G
• Principles of Genetics and Evolution
and understanding the lives of animals, for a zoo, a government agency, an
you’ll be in good company – alongside environmental consultancy, a wildlife H
Charles Darwin, Dian Fossey, Jane Goodall conservation organisation, or an
• Wildlife Conservation
and David Attenborough. education or research establishment. I
• Mammalogy Graduates of this course have gone to
Zoology is closely connected to subjects • Undergraduate Project work for leading zoos, the RSPB, local J
such as cell biology and genetics. You wildlife trusts, the BBC Natural History
could choose to specialise in areas such Assessment Unit, and fieldwork and research teams in K
as animal behaviour, wildlife biology or Throughout the course, we’ll use a range exciting places from Costa Rica to Africa.
ecology and conservation. of assessment methods to help you L
measure your progress. In addition to We’ll encourage you to do voluntary
Fieldwork is an important part of zoology. exams, these include essays, practical or paid work at every opportunity to M
It’s a practical subject and we’ll give you reports, computer-based assessments, build your practical experience and help
plenty of opportunities to learn and presentations, debates, classroom- or to attract employers, for example, by N
practise both in the lab and the field. In laboratory-based tests, and reviews of supporting your local wildlife trust.
your second year you’ll take a week-long scientific papers. O
field trip to north Devon to experience As a graduate of this course, you’ll be
both marine and terrestrial zoology, the Placement opportunities able to apply for membership of the P
costs of which are included in your course This course gives you the opportunity to Zoological Society of London, the Royal
fees. On our optional field trips you might take a work placement between years Society of Biology, and other professional Q
experience rutting red deer on the island two and three. You’ll gain experience of organisations.
of Rum; marine biology in Scotland; world- seeking and securing a job and working in R
class zoos in the Netherlands; wildlife and an industry relating to your course. You’ll Graduation doesn’t need to be the end of
ecology in Africa; and diving and marine get the practical experience and industry your time with us. If you’d like to continue
S
biology in the Red Sea. These additional contacts to benefit your studies and your studies we offer a wide range of
trips are not included in the course fee. enhance your long-term career prospects. full-time and part-time postgraduate
T
courses including MSc Animal Behaviour:
Cambridge is becoming a world centre for Although they can’t be guaranteed, we Applications for Conservation and MSc
wildlife conservation, with Fauna and Flora Applied Wildlife Conservation.
U
can work with you to find a placement
International, Birdlife International and the using our contacts with a large number
World Conservation Monitoring Centre Entry requirements V
of employers. You’ll have regular contact
based here. You’ll have opportunities with one of our course tutors and be We require 96 UCAS tariff points from a
to attend lectures and visit specialist minimum of 2 A Levels (or equivalent), W
supported by a supervisor from your
museums and libraries in the city. If you’re placement company. Together they’ll including Biology, 3 GCSEs at grade C or
interested in captive animal behaviour, you monitor your performance and give above, including English and Mathematics. X
can access the facilities at the College of you feedback. We require a final grade of DMM in
West Anglia, Cambridge. the BTEC Extended Diploma in Animal Y
Management / Distinction in the City &
Guilds Level 3 Extended Diploma in Animal Z
Management.

251
Zoology with Foundation Year
Cambridge
Key Facts
Duration 4 years
UCAS Code C301
A Our four-year course, recognised Module guide Associated careers

by the Royal Society of Biology, Year one core modules Our course opens up a world of professional
• Biological Principles careers relating to the biology of animals.
B with foundation year gives you a You’ll have good general training as a
• Developing Academic Skills 1 and 2
really good grounding in science, scientist, so you could choose to work in the
C • Chemical Principles 1
that will give you the knowledge field, in the laboratory, or both, anywhere in
to join our BSc course. the world.
D • Foundation Biology
Zoology studies animals, ranging from • Foundation Mathematics for Science After graduating you might work
E invertebrate biology to vertebrate for a zoo, a government agency, an
• Foundation Biology
physiology, ecology and behaviour. It’s environmental consultancy, a wildlife
F connected to subjects like cell biology and conservation organisation, or an
genetics. You could specialise in areas such • Animal Form and Function education or research establishment.
G as animal behaviour, wildlife biology or Graduates of this course have gone to
• Biomeasurement
ecology and conservation. work for leading zoos, the RSPB, local
H • British Wildlife and Conservation wildlife trusts, the BBC Natural History
In your foundation year you’ll cover a • Core Biology Unit, and fieldwork and research teams in
I broad range of subjects including Biology, • Ecology exciting places from Costa Rica to Africa.
Chemistry and Maths, helping you to • Introduction to Animal Behaviour and
J prepare for higher-level study. You’ll then Welfare We’ll encourage you to do voluntary
move on to the first year of our BSc (Hons) or paid work at every opportunity to
K in Zoology. build your practical experience and help
to attract employers, for example, by
• Invertebrate Biology
L Fieldwork is an important part of zoology, supporting your local wildlife trust.
and we’ll give you plenty of opportunities • Biological Oceanography
M to learn and practise both in the lab and • Practical Biology As a graduate of this course, you’ll be
the field. You’ll take a week-long field trip to • Vertebrate Biology able to apply for membership of the
N north Devon to experience both marine Zoological Society of London, the Royal
and terrestrial zoology, the costs of which Year four core modules Society of Biology, and other professional
O are included in your course fees. On our • Wildlife Conservation organisations.
optional field trips you might experience • Mammalogy
P rutting red deer on the island of Rum; Graduation doesn’t need to be the end of
• Undergraduate Project your time with us. If you’d like to continue
marine biology in Scotland; world-class
Q zoos in the Netherlands; wildlife and your studies we offer a wide range of
Assessment full-time and part-time postgraduate
ecology in Africa; and diving and marine
Throughout the course, we’ll use a range courses including MSc Animal Behaviour:
R biology in the Red Sea. These additional
of assessment methods to help you Applications for Conservation and MSc
trips are not included in the course fee.
and your tutors measure your progress. Applied Wildlife Conservation.
S Besides exams, these include essays,
Cambridge is a world centre for wildlife
practical reports, computer-based Entry requirements
T conservation, with several significant
assessments, presentations, debates, 48 UCAS tariff points from a minimum of
international organisations based here.
classroom or laboratory-based tests, 1 A Level (or equivalent) and 3 GCSEs at
U You’ll have opportunities to attend
and reviews of scientific papers. grade C or above, including English and
lectures and visit specialist museums
and libraries in the city. If you’re Mathematics.
V
interested in captive animal behaviour,
you can access the facilities at the
W
College of West Anglia, Cambridge.
X

252 (Photo)
Applying
When you have decided which

course you’d like to study at Anglia
Ruskin, the next step is applying.
We’ve detailed how to apply, whether you’re a
registered student or independent applicant within
the UK or if you are applying from outside the UK.
We have also noted some helpful websites for your
information and if you have any queries about our
courses or the application process, we’re here to
help you weigh up your options.
Section at a glance
How to apply
go to page 255
International students
go to page 257
Entry requirements
go to page 259
Advanced entry and finance

go to page 261
253 anglia.ac.uk
anglia.ac.uk| 01245
| 01245
686868
686868| answers@anglia.ac.uk
| answers@anglia.ac.uk
We’re here to
help you weigh
up your options.
anglia.ac.uk
anglia.ac.uk| |01245
01245686868
686868 || answers@anglia.ac.uk
254
How to apply
Our current list of undergraduate courses

is on our website. We produce our printed
prospectuses in advance of course delivery
dates, so changes can happen. It’s best to check
on our website that the course you are interested
in is available before you go any further.
Visit anglia.ac.uk/studyug
To apply to study for a full-time If you are a student at a school or

undergraduate course at any UK college registered with UCAS
All UK schools and colleges (and a
university or college, you need small number overseas) are registered
to apply through the University with UCAS to manage their students’
and Colleges Admissions Service applications. You should obtain a
(UCAS). Go to ucas.com and click ‘buzzword’ from your tutor or careers
on '3. Apply and Track’ to use the adviser, which you will use when you
register with UCAS. This identifies the
online application system. organisation you are applying from,
If you are an independent applicant
applying from outside the UK (EU and
and allows your referee to attach your
The application fee (for the 2017 world-wide)
reference. Once you have completed
If you are applying from outside the UK and
admissions cycle) is £24 for more your application your referee adds your
EU please contact us for further assistance
than one choice, or £13 for a single reference and sends your application to
international@anglia.ac.uk or apply
UCAS on your behalf. You pay for your
choice*. Depending on your application either by credit or debit card
using our direct application form which
circumstances, there are some is available on our website.
online, or by paying your school or other
slight differences in the way UCAS registered centre, and they then pay UCAS.
You should apply online independently,
receives your application. There’s a if your school or college is not registered
lot of useful information about how If you are an independent applicant
with UCAS. Advice is available from local
in the UK
to apply on the UCAS website. If you are in the UK, but not at school
UCAS centres in your country, such as
UK university agents and British Council
or college, you can apply online
Visit ucas.com offices. You are responsible for paying the
independently. You are responsible for
correct application fee, and for obtaining
paying the correct application fee, and
and attaching the academic reference, and
If you wish to study part-time, for obtaining and attaching the reference,
for submitting the completed application
and for submitting the completed
you can apply to us direct using application online to UCAS. Your referee
online to UCAS. Your referee should know
our online application, the link is you well enough to write about you and
should know you well enough to write
available on the course pages on your suitability for higher education. UCAS
about you and your suitability for
will not accept references from family
our website. higher education. UCAS will not accept
or friends. You can make your payment
references from family or friends. You
online using a credit or debit card. The card
should make your payment online using
does not have to be in your own name, but
a credit or debit card. The card does not
you will need the cardholder’s permission.
have to be in your own name, but you will
If you are applying for an Undergraduate
need the cardholder’s permission.
Bachelors course, you should apply online
through UCAS. However if you are unable
to apply through UCAS, or the UCAS
deadline has passed, please contact us
for further assistance.
*Correct at time of print. Email answers@angila.ac.uk

Completing your UCAS application form
You can make up to five choices on your
UCAS application form, but you do not
have to use all five. If you know what you
want to study and where, you can enter
one choice and pay a lower fee. If you are
applying for more than one Anglia Ruskin
course, you will have to enter each one
separately on your application.
Our UCAS code

The institution code for Anglia Ruskin is
A60 and the institution code name is
ARU. Please ensure that you also use
the correct campus code:
C for Cambridge campus

If you are applying for nursing or Late applications A for Chelmsford campus
midwifery courses If your application is received after 15 O for University Centre Harlow
To apply for a degree in nursing or midwifery, January 2017, there is a risk that the 5 for Peterborough Guild House
you must use the UCAS route. Please note course you applied for may be full. There
that, to obtain an NHS bursary award, are ways of securing a university place The institution code for ARU London
there are some eligibility requirements. The through UCAS Extra and UCAS Clearing is L63.
Government has announced future changes if you are not successful with your initial
to the bursary system for nursing and applications, but places will be limited. The institution code for University Centre
midwifery students starting in 2017/18. Peterborough is P56.
Please see the UCAS website for details
Visit gov.uk/government/publications/ ucas.com The institution code for The College of
nhs-bursary-reform West Anglia is W35.
Your personal statement
For all applicants, there are full For many courses there is no formal Your offer
instructions on the UCAS website to interview, so the decision on whether Many courses have specific entry criteria
make it as easy as possible for you to fill to offer you a place will be based on but, in some instances, we may be able
in your online application, plus help text your application form and you should to make you an offer even if you do not
where appropriate. If you need more complete your application carefully. Take meet them all. Generally there is less
information and advice, you can contact care composing your personal statement, flexibility in entry requirements for courses
the UCAS Customer Service Unit, open so that it gives a full picture of you and linked to professional vocations such as
Monday to Friday, 9.15am–6.00pm (UK explains your choice of course, as well Midwifery and Nursing. Please be aware
time). 0871 468 0468 outside the UK as your motivation and research into the that our published entry requirements are
+44 330 333 230. area you wish to study. a guide only, and if you are made an offer
it may vary from these. If you have applied
For more information visit ucas.com Mature students through UCAS, they will notify you of an
If you are a mature student and do not offer from Anglia Ruskin via UCAS TRACK.
When to apply meet the ‘standard’ academic entry We will also email you directly with the
UCAS starts accepting applications for 2017 requirements, contact us to discuss your details. Your offer may be made in terms of
entry in early September 2016. It is advisable options admissions@anglia.ac.uk. UCAS tariff points and we may also specify
to get your application to UCAS before 15 If you make an application, you will a subject requirement (with or without
January 2017; applications received after need to tell us about yourself, and give achievement of a specific grade). For some
this date cannot be guaranteed equal evidence of ability, skills, relevant work courses we also require Occupational
consideration. Please contact us for advice experience and anything else you want Health and Disclosure and Barring Service
if you are unable to meet this deadline. You us to take into account. (DBS) clearance, a satisfactory e-portfolio,
can apply for deferred entry in 2018, but specific GCSEs, work experience or a
check with our Admissions Office whether variety of other requirements. If you
the course you want to join accepts applied to us direct you will receive your
deferred entry applications. offer via our Applicant Portal.

256
International
students
Become part of the Anglia Ruskin family
Every year we welcome students from every
corner of the world.
If you’re anxious about coming to a different country, don’t be. Our

team of admissions officers and international student advisers will
give you all the support and advice you need.
Here are some of the things International Orientation: While you’re here…
we can help you with before our free welcome programme If you need information or advice about
you arrive: We run a two-day International Orientation any aspect of studying or living here, or
programme for international students in if you have a question, our international
Getting suitable September and January each year. This team is here to help or to introduce you
accommodation includes an airport pickup service from to people who can.
Heathrow airport the day before the
orientation programme. We’ll take you We also run classes in subjects such as
Applying for your and your luggage to your front door. Academic English and Study Skills – and
student visa we organise regular sightseeing trips and
There’ll be sessions on many different social events throughout the year.
aspects of studying at Anglia Ruskin and
Deciding what to pack living in the UK. That’s everything from Tuition fees and scholarships
and what to buy here guidance on how your studies will be For more information about international
organised, to opening a bank account. fees, University scholarships and other
ways of funding your course visit
What it will cost you We’ll also take you on campus and city anglia.ac.uk/international/fees
to live in the UK tours, take you shopping and invite you
to some fun social events where you can
meet other international students, as well
Funding your studies as members of staff.
For more information about dates

Meeting our English
and to book your place visit
language requirements anglia.ac.uk/internationalarrivals
257
257 anglia.ac.uk| 01245
anglia.ac.uk | 01245 686868| answers@anglia.ac.uk
686868 | answers@anglia.ac.uk @angliaruskin | facebook.com/angliaruskin
International
English Language Proficiency Test
We also provide our own English
Language Proficiency Test (ELPT). This
gives you a great opportunity to show
applications
proof of your English level to apply to
Anglia Ruskin if needed.
Visit anglia.ac.uk/elpt
Email elpt@anglia.ac.uk
Applying for a course as an Admission with credit

If you have already completed one or two
international student years of study at university level in the
Our International Admissions team will help UK or your home country, you may be
eligible to enter directly into year two or
make your first steps towards joining us as three of a related degree course at Anglia
easy as possible. You can find specific entry Ruskin. Please visit our Accreditation of
Prior Learning webpage for information
requirements for your country on our website. and guidance on entry criteria and the
application process.
Visit anglia.ac.uk/apl
Visit anglia.ac.uk/mycountry
On-the-spot offers
Staff from ARU make frequent trips
If your country is not yet listed, we will English language requirements overseas, to meet prospective students.
assess your qualifications when we receive Normally you’ll need to achieve at least In addition to attending recruitment
your application, but if you need advice IELTS 6.0 with nothing lower than 5.5 fairs, they are available to carry out short
before this, please contact us. in any of the four elements (listening, interviews, check your application and
Email international@anglia.ac.uk speaking, reading and writing). Although make instant offers.
Call +44 (0)1245 493131 we’ll accept IELTS 5.5 or equivalent
English language qualification provided, For the details of upcoming scheduled trips,
To apply online, just go to the course page there’s an English Language module in please visit your country's own page (this is
and choose the apply online option. You the course you choose. Some courses updated regularly).
also can apply via UCAS, using the course may have a higher English language
codes from our website. proficiency requirements. Visit anglia.ac.uk/mycountry
You will need to support your application Visit anglia.ac.uk/international/elr Visas and Immigration
by providing the following documents: We are a registered sponsor under Tier
qualification certificates and transcripts, If we offer you a place we’ll make it a 4 of the UK’s points-based immigration
a statement of purpose, references, condition that you gain the required system. We can issue the necessary
proof of name change (if applicable), English language level before you documentation to assist students in
photocopies of passport, portfolio (if start. Contact our International obtaining entry clearance to the UK.
applicable), curriculum vitae/resume. Admissions team if you need advice.
internationaladmissions@anglia.ac.uk For more details about visa and
For more information on how to apply, immigration visit anglia.ac.uk/visa
visit anglia.ac.uk/international/apply Our Language Services Unit (LSU) offer
a wide range of English programmes To download a copy of our latest
Foundation courses designed to improve your Academic and International prospectus visit
We’ll consider your qualifications against General English skills to prepare you for issuu.com/aruinternational
our entry requirements and let you know university study and life in the UK. We
if you need to complete a foundation or provide a friendly supportive teaching
pathway course before progressing to environment, with highly qualified staff
your degree course. dedicated to help you pursue your
academic ambitions.
If you’d like to know more about our
foundation and pathway courses visit For more information on the courses we
cric.navitas.com provide at LSU, visit anglia.ac.uk/lsu
Email lsu@anglia.ac.uk
We recognise foundation and pathway
qualifications from many UK Universities,
colleges and language schools but check
with us first if you want to use it to gain
entry to our to our degree courses.

258
Entry requirements
At Anglia Ruskin, we assess

everyone on individual merit
and ability, taking into account
many factors. We look at your
academic achievements,
interests and aptitude and also
your commitment, motivation
and references.
We review your application in terms of

your ability to benefit from and meet the
demands of the course for which you
are applying. Some courses have extra
requirements, such as work experience,
a specific prior qualification or a portfolio
of work. Further details are on the
course information on our website. The
offers we make to applicants are usually
based on the UCAS tariff points system.
259 anglia.ac.uk | 01245 686868 | answers@anglia.ac.uk @angliaruskin | facebook.com/angliaruskin

A Level or equivalent Advanced Extension Qualification Advanced Entry
Normally, we will expect you to have This is not essential for any of our If you have already completed one or two
undertaken at least two years of successful courses but, in some very high-demand years of study at university level in the UK
post-16 study. For entry to an honours subjects, this qualification may provide or your home country, you may be eligible
degree course, we require at least two an advantage and help us to choose to enter directly into year two or three of a
passes at A level, or equivalent, and between applicants. related degree course at Anglia Ruskin.
three other subjects at GCSE grade C or
above. Please refer to the course pages AS Levels Please visit our Accreditation of Prior
on the website for course-specific entry Please note that not all programmes Learning webpage for information
requirements. accept points from AS Levels; you should and guidance on entry criteria and the
check the specific entry requirements for application process.
BTEC Diplomas the programme(s) you are interested in.
For most courses we are happy to accept AS points can only be counted if they are Visit anglia.ac.uk/apl
tariff points from BTEC qualifications. in a different subject from your A Level
subjects. You can usually combine points Your offer
Progression and Advanced Diplomas from different qualifications as long as We will make any offer conditions clear. For
For most courses we are happy to they are not in the same subject. If you the majority of courses, you can combine
consider applications from holders of the are studying an AS and a full A Level in points from different qualifications, e.g.
Level 3 Progression or Advanced Diploma. the same subject, only points from the A Level and BTEC. The UCAS website has
full A Level can be considered. Offers are a full version of the tariff, which includes a
The Extended Project not made on the basis of AS Levels alone range of qualifications in addition to GCE
We welcome the Extended Project as part and we do not accept two AS Levels as A Levels and BTECs.
of the Diploma programme, and also as a equivalent to an A Level.
stand-alone qualification. Most of our courses Visit ucas.com/tariff
accept a limited number of tariff points from Other qualifications
grade A or B in the Extended Project towards We are happy to consider other EU applicants
meeting our entry requirements. qualifications including, amongst We welcome applications from students
others, the International Baccalaureate, from EU countries. Please refer to the
Cambridge Pre-U Irish Higher Leaving Certificate, Welsh link below for guidance on the EU entry
We are happy to accept UCAS tariff points Baccalaureate, Scottish Highers or requirements for our courses.
from the Cambridge Pre-U award. Advanced Highers and a range of
equivalent EU qualifications. We also Visit anglia.ac.uk/mycountry
Access to HE Diploma recognise foundation and pathway courses
For most courses we will consider provided by many other UK universities, International (non-EU) applicants
applicants with the Access to HE colleges and English language schools. You can find specific entry requirements
Diploma. Please refer to the course for your country on our website.
specific page for the UCAS Tariff points
required for your course. Visit anglia.ac.uk/mycountry
How to calculate your points If your country is not yet listed, we will
assess your qualifications when we
receive your application, but if you need
A Level grade BTEC Extended Diploma advice before this, please contact us.
A Level grade New Tariff Grade New Tariff Email international@anglia.ac.uk

A*A*A* 168 D*D*D* 168 Call +44 (0)1223 698609
A*A*A 160 D*D*D 160 English language requirements

A*AA 152 D*DD 152 for non UK applicants
Standard entry criteria as follows: IELTS
AAA 144 DDD 144
6.0 or equivalent, with nothing lower than
AAB 136 DDM 128 5.5 in any of the four elements (listening,
ABB 128 DMM 112 speaking, reading and writing). For full
details (including the range of English
BBB 120 MMM 96 language qualifications accepted by Anglia
BBC 112 MMP 80 Ruskin University) and exceptions, please
refer to our English language webpage
BCC 104 anglia.ac.uk/international/apply
New UCAS tariff points
CCC 96 for entry 2017 – 18.
CCD 88
CDD 80
DDD 72

260
Advanced entry
Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL) Accreditation of Prior Certificated Accreditation of Prior Experiential
We run our undergraduate courses within Learning (APCL) Learning (APEL)
a credit-based, modular system, which If you have relevant qualification Where you have gained learning through
offers you some flexibility in the content certificates at higher education level relevant work or experience, this is
and structure of your studies. that relate specifically to modules on the referred to as prior experiential learning.
course you wish to take, we may approve
We may be able to recognise learning you a reduced programme of study which You must have your application
have successfully completed elsewhere will shorten the time it takes to obtain for APEL approved before you
at higher education level in a relevant your award. This is called accredited prior start a course
subject (for example, applicants may certificated learning. It is important to understand that Anglia
be able to claim enough credit to enter Ruskin’s APEL process does not award
year two of a course). This can be from You must have your application for this academic credit for experience alone, but
partially completed or fully completed approved before you start a course for learning you can demonstrate you
higher education qualifications. The To be eligible for consideration in this way, have achieved through that experience.
Accreditation of Prior Learning processes you must be able to submit certification
enable us to take this into account when which shows your success in a final You will need to prepare an individual
determining the modules you must study. assessment for that course. Learning must case for the credit arising from your
It is important that you tell us about any be current (completed within the last five learning experiences. This normally
relevant prior learning when submitting years); otherwise, we will need further means preparing a portfolio in which your
your application. evidence of how you have kept up-to-date. claim is justified in detail and supported
by relevant evidence. You then submit
Approval of APL depends on the You will also need to provide a transcript this portfolio to us for assessment and
compatibility of your previous study to of your results and information on the the possible award of academic credit.
the content, level and learning outcomes content of the modules you studied, You may be able to use other methods
of equivalent modules on the Anglia to enable our academic staff to judge of assessment of evidence but you will
Ruskin course you wish to study, amongst whether this matches the content of the need to discuss this with the appropriate
other factors. modules on the course you are applying admissions tutor.
for. If it does we can award specific credits
We recommend you visit our APL against the modules of that course. Simple For further information visit
webpage anglia.ac.uk/apl participation in a course, or an attendance anglia.ac.uk/apl
before submitting your application. certificate, is not sufficient.
This explains the supporting
documentation you are required to
submit with your APL application.

The student
finance system
Please note: the following What are living costs? Our fees
information is mainly for students Living costs will vary depending on Our fees and scholarships will be
where you study and include costs for reviewed for 2017/18 entry and could
who will not be following an
accommodation, food and travel. Loans be subject to change (including changes
NHS course. At time of print, we and grants are available to help cover your due to government policy). At time of
cannot confirm exact details of living costs while you study. Exactly how print, our 2017/18 entry fees are:
the package that will be available, much support you’ll get is dependent
so advise visiting the website on your personal circumstances. • £
9,000 a year for a course leading to
a degree (for example: BA, BSc, LLB).
below for updates.
What is a Maintenance Loan? • £
7,500 a year for a foundation degree
Maintenance Loans are available for (FdA/FdSc) or Higher National Diploma/
The Government has announced students to help towards living costs. Certificate (HND/HNC).
future changes to the bursary You apply for a Maintenance Loan
system for nursing and midwifery through Student Finance England Please use the 2016/17 ARU Partner's
and you should refer to the website fees as a guide for 2017/18 entry, as
students starting in 2017/18.
gov.uk/studentfinance to check the 2017/18 fees have not been set
Visit gov.uk/government/ deadlines related to your year of entry. at time of print*
publications/nhs-bursary-reform The exact amount you can borrow will • Harlow College (University Centre
depend on: Harlow) £7,500 per year
• C
ollege of West Anglia (University
What is a tuition fee loan? • Your household income.
Centre West Anglia) £8,000 per year
Tuition Fee Loans are obtained from • Where you live during term-time.
• P
eterborough Regional College
Student Finance England (the Government’s • W
hether you are a ‘dependent’ or (University Centre Peterborough)
student funding service) and are used to ‘independent’ student. £7,500 per year
pay the cost of your tuition fees.
• C
ambridge Regional College £7,500
What other support is available?
You apply for a Tuition Fee Loan per year
If you have dependants who rely on you
through Student Finance England financially, you can receive extra support in • C
helmsford College of Further
and you should refer to the website the form of non-repayable supplementary Education £7,500 per year
gov.uk/studentfinance to check grants to help support you during your • L
ondon School of Osteopathy £8,500
deadlines related to your year of entry. studies: per year
The money is paid directly to Anglia Ruskin.
• Parents Learning Allowance Fees for our distance learning courses
Tuition Fee Loans are paid back after you
• Adult Dependants Grant start from £4,500 per year for a
finish your course and you are earning
• Childcare Grant Foundation Degree.
over £21,000 a year. You are not obliged
to take any of the loans on offer but they
Assessment is based on your household Visit anglia.ac.uk/distancelearning
are a helpful way to pay for your course.
circumstances and will vary from student
to student. * NB Part time fees are pro-rata to full
time rates determined by intensity of
You can access an online calculator at study subject to the upper limit, currently
gov.uk/student-finance-calculator £6,750.
which will help you get a more detailed
idea of exactly how much money you Scholarships
may be entitled to from any available For information on our latest scholarships
maintenance loans and grants. please visit our website
anglia.ac.uk/scholarships
Previous study
If you already hold a qualification or have
completed previous study, whether in this
country or abroad, it may have an impact
on future funding and you should contact
us to discuss this further.

262
Undergraduate additional
course costs 2017/18
These costs are in addition to the course fees stated.
Many are optional, but some are mandatory.
Course Title Award Item Cost Details
Animal Behaviour BSc Lab coat £15 For field work across modules.
Walking boots £60 For field work across modules.
Waterproof coat £50 For field work across modules.
Wellingtons £25 For field work across modules
Waterproof trousers £20 For field work across modules.
Poster printing £20
Field trip to observe Scottish £250 Optional.
wildlife on the Isle of Rum
Field trip £820 One week learn to dive PADI course leading to
Open Water or AOW qualification.
Field trip Variable Lunch, evening meal and snacks x7 days.
Field trip - Coral Reef £800 All inclusive one week diving field work.
surveying
Field trip - Dive kit hire one £140 Upper limit price for full kit hire for one week -
week most students will have their own.
Field Trip - Coral Reef £1,200 All inclusive two week diving field work.
surveying
Field trip - Dive kit hire two £280 Upper limit price for full kit hire for two weeks -
weeks most will have their own.
Netherlands Zoo Trip Cost £350 4 days to visit four zoos in the Netherlands –
optional.
Field trip - Tropical Ecology £1,600 All inclusive. Compulsory within Optional
and Management - Uganda module.
field trip two weeks
Biomedical Science BSc Lab coat £15 For field work across modules.
Poster printing £20 Often group projects so cost may be shared
expense.
Document printing Variable Cost of printing dissertation/individual project.
Computer Games Art BA Materials £500 Estimated cost over three years.
Crime and Investigative BSc Lab coat £15 For laboratory work.
Studies
Scientific calculator £15
Memory card (for Nikon) £8 Depends on memory and supplier.
This is an online price for 8GB.
Document printing Variable Cost of printing dissertation/individual project.
Please note the additional costs that might be associated with your course. Many of these are variable or optional, and anticipated prices published here are correct
at time of going to press.

Forensic Science BSc Document printing Variable Cost of printing dissertation/individual project.
Lab coat £15
Scientific calculator £15
Memory card (for Nikon) £8 Depends on memory and supplier.
This is an online price for 8GB.
Fashion Design BA Materials £1,900 Estimated cost over three years.
Field trip £300 Optional
Film & TV Production BA Materials £1,000 Estimated cost over three years.
Final project: finishing £200 Cost of printing dissertation/individual project.
and marketing
Field trips £9-100 Optional
Fine Art BA Materials £250 Estimated cost over three years.
Field trips Variable Optional
Graphic Design BA Materials £950 Estimated cost over three years.
Illustration BA Materials £250 Estimated cost over three years.
Illustration & Animation BA Materials £250 Estimated cost over three years.
Field trip £220-250 Optional
Interior Design BA Materials £500 Estimated cost over three years.
London show £40 Per semester (2 x £20).
Free range magazine £120 Third year only.
participation
Course trip each year £150 Optional.
International Management BA Study abroad semester £1,500 Optional. Flights and accommodation are paid
for by the student.
Placement £1,500 Flights and accommodation are paid for by the
student.
Healthcare Science BSc £25 is provided towards Variable Part-payment of travel to placement. Travel
travel, the rest is paid for by costs associated with this course will vary
the students. based on your location.
Marine Biology BSc Field trip £450 This compulsory trip includes £50 travel costs
and is currently subsidised.
Marine Biology and BSc Field trip £820 One week learn to dive PADI course leading to
Biodiversity and conservation Open Water or AOW qualification.
Trip to Isle of Rum £250 Optional trip to observe Scottish wildlife.
surveying
surveying
optional.
Field trip - Tropical Ecology £1,600 All inclusive. Compulsory within optional

264
Ophthalmic Dispensing BSc Facial Gauge £60

PD Ruler £20
Rulers (Facial and IPD) £75
General Optical Council £25 GOC registration is £25/year.
Registration (GOC)
Association of British £100 ABDO registration is £100/year.
Dispensing Opticians (ABDO)
registration
Optometry Boptom PD Ruler £20
Optometry BOptom Pen Torch, Occluder, Budgie £1,500 Total cost over three years.
Stick, Retinoscope and
Ophthalmoscope
Lab Coat £15
General Optical Council £25 GOC registration is £25/year.
Registration (GOC)
Travel £20 Travel costs for Hospital visits.
Paramedic Science BSc Travel to placements Variable Travel costs associated with this course will
vary based on your location.
Pharmaceutical Science BSc Headphones Variable
Photography BA Photographic paper, film, £250 In the first year.
books
Other course materials Variable Costs for the course materials can range
hugely, depending on if you prefer to buy
your own specialist cameras and lighting kits,
and the scale and quality of your hard copy
portfolios and your images for your degree
show.
Sports Science BSc Correct sports attire £100-200 Estimated cost for trainers, shorts, t-shirts for
lab work over lifetime of degree.
Sports Coaching and Physical BSc Document printing Variable Cost of printing dissertation/individual project.
Education
Sports Science BSc Document Printing Variable Cost of printing dissertation/individual project.
Sports Coaching and Physical BSc Correct Sports Attire: £100-200 Estimated cost for trainers, shorts, t-shirts for
Education lab work over lifetime of degree.
Social Work BSc Travel costs beyond what can Up to Year two. Students pay for the flights and
be claimed by bursary £500 Faculty pays for accommodation.
Tourism Management BA Field trip to Barcelona Up to
£500
Zoology BSc Trip to Isle of Rum £250 Optional trip to observe Scottish wildlife.

Zoology BSc Lab coat £15 For field work across modules.
Walking boots £60 For field work across modules.
Waterproof coat £50 For field work across modules.
Wellingtons £25 For field work across modules.
Waterproof trousers £20 For field work across modules.
Poster printing £20
Field trip £820 One week learn to dive PADI course leading to
Open Water or AOW qualification.
surveying
surveying
optional.
Field trip - Tropical Ecology £1,600 All inclusive. Compulsory within optional
Field trip visit for BSc Zoology £450 Optional within compulsory module/subsidised.

266
How to get to our
Cambridge
campus
Compass House
JESUS LN
MAIDS CAUSEWAY
NEWMARKET RD
SID
NE
drop off / pick up

YS
The Grafton
T
Shopping ST
Centre ST MAT W Young St and
TH NE ST
Music Therapy
D
Christ’s UNG
YO
EL R
EW
H ST
Pieces Abbeygate House PET
WORT
’S S
HOBSON ST
NU
GEL D
T
MA
ART ST
EM
Market Bus Station Anastasia House

Square (Student residences)
RD
STU
NORFO EDW
Lion T LK ST A
LS
RTO
Yard
ST
UE
RD
AN
NS
EA
ST
M
EM
T
Grand Arcade Eastings
Corn Shopping Centre Campus Main
CE
Exchange drop off / pick up

Reception
RRA
ST
Fire Station
AN
TE
Central Student
DR
RK
Student Campus residences

EW
PA
ST residences
ING
GWYDIR ST
’S S
WN
T
DO Parker’s MI
Arts LL
RD
LIS
Picturehouse Piece
D
WIL
ST R
NSIE
ST
GUE
Parkside NE
CKE
Swimming
OW
RE
MA
Pool
ST
GE
PER
STON
NT
Kelsey Kerridge
ST
KING
Sports Centre
TEN
GR
NIS
ES
HA
CO
D
M
DR
UR
RD
RD
NR
TR
L
RD
E
SFI
ISO
ABA
D
ON
LEN
TEN
ARN
ISS
HI
GL
ST B
D
LL
IRE R
SR
NSH
D
DEVO
BROOKSIDE
ST
SELL
RUS
N RD
H ST
NORWIC
TENISO
TEMAN ST
BA
STATIO
TRU
N RD
Train Station
MPI
Botanic Garden
NGT
CB1 & The Railyard

ON
(Student residences) University

Buildings
RD
University Student
DS AVE residences
BROOKLAN

Cambridge campus Key
Main reception
Compass w St
reet Medical Centre (1st floor)
Ne FHSCE Building
House
(COM)
St Ma
the (HEA) and iCentre
Music Therapy
Finance Office
w’
centre (JBC)
sS
9 mins t Peter Taylor
ng s
You
tree
House
Residential Service
t
7 mins
Tennis Nursery
court
Broad Street Students’ Union Studio
Anastasia
House
Bryant
(BRY)
Mellish
Clark
Employment Bureau
(MEL)
(Ground floor)
Students’ Union(1st floor)
Main reception Helmore Gym (1st floor)
Medical Centre Lord Ashcroft
Peter Taylor
House Student Services (3rd floor)
(1st floor) Building
iCentre (LAB) The Lounge
Eastings
East Road
David
Finance Office (EAS) Mumford
(DAV)
Library
Residential Service (MUM)
Nursery Webb
Students’ Union Studio Helmore

(WEB) Disabled parking
(HEL)
Employment Bureau Cycle parking
(Ground floor) Mumford
Students’ Union
Theatre Optometry Motorcycle parking
Portakabins Ruskin
(1st floor) Bradmore Street Gallery
Helmore Gym
(OPT)
Toilets
(1st floor) Restaurant/café
Swinhoe House
Coslett
Student Services University Ruskin (RUS) (COS)
(3rd floor) Eye Clinic Smoking area
(UEC)
The Lounge
Pedestrian route
Sinclair
(SIN) Recycling point
Disabled parking Lifts
Cycle parking WiFi
Collier Road
Motorcycle parking
East Road
Mackensie Rd
Toilets
Restaurant / café
Parkside
Smoking area Mill Road
Pedestrian route
2 mins 2 mins
Covent Garden
Gonville Place
Recycling point
Lifts Kelsey Covent
Kerridge Garden
WiFi Centre Studio
Car parking Park & Ride Travelling by train

We have some disabled parking spaces, We highly recommend Cambridge’s We’re a 25-minute walk from the
but generally please use public car parks. five excellent Park & Ride services, Cambridge railway station. Trains run
Grafton Centre and Queen Anne Car which operate from Monday to Saturday. frequently between Cambridge and
Parks are a few minutes’ walk away. As an Three of the sites (Trumpington, Madingley London (from London King’s Cross
alternative, use the Park & Ride service. Road and Newmarket Road) open on and London Liverpool Street), Ipswich,
Sundays between 9am and 6pm. All five Peterborough (with connections to the
Visit anglia.ac.uk/cambridgeparking are staffed during opening hours and North), King’s Lynn and Birmingham.
overnight parking isn’t allowed. Travel
times to our campus vary between You’ll find train times at nationalrail.co.uk
T
here is no parking available 10 and 30 minutes.
at our Cambridge Campus*
*Apart from some disabled spaces. Visit cambridgeshire.gov.uk/ Cambridge campus
parkandride East Road
Cambridge
CB1 1PT
Travelling by bus/coach Cycling

Buses and coaches from most routes stop Cambridge is a cycle-friendly city with
at Drummer Street Bus Station, about a strong network of cycle routes, a cycle
a quarter of a mile from campus. Head park at Park Street and a hire shop at the
down Drummer Street, Parker Street and railway station.
Parkside (which are in a continuous line).
Turn left at the lights into East Road, For online and downloadable route maps
and we’re a short way along on your right. visit camcycle.org.uk
Visit stagecoachbus.com for local bus

services. Whippet buses also travel to
Huntingdon and St Ives.

268
How to get to our
Chelmsford
campus
A1060 LEADING TO:
A131 to Braintree B1137 LEADING TO:
A120 to Stansted Airport A12 to Colchester
A1016 M11 to Cambridge. A130 to Cambridge,
Also to Chelmer Valley Great Dunmow
BISHOP HALL LN
& Stansted Airport
CHELMER VALLEY RD
B1008
RD
IELD
Student
Accommodation B1137
AY
OMF
NS W
MAN
HOFF
BRO
S DR
ELM LN
M ER
ORY
RECT D
OP R
RD
H EL
BISH C
LD
REGINA RD
I RD
RIVER
CON
ST
FIE
MAR
NEW
E RD
ING
TES
Train Station
SPR
A1016 GL
EB
MAL
A1016
AY
ER
D
RD
BROOMFIELD
RAIN KW ORIA
R VICT
ST
SFOR A
LD
FIE
D RD Riverside Ice
P
WN
Police & Leisure Centre

E PL
AG Station
TO
RAILWAY ST
TT
Crown
ST
CO
O LN
LEGG
Magistrates Court
DUKE
NEW
Court
Civic & ST L
O
Crampthorn
ER
N
COVAL LN
Theatres AT
ST
County Hall
RD L
WEST PARK W
PA Visitor
Centre
RD
RD
SFO
CT
RK
RD TIN D NAV
BON ST
DU
ET D IGA
VICTORIA
WA
RK High Chelmer AL S TIO

VIA
MA
RAIN
T NR
D
Y
Shopping Centre
DR D
HI
NEW LONDON RD
IEL
DGE RD
GH
GF A138 LEADING TO:

RIN Colchester & A12
ST
PO SP
MEAD
The Meadows
A1060
W
BELL Shopping Centre

HA
HIGH BRI
RF
CENTRAL PARK Cinema

E LN
RD
PAR
OUS
BADD
ESSEX COUNTY KWA OW RD
CRICKET CLUB Y BADDOW

RD
ERH
A138
WAT
A1016
FLYOVER
ST HALL ST
TLE
A1016 WRIT
RD
NEW
ST
OR
RD
AVE
HAM
HAM
MAN
LET A414
ON
RD
AY
ULS
LDL
ND
A414 LEADING TO:

SOU
LADY Southend, Basildon,
THB
ST J
MO
LO
GO
ORO
A1016 LEADING TO: UGH OH LN & Maldon.
RD
N’S Also to Sandon
W
A414 to Harlow RD
NE
M11 to London
A12 to London Junction 15
B1007
D
SR
Chelmsford College
NCE
(Moulsham St Campus)
PRI
Key
A12 to London Junction 15
Disabled parking Buses only
Disabled parking Buses only A1114
Carpark
Car park Pedestrians
Pedestrians only only
Chelmsford College
Information
Informationcentre
centre OneOne
wayway (Princes Rd Campus)
Cathedral River A12 to London Junction 15
Cathedral River
Toilets Railway line
PO Toilets
Post Office BusRailway
station line
PO Post Office Drop off/pick
Bus up
station
Drop off / pick up

Chelmsford campus Key
Main Reception
and Refectory
University Library
Students’ Union,
Mildmay
ception and Refectory long stay Student Services
(staff/student
ty Library parking) Mildmay
Sports Hall
Medical Centre
s’ Union, Student Services Admissions
Centre Postgraduate
Accommodation Office
Medical Institute
ons (PMI)
Finance Office
modation Office
Office Employment Bureau
ment Bureau William
iCentre
The MedBIC
Harvey
(BIC)
Building Chaplaincy
ncy (WHB)
Tindal
Building
(TIN)
d parking Disabled parking

rking Cycle parking
Alan Ch
Marconi
cle parking Building Motorcycle parking
lley Road
(MAR) The Island

(incl the
Toilets
erry Dr
Copy
Centre)
Restaurant/café
Chelmer Va
ive
ant / café
ments Smoking area
g area Pedestrian route
an route Pedestrian bridge
an bridge Student Lord
Ashcroft
River
Village
Building
(MAB) Recycling point
g point Lifts
Way
Ransomes Sawyers
Building
Long Stay (SAW) Chelmer
Building Drop off/pick up
Bis
(CHE)
ho
/ pick up
p Ha
Student
Village
ll Lane
y
Wa
Henry Road
Sawyers
Queens nns
(Visitor (staff/student
ma
Queen’s parking) parking)
Hoff
Building
Rivermead (QUE)
Rectory Lane Gate
(RMG) Ashby
House
Ne
Chelmsford City Centre (A1016) (ASH)

wS
treet
Towards
City Centre
Travelling by car Parking Park & Ride

Chelmsford is accessible from the A12, the Apart from some disabled spaces, there Chelmsford’s Park & Ride site is on the A12
main route from London to East Anglia. If is no parking available on our Chelmsford (Junction 18/A414/A1060 Maldon Road
you’re approaching via the M25, join the campus. You can use Rectory Lane long- interchange). There’s space for over 1,100
A12 at Junction 28. stay and Riverside and Waterloo Lane cars, with buses serving the city centre
short-stay car parks nearby. Alternatively, every 10 minutes throughout the day. The
From the A12, follow the local signs to use Chelmsford’s Park & Ride service. North Chelmsford Park & Ride terminal
Chelmsford city centre and our campus. operates a bus route through our campus.
Our main reception is in the Lord Ashcroft Visit www.chelmsford.gov.uk/carparks
Building, which is at the junction of New Visit essex.gov.uk/parkandride
Street and Rectory Lane.

There is no parking available at our
Chelmsford campus*
*Apart from some disabled spaces.
Cycling
You can cycle around the city on 30km of
Travelling by train
dedicated cycle paths linked by relatively
Chelmsford is on the main line from
quiet residential roads. The network
London Liverpool Street to Colchester. The
covers almost the whole of the urban
station is about a 10-minute walk from our Travelling by bus/coach
area of Chelmsford.
Chelmsford campus. Up to six trains an Local First Group bus services terminate
hour connect Chelmsford to London. in Chelmsford bus station on Duke Street,
a few minutes walk from our campus.
Visit nationalrail.co.uk National Express coaches terminate in Chelmsford campus
Victoria Road. Bishop Hall Lane
Chelmsford
Visit firstgroup.com and CM1 1SQ
nationalexpress.com

270
How to get to our
London campus
Farringdon
Aldersga
ous
eS
t Barbican
erh
hart
C
Farringdo
te St
ARU London
ld
hfie
mit
WS
Chancery Lane n Rd A20
A40
1
St A
King Edward St
ndr
St Martin’s Le-Gr
Ho
ew
lbo
rn V
St
iad
uct
n
Farringdo
rL
and
tte
Fe
n St
St Paul’s
Fleet St
City Thameslink
On foot Tube and train Bus

We're within a few minutes’ walk of the Our campus is close to Chancery Lane Routes 8, 17, 25, 45, 46, 63 and 521 stop
following London landmarks: tube station (Central line – about five on Charterhouse Street.
minutes' walk away) and Farringdon tube
• St Paul’s Cathedral (Hammersmith & City, Circle, Metropolitan
• The Stock Exchange Underground lines – about two minutes'
walk away).
• Barbican
• Leather Lane As well as the tube, First Capital Connect Travelling by car
• Covent Garden. train services come into Farringdon We don't have any parking on campus, but
station from Luton, Bedford, St Albans, you'll find four NCP car parks within easy
Croydon and Gatwick. walking distance of Charterhouse Street.
ARU London
19 Charterhouse Street
London
EC1N 6RA

How to get to our
Peterborough campus
Guild House campus
Guild House Campus
To Market Deeping Key
NE
Peterborough RIVER NE To Spalding
A SS Disabled parking
CUBITT WAY
Y-P
A15
GEORGE ST
EYE B
JUBILEE
GE
DD
J20
Information centre
WHARF
I NG
D
ST
DLE R
N CT
LONDON RD
A47
TO
SWAI
RD
OUN
N
A605 A47 A15

Cathedral
RD
WA
Y GROVE ST A15 J8
R
SU
GA J19
ND
RD River
ER
D
L LA
ND EL Railway line
RD
J18
E
OU L
TON AV
A1139
PALMERSTON
QUEENS WALK
W
A1129 S RD
A605 UL
EL PA
ORCHARD ST
ED ST
NEWA Bus station
DOGSTHO
FLET
TH
WAY
A15 RK
NE
AVEN
UE
BAKERS LN
S PARK
AD
ELM ST RPE RD
LINC
RO
SILVER ST J7
RO
MELROSE D
BOURGES BLVD
AD
OLN
ON
S VIEW
PERKIN
E
ND
AV
R
N
RD
PARK RD
TO
BE
LO
RD
LS A15 AY
OR
Train Station
RD
IZE
ADW
AV
IELD
RD
FRANK
FO
NG
BRO
LA
ST F
HIGH ST A1129
Westgate Shopping Centre
EA
PETERBOROUGH
Queensgate
TE
Shopping Centre
GA
BOON
THORPE
J15 PARK J5
To Leicester A47 A1179
CASTOR E The Regional Swimming Pool

R NEN
VE
THORPE RI Rivergate Shopping Centre
WOOD A605
J33
RD
LE A15 A605
ND
ORTON MEADOWS J32 OU
GOLF COURSE
A1260
To Stamford A605
J31
A605
A605
A1139 ORTONS
J30
A1
A1139 Guild House Campus
Peterborough
J17
RD
A605
RESERVOIR
LAKE
DON
A1 (M)
LON
A15
To Oundle
To London
Travelling by car
Car park Travelling by bus/coach
From the A1(M)
Information centre From the A15 & A47 • Bus 1 from Queensgate Bus Station
• LeaveCathedral
the A1 at the A1139 (J17), following • From Junction 18, follow the signs in Peterborough city centre stops at
signs River
for Peterborough (city centre for the city centre. Continue down Guild House.
Railway line
A1139)Bus
and Wisbech.
station
Bourges Boulevard following signs • The bus stop is called ‘Woodston,
• Leave the A1139 at the slip road, for the city centre, continuing straight opposite Guild House’. Journey time
following signs for hospital, city centre over three roundabouts. is five minutes.
and Sleaford. • A
fter passing the Queensgate Shopping
• At the third roundabout, turn left (taking Centre on your left, you will reach a large
the first exit), following signs for the city roundabout; take the 2nd exit signposted
centre (A1260). Rivergate Centre & Whittlesey.
• Continue on the A1260 until you • At the next roundabout turn right (2nd
reach the A605 then turn right onto exit) over the River Nene, and then bear
Oundle Road. left at the set of traffic lights. At the
next set of traffic lights (the football
• Continue along this road, and take the
ground will be on your left), turn right Peterborough campus
6th road on the left into Swain Court.
onto Oundle Road. Guild House
• Guild House (Swain Court) is the fourth Oundle Road
turning on your right (approximately Peterborough
0.4 miles down Oundle Road). PE2 9PN

272
How to get to University
Centre Harlow
Car park
HARLOW TOWN CENTRE
Train station
AVE Railway line

RTH POST OFFICE RD
FOU N WAY Bus station
Travelling by train
NORTH GATE
SO
PO
KIT
PO Post office
University
Harlow Town is on the London Liverpool
Church
TERMINUS ST
VELIZY AVE
Centre Street to Cambridge main line, which can

HAYDENS
Harlow
Harvey
Centre also be reached via Tottenham Hale on
Play CROSS ST
the Victoria underground line. Fast trains
House
Theatre COLLE
GE GATE
run approximately every half hour from
CROWN GATE
Harlow Town Station and take around
RD
COLLEGE
SQUARE
Civic Police
Centre 20 minutes to reach Tottenham Hale,
SOU
TH
AT
35 minutes to Liverpool Street, and 50
G
Water Gardens E
Shopping Centre To Sawbridgeworth

& Bishop’s Stortford
To Cambridge minutes to Cambridge.
& the North
E
THIRD AV
The train station is one mile from our
T
A1184 University Centre. A frequent bus service
TOR
ER S is available for this journey.
RIV To Old Harlow
To Hertford
M11
RGH WAY
A414 EDINBU
A414
Town Park
A414
HOWARD
E
A1169
AV
Canons Brook
Travelling by bus/coach
AY
Golf Club
W University Centre Harlow is less than
AY
WAY
W
TH N
AVE FIFTH
DE
BE GIL five minutes’ walk from the town centre
I ZA Princess MANDEL
A AVE
EL Alexandra
Hospital
and bus station. The number 59 bus
University runs frequently between Chelmsford
HOWARD
AVE Centre
VELIZY
FOURTH Harlow and Harlow; to check their timetables

HAYDENS
Clock
HARBERTS RD
WAY
Tower
please visit the Arrivabus website.
A1025 SECOND AVE
Visit arrivabus.co.uk
RD
Park Inn
THIRD AVE Hotel
Please note that apart from spaces
A1169 for those with a disability, there is no
N WAY A414
SOUTHER parking available on-campus. Parking
A1169
J7 To Hastingwood is available in Harlow town centre,
To Royston
& Nazeing details of which can be found on
the Harlow Council website.
A414
J7 Visit harlow.gov.uk
B1393
To Chelmsford
To Epping
To London
& the M25
Key
Car park
Train Station
Railway line
Bus station
PO Post Office
Church

Velizy Avenue
Harlow
Essex
CM20 3EZ

How to get to University
Centre Peterborough
University Centre
To Market Deeping
Key
Peterborough To Spalding
S
AS
EYE BY-P Disabled parking
J20
Information centre
PAR
ST.
MA A47
RD
RTIN
KC A47 A15
PAR RESC
RPE
ST
A15 J8
KR
LINC
E
ALL
Cathedral
HO
SAIN J19
NT
Peterborough
GST
TS R
RD
D
PR D
Regional D
OLN
INC THE PARK

DO
E’S
STR College LA
N
River
HU
EET J18 EL
PR A1139
RD
W
NT
LEY INC
E’S PA
UL
S RD
Railway line
RD
GR GT ST
NEWA
GRA
OV
DOGSTHO
WAY
E PR
IN RK
Y LD
CE’ AVEN
Bus station
N
I LL S
IE UE
V
ES
S PARK
TF
GD
RPE RD
T
DW
VE
LINC
RG
NS
E J7 University Centre
BOURGES BLVD
S
OA
BUR
TT
EA
Peterborough
OLN
GHL
E
EY
ST
PERKIN
RD
BR
CEMETERY
RD
PARK RD
RD
MO PAD A15
NUM
ENT
H OLM Train Station AY
ADW
E RD
IELD
ST
FRANK
CR
WT
A
HO
BRO
ST F
RN
E
Westgate Shopping Centre
EA
RD
PETERBOROUGH
Queensgate
TE
Shopping Centre
GA
BOON
THORPE
J15 PARK J5
To Leicester A47 A1179
CASTOR
VE
R NEN
E The Regional Swimming Pool Travelling by bus/coach
RI Rivergate Shopping Centre
THORPE
WOOD A605 Exit the train station on Station Road
J33
RD
ND
LE A15 A605 and head for the overhead walkway
OU
ORTON MEADOWS
GOLF COURSE
J32 into the Queensgate Centre.
A1260
To Stamford A605
J31
• You will then see a lift on your
A605
A605
left, which will take you down to
A1139 ORTONS the bus station.
J30 • C
atch Citi bus number 5 from bay 12,
A1
A1139
which takes you to our Eastfield Road
J17
entrance. Alternatively, catch Citi bus
number 2 from bay 13, which stops at our
RD
A605
RESERVOIR
LAKE
DON
A1 (M)
Park Crescent entrance. Both buses run
LON
every 10 minutes throughout the day.

A15
To Oundle
To London
Travelling by car Travelling by train

Car park
From the A1(M)
Information centre
From the A47 High-speed trains leaving every 20
• Leave A1(M) at Junction 17 then keep in
Cathedral
• Leave the A47 at Junction 19. minutes will take you from London to
left handRiver
lane. At roundabout take the • At the roundabout, take the exit Peterborough in 45 minutes; slower
4th exit Railway
ontoline the A1139 Peterborough. towards Dogsthorpe (Fulbridge Road). commuter services also run. Additionally,
Bus station
• Leave the A1139 at Junction 1. • At the mini-roundabout, turn left into trains operate from Birmingham,
• At Junction 1 roundabout take 2nd • St Paul’s Road. Cambridge, Ely, Ipswich, Lincoln,
exit onto the A1139 Orton Centre, Liverpool, Norwich, and Stansted Airport.
• At the next mini-roundabout, go
Lynchwood, Business Parks.
straight across onto Dogsthorpe Road.
• At roundabout take the 2nd exit onto Visit nationalrail.co.uk
• You will come to a double mini-
the A1139 Lynch Wood, Business Parks.
roundabout system. Keep right at
• At roundabout take the 4th exit onto the first roundabout and turn left at the
the A605 City Centre. second to continue onto Park Road.
• At roundabout take the 2nd exit onto • Take the second left into Park Crescent.
the A605 City Centre. The visitors’ entrance will be on the left.
• At roundabout take the 2nd exit onto
the A605 City Centre. Visit ucp.ac.uk
• At roundabout take the 2nd exit.
• At roundabout take the 1st exit onto the
A605 Yaxley, Whittlesey.
• At traffic signals continue forward Park Crescent
onto the A605. Peterborough
• You will see the entrance to University PE1 4DZ
Centre Peterborough on your right.

274
How to get to
College of West Anglia Train Station
Queen Elizabeth
Hospital
King’s Lynn
D
Leisure
NR
A1078
Centre
TO
OT
WO
Although limited parking is available
GAYWOOD RD
JO
A148 GAYTO
on site, the town centre of King’s Lynn N RD
HN
V
ON A
A1076
has a number of car parks. These are The College of
KE
NY S
West Anglia
NNED
TEN
a 10 – 20 minute walk from the college. King’s Lynn
V AV
O U ER
Y RD
A149
Visit west-norfolk.gov.uk VA
N C CHAPEL
RD
A17 Sleaford A149

HA
AY
and A16 to Boston
RD W
A17 W ETH
College of West Anglia IC
K IZAB
RD EL
Tennyson Avenue EEN
QU Hardwick
A47
King's Lynn A47

Roundabout
Norfolk Tesco
A47
PE30 2QW To Peterborough A10
To Norwich
To Ely
By train By bus/coach By cycle/on foot

Frequent services operate through King’s King’s Lynn bus station is located next to We are keen to encourage cycling or
Lynn, including regular services between the Vancouver Centre on Albion Street, walking to campus as a healthy and
London and King’s Lynn (from King’s a 15 minute walk from the site. The main green mode of transport. As such, we
Cross and Liverpool Street). King’s Lynn operator is First Group, with more local have recently invested in additional
Station is about half a mile (15 minutes' services operated by Norfolk Green. cycle parking facilities.
walk) from the campus.
Visit, firstgroup.com, norfolkgreen.co.uk
Milton, Cambridge To Ely

The Milton Cambridge site is located on
Landbeach Road and is accessible via the A10.
AD
The College of
RO
Free but limited parking is available. There is a

West Anglia
Y
park and ride facility in Cambridge; the nearest

EL
Milton
stop is a 15–20 minute walk from the college. A10
ELY
To Histon
ROA
Visit cambridgeshire.gov.uk/parkandride
D
BU
TT
LA
LAN
WAY
NE
DBE
S
HIG H
PHRIE
ACH
ST
RD
HUM
By bus/by train
The Cambridge Milton site is served by A10
ST
local bus and rail routes; there is also a

HIGH
shuttle bus from Waterbeach train station.
A14 CAMBRID
Visit cwa.ac.uk/student-services/ GE RD A1039
travelling-to-college To Huntingdon
A1309
A14 To Newmarket
Landbeach Road To Ely
Milton
Cambridgeshire
CB24 6DB

Subject
Construction FdSc 111 Marketing BA (Hons) 187
Construction Management Tourism Management
BSc (Hons) 112 BSc (Hons) 245, 246
index
(Top-up) BSc (Hons) 113 Computing and Computer Science
Quantity Surveying BSc (Hons) 228 Applied Computer Science
BSc (Hons) 65
Business and Management Audio and Music Technology
Animal and Environmental Biology Accounting and Finance BSc (Hons) 69
Animal Behaviour BSc (Hons) 63 BSc (Hons) 59, 60 Business Information Systems
Accounting and Financial BSc (Hons) 84
Animal Behaviour with Foundation
Year BSc (Hons) 64 Management (Top-up) BSc (Hons) 61 Computer Games Art BA (Hons) 103
Marine Biology with Conservation Charity and Social Enterprise Computer Gaming Technology
and Biodiversity BSc (Hons) 185 Management Cert HE 96 BSc (Hons) 104
Marine Biology with Conservation Banking and Finance BSc (Hons) 70 Computer Gaming Technology with
and Biodiversity with Foundation Banking and Finance (Top-up) Foundation Year BSc (Hons) 105
Year BSc (Hons) 186 BSc (Hons) 71 Computer Networks BSc (Hons) 106
Veterinary Nursing with Applied Business Administration (Top-up) Computer Science FdSc 108, 109
Animal Behaviour FdSc 247 BSc (Hons) 80 Computer Science BEng 107
Veterinary Nursing with Applied Business and Finance (Top-up) Computing and Information
Animal Behaviour BSc (Hons) 248 BSc (Hons) 82 Systems BSc (Hons) 110
Zoology BSc (Hons) 251 Business Economics BSc (Hons) 81 Software Development
Zoology with Foundation Year Business and Human Resource BSc (Hons) 236
BSc (Hons) 252 Management BSc (Hons) 83, 90
Business Management Distance Learning
Archaeology BSc (Hons) 85, 94, 95 Charity and Social Enterprise
Archaeology and Landscape History Business Management and Finance Management Cert HE 96
BA (Hons) 66 BSc (Hons) 86 Coaching for Performance in Football
Business Management and BSc (Hons) 101
Art and Design
Leadership BSc (Hons) 87 Decontamination Sciences FdSc 124
Computer Games Art BA (Hons) 103
Business and Healthcare Decontamination Sciences
Fashion Design BA (Hons) 149 Management BSc (Hons) 88 (Top-up) BSc (Hons) 125
Film and Television Production Business and Hospitality Hearing Aid Audiology FdSc 163
BA (Hons) 150 Management BSc (Hons) 89 Hearing Sciences (Top-Up)
Fine Art BA (Hons) 157 Business and Law BSc (Hons) 91 BSc (Hons) 164
Graphic Design BA (Hons) 160 Business and Marketing Leadership and Management in
Graphic Design FdA 161 BSc (Hons) 92 Health and Social Care FdSc 181
Illustration BA (Hons) 167 Business and Tourism BSc (Hons) 93 Management BA (Hons) 182
Illustration and Animation Finance BSc (Hons) 153 Management of Social and
BA (Hons) 168 Finance and Business Analytics Affordable Housing FdSc 184
Interior Design BA (Hons) 170 BSc (Hons) 154 Mental Health (Top-Up)
Photography BA (Hons) 213 Finance and Economics BSc (Hons) 194
BSc (Hons) 155 Ophthalmic Dispensing FdSc 202
Biomedical and Molecular Science Finance and Accounting Sales BA (Hons) 229
Biomedical Science BSc (Hons) 72 BSc (Hons) 156 Management and Leadership in
Bioscience FdSc 73, 75, 77 International Business Management Health and Social Care BSc (Hons) 183
Bioscience BSc (Hons) 74, 76 (Accelerated) BSc (Hons) 173
International Business Management Drama and Performing Arts
Bioscience (Top-up) BSc (Hons)78
BSc (Hons) 171, 172 Drama BA (Hons) 126
Built Environment International Business (Top-Up) Drama and English Literature
Architectural Technology BSc (Hons) 174 BA (Hons) 127
BSc (Hons) 67 Leadership and Management in Drama and Film Studies BA (Hons) 128
Architecture BSc (Hons) 68 Health and Social Care FdSc 181 Performing Arts BA (Hons) 208, 209
Building Surveying BSc (Hons) 79 Management BSc (Hons) 182
Civil Engineering FdSc 98 Management and Leadership in

Health and Social Care BSc (Hons) 183
Civil Engineering BEng (Hons) 99
Management of Social and Affordable
Civil Engineering BSc (Hons) 100 Housing FdSc 184

276
Education Forensic Science Public Health BSc (Hons) 223
Early Childhood Studies Crime and Investigative Sales BSc (Hons) 229
BA (Hons) 129, 130 Studies FdSc 118 Social Care and Well-being FdSc 230
Early Childhood Professional Crime and Investigative Social Care and Well-being
Studies BA (Hons) 131 Studies BSc (Hons) 117, 119 BSc (Hons) 231
Early Childhood Professional Crime and Investigative Studies with Social Care and Well-being
Studies (Top-up) BA (Hons) 132, 133 Foundation Year BSc (Hons) 120 (Older Person) BSc (Hons) 231
Early Years, Childcare and Forensic Science BSc (Hons) 158 Social Policy BA (Hons) 232
Education FdA 134 Forensic Science with Foundation Social Work BA (Hons) 233
Early Years, Playwork and Year BSc (Hons) 159
Education FdA 135, 136 Special and Intensive Care of the
Health and Social Care Newborn Graduate Certificate 237
Education (Top-Up) BA (Hons) 137, 138
Acute Care (Top-Up) BSc (Hons) 62 Specialist Community Public Health
Education and Childhood Nursing (Health Visiting or School
Studies BA (Hons) 139 Children and Young People (Top-Up) Nursing) (Top-Up) BSc (Hons) 238
Education Studies BA (Hons) 140 BSc (Hons) 97
Education, Technology and Community Specialist Practitioner Humanities
Computing BA (Hons) 141 (District Nursing) BSc (Hons) 102 History BA (Hons) 165
Counselling (Child and Young History and English Literature
Engineering People) DipHE 114 BA (Hons) 166
Engineering FdSc 143 Counselling and Psychotherapy Philosophy BA (Hons) 211
Integrated Engineering (Top-Up) (Top-Up) BA (Hons) 115
Philosophy and English Literature
BEng (Hons) 169 Healthcare Science BSc (Hons) 162 BA (Hons) 212
Mechanical Engineering Hearing Aid Audiology FdSc 163 Politics BA (Hons) 215
BEng (Hons) 188 Hearing Sciences (Top-Up)
Civil Engineering FdSc 98 BSc (Hons) 164 Journalism
Civil Engineering BEng (Hons) 99 International Nursing Studies Journalism (Multimedia)
Civil Engineering BSc (Hons) 100 BSc (Hons) 175 BA (Hons) 176, 177
Electronic Engineering Leadership and Management in Sports Journalism FdA 242
BEng (Hons) 142 Health and Social Care FdSc 181
Management and Leadership Law
English and Writing in Health and Social Care Business and Law BSc (Hons) 91
English Literature BA (Hons) 147, 148 BSc (Hons) 183 Law LLB (Hons) 178, 179
Writing and English Literature Medical Science BSc (Hons) 192 Law and Accounting BSc (Hons) 180
BA (Hons) 249 Medical Science (Extended)
Writing and Film Studies BSc (Hons) 192 Medical Science
BA (Hons) 250 Medical Technology BSc (Hons) 193 Decontamination Sciences FdSc 124
Mental Health (Top-Up) Decontamination Sciences (Top-Up)
English Language Studies BSc (Hons) 194 BSc (Hons) 125
English Language and English Midwifery BSc (Hons) 195 Medical Science BSc (Hons) 192
Language Teaching BA (Hons) 144
Nursing (Adult) BSc (Hons) 197 Medical Science (Extended)
English Language and Linguistics BSc (Hons) 192
Nursing (Child) BSc (Hons) 198
BA (Hons) 145
Nursing (Mental Health) Nutrition BSc (Hons) 200
English Language Studies
BSc (Hons) 199 Nutrition (Extended) BSc (Hons) 200
(Non-native Speakers of English)
BA (Hons) 146 Nutrition BSc (Hons) 200 Paramedic Science BSc (Hons) 207
Nutrition (Extended) BSc (Hons) 200 Pharmaceutical Science
Film and Media BSc (Hons) 210
Operating Department Practice
Film and Television Production DipHE 201 Pharmaceutical Science (Extended)
BA (Hons) 150 BSc (Hons) 210
Palliative and End of Life Care
Film Studies BA (Hons) 151 (Top-Up) BSc (Hons) 206 Public Health FdSc 222
Film Studies and Media Studies Paramedic Science BSc (Hons) 207 Public Health BSc (Hons) 223
BA (Hons) 152
Media Studies BA (Hons) 189, 190, 191 BSc (Hons) 210
Photography BA (Hons) 213 Pharmaceutical Science (Extended)
BSc (Hons) 210
Public Health FdSc 222

Index
Music Veterinary Nursing with Applied Animal
Audio and Music Technology Behaviour BSc (Hons) 248
BSc (Hons) 69 Zoology BSc (Hons) 251
Creative Music Technology Zoology with Foundation Year
BA (Hons) 116 BSc (Hons) 252
Music BA (Hons) 196 A Why choose Anglia Ruskin 4–5
Popular Music BA (Hons) 216 Abnormal and Clinical Psychology Animal Behaviour BSc (Hons) 63
BSc (Hons) 58
Animal Behaviour with Foundation
Optometry Access to HE Diploma 260 Year BSc (Hons) 64
Ophthalmic Dispensing Accommodation 28–32 Applied Computer Science
BSc (Hons) 203 Accommodation in Cambridge 29–30 BSc (Hons) 65
Ophthalmic Dispensing Applying for accommodation 29 Applying to Anglia Ruskin 253–262
FdSc 202
CB1 29, 32 Applying, International Students 258
Ophthalmic Dispensing with
Foundation Year BSc (Hons) 204 The Railyard 29, 31 Applying for Accommodation 28
Optometry BOptom (Hons) 205 Peter Taylor House 29, 32 Applying for nursing or
Swinhoe Hall 29, 32 midwifery courses 256
Psychology Anastasia House 29, 32 Archaeology and Landscape History
Abnormal and Clinical Psychology BA (Hons) 66
University Houses 29, 32
BSc (Hons) 58 Architectural Technology
Sedley Court 30, 32
Psychology BSc (Hons) 218 BSc (Hons) 67
YMCA 30, 32
Psychology and Criminology Architecture BSc (Hons) 68
Accommodation for Health Students 31
BSc (Hons) 219 Art and Design
Accommodation in Chelmsford 31
Computer Games Art BA (Hons) 103
Social Sciences Student Village 31–32
Fashion Design BA (Hons) 149
Crime and Investigative Accommodation for
Studies FdSc 118 Health Students 31
BA (Hons) 150
Crime and Investigative Studies Accounting and Finance
Fine Art BA (Hons) 157
BSc (Hons) 117, 119 BSc (Hons) 59, 60
Graphic Design BA (Hons) 160
Crime and Investigative Studies with Accounting and Financial
Foundation Year BSc (Hons) 120 Management (Top–up) BSc (Hons) 61 Graphic Design FdA 161
Criminology BA (Hons) 121, 122 Accreditation of Prior Learning Illustration BA (Hons) 167
Criminology and Sociology (APL) 261 Illustration and Animation BA (Hons) 168
BA (Hons) 123 Accreditation of Prior Certificated Interior Design BA (Hons) 170
Psychosocial Studies Learning (APCL) 261 Photography BA (Hons) 213
BA (Hons) 220, 221 Accreditation of Prior Experiential Associate colleges 52
Public Service FdA 224, 226 Learning (APEL) 261
AS Levels 260
Public Service (Top-Up) Acute Care (Top–up) BSc (Hons) 62
BA (Hons) 225, 227 Admission with Credit 258 BSc (Hons) 69
Sociology BA (Hons) 234, 235 Advanced entry 260–261
Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL) 261 B
Sport
Accreditation of Prior Certificated Learning Banking and Finance BSc (Hons) 70
Coaching for Performance in Football (APCL) 261 Banking and Finance (Top-up)
BSc (Hons) 101
Accreditation of Prior Experiential BSc (Hons) 71
Sports Coaching and Physical Learning (APEL) 261 Basketball 24
Education BSc (Hons) 239, 240
Anastasia House 29, 32 Biomedical and Molecular Science
Education with Foundation Year Animal and Environmental Biology Biomedical Science BSc (Hons) 72
BSc (Hons) 241 Animal Behaviour BSc (Hons) 63 Bioscience FdSc 73, 75, 77
Sports Journalism FdA 242 Animal Behaviour with Foundation Year Bioscience BSc (Hons) 74, 76
Sports Science BSc (Hons) 243 BSc (Hons) 64
Bioscience (Top-up) BSc (Hons) 78
Sports Science with Foundation Year Marine Biology with Biodiversity and
Biomedical Science BSc (Hons) 72
BSc (Hons) 244 Conservation BSc (Hons) 185
Bioscience FdSc 73, 75, 77
Marine Biology with Conservation
Technology and Biodiversity (Foundation Year) Bioscience BSc (Hons) 74, 76
Electronic Engineering BSc (Hons) 186 Bioscience (Top-up) BSc (Hons) 78
BEng (Hons) 142 Veterinary Nursing with Applied Animal Books Plus 6
Behaviour FdSc 247

278
BTEC Diplomas 260 Business Information Systems Shops and markets 43
Building Surveying BSc (Hons) 79 BSc (Hons) 84 Bars and clubs 43
Built Environment Business Management BSc (Hons) Events and festivals 43
85, 94, 95
Architectural Technology BSc (Hons) 67 Outdoor life 43
Business Management and Finance
Architecture BSc (Hons) 68 Chelmsford campus 44–47
BSc (Hons) 86
Building Surveying BSc (Hons) 79 Student Village 44
Business Management and
Civil Engineering FdSc 98 Leadership BSc (Hons) 87 Marconi Building 44
Civil Engineering BEng (Hons) 99 Postgraduate Medical Institute (PMI) 44
Civil Engineering BSc (Hons) 100 C William Harvey Building 44
Construction FdSc 111 Calculating your points 260 Lord Ashcroft Building 44
Construction Management Cambridge 36–41 Medical Business Innovation Centre
BSc (Hons) 112 The city 37 in Essex (MedBIC) 47
Construction Management (Top–up) Shopping 37 University Library 47
BSc (Hons) 113 Eating out 37 John Smith’s Bookshop 47
Quantity Surveying BSc (Hons) 228 Nightlife 37 The iCentre 47
Business Administration (Top-up) Theatres, cinemas and the arts 37 Gym and Sports Hall 47
BA (Hons) 80
Sports and leisure 37 Leisure activities 47
Business and Finance (Top-up)
Museums, galleries and days out 37 A little history 47
BA (Hons) 82
Cambridge campus 38–41 Children and Young People (Top-Up)
What’s on campus, at-a-glance 38 BSc (Hons) 97
Management BSc (Hons) 83, 90
Cambridge School of Art 40 Civil Engineering FdSc 98
Business and Management
Accounting and Finance Laboratories, studios and Civil Engineering BEng (Hons) 99
BSc (Hons) 59, 60 other facilities 40 Civil Engineering BSc (Hons) 100
Accounting and Financial Management University Library 40 Clubs and societies 26
(Top–up) BSc (Hons) 61 Mumford Theatre 40 Coaching for Performance in
Banking and Finance BSc (Hons) 70 Ruskin Gallery 40 Football BSc (Hons) 101
Banking and Finance (Top-up) John Smith’s Bookshop 41 College of West Anglia 53
BSc (Hons) 71 How to get to 275
Young Street Cambridge 41
Business Administration (Top-up) Community Specialist Practitioner
The iCentre 41
BA (Hons) 80 (District Nursing) BSc (Hons) 102
Campus gym 41
Business and Healthcare Management Completing your UCAS
BSc (Hons) 88 Sports facilities 41
application form 256
Business and Hospitality Management Eye clinic 41
Computer Networks BSc (Hons) 106
BSc (Hons) 89 A little history 41
Computer Science FdSc 108, 109
Business and Law BSc (Hons) 91 Cambridge Pre-U 260
Computer Science BEng (Hons) 107
Business and Marketing BSc (Hons) 92 Campus Sport 22
Computing and Computer Science
Business and Tourism BSc (Hons) 93 Campus Tours 9, 19
Business and Human Resource Careers and Employability 11 BSc (Hons) 69
Management BSc (Hons) 83, 90 Careers advisers 11 Business Information Systems
Business Economics BSc (Hons) 81 Entrepreneurial focus 11 BSc (Hons) 84
Business Management Faculty employability advisers 11 Computer Games Art BA (Hons) 103
BSc (Hons) 85, 94, 95
Overseas study 11 Computer Gaming Technology
Business Management and Finance BSc BSc (Hons) 104
(Hons) 86 Placement opportunities 11
The Employment Bureau 11 Computer Gaming Technology with
Business Management and Leadership Foundation Year BSc (Hons) 105
BSc (Hons) 87 Careers advisers 11
Computer Science FdSc 108, 109
Finance and Economics BSc (Hons) 155 CB1 29, 32
Computer Science BEng (Hons) 107
International Business Management BSc Chaplaincy 20
(Hons) 171, 172 Computing and Information Systems
BSc (Hons) 110
International Business Management Management Cert HE 96
(Accelerated) BSc (Hons) 173 Computer Games Art BA (Hons) 103
Chelmsford 42–47
Marketing BA (Hons) 187 Computer Gaming Technology
Chelmsford at-a-glance 42
BSc (Hons) 104
Tourism Management Theatres, cinemas and the arts 43
BSc (Hons) 245, 246 Computer Gaming Technology with
Sport and leisure 43 Foundation Year BSc (Hons) 105
Business Economics BSc (Hons) 81

Computer Science FdSc 108, 109 Sales BA (Hons) 229 Engineering FdSc 143
Computer Science BEng (Hons) 107 Management and Leadership in Integrated Engineering (Top-up)
Computing and Information Health and Social Care BSc (Hons) 183 BEng (Hons) 169
Systems BSc (Hons) 110 Drama and Performing Arts Mechanical Engineering
Construction FdSc 111 BEng (Hons) 188
Drama BA (Hons) 126
Construction Management Electronic Engineering BEng 142
Drama and English Literature
BSc (Hons) 112 Engineering FdSc 143
BA (Hons) 127
Drama and Film Studies BA (Hons) 128 English language
(Top–up) BSc (Hons) 113
requirements 19, 258, 260
Performing Arts BA (Hons) 208, 209
Counselling (Child and Young People)
English Language and English
DipHE 114 Drama BA (Hons) 126
Language Teaching BA (Hons) 144
Counselling and Psychotherapy Drama and English Literature English Language and Linguistics
(Top-Up) BA (Hons) 115 BA (Hons) 127 BA (Hons) 145
Counselling and well-being 20 Drama and Film Studies English Language Studies
Course page guide 56 BA (Hons) 128 (Non–native Speakers of English)
Course assignments 20, 41, 47 BA (Hons) 146
E English and Writing
Creative Music Technology
BA (Hons) 116 Early Childhood Studies
English Literature BA (Hons) 147, 148
BA (Hons) 129, 130
Cricket 24, 37, 43
Early Childhood Professional Studies Writing and English Literature
Crime and Investigative BA (Hons) 249
BA (Hons) 131
Studies FdSc 118
Early Childhood Professional Studies Writing and Film Studies
Crime and Investigative Studies BA (Hons) 250
(Top-up) BA (Hons) 132, 133
BSc (Hons) 117, 119
Early Years, Childcare and English Language Studies
Crime and Investigative Studies with
Education FdA 134 English Language and English
Foundation Year BSc (Hons) 120
Early Years, Playwork and Language Teaching BA (Hons) 144
Criminology BA (Hons) 121, 122
Education FdA 135, 136 English Language and Linguistics
Criminology and Sociology BA (Hons) 145
Education (Top-Up)
BA (Hons) 123
BA (Hons) 137, 138 English Language Studies (Non–native
Education and Childhood Studies Speakers of English) BA (Hons) 146
D
BA (Hons) 139 English Literature BA (Hons) 147, 148
Decontamination Sciences FdSc 124
Education Studies BA (Hons) 140 Entrepreneurial focus 11
Decontamination Sciences (Top-up)
Education, Technology and Entry Requirements 259
BSc (Hons) 125
Computing BA (Hons) 141
Developing your personal skills 21 A Level or equivalent 260
Education
Directions 267–275 BTEC diplomas 260
Early Childhood Professional Studies
Disabled students, Support for 21 BA (Hons) 131 Progression and advanced
diplomas 260
Distance and e-learning 21, 262 Early Childhood Professional Studies
(Top-up) BA (Hons) 132, 133 The extended project 260
Distance learning courses
Early Years, Childcare and Cambridge Pre–U 260
Education FdA 134
Management Cert HE 96 Access to HE diploma 260
Early Years, Playwork and
Coaching for Performance in Football Advanced extension qualification 260
Education FdA 135, 136
BSc (Hons) 101
Education and Childhood Studies AS Levels 260
BA (Hons) 139 Other qualifications 260
Decontamination Sciences (Top-Up) Education Studies BA (Hons) 140
BSc (Hons) 125 Admission with Credit 258
Electronic Engineering Your offer 260
Hearing Aid Audiology 163
BEng (Hons) 142
Hearing Sciences (Top-Up) 164 International (Non–EU) Applicants 258
Employability
Leadership and Management in English language
Faculty employability advisers 11
Health and Social Care FdSc 181 requirements 19, 258, 260
Careers advisers 11 Calculate your points 260
Management BA (Hons) 182
The Employment Bureau 11 Environmental policies 27
Housing FdSc 184 Entrepreneurial training 11 Equality and diversity 21
Mental Health (Top-Up) 194 Employment Bureau 11 Extended Project 260
Ophthalmic Dispensing FdSc 202 Engineering Eye Clinic 41

280
F H Social Work BA (Hons) 233
Faculty Employability Advisers 11 Harlow, University Centre 53 Specialist Community Public Health
Nursing(Health Visiting or School
Faculty of Health, Social Care Healthcare Science BSc (Hons) 162
Nursing) (Top-up) BSc (Hons) 238
& Education, Guild House,
Hearing Aid Audiology FdSc 163
Peterborough 51 High Performance Sports Clubs 24
Hearing Sciences (Top-Up)
Faculty of Health, Social Care History BA (Hons) 165
BSc (Hons) 164
& Education, Young Street,
History and English BA (Hons) 166
Cambridge 41 How to apply 255
Fantastic facilities 14–15 How to Apply 255
UCAS 255
Fashion Design BA (Hons) 149 UCAS 255
If you are an independent applicant
in the UK 255 If you are a student at a school or
Film and Media
If you are applying from outside college registered with UCAS 255
the UK (EU and world-wide) 255 If you are an independent applicant
BA (Hons) 150
If you are applying for nursing in the UK 255
Film Studies BA (Hons) 151
or midwifery courses 256 If you are an independent applicant
Film Studies and Media Studies When to apply 256 applying from outside the UK
BA (Hons) 152 (EU and world-wide) 255
Late applications 256
Media Studies BA (Hons) 189, 190, 191 If you are applying for nursing or
Your personal statement 256 midwifery courses 256
BA (Hons) 150 Mature students 256 When to apply 256
Film Studies BA (Hons) 151 Completing your UCAS Late applications 256
application form 256
Film Studies and Media Studies Your personal statement 256
BA (Hons) 152 Our UCAS code 256
Mature students 256
Finance and Economics Your offer 256
BSc (Hons) 155 Completing your UCAS
How to get here 267–275 application form 256
Finance BSc (Hons) 153
Health Services 21 Our UCAS code 256
Finance and Business Analytics
BSc (Hons) 154 Health and Social Care Your offer 256
Finance and Accounting Acute Care (Top–up) BSc (Hons) 62 How to apply, International
BSc (Hons) 156 students 258
International Nursing Studies
Fine Art BA (Hons) 157 BSc (Hons) 175 How to get to our
campuses 267–275
Fitness 25 Leadership and Management in
Health and Social Care FdSc 181 How to get to our
Forensic Science Cambridge campus 267
Management and Leadership in
Crime and Investigative Studies Health and Social Care BSc (Hons) 183 How to get to our
FdSc 118 Chelmsford campus 269
Medical Science BSc (Hons) 192
Crime and Investigative Studies How to get to our
BSc (Hons) 117, 119 Medical Science (Extended)
London campus 271
BSc (Hons) 192
Crime and Investigative Studies with How to get to our
Foundation Year BSc (Hons) 120 Midwifery BSc (Hons) 195
Peterborough campus 272
Forensic Science BSc (Hons) 158 Nursing (Adult) BSc (Hons) 197 How to get to University
Nursing (Child) BSc (Hons) 198 Centre Harlow 273
Forensic Science with Foundation Year
BSc (Hons) 159 Nursing (Mental Health) How to get to University
BSc (Hons) 199 Centre Peterborough 274
Forensic Science BSc (Hons) 158
Nutrition BSc (Hons) 200 How to get to College of
Forensic Science with Foundation
West Anglia 275
Year BSc (Hons) 159 Nutrition (Extended) BSc (Hons) 200
Humanities
Future ARU 16–17 Operating Department
History BA (Hons) 165
Practice DipHE 201
G Paramedic Science BSc (Hons) 207 History and English Literature
Graphic Design BA (Hons) 160 BA (Hons) 166
Pharmaceutical Science BSc (Hons) 210
Philosophy BA (Hons) 211
Graphic Design FdA 161
Pharmaceutical Science (Extended)
Guide to reading course pages 56 BSc (Hons) 210
BA (Hons) 212
Guild House, Peterborough 31, 51 Public Health FdSc 222
Public Health BSc (Hons) 223
Social Policy BA (Hons) 232

I Libraries 40, 47, 51 Creative Music Technology BA (Hons) 116
iCentres 20, 41, 47 Lord Ashcroft Building 44 Music BA (Hons) 196
Illustration BA (Hons) 167 Popular Music BA (Hons) 216
M
Illustration and Animation Music BA (Hons) 196
BA (Hons) 168 Management BA (Hons) 182
Independent applicant (UK) 255 Management and Leadership N
in Health and Social Care
Integrated Engineering (Top–up) Nursing (Adult) BSc (Hons) 197
BSc (Hons) 183
BEng (Hons) 169 Nursing (Child) BSc (Hons) 198
Interior Design BA (Hons) 170
Housing FdSc 184 Nursing (Mental Health)
International applications 258 Maps and Directions 267–275 BSc (Hons) 199
Applying for a course as an international Nutrition BSc (Hons) 200
Marconi Building 44
student 258 Nutrition (Extended)
Marine Biology with Biodiversity and
English language requirements 258 BSc (Hons) 200
Conservation BSc (Hons) 185
Admission with credit 258 Marine Biology with Conservation
O
On-the-spot offers 258 and Biodiversity with Foundation
Year BSc (Hons) 186 On–the–spot offers 258
Visas and Immigration 258
Marketing BA (Hons) 187 Open Days 8
International Business (Top-Up)
BSc (Hons) 174 Mature students 21 Operating Department Practice
DipHE 201
International Nursing Studies Mechanical Engineering
BSc (Hons) 175 BEng (Hons) 188 Ophthalmic Dispensing
BSc (Hons) 203
International (non-EU) Media Studies BA (Hons) 189, 190, 191
applicants 260 Ophthalmic Dispensing FdSc 202
Medical Business Innovation Centre
International Business Management (MedBIC) 47 Ophthalmic Dispensing with
BSc (Hons) 171, 172 Foundation Year BSc (Hons) 204
Medical Science
International Business Management Optometry BOptom (Hons) 205
(Accelerated) BSc (Hons) 173 Optometry
Foundation courses 258 Decontamination Sciences (Top-up)
BSc (Hons) 125 Ophthalmic Dispensing
International students 257 BSc (Hons) 203
Medical Science BSc (Hons) 192
Our free welcome programme 257 Ophthalmic Dispensing FdSc 202
Medical Science (Extended)
While you’re here 257 BSc (Hons) 192 Ophthalmic Dispensing with Foundation
Year BSc (Hons) 204
Tuition fees and Scholarships 257 Nutrition BSc (Hons) 200
Optometry BOptom (Hons) 205
Nutrition (Extended) BSc (Hons) 200
J Overseas study 11
Paramedic Science BSc (Hons) 207
John Smith’s University
Bookshop 6, 41, 47
Pharmaceutical Science BSc (Hons) 210 P
Journalism Pharmaceutical Science (Extended) Palliative and End of Life
BSc (Hons) 210 (Top-Up) BSc (Hons) 206
Public Health FdSc 222 Paramedic Science BSc (Hons) 207
BA (Hons) 176, 177
Sports Journalism FdA 242 Public Health BSc (Hons) 223 Performing Arts
BA (Hons) 208, 209
Journalism (Multimedia) Medical Science BSc (Hons) 192
BA (Hons) 176, 177 Personal development planning
Medical Science (Extended)
(PDP) 21
Judo 24 BSc (Hons) 192
Personal statement 256
Medical Technology BSc (Hons) 193
K Personal tutors 20
Mental Health (Top-Up)
King’s Lynn 53 BSc (Hons) 194 Peterborough
MCC Cambridge Centre 24 Shopping 50
L Midwifery BSc (Hons) 195 Nightlife and Entertainment 50
Late applications 256
Milton (nr Cambridge) 53, 275 Sports and Leisure 50
Law LLB (Hons) 178, 179
Mumford Theatre 37, 40 Things to do 50
Law and Accounting
Music Peterborough Campus 51
BSc (Hons) 180
Leadership and Management in Audio and Music Technology
Health and Social Care FdSc 181 BSc (Hons) 69

282
Library 51 S Sports Science with Foundation Year
BSc (Hons) 244
Skills Lab 51 Sedley Court 30, 32
Sport at Anglia Ruskin 22
Accommodation 31, 51 Shaping your future 10
Campus sport 22
Peterborough, University Centre 53 Placement opportunities and
overseas study 11 Facilities 25
Peter Taylor House 29, 32
Careers and Employability advisers 11 Sports clubs 24
BSc (Hons) 210 Entrepreneurial Focus 11 High performance sports clubs 24
Pharmaceutical Science (Extended) Highly rated research 11 Judo 24
BSc (Hons) 210
Employment Bureau 11 Cricket 24
Philosophy BA (Hons) 211
Sales BA (Hons) 229 Basketball 24
Social Policy BA (Hons) 232 Volleyball 24
BA (Hons) 212
Photography BA (Hons) 213 Social Sciences Sports Scholarships 25
Placements 11 Crime and Investigative Studies Our facilities 25

FdSc 118
Policing and Criminal Justice Sports 22–25
BSc (Hons) 214 Sports Coaching and Physical
BSc (Hons) 117, 119
Politics BA (Hons) 215 Education BSc (Hons) 239, 240
Crime and Investigative Studies with
Popular Music BA (Hons) 216 Foundation Year BSc (Hons) 120 Sports Coaching and Physical
Education with Foundation Year
Postgraduate Medical Criminology BA (Hons) 121, 122 BSc (Hons) 241
Institute (PMI) 44
Criminology and Sociology Sports Journalism FdA 242
Primary Care Nursing (Top-Up) BA (Hons) 123
BSc (Hons) 217 Sports Scholarships 25
Psychosocial Studies
Progression and Advanced BA (Hons) 220, 221 Sports Science BSc (Hons) 243
Diplomas 260 Sports Science with Foundation Year
Public Service FdA 224, 226
Promoting equality and diversity 21 BSc (Hons) 244
Public Service (Top–up)
Psychology BA (Hons) 225, 227 Sports facilities 25
Abnormal and Clinical Psychology Sociology BA (Hons) 234, 235 Student accommodation 28–32
BSc (Hons) 58 Student Charter 20
Psychology BSc (Hons) 218 FdSc 230 Student Support 20
Psychology and Criminology Social Care and Well-being
iCentres 20, 41, 47
BSc (Hons) 219 BSc (Hons) 231
Psychology BSc (Hons) 218 Social Care and Well-being (Older Our Student Charter 20
Person) BSc (Hons) 231 Counselling and Well-being Service 20
Psychology and Criminology
BSc (Hons) 219 Social Policy BA (Hons) 232 Personal Tutors 20
Psychosocial Studies Social Work BA (Hons) 233 The Chaplaincy 20
BA (Hons) 220, 221
Sociology BA (Hons) 234, 235 Health Services 21
Public Health FdSc 222
Software Development Personal Development
Public Health BSc (Hons) 223 BSc (Hons) 236 Planning (PDP) 21
Public Service FdA 224, 226 Special and Intensive Care of the Developing your personal skills 21
Newborn Graduate Certificate 237
Public Service (Top–up) Learn how to study 21
BA (Hons) 225, 227 Specialist Community Public Health
Nursing (Health Visiting or School Equality and diversity 21
Q Nursing) (Top-up) BSc (Hons) 238 Support for disabled students 21
Quantity Surveying BSc (Hons) 228 Sport
International students 21
Sports Coaching and Physical Education
Mature students 21
R BSc (Hons) 239, 240
Students’ Union 26
Railyard, The 29, 32 Sports Coaching and Physical Education
with Foundation Year Representation 26
Recycling 27 BSc (Hons) 241
Developing skills through Students’
Ruskin Gallery 15, 40 Sports Journalism FdA 242 Union opportunities 26
Sports Science BSc (Hons) 243 Having fun alongside your studies 26

AngliaStudent.com 26 University library 40 Accommodation 51
Student discounts 26 Mumford Theatre 40 Welcome to our Associate
Colleges 53
Student Village, Ruskin Gallery 40
Chelmsford 31, 32, 44 University Centre Harlow 53
John Smith’s Bookshop 41
Studying abroad 11 University Centre Peterborough (UCP) 53
Young Street Cambridge 41
Subject index 276 The College of West Anglia 53
The iCentre 41
Support for disabled students 21 King’s Lynn 53
Campus Gym 41
Sustainability 27 Milton (nr Cambridge) 53
Sports facilities 41
Swinhoe Hall 29, 32 Welcome to your Students’ Union 26
Eye Clinic 41
Welcome overseas students 18
T Welcome to Chelmsford 42
International orientation 19
Technology Chelmsford at-a-glance 42
English language requirements 19
Electronic Engineering BEng 142 Theatres, cinemas and art 43
English language support 19
Terms and conditions 285 Sport and leisure 43
Advice 19
The College of West Anglia 53 Shops and markets 43
What our students say 7
Tourism Management Bars and clubs 43
BSc (Hons) 245, 246 Why choose Anglia Ruskin 4
Events and festivals 43
Work placements 11
Outdoor life 43
U Work experience –
UCAS 255–256, 260 Chelmsford campus 44–47
placements 11
UCAS Code 256 Student Village 44 Writing and English Literature
Marconi Building 44 BA (Hons) 249
UCAS tariff points 260
Postgraduate Medical Institute (PMI) 44 Writing and Film Studies
University Centre Harlow 53
BA (Hons) 250
University Centre Peterborough William Harvey Building 44
(UCP) 53 Lord Ashcroft Building 44 Y
University Houses, Cambridge 29 Medical Business Innovation YMCA 30, 32
University Libraries 40, 47, 51 Centre (MedBIC) 47 Young Street Cambridge 41
University Library 47 Your guide to our course pages 56
V John Smith’s Bookshop 47 Your offer 256
The iCentre 47
Animal Behaviour FdSc 247
Gym and Sports Hall 47 Z
Animal Behaviour BSc (Hons) 248 Leisure activities 47 Zoology BSc (Hons) 251
Visas and immigration 258 Welcome to London 48 Zoology with Foundation Year
BSc (Hons) 252
Volleyball 24 Location 49
London Campus 49
W
Campus facilities 49
Welcome to Anglia Ruskin 2
Student welfare and community 49
Welcome to Cambridge 36
Welcome to Peterborough 50
Eating out 37
Shopping 50
Museums, galleries and days out 37
Nightlife and Entertainment 50
Nightlife 37
Sports and Leisure 50
Shopping 37
Things to do 50
Sports and leisure 37
Peterborough Campus 51
The City 37
Faculty of Health, Social Care &
Theatres, cinemas and art 37
Education, Peterborough 51
Cambridge campus 38 Guild House 51
Cambridge School of Art 40 Library 51
Laboratories, studios and Skills Lab 51
other facilities 40

284
Terms and
conditions
Anglia Ruskin University holds personal data Notice to potential students Before you apply to Anglia
and sensitive personal data on all applicants Anglia Ruskin University Higher Education Ruskin University
and enrolled students in computer and Corporation is an exempt charity. Registered Anglia Ruskin University endeavours
paper-based administrative systems. All Office: Bishop Hall Lane, Chelmsford, Essex to take all reasonable steps to provide
such data is held in accordance with the CM1 1SQ. the education services in the manner
provisions of the Data Protection Act 1998. set out in this prospectus and in those
This prospectus describes the courses additional documents. It does not,
For further information on the holding and awards offered by Anglia Ruskin however, guarantee the provision of
and processing of personal data please University. Anglia Ruskin University’s such services. Should industrial action or
view our Privacy Policy at online prospectus contains further other events beyond the control of Anglia
www.anglia.ac.uk/privacy information about each course and any Ruskin University interfere with its ability
updates. The online prospectus can be to provide education services, Anglia
viewed here: www.anglia.ac.uk/ug Ruskin University undertakes to use all
reasonable endeavours to minimise the
Should you become a student of resulting disruption to those services.
Anglia Ruskin University, you will
receive additional documents detailing Should you become a student at Anglia
the teaching, examination, assessment, Ruskin University, an offer letter will be
and other education services offered by sent to you and this shall constitute a
Anglia Ruskin University. In particular, term of any contract between you and
you will be invited to be bound by the Anglia Ruskin University. Any offer of
Rules, Regulations and Procedures for a place made to you by Anglia Ruskin
Students, a copy of which can be obtained University is made on the basis that in
from the Secretary & Clerks Office or at accepting such an offer you signify your
www.anglia.ac.uk/keydocuments consent and agreement to abide by the
Rules Regulations and Procedures for
Students as a term of any such contract.
All course information in this prospectus

is correct at time of going to print.
Considerable care has been taken in the

preparation of this prospectus to ensure
its accuracy at the time of going to press.
If, however, you feel that it is inaccurate or
misleading, you should write, stating the
detail of your complaint, to: The Secretary
and Clerk to the University, Anglia Ruskin
University, Bishop Hall Lane, Chelmsford,
Essex CM1 1SQ.

Anglia Ruskin
campuses
Anglia Ruskin is an ambitious,
innovative university with
campuses in four of the
UK’s most exciting cities:
Cambridge, Chelmsford,
London and Peterborough.
See the City Life section in
this prospectus from page 34,
or find out more online.
Visit anglia.ac.uk/student-life

Take the
next step
Cambridge Campus
East Road, Cambridge, CB1 1PT
Chelmsford Campus
Bishop Hall Lane, Chelmsford, CM1 1SQ
London Campus
19 Charterhouse St, London EC1N 6RA
Peterborough Campus
Guild House, Oundle Road,
Peterborough, PE2 9PW
anglia.ac.uk
01245 686868
twitter.com/angliaruskin
facebook.com/angliaruskin
instagram.com/angliaruskin
This prospectus is available

in alternative formats.
For more information, contact
01245 686868
For more information about our privacy

and data protection policy visit
anglia.ac.uk/privacy
Cambridge | Chelmsford | London | Peterborough

Anglia Ruskin University Prospectus 2017-18 PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Anglia Ruskin University Prospectus 2017-18 PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2017/18

Established since 1858 www.anglia.ac.uk/ug

We are proud to be a global university We know that choosing a university is one

Ruskin University Cambridge campus 38 International students 257

Why choose Anglia Ruskin 4 Welcome to Chelmsford 42 International applications 258

Books Plus 6 Chelmsford campus 44 Entry requirements 259

What our students say 7 Welcome to London 48 Advanced entry 261

Open Days 8 London campus 49 The student finance system 262

Shaping your future 10 Welcome to Peterborough 50 Undergraduate additional course

How to get to our

Sustainability 27 How to get to

New UCAS tariff points for entry 2017 – 18

anglia.ac.uk | 01245 686868 | answers@anglia.ac.uk

Since our story began in 1858,

44 anglia.ac.uk | 01245 686868 | answers@anglia.ac.uk

Study in an inspiring place:

Learn using multi-million

* This funding information is for UK and EU students

6 anglia.ac.uk | 01245 686868 | answers@anglia.ac.uk

“Before coming to study at

Meet our academics

Guided campus tours

Meet our students

Talk to our staff

World-leading in the following

Placement opportunities Entrepreneurial focus The Employment Bureau is our

anglia.ac.uk | 01245 686868 | answers@anglia.ac.uk

At Anglia Ruskin we make sure

Sport and Students’ Union

12 anglia.ac.uk | 01245 686868 | answers@anglia.ac.uk

anglia.ac.uk | 01245 686868 | answers@anglia.ac.uk

General skills labs

The facilities provide students with a

Bloomberg Financial Markets Lab

This lab replicates the same platform as leading business,

14 anglia.ac.uk | 01245 686868 | answers@anglia.ac.uk

For our construction and engineering

Cambridge School of Art

anglia.ac.uk | 01245 686868 | answers@anglia.ac.uk

Campus and course development

We’re building Development Labs

Faculty of Science Lord Ashcroft New courses

Science Centre Business School • BA (Hons) Digital Media

We’re building a brand new science

This support continues when you arrive, starting

We can also help with developing your career

*International Student Barometer, Autumn 2015

English language support

Advice on just about everything

For more details visit anglia.ac.uk/

Your health, happiness and success

Our Student Charter

To read or download our Charter visit

Counselling and Well-being Service

Visit anglia.ac.uk/wellbeing Email studentadvisers@anglia.ac.uk

20 anglia.ac.uk | 01245 686868 | answers@anglia.ac.uk

Our Study Support team will coordinate

They run a popular welcome programme

These and many other opportunities

We also have over 100 student-led societies

anglia.ac.uk | 01245 686868 | answers@anglia.ac.uk

It’s good for your health, it’s good for

Walking and running groups

* This funding information is for UK and EU students

“Before coming to study at

We’re building Development Labs